Philips - Catalogue - 1985 UK.pdf
568
I
-
Upload
khangminh22 -
Category
Documents
-
view
7 -
download
0
Transcript of Philips - Catalogue - 1985 UK.pdf
I
ñHruÞsl
@
/-t ta>\6 t¿
Head OfficePhilips LightingPO Box 298, City House420-430 London RoadCroydon CRg 3QRTelephone 01-689 2166Telex 946169
Nationalsales DeskTelephone 01-689 2166Telex 946443
Out.of.Area Telephone LinesDial the nearest local number forimmediate connection to Philips NationalSales Desk at the Croydon headquarters -all for the cost of your local call:
Avonmouth (0272)824551Belfast (0232) 231620
Birmingham (021) 236.8571Cardiff (0222)372522Hamilton (0698) 281652Leeds (0532) 450086Loughborough (0509) 215986Manchester (061) 761-1218
Newcastle (0632) 614080
(Å->-.7 29 Õ
Products offered for sale may differ fromthose described in this Hanribook ow¡na tolater production changes in specificatiõns,components or place of manufacture. Thecontents of this Handbook are therefore notto be taken as representations as to thecurrent availability of products as describednor as to products actually offered for sale.
All dimensions are in millimetres unlessotherwise stated.
PHITIPS Philips Electronic and Associated lndustries Ltd.
Custom-made Luminaires & Control Gear
Fluorescent Lu minaires Section 1
Commercial lncandescent Fittings 113-144
Z
3
Industrial Discharge Fittings 4
Road Lighting Ã
Amenity & Security Lighting 6
Floodlighting 7
New Compact Fluorescent Lamps
Fluorescent Lamps & ControlGear 10
11Discharge Lamps
12SpecialPurpose Lamps
369-408
15Batteries
Technical G uide to Applications & System Design 16
Gontact lnformation
Dial the nearestlocal number forimmediateconnection to PhilipsLighting CustomerService or NationalSales Desk at theCroydonheadquarters.All for the cost ofyour local call:
NationalSales DeskTelephone 01-689 ã66Telex 946443
Customer Service(including Technical)
Telephone 01-689 ã66Telex 946443
Out-of-Area Telephone LinesAvonmouth (02 72\ 824551
Belfast (0232) 231620
Birmingham (021)236-8571
Cardiff (0222) 372522
Hamilton 281652
Leeds (0532) 450086
Loughborough (0509) 215986
Manchester (061) 761-1218
Newcastle (0632) 614080
Distribution CentresLOCATION TELEPHONE TELEX
Avonmouth Avonmouth (02752) 4647 N/A
Cambridge Cambridg-e (0223)66t2t 81552
Nottingham Nottingham (0602) 292716 N/A
Eastleigh Eastlei g h (0703) 61 7866 N/A
Belfast Belfast (0232)751121 N/A
Croydon 01-688 7766NIGHT LINES: Haulage 01-688 2803
Traffic 01-686 3108
261268
Heywood Heywood (0706) 66371 635683Potters Bar Potters Bar (77) 58520 N/A
Sywell NorthamNIGHT LI
pton (0604) 43611NE: (0604) 491707
31383
SuttonColdfield (021)351-3628 N/A
Hamilton Hamilton (0698) 282111NIGHT LINE: (05522) 23513
77538
Washington Washington (0632) 467289 537518
lt
lndexof Product TypesandApplicationsAmenity & Security Lighting
lards soN, HPL-N, ML, .217SL and GLS lamps
Commercial FluorescentLighting
Battens and AttachmentsEurobatten TMS range 3
PHARD o 213 Featurê range
Com(1 x
Bulkhead LuminairesBattens 31
Opal diffusers 29
Clear prismatic controllers 33
Trough reflectors and wireguards 3741
7
11
15
pact PL* bulkhead FGC 100PL9 or 1 x PL1 1)
o 233
Compact PL(2 x PL11) &
.18W MiniSox KombiPak (XGC 001) .229
o 235Angle reflectors
227 New Streamlite rangeBattens
MSB 18) .231 Opal diffusersPrismatic controllers
Trouqh reflectors and wireouards 19
* bulkhead PLB 211FLB 111 (1 x PL11)
Heavy duty and hazardous arealu minai res (W 4321 I 4326)
18W MiniSox KombiPak (
Post-top Lanterns Angle reflectors
lanternsPL* Compact Luminaires
Luminaires 207-225 Bulkhead luminaire FGC 110(1xPLgor1xPL11)
.233Electrical units 211
Municipal post-top lanterns (MU80) 221 Bulkhead luminaire PLB 211(2 x PL1 1) & FLB 111 (1 x PL11)
Security & Amenity KombiPaks18W MiniSox bulkhead luminaire .231(MSB 18)
.235
Directional luminaires (FWN range) o 141(1xPL9or1xPL11)
liìminaire .125Light Tile wall/ceiling{2xPLgor2xPL11)
55W SOX lantern (SXK 36-E)
1 8W MiniSox lantern/bulkhead(xcc 001)
.229PLW 011 walll 237
o 239.241 Protected Luminaires
TMW 065 Range o91
Gommando flameproof luminaires 95
70W SON Lantern (SNK 70)
Philips Energy Savers oil
lndex of Product Types and Applications
Recessed LuminairesStandard recessed c71rBs 3o9j3¡gg__
Bod€@Prismaticcontrollers-standard .87and WideSpread Linsomatic
o83
Display & Effect Lighting
Downlight FittingsRecessed, semi-recessed andsurface mounting
131-138
Mirror controllers-M1 high output andM2 reduced axial brightness
Spotlight F¡tt¡ngs for Reflector& Halogen LampsAdiustable spotlig hts (DCN 305) 121
Mirror controllers-M5 lowbrightness
MiniSpot 40W adjustableDCN range (Direct contact system)
.79
Surface Mounted Luminaires Reflector MiniSpots
Fluorescentstriplights(TcK101/102) 69 Square MiniSpots
TCS 312 .45 System spotl¡ghts (ACS range) 119
PSM 250 Prismatic Controller 61 Tungsten halogen pencil beamluminaires (QCN range)
.123Prismatic (TCS 605) 57
WideSpread mirror controller(GBS 312)
WideSpread Zonalux prismatic 65
GuCtom-made Lumina¡res &Control GearSee: Section 2 lndex page 97 for full rangeTBS 100 luminaires o gg
Recessedunder-canopyluminaire 107
Rounded hooded MiniSpots 113
115
117
Directional luminaire with PL* o 141compact fluorescent lamp (FWN 305)
Light PointHalogen spotlight converter . 317
Track SystemLighting track system RCS 655 127
Directional luminaire with PL* .141Compact fluorescent lamp (FWN 305)
Floodlighting
High Pressure Sod¡um(soN & soN/T)100w soN/T (sNF 100) .281150/250W SON/T (SNF 200) .285150/250/400W SONÆ(HNF 003) .253250/400W SONÆ or SON (NNF 010) .2632 x250W or 2 x 400W SON/T .245orlxl000WSONÆor 1 x 400W SON/T+ 1 x 400W HPYT(HNF 001)
o53
aPhilips EnergY Saverr o
IV
1kw soN/T (HNF 206) 257
Low Pressure Sodium (SOx)eow ( R7788) 267
Mercury Fluorescent (H PL/MBF)250w (R7 788) 267
125W HPL-R (DHF 016) 277
263
lndustrial Lighting
Bulkhead LuminairesCompact PL* bulkheads o 233-235
18W MiniSox KombiPak (MSB 18) o 231
400/700w HPL-R (NNF 01o)Heavy duty and hazardous arealu minai res (W 4321 I 4326)
227
Metal Halide (H Pt)250w HPI/T (MNF 200)
250/400w HPI/T (HNF 003)
285 Fluorescent Battens andAccessories253
3245 Eurobatten TMS range
Feature rangeBattens 25
257 Opal diffusers 29
249 Clear prismatic controllers 33261 Trough reflectors and wireguards 37
Angle reflectors 41
New Streamlite rangeBattens 7
Opal diffusers 11
275 Prismatic controllers 15
Trough ref lectors and wireguards 19
23
2x25OWor2x400Wor1x400WHP]/T+1
HPI/TX 4OOW SON/T
(H NF 001 )
2kw HPI/T (HNF 206)
2kw HPI/T (HNF 002)
2kw HPI/T (HNF 0)
PAR 38-E & PAR 56PAR 38-E or reflector lamp (DHF 016) 277
PAR 38-E KombiPak (DHF 017) 279
PAR s6 (DVF 102)
Tungsten Halogen Angle reflectors
300/500W open bodY (Apollo) 273
300/1500W (QVF range) Protected FluorescentLuminaires
269
Control Gear TMW 065 .91Hermes 2 prewired control gearboxes
151 Commando flameproof luminaires 95
Discharge LuminairesHigh bay Hermes 3
Luminaires .147Photometrics 155
bay Powerslimmer KombiPaks o 163250t4O0)
H h
Low bay luminaires (LB range) o 1
Index of Product Types and Applications
Road Lighting
Motorways
Specialist ApplicationsFlood Warminq
135/180W SOX (MA sox) 179 Chef-Aid KombiPak 300) 143
150/250/400W soN ( MA 30) 183 Linear heat lamp fittin gs (500/1000W) 419
Group A Roads
150/250/400W soN (sGs 203) 191
GermicidalTUV germicidal lamps
o 179 Heat Lamps & LuminairesTungsten filament heat lamps(150W to 375W)
Linear quartz heat lamps(500W to 20kW)
423
66/91/131W SOX-E90/135W SOXMA SOX-E & SOX) 411
150/2s0l400w soN250/400w HPL(MA 30)
1834',17
Group B RoadsHig(for
h power heat lamp fittings500/1000W linear quartz lamps)
419 r
t
26W SOX-E,35W SOX,125W HPL (XGS/HGS/S
o 1e3 Horticultural70w soN,GS ranqe)
26W SOX-E,35W SOX,70W SON(Mr50/55)36W SOX-E,55W SOX (Ml 80) o 187
Residential & AmenitvBollards for SON, HPL-N, ML, SLand GLS lampsDecorative post-top lanterns(HPP/NPP/SPP)
Luminaires
Electrical units 211
o 185
Plant LightingPlant lighting set (PLS 1 60)
212 Reprographic & lndustrialLinear high pressure mercurydischarge lamps
Mercury discharge reprographiclamp
Low pressure pulsed xenon lamps 425
400W mercuhorticultural
ry fluorescentlamp
447
139 |
435
429
Municipal post-top lanterns (MU 80) 221 Metal halide printing lamps 431-433
18W SOX lanterns 151 o 189Spectral Reference Sources
Photometrics Monochromatic lamps
Photometrics for all road lighting 195 Ultraviolet Sources
Security LightinqBlacklight blue lamp 08
activation)fluorescence
See: Amenity & Security Lighting Actinic 03 (peak output @ 420nm 437
Actinic 05 (peak oulput @ 370nm) 439
355nm) 441
445
421
Philips Energy Savers ¡VI
Actinic 09 (peak output @-ì
t
-- LamP Application Guide
energy
ÉnergY Effective LamPs
D ISCHARGESOX.E 373
Pressure Sodium (SON) 377
lips 'S0X-Economy' Iamps provide exceptionaleffectiveness. Applications as for ordinary SOX
Display Lamp Application GuideChoice is governed by the lighling task. ln general,
the narrower the beam, the sharper the spor 0f light.Low voltage halogen spots (eg Light Point) pr0duceless heat on Ìhe goods lhan mains vollage spots
BEAM WIDTHS & APPLICATIONSPencilBeamLess than 10o. Pinpointsdarkness, or highlights a
a single amid'stocky'display
Narrow Beam10-25o. Slightly less dramatic cut-olf: 'islands' of
light encompass larger objects
Medium Beam25-40". Heightens atlention on a wider area and
adds considerably t0 general lighting. Particularlyeffective using coloured lamps
H¡Boad, area
recognition
and induslrial lighting where colourand discrimination are necessary but not
crilical
Low Pressure Sod¡um (SOX) 36e
Road, area and security lighling where colournation not requiredrecognilion and discrimi
Metal Halide (HPl) 389
Stadium/arena and industrial lighting where good
colour rendering is required
FLUORESCENT
Circular lamps 347
Tubular lamp range 339
Colour 84Retail, office and induslrial lighting. High efficiencyplus good colour rendering
Colour 83Hotel/restauranl, leisure, domest¡c and retail
'warm' appearance, highlour rendering
COMPACT FLUORESCENTSL* Bulbs
Wide BeamOver 40o. Broad wallwashing or floorbathing sweepsof background illumination
LAM PS & CHARACTERISTICSTungsten Halogen Reflector 313
Compact. Some include inbuilt reflector. Tight pencilbeam control
Bowl Reflector 307
For external parabolic reflector fitlings. Narrow,sharply defined beam minimises glare
Pressed Glass (PAR) 307
Double lile of blown bulb lamps. lndoor and ouldooruse. lmproved beam definition. Narrow, medium orwide flood. Choice of colours
Blown Bulb Reflector 307
321Direct replacement for 40-100W GLS lamps
PL* Lamps 32sSlimline equivalent to low wattage GLS lamps. Widerange of special luminaires
Other Discharge LampsHigh pressure sodium, self igniting (S0N-H) 381
Mercury blended (ML, MLR) 393
Filament Lamps, GeneralColoured GLS and decorative lamps 299
GLS lamps 295Special service lamps 303
Medium or wide beam. C
colours. For general usehoice of wattages andin low ambienl light
Mercury fluorescent (HPL, HPL-N, HPL-R) 385 Tungsten halogen
vil
linear lamps 315
,- ,t
lndexof GatalogueNumbersCatalogueNumber
AA 100-'104A 300-500A 2480-81A 7673A 8023 24AG s-6-8ACS range4R5,6,8AR 5N, 6N, 8NAgate
BBAS 8, 13
BCS 75'LBCS lOO 1
BCS 125
BHF rangeBHL rangeBPL 1 OL24
BSN rangeBSX rangeBTP range
cCBD rangeCRCS 655cwF 300
D
Page Catalogue PageNumber
CatalogueNumber
Page Catalogue PageNumber
KK1,3,4,5,6,9.11 316K 3000 range 350K 7000 range 362
L
274274
9ô
24
12042
24
213
14
6
278280136'138
¿IO
DF 2N-28NDF 18 rangeDHF 016DHF 017DSS 420 rangeDSS 430 rangeDVF 102
E
ES 08
F
FCN 305FCS rangeFGC 1OO
FGPFP 494,495FR 4-8FSQ rangeFWN range
G
H
lR lampsIRZ 500, 1000
L 4005L 4008L 4010L 4016L 4020L 4025L 4038L 4045L 4135L 4404L 4410L 5007L 50 1 0107
L 5020L 5035L 5090L 5125 BX
L 5400L 6090L 6355LB rangeLight PointLGPLampadaLuce
400400-408400-404404-408404-408404-408
400400400248248400400400400400278248400400
168
318
213¿¿o
216
314184181
381
385385385393393389340
H 1635i1 358H 1642 10
H 1655 10
H 165511 358H 1672 358H '1684 l0H 1684i1 358H 2500 154H 4000 158
H 4000i 1, 2 254HD range 150
HGS 201i125 194
HGS 203 range 192HM 01-08 lamps 416HMB 12, 13lamp 416HMP 09 lamps 416HNF 001 248HNF 002 252HNF 003 256HNF 013 262HNF 206 260HPA range 434HPC 250 222HPI lamps 392HPL-N lamps 388HPL-R lamps 388HPL Comfort lamps 388HPP 50W, 70W, 125W 2r0HPW lamps 422HS 37,56 318HiSPC'143 range 224
353353
10
356408
404400353
10
142126
2'13
3240
28-48142
40
84
8088
52-s6213138
6
6
220130
144
G5,6,8G 5N, 6N, 8NGBS 300/M1, tM2
GBS 3OO/M5
GBS 3OOiP1, iPS2
GBS 312GGPGGZ rangeGKD 158
GKH 258GLS lampsGRP rangeGTX range
DCN 120
DCN 350DCN 490DCN 491
DBN 101
DBS 420 rangeDBS 430 rangeDC 1,2DCS 420 rangeDCS 430 rangeDF 4-28
M 28, 32 lampsMA 30MA 50, 60, 90
MBF lampsMBF de Luxe lampsMBF/U lampsMBFR/U lampsMBTF lampsMBTF/R lampsMBI lampsMCF lamps
118
122113
116
134136
138
J¿
136
138
M295-302 413
42022044
vilt
CatalogueNumber
Page CatalogueNumber
Page
68210
6868
1 t3-130
MCFE lamPs
MCFEK lamPs
Ml 50 range
N/l 51 range
Ml 55 range
Ml 80 range
¡/1, MLR range
MLW lamps
MNF 2OO
MSB 18
Mandoline
340342186190
186188
396422288232216
CatalogueNumber
Page
RR-numbered lamps 308
R 0070 150
R4N_R8N 22
R7788 268
R 8021,8024,8025 181
R 8154/5/6 181
RCS 655 range 130
RCS 655/15 1 13-130
RJ2 22
s
CatalogueNumber
Page
TTCS 605TCS 607TCS 312 rangeTBS 100 rangeTBS 300 rangeTCK 101,102TL lampsTLA IampsTLD lampsTLD...TlampsTLE/TLEK lamps 338-348TLK 444
TL 444
TLM lamps 338
TMS. range 6
TMW 065 91
Takeo 226
w
60
6048997870
zZBSZPC rangeZPP ßngeZSPlZX ÂngeZZX range
338-346-422338344338
N
NNF 01 O
NPP/00, /01
NPP 130 range
266210-212
212
P
PAR 83-E 312P 0000/1 , /2 1 54
P 2N, 4N, 5N, 6N, 8N 1 0-24
P 8EN, P 28EN 18
P 22N, 24N 25N, 26N, 28N10'24
P 2728 range 1 1 0
PAR 38E,56 lamps 309
PC4,5,6,8 36
PC 24,25,26, 28 36
PC 4N, 28N 18
PL lamps 326PLB111,211 236
PLS 160 140
PLW 01 1 238
PP 66,612 74PSM 250 64
QCN 210,220QVF 420 range
124270
s2-s18S2N-S28NS5-S25NS8EN1
s28EN1s 1500,2500,4000SD rangesDK 250, 400
scs 201, 070
sGS 203st 51, 52, 54SL- lampssN 50, 53, 55SNF 1OO
SNF 2OO
SNK 70SON lampsSON-CSON-HSON-RSON.TSOX lampsSOX-E lampssPc 150,250SPP sOW, 7OW
SPP 130 rângesx 70-76SXK 36-E
w 0001, 0007w 4001
W 4300 range
XxB 42, 65
xcc 001
xcc 203XGS 201
XGS 203XP 10
xR 10,20
35010-24
4418
18
154150
tbb
194
192408324404284288242380380383380380371374224212210400240
150
132228
106
230192
194192106
106
o
IX
If Ph¡l¡ps Lighting
Gustomer Service
Sales Office & Order DeskCalltheSales
Otficefor lightingquotations andcontactwith Philipsextensive field salesforce, which otfers afast and personalservrce.
Forplacing ofneworders, andimmediateinformation onproduct prices andavailability, theCustomerService
London CarriersLondon Carriers
Lighting Theatre
to support your dientpresentations.
The Croydon headQuarters of Philips
hig:l'å: Jl,îi å¿i''ffi så'#ilsl'tÏll'3 r",¡, ¡tvãndas adeinoñstration room. ln additiontoðresentations by Philips to its customers, the[ieatre mav be ieserved by specifiers forpresentatións to their own clients.
" prltlPs
Demonstrati on Velr i clesphilips mobile demonstration vehicles, fully equipped for exhibition and demonstration of
lighting téchnology, regularly visit various parts of the UK in support of trade shows and fortraining purposes. By arrangement, we canvisit your premises to update your staff on thelatest developments in lighting, and
9,XË-
',a-
<Ê
T
¡,-7áøf
åI
ryYy',jtry
ï
Gustomer Service - Technical
Proiects GroupThe Proiects Group of Philips Lighting
designs and inanufactures special luminairesto cuistomer specification. They may bemodifications of standard products - including,for example, a choice of many ditferent typesof ditfuser, controller or reflector; or newcustom-designed luminaires providingelectrical, mechanical, optical or aestheticfeatures beyond the standard catalogue range.Minimum order quantities may be as low as50 unitrs, according to type, technical feasibilityand production economics.
ii:
t,!i'tL
L¡DECThis is Philips Lighting Design &
Engineering Centre, which carries out schemededign using specialprograms and otheradvanced techniques to generatecomputer-assisted designs for all types oflighting scheme.
¡\-
Product lnformationSeparate engineering and marketing functions which specialise in particular product types,
proviãirig detaileri, authorltative information on allaspects of lighting technology.
Appl ications Engi neeri ngStaffed by specialist engineers for
discharge, fluorescent and lungslen lighting'established to solve product apolcaïonãioblems brought to them by customers'ãontractors and sPecif iers'
Energy Advisory GroupEAG orovides information and advice on
energy effective lighting, to counterthe risingcost óf electricity:v¡1"¡*n"n energy costtvoicallv accounts lor 50-70/o of the total costdt liotrt¡ño. ttre Enerov Advisorv GrouppuoÏstreËthePhilipíÊnergyElie-clive'Lightingùtlanual, which shows how electiicityconsumotion can be reduced withoutsacrificeof coloui quality or level of illumination. EAG isresponsible for operating training courses onallaspects of energy efféctive lightingproducts and scheme design.
[!GHTINGEnergyAdvisoryGroup
n
Notes
PricesThe Handbook is designed for use in conjunction w¡ththe Philips Lighting General Price List. Thearrangement and indexing 0f the two publications aresimilar, to facililale cross-referencing.
Section Indexesln addition t0 the general indexes contained in thispreliminary section, detailed lists of contents aregiven on the index pages which head each section.
Technical SectionThe Technical Section beginning on page 475
includes detailed notes on the fundamentals of lighting
and lìghting terminology, characteristics of lamps and
luminaires, and the use of the photometric data given in
the Handbook. lt also gives applications and scheme
design recommendations for different types of lighting
scheme, and outlìnes the calculation methods
employed. The importance of energy effectiveness is
discussed, and its financial ìmplications are reviewed as
a guide to specifiers, c0ntractors and users of lìghting.
Philips KombiPaksThe Philips KombiPak concept means easy ordering,easy storage and stockholding and easy installation;because a KombiPak is a complete luminaire in asingle carton - including control gear, lamps,reflector 0r controller and fixing parts.
Each KombiPak carton includes full inslallationinslructions - including mounting templates forfluorescent luminaires - and a quick lighting designguide to help you check the numbers and types ofluminaires required.
Currently ava¡lable KombiPaks:
Commercial mmersnarres
PAR 38 Luminaire DHF 017
1 BW lVl iniSox Lantern/ Bulkhead
New ProductsThis Handbook includes a number of new products forwhich full technical information was not available at thetime of closing for press. lnformation 0n these productsis marked 'NEW'. Customers are advised to checkwhether further information has become available.
Philips Energy SaversCertain products listed in the 'lndex of Product Typesand Applications' are marked as Philips Energy Savers.These products provide parlicularly good performance,within their areas of application, in terms 0f energy c0steffectiveness. Since the cosl of eleclricity is the largestelement of tolal lighting cosl, selection of energyeffective products can make a significant contribution lothe containment of business costs.
Notable examples include the new SOX-E range of lowpressure sodium lamps; and the SL. and PL* compactfluorescenl lamps, which meet many requiremenlscurrently satisfied by GLS filament lamps. SL. and PL.lamps have average lives of 5000 hours, five times thatof GLS lamps, and reduce electricily consumption by75"/" or more, for equivalent light output.
LiteratureSales and technical literature - and particularly thelatest editions of data sheels - are available onrequest t0 Philips Lighting Customer Service or from:
Philips Lighting, Marketing Services Department,FREEPOST, City House, 420-430 London Road,Croydon CRg gET.
mer
ndummers
ame
70w N Lantern 70
61
and
-
COMMERGIAL,INDUSTRIAL
\ND DOMESTICLUMINAIRES
LI MINAIRES FOR
SUSPENDEDCEILINGS
RECESSED
Pag
15
e
371
TMSO 12 Eurobatten RangeNew Streamlite General Purpose BattensNew Streamlite Opal DiffusersNew Streamlite Prismatic ControllersNew Streamlite Trough Ref lectors andWireguardNew Streamlite Angle ReflectorsFeatureFeature Opal DiffusersFeature Clear Prismatic ControllerFeature Trough Ref lectors andWireguardsFeature Angle Ref lectorsGrx201-202
19ac
.J
toJJ
ó/41¿{J
SURFACE å?331? prismatic contro'er
MOUNTED ffåd{åS,r"'
45495357bt6569
WidesTCK 1
pread Zonalux01t102
Standard Recessed Luminaires 71TBS 300 Bodies with Prewired Control Gear 75GBS 300iM5 79GBS 300/M1iM2 Mirror Controllers forTBS 300 Bodies 83GBS 300/P1lPS2 Prismatic Controllers forTBS 300 Bodies 87
P R O TE GTE D ¿XHfffJ",Êi:trs;gi9195
F,l
I
Golour Plates
lnstallation Equlpment Page
Talbot Parts Depot, Coventry GTX 201 66 A1
New Slim-Profile TCS 605 Luminaire TCS 605 67 A2
Roval Courts of Justice TBS 1OO/Colour 83 98 81
Hong Kong & Shanghai Bank, Jersey TBS 1OO/Colour 84 99 82
Tvne & Wear P.T.E Depot, Gosforth Hermes/400W SON 162 D1
British Oxygen Co., Shoreham Lowbay/400W SON/T 163 D2
M5 l\4otorwa , Avon
Wandsworth
SOX-E
SGS 203
194 E1
195 E2
Decorative Post-to Lantern CYCAR
Aoate Sohere
226227 F2
F1
Decorative Post-top LanternBrandon CoventFriqate Drv Docks, Devonport
HNF OO2/HNF 013/HPI/T 258 G1
HNF OO3/4OOW SON/T 259 G2
Romford B SNF 2OOl150W SONT 290 HlProiect "Liohtino Control" 291 t12Salisburv Cathedral
l\4other Hubbard Restaurant, Oldham SL* Conversion 322 t1
Benetton London PL* 323 t2
Warwick Universìty PL. Conversion 354 J1
St. James's Palace, Westminster SL Conversion 355 J2
watford Football club Halt SGS 201/7OW SON 386 KlMilton Kevnes Town Centre HPL Comfort Lamp 387 K2
Peterborouqh Ice Rlnk 4OOW HPI/T 418 LlBisham Abbev Sports Workshop Variable Mixed lnstallation 419 L2
Shell Centre, London Proiect Luminaires 450 M1
The Guìldhall, York SL* Conversion 451 M2
EUROBAÏÏEIUilur$ ÛtzR[NcEGeneral.purposo battenluminaires for fluorercentlampsGeneral-purpose batten lum¡naires forfluorescent lamps.A range of single-lamp battens ¡n
600mm (2ft) 1200mm (4ft) andI 500mm {5f t) nominal lengths and lwolamp batten 1500mm (sft), especiallyfor use w¡th the Philips PowerSl¡mmerTLD range of krypton-filled 26mmlamps. The slim-section battens areattractively f¡nished in white stoveenamel.Matching clip-on singte lamp dilfusersare optionally ava¡lable for all threelengths, and trough reflectors for the1500mm (5ft) length battens.RANGEBatlensTMS 18/012 - for 18W 600mm (2ft)PowerSlimmerTLD lampTN4S 36/01 2 - for 36W 1 200mm (4ft)PowerSl¡mmerTLD lampTMS 58/012 - for 58W 1500mm (sft)PowerSlimmerTLD lampTMS 258/012 - for two 58W 1500mÌr(sft) Powerslimmer TLD lampsAll battens have slandard switchstartc¡rcu its.DillusersDF 18/012 - difluser for 1 8W 60ÒmmlampDF 36/012 - diffuser for 36W 1200mmlampDF 58/01 2 - diffuser for 58W '1 SOOmmlamp in TMS 5B/012.Diffusers clip d¡rectly to 26mmdiameter PowerSlimmer TLD lamps;they are not suitable for 38mmdiameter lamps.Trough refleclorGKD 158 - for TMS 58/012 batten onty.GKH 258 -for TMS 258/0'1 2 balten only.
APPLICAIIONSrsmall and large olfices¡Shops and departmental storesrCorr¡dorsrStock and store roomsr Ca ntee nsrWorkshops
roreorderrhisÐaias¡eerquore PL3008/4lssu€d 7/83 Bsplâcês P13008/3
3
EUROBATTEN TMS 012 RANGE
FEATURES
rEurobatten - proven productthroughout Western Europe.rSteel U-section channel with integrallongitud¡nal reinforcing ribs and steelcoverplate retained bY screws.Phosphated and wh¡te stove enamelledfor corrosion res¡stance and easy-clean, long-lasting finish.¡High-quality ballast for low Wattsloss and minimal hum.rPowerSlimmer TLD 26mm diameterkrypton-filled lamps use around I percent less energy than comParable38mm diameter argon-filled lamps ofsame nom¡nal length.rVsymbol marking; may bemounted directly on su¡table woodensu rfaces.rAttract¡ve polyslyrene diff user,easily attached to 26mm diameterlamp.rOne-piece, lightweight troughreflector is easily attached to batten;white-stove-enamelled finish giveshigh reflectance and easy-cleansurface.
Fixing
D¡rectlykeyhole
on to ceiling by means ofs lots.
Suspension from chains or tubes uPto l6mm diameter by means of pre-punched holes in channel.
Wiring
Batten is supplied with conlrol gearready w¡red, with 2-pole screwterminal block and separate earthingstud.
Lamps
Phil¡ps TMS 012 Eurobattens arespecif ically for use with PhilipsPowerSlimmer TLD krypton{¡lled26mm diameter lamps, which usearound 8 pef cent less energy than acomparable 38mm d¡ameter argon-f illêd lamp for about the same l¡ghtoutput. TLD krypton lamps are for use¡n switchstart circuits only.Full details of Powerslimmer TLDWhite 35 lamps are given in DataSheet PL 3005.
fMS usêd as ôoncealed light¡ng.
Channel, coverplate and troughrêllector: Sheet steel (0'5mm),phosphated and stove enamelledwh¡te-
Lampholders: Bi-p¡n rotor lype; whiteurea mouldings.
Control gear: Low-loss ballast. Glowstarter access¡ble through hole incover plate forsingle lamp and internalwith lampholder for twin lamp. PFcorrection capacitor (except 600mmlength).
D¡lluser: R¡bbed opal polystyreneextrus¡on with white end caps.Attached to 26mm diameter lamp byplated spring steel clips.
SPECIFIGAÏIONrType compliance w¡th BS 4533 2.2Class I (electrical) ordinary indoor.
r V symbol; may be mounted onsuitable wooden surf aces.Rad¡o:¡nterlerence : ComPlies w¡thSl 1978 No. 1268: Regulation 6.
Suppressed lor use ¡n res¡dent¡aìafeas.
To specily state:Fluorescent batten luminaires with50mm channel w¡dth and white stoveenamel finìsh, for use with 26mmdiameter krypton-f ìlled lamPS.Essent¡ally as Philips TMS 012Eurobatten.
4
EUROBATTEN TMS 012
t
fc l--
2
l---260---l
ELECÌNICAL DAÎA
Rat¡ng ClrcuitWâtt8
Chcu¡tcufrenl
M¡n¡mum BallaslPower calalogueFeclor No,
Stailer CapacltorcatalogueNo.(runnlng) (A)
18W6o0mm (2lt) 29
36W 1200mm (4ft) 4658W 1500mm (5ft) 702x58W1500mm(sft) 140
0.370.230.34068
0.350.850.850.85
BTP2O 125BTP4O 125BTP65 L252xBTP65L25
s10s10sl02xS10
NonoH1642H16652 x H1665
Valuqs are averages, measured under standard cond¡t¡ons.
DIMENSIOIIS AND WEIGHTS
Calalogue No. Rating Overalllength(A) mm
Flxingcenlrea(tube/cha¡n)(B) mm
Flx¡ngcentres(d¡r€ct
W€ight wlth lampkg/lb
mtg)(c) mm
TMS 18/0'12TMS 36/012TMS 58/012TMS 258/012
DllfueersDF 18/012
18W600mm (2ft)36W 1200mm (4ft)58W 1500mm (slt)
61412241524
450750750750
515820820820
'1.25t2.75
1.75/3.862.40t5.294.60/10.0
D¡lluser welght
0,50/'1 10
0.75/1 .65
0.90/1.98
Reflector welght
1.45/3 192.9/6.4
2 x58W 1500mm (sft) 1524
oF 36/012
For 18W600mm lampFor 36W1200mm lampFôr 58WTMS 58 only
620
1230
1530DF 58/012
Trough refleclorGKD 158 FoTTMS 58/012
batten only 1524FoTTMS 258/0'12 1524
5
GKH 258
trI
I
I
EUROBATTEN TMS 012 RANGE
ORDEBING DAÎARating/Oescript¡on Catalogue No. Packing Ouant¡ty
Battens18W 600mm (2lt)36W l200mm (4ft)sBW l500mm (slt)2x58W 1500mm(5ft)
Accessor¡esD¡ff user for 600mm lampD¡ffuser for 1200mm lampDiffuserfor.l500mm lamp TMS 58 onlyTrough ref lector f or TIVIS 58/01 2Trough refleclor for Tl\¡S 258/01 2
SpareLampholder
T¡rls 18/012TMS 36/012TMS 58/012Tl\¡s 258/012
DF 18i012DF 36/012DF 5B/012GKD 158GKH 258
6666
LHl
Please order battens and accessor¡es in the form given in the following example, ¡nmult¡ples of the pack¡ng quant¡ty. Note that lamps are packed i n boxes of 25, and m ustbe ordered separatelyl24 Ph¡lips lum¡naires TMS 58/01224 Ph¡l¡ps diffusers DF 58/0'12
25 Philips TLD 58W/35 lamps.
IATPS
Rallng Wh¡te 35 lampcolour temperature 3500K)(Nom¡nal
18W 600mm (2ft)36W 1200mm (4lt)58W 1500mm (sft)
TLD 18W/35TLD 36W35TLD 58W35
All lamps are supplied packed in boxes of 25.
RAIIGË OF OPERAÎION240V 50H2.Normál indoor condit¡ons.
Lum¡naire: Made ¡n Holland.Lamps: TLD lamps made in Holland.
tUEWSTREAMTITE
-+
New Streaml¡te is a range of energy-savìng luminaires which may be usedas battens, or with diffusers,controllers or rellectors. The range issuitable for general use ìn commerceand industry.
RÀIIGEAll luminaires are avâilable in one-lamp and two-lamP versions.
Packs wilh White 35lamP(s)18W 600mm (2ft) switchstart*36W 1200mm (4ft) switchstart*58W 1500mm (sft) switchstart*7OW 1800mm (6ft) switchstart *
100W 2400mm (8ft) switchstart***with PowerSlimmerTLD 26mm d¡4.krypton lamp(s).**with MCF 38mm dia. krypton lamp(s)
General.purposo lum¡na¡resforfluorc¡cent lamps
Baltens only1BW 600mm (2ft) switchstart36W 1200mm (4ft) switchstartSBW 1500mm (sft) switchstart70W 1800mm (6ft) sw¡tchstart100W 2400mm (8ft) switchstart
1 OOW 24OOmm (8ft) E-Start
PL 3010/3To reo¡der lhrs O¡rã Sheer q!ole
¿¿ ¿-*
lssued 7/83
=Þ
NEW STREAMTITE IUM¡NAIRESAPPLICATIOIISGeneral-purpose batten for mostindoor applicat¡ons:rSmallor large officesrShops and department storesrCorridorsrStock and store roomsrTravel concoursesrLight industryrBanks and building societies
FEAlUNES¡ Eff¡cient lumina¡res using latesttechnology. The 1 800mm (6ft) andshorter lengths are for use with PhilipsPowerslimmer TLD 26mm d¡a. krypton-filled lamps, reducing energyconsumption by about I per cent for alight output comparable with that of thecorresponding argon{¡l¡ed lamp; the2400mm (8ft) length uses the MCF100W krypton{illed lamp, g¡v¡ng anenergy saving of about 20 per centwith a smaller reduction in l¡ghtoutput. AII lumina¡res have low-losscontrol gear, further reducing circuitWatts throughout the range.rStylish, sl¡m appearance, withdurable all-white finish and radiusedendcaps.rVacuum-¡mpÍegnated ballasts;reduced operat¡ng ndise fromlumina¡res.!Provis¡on for woodscrew or conduitf ixing, or for mount¡ng directly on BSboxes. Endcaps have 20mm ( fin)knockouts for conduit terminat¡on atboth ends-rEasy wiring to angled terminal blockmounted adjacent to an outer BS boxdetail, and clearly marked w¡th L, Nand E symbols.rLampholders clip into place inseconds for speedy installat¡on; a pegprevents crossover of tw¡n-lamplampholders. Rotor action ¡solateslâmp electr¡cally before it can beremoved.t2400mm (8ft) baltens ava¡lable in100w ratings f¡tted w¡th Ph¡l¡pselectronic starters; f ast, reliablestarting is assured, even at nearf reez¡ng temperalures.
r PowerSl¡mmer TLD lamps in 600mm(2ft), 1200mm (4ft), 1500mm (sft) and1800mm (6ft) ratings are 26mm ('1¡n)dia. I compared with 38mm d¡a. lamps,there ¡s less light absorption inenclosed luminaires. Also.replacement lamps occupy 40 per centless storage space.
r The corresponding 38mm dia. lamps(20W,40W, 65W, 75W) may also beused. but electrical and photometriccharacterist¡cs w¡ll change.
Channel and coverplale: Sheet steel,Durawhite stoved f inish.Channel end caps: Wh¡te medium-impact polystyrene with radiused ends.Lampholders: Quick{ix rotor bi-p¡n;white polycarbonate with h¡gh-temperature rotors.
D|MEI{S|ONS & WErGr{rS
SPECTFTCATTOil
rType compliance with BS 4533 2.2Class I (electr¡cal) Ordinary lndoor.
To spec¡ly state:Energy-saving f luorescent lamplum¡naires comply¡ng with BS 45332.2, w¡th low-loss ballasts andDurawhite f¡nish, for metr¡c andlmper¡al fix¡ng; s¡milar to Philips NewStreamlite-(For electronic start types, insertwording: '-low-loss ballast andelectronic starter, Durawh¡te fi n¡sh etc.')
RAI{GE OF OPERATIOI{24OV íOHz.Normal indoor conditions.
Lamp: Made in Great Brita¡n orHolland.Luminaire: lvlade in Great Br¡tain.
Calalogue Numbers Battens RatlngPacks (battens onlywllh Whlte 35lamps)
Overalllength(mm/¡n)
F¡x¡ngcentres(mm/ln)
Weightwlthlamp(s)(ks/lb)
Switchstart typesP2NP22NP4N S4NP24N S24NPsN SsNP25N S25NP6N S6NP26N S26NP8N S8NP28N S28N
Electronlc stail typesS8ENls28EN1
1-lamp 18W 600mm (2ft)2-lamp 18W600mm (2ft)1-lamp 36W 1200mm (4ft)2-lamp 36W 1200mm (4it)llamp 58W 1500mm (5ft)2-lamp 58W 1500mm (sft)1 -lamp 70W 1800mm (6ft)2-lamp 70W 1 800mm (6ft)1-lamp 100W 2400mm (8ft)2-lamp 100W 2400mm (8ft)
1-lamp 100W 2400mm (8ft)2-lamp 1 00W 2400mm (8ft)
621t24.45621t24.45123214A.501232t48.501532/60 31'1532/60.3
1
1800/71180017'l2407t94.762407t94'76
2407t94.762407t94.76
525120.67525120.67600t24600t24600124600124600t24600t241200t481200148
't200t48
1200t48
2-00t4'43.9/7.83.0/6.64.3/9.54.2t9.46 6i 14.54.6/ 1 0.17.1t15.65.4/1 1.98.4/18.5
600mm BAITENS: CENTRAL DETATLS ONLy
Fixiño deràiß iñ Ch¿ñnel
92mm
89mm
BS Bo¡
302 smm
Wôdscr€w K.yholer l2lll6hm
5.4t11.98.4t18.5
18W 36W 58W 70w 1 00w1.OO 1.OO 1.00Lenqth Factor 1.OO 0.991.OO '1.00Colours 80 Factor 1.OO 1.OO 1.OOo.9B 0.98 o.9a38mm Factor 098 1.001.OO 1.OO 1.OOBallast Lumen Factor 1.00 1.OO
A
Nadir lntensitY1 50cd/1 000 lm
31 60 83 72 98CIE Flux code
Glate Dala BS)
NEW STREAMLIÏE2 LAMP
BATTEN WITHOUT ATTACHMENT
¡/ounting: SUSPENDED
-ooNadir lnlensiìyCIE Flux Code
155cd/1000 lm34 63 86 67 97
SHR IVAX (souare) 1.84 (1 75 NOM)Sun v¡x tn Ìcóntinuous Fìows) 2.26
ULORLDLORLLORL
o.320.65o.97
Mult¡ply byeach ServiceCorrection Factor
NEW STREAMLITE
Service Correction Factors
Ut¡lizat¡on Factors U F) for SHR NOM
Mult¡ply by each Seruice Correct¡on Factor
c1 28 81
Measured in accordance wilh BS 5225Calculalions bâsed on CIBS TM5 and TR1 O
Flux Fraclion RatioACG ClassificalionGlare 8Z (Rl 2.5, SHR NOI\4)
Luminous Area (sq cm)
0.50ACG2
826
18W600
36W1 150
58W1 450
70w17 50
1 00w2300
Service Correct¡on Factors
lBW 36W 58W 70w '100w
Lenqth Factor 1.OO '1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99
Colours 80 Factor 1.00 1.OO 1.O0 1.00 1.00
38mm Factor 0.98 0.98 0.98 098 1.00
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.OO '1.00 1.O0 1.00 1.00
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Multìpty by each Service Correction Factor
Test No. C1 35 Date 81.04.02
Measured ¡n accordance w¡th BS 5225Calculâtions basê on CIBS TM5 AND TR10
WITHOUT ATTACHMENTBAfTEN
PENDED
ao
516456
7163 69
7973
F2070 50
304740
a47A
a7a2
5t 57 62 6637 41 46 71 7430
425652 56
636334 37 66
2030
re) NOM)2.61ous
1.98 .75TF
N4AXMAX
RF
SHSH
Correction Factor
lVultìply byeach ServiceL o.2a
o.700.98
Luminous Area (sq cm)
18w 36W450 900
1
1
70w1 300
00w750
R NOM)
o.39ACG 2
8Z6
58W1100
2.507569
_v_67
^2585955
'_
3.OO
68706561Tl-585545
4.OO
78747470676562'594A
5.(Ju86827A-zt706765
_e-
1.OO
4640-4d-413742
1.25
5146
46424642
-='i-
I .5(,64
.57-77
514þ-5õ-4642-34
2.OO716459
53
å
CwF70 50 20
30
30
30
o.754840'
-æ-
-30-343026
Glare Data (CIBS)
I
7NEW STREAMLITE TUMINAIRESFIXINGNew Streamlite channels are suppliedwith three BS box deta¡ls (one onty on600mm battens), as shown overleaf.They offer the fol lowing options forf ixing:1 . D¡rect mounl¡ng onto BS boxes. Thebatten may be screwed d¡rectly to twoBS boxes, using the screw holesprovided in the outer BS box details.The screw holes are elongated toreg¡ster with boxes at metric orlmperial centres (1200mm/48in, on2400mm battens;600mm/24in. on allother battens except the 600mmlength, which has a single central BSbox detail).2. Conduit suspens¡on. The holes inthe centre of the outer BS box detailsaccept 20mm (åin.) conduit, and areelongated to register with conduitdrops at metric or lmperial centres aslisted ¡n 1.
3. Chain suspens¡on. Holes areprovided in the outer BS box detailsfor cha¡n hooks.4. Direct mounting to ceil¡ng. Keyholeslots enab¡e the lum¡naire to beengaged w¡th screws already enteredin the ceiling, simplifying installation.
Notes1. Sufficient clearance must beallowed between battens mounted ¡n aline to permit the subsequent fitt¡ngof attachments. [,4ini mum clearancesa re:Diffusers or controllers requ¡reclearance of at least 15mm betweenbattens.
2. Keyhole slot centres are offsetrelat¡ve to the centre of the batten -see overleaf.
req u irebetween
WIRING
AII New Streamlite luminaires aresupplied with control gear prewired toa three-way screw-terminal blockwith central Earth and capacity for2x2.5mm2 or'l x 4mm2 conductors ineach way. The termjnal block isangled for ease of wi ri n g, andterminalsymbols are embossed onthe channe¡.The endcaps have 20mm (åin)knockouls for conduit or cable entry.Slim cable may be run alongsideballasts but must have high-temperature insu lation.
Ref lectors with wireguardsclearance of at least 45mmbattens,Bare battens, or those to be fitted w¡thref lectors without wireguards, mayabut.
ELECIRICAL DATA
Rat¡ng Circuit Circu¡tWalls(runninq)
Circu¡tcurfenl
uaratogue Nos. for replacement 1Ballast Starler CapacitoÌ
tAt
Single lamp lum¡na¡resl BW 600mm (2ft)36W 1 200mm (4fl)58W 1 500mm (sft)70W 1 800mm (6lt)I 00W 2400mm (8ft)1 00W 2400mm (Bft)
2 x 1 BW 600mm (2ft)2 x 36W 1 200mm (4ft)2 x 58W 1 500mm (sft)2 x 70W 1 800mm (6ft)2 x 1 00W 2400mm {Bft)2 x 1 00W 2400mm (Bft)
SwitchsìartSwilchslartSwilchstarìSwitchstartSwitchstarlE Start
29467086
115115
BTP2O L 25BTP4O L 25BTP65 L 25BCS75 LBCSl 00BCSl 00
o37023034
060060
0460.460680.701212
s10s10s10sl6s16ESOS
H1642H1 655Hl 655H1 684H1 684
SwitchstartSwìlchstarlSwitchstartSwitchstartSwitchslartE-Start
1 xBTP4OL252xBTP40L252xBTP65L252xBCS75L2 x BCS1002 x BCSl00
2x322xS102xS102x5162x3162 x ESoB
Hl6422 x H16422 x H16552xH16552 x H16842 x H1684
4692
140172230230
1 Not necessarily items originally fìltedAll circuits P.F. corrected except 1 x 20W Harmonic content less than 3 x 1 6.ô
ORDEBIìIG DATA
Raling Circu ¡l Lamp type(wh¡te 35)
Catalogue NumbetsPack (batlens wilhWhite 35 lamps)
Ballensonly
'l-lamp 18W 600mm (2ft)2-lamp 1BW 600mm (2ft)1-lamp 36W 1200mm (4ft)2-lamp 36W 1200mm (4ft)1-iamp sBW 1s00mm lsft)2-lamp 58W 1 50omm isft)1 -lamp 70W 1B00mm t6ft)2'lamp 70W 1 B00mm (6ft)1 lamp 100W 2400mm (8lt)2-lamp 1 00W 2400mm (Bft)1 -lamp 100W 2400mm (Bft)
SwitchstartSwitchstartSwitchstartSw¡tchstartSwitchstartSwitchslarlSwitchslarlSwitchstarlSwilchstartSwilchstarlElectronic StartElectronic Slart
1 x TLD 18W/352 x TLD 1BW/351 x TLD 36W/352 x TLD 36W/35I x TLD 58W352 x TLD 58W/351 x TLD 70Wl352 x TLD 70Wl351 x ¡,4CF 100W352 x N/CF 100W351 x MCF 100W352 x ¡/CF 100W352-lamp 1 00W 2400mm (8Ír)
P2NP22NP4NP24NP5NP25NP6NP26NPBNP2BN
S2NS22NS4Ns24NS5NS25NS6NS26NS8NS28NSBENlS28EN1
Cat. Number BBC - coverplate BS Box 1 O coverplates BBC per carton.Battens and packs are individually packed.
Please order in the form given in the following example. Note that lamps must be ordered separately for battens only, in mu¡tiplesof 20 (2400mm lengths) or 25 (other Ienqths) |
20 Philips luminaires S8N20 PhiIps lamps IVICFE'00Wi35
¡
10
[llEW STREAMTITEOpal diffusers
!
Ii
A range of diflusers for simple lixing toNew Streamlite battens. Rectangular-section bodies have linear externalreeding; standârd Push-fit whiteendcaps have a textured surface.Two w¡dths: narrow version for usew¡th single-lamP battens and widevèrsion for one-lamP or two-lamPbatiens.
RAIIGIDiffusers are available in narrow andwide versions to lit battens in theNew Streaml¡te range:18W 600mm (2ft) (narrow)
36W 1200mm (4ft)
58W 1500mm (5ft)
70W 1800mm (6ft)
1 oOW and 1 25W 2400mm (8ft)
APPLICAÎIOXSrsmall and lârge otfices¡Shops and storesrConcoursesrLight industryrCorridorsrstock and store rooms
To reo¿€r lh6 Oata She€l qùoþ PLUllt2 =Þ
]nu,c'':lttl={
lssud9.82 RÇlæ PLæ11/1 Ðtñ
-
NEW STREAMTITE OPAI DIFIUSERS
TFEAÎURES¡Dilluser has linear reeding with anattractive appearance both lit andu n l¡t-
rPush{it endcaps ¡n white medium-impact polystyrene have a smart insettextured surlace.rLarge keyhole slot fix¡ng of cover-plate and diffuser supports overcâpt¡ve screws in channel speeds andslmplifies assembly.rSlim-sect¡on d¡ffuser is part¡culârlysuitable for use w¡th PhilipsPowerslimmer TLD 26mm dia.krypton{¡lled lamps which reduceenergy consumption by about I percent for a l¡ght output comparablewith that of a standard argonjilledlamp.
XATERIALS & FIIIISH
Dilluser: Opâl polystyrene extrusionwith push-f it white polystyrene endcaps and two support straps.
NAHGE OF OPEBATIOII
240V 50H2.Normal dry indoor corìdilions.Diffusers are not suitable lor verticalmounting.
FrxDtG & wln¡NcPlease refer to New Streaml¡teluminaires Data Sheet PL 3010 forfixing details of battens. Note lhat atleast 15mm clearance must be allowedbetween battens mounted in a l¡ne, togive clearance for diffuser endcaps.Wiring guidance ¡s contained in DataSheet PL 3010.
Mounting ol dlffuser to bãtten1. Slacken screws in battencoverplate, and engage d¡ffusersupports. T¡ghten screws ànd f¡t
lamp(s).2. Engage d¡ffuser in support.
Removing d¡lluserThe diffuser is removed by pullingaway from the supports on one side.It may lhen be disengaged from thebatten, or left to hang from thesupports for lamp changing.
1ti1
Overall width : Narrow lype 70mm/2.76¡n.Wide type 180mm/7.09in.
OveralI depth : 1 l0mm/4.33in. (Both lypes) Fixino d¿raiß iñ cMnnôl
lhFri¡l C.ñÍ.¡ {ãr or 4fiì
AS to¡
DtrtNttora & wltGHTS
PackB(battengwllhWhlte 35låmps)
Cataloguo NumbersBattêns Dllluseronly assembly
only(narrow)
D¡lluserassembly
Welght*completewlthlampE(ks/lb)
Overålllenglh(mm/ln.)
Båtlenl¡xlngcenlfeE(mm/ln.)only
(wlde)
P2N S2NP4N S4NP24N S24NPsN SsNP25N S25NP6N S6NP26N S26NP8N,P8EN S8N,S8EN1P28N,P28EN S2BN, S8EN1
2'4t4.83.6/7.95.7112.54.9/10.87.7t16'95.4/1 1.98.3/18.36.5/14.310.0122.o
630124.801240t48'82'1240t48-82
1 540/60.631540/60.631804171.021804t71.022415/95.082415/95.08
525t20'67600124600124600124600124600124600t241200t441200t48
12
DF2NDF4N
DFSN
oru¡,
DFSN
DF24N
OF25N
DF26N
DF28N
*We¡ght (one-lamp) ¡s w¡thnarrow d¡ffuser.
36W18W 58W 70w 100w1.OO 1.OO 1.00Lenoth Factor 1.OO 0.971.O1 1.01 1.O1 1.O1Colours 8o Factor 1.O1
o.97 o.97 100o.97 1.OO38ñm Factor1.00 1.OO 0.981.OO 1.OOBallast Luman Factor
-NEW STREAMTITE OPAI DITFUSERS
DATASeruice Corlêction Factors
Utll¡zation Factors UF (Fl for SHR NOM
o00lm30 57 A1 67 74
Mult¡ply by each Seru¡ce Correcl¡on Factor
Test No. 3'r Dated; 81.04.025225and TRl0
Mêâsur€d ln accordancs w¡th BS
Calculatlons bas€d on TM5
Glârc Data
XEW SIFEAHLITEServlc€ Corr€ction Factofs
2 LAMP18W 36W 58W 70w 1obw
-englh Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 o.97
)olours 80 Factor 1,O2 1.O2 1.O2 't.o2 1.O2
38mm Factor 0.97 0.97 0.97 1.00 100
Ballasl Lumên Faclor 1.OO 1.OO 1.OO 0.98 1.OO
Utillzation Factors UF lor SHR NOM
öN8d¡r lnt€nsityCIE Flux Cod€
1 23cdl1 00038 68 88 57
liTì79
SHR MAXSHR MAX TR
1.79 .75 NOM)2.14 Mult¡ply by each Sarvica Corrêctlon Factot
T6st No. C139 Dåtod: 81.04.02
Moasured in aæordance wlth BS 6225
Calculatlons baeed on TMS ånd TRlO
Data
z.5u5651
_g_494542434037-ãõ-
3.t o58545051484545424032
4.(X)625855545149484543-3-
5.q)646158575451494745-56-
293530
_26_312724
-19-
ì.w3933
3338343034302722
1,254338
1.5(,474137413733363330
2T
z.lJtt524743464238409734-T
o,/5363026
27242g2522
-1g-
--c---=o-zo
c w'F70 50 20
30
30
30
2.O7TR
NOM)
70wLumlnous Ar€a (sq cm)
WIDE DIFFUSER
DED
70 50 2030
30
30
o.7538332S-34-3026302724
1 .O(,433733-36-3330332926
ì ,zð48423S-zz'37343632nô
1,5o524642-4r4137393533
2,Cr{'575248-4î4542423937
z,ro605652-v49464642À(r
ü.w635S55-ã1-5148464442
6603603r56524947.46
6966
57
49
00 19 25 35
Mult¡pry Þyeech SêruicoCorrect¡on Facl
ULORL O,34oLoRL O.45LORL O.79
Luminous Ar€a {sq cm}l8w 36W 58W 70W l00w1000 2000 2450 2900 3850
NOM)
13
NEW STREAMTITE OPAI DIITUSEßS
OFDERIilC DATA
Rat¡ng Lamp lype(whlte 35)
2 x 18W 600mm (2ft)18W 600mm (2ft)36W 1200mm (4ft)2 x36W 1200mm (4ft)58W l500mm (sft)2 x 58W 1 500mm (sft)70W1800mm (6ft)2 x 70W1800mm (6lt)'100W 2400mm (8ft)2 x 100W 2400mm (8ft)
2 x TLD 18w/35TLO 18W35TLD 36W352 xTLD 36W35TLD 58W352 xTLD 58W35TLD 70W352 x TLD 70W/35MCF 100W352 x MCF 100W35
s4NS24Ns5Ns25Ns6Ns26NS8N, S8EN1S28N, S28EN1
DF2NDF4N
DFSN
oru"
DFSN
Ballenw¡thlryh¡to 35lamp
P22NP2NP4NP24NP5NP25NP6NP26NP8N, PSENP28N, P28EN
onlyBalten
s22N
DllluserasSembly(narow)
Dllluser
(wlde)
DF22N
DF24NDF24NDF25NDF25NDF26NOF26NDF28NDF28N
Cat. number - coverplate BS box - I 0 coverplates BBC per packBattens and packs are individually packed. Diffusers are packed 2 per carton, wlthendcaps and supports.Lamps are packed 20 per carton (2400mm tengths); 25 per carton (all other lengths).Please order in the form g¡ven ¡n the following examp¡e, ¡n multiples of the pack¡ngquantity.Notethatlampsmustbeorderedseparatelyifbattensonlyareord.ered; -50 Philips batten packs P25N50 Philips d¡ffusers DF25N
14
Lumlnai¡e: Made in Great Brilain.
tllEW$TREAMTITE
A range of prismatic controllers forsimple fixing to New Streamlitebaltens. Linear prisms are formed onthe inside suÍaces of the sides, andthe base has regular, well-definedimpress¡ons of pyrâmid form toprovide efficient light control and tolook attract¡ve whether lit or unlit.Standard pushJit white endcaps haveatextured surface. Two widths:narrow version tor use with s¡ngle-lâmp battens and wide vers¡on forone-lamp ând two-lamp battens.
BAIIGEcontrollers are available in narrowand wide versions to fit battens inthe New Streamlite range:36W 1200mm (4ft)
58W 1500mm (sft)
70W 1800mm (6ft)
100W 2400mm (8lt)
Clear prismaticcontrollers
APPLICATIOIISrSmall and lârge off icesrShops and storesrConcoursesrBanks and Building Soc¡et¡es
rLight industryrCorridorsrStock and store rooms
lo r€oder ihis Oala Shesl quol€ PL30r3r3
.n?b
15
lsud 6/83 a€plac€s P13013/2
INEW STBEAMTITE CLEAR PBISMATIC CONTROTLERSFEATUBEArController has internal linear prismson the sides and external pyram¡dprisms on thè base - light isadequately controlled, and appearanceis attractive both lit ând unl¡t.rPush-fit endcaps in white med¡um-impact polystyrene have a smart insettextured surface.rLarge keyhole slot fixing of cover-plate and controller supports overcaptive screws in channel speeds andsimplif¡es assembly.rSlim-section controller is particularlysuitable for use with Ph¡lipsPowerSl¡mmer TLD 26mm dia.kryptonjilled lamps which reduceenergy consumption þy about I percent for a light output comparablewith that ot a standard argon-filledlamp.
tatlRtals & FttllsHPrlsmatlc conlroller: Clear polystyreneprismat¡c extrusion with push{¡t whitepolystyrene endcaps and two supportstraps.
RAIIGI OF OPIRATIOII240V 5OHz.
Normal dry indoor conditions.Controllers are not suitable for wallmounting.
FtxDrG & wtntHcPlease refer to New Streamlite DataSheet (PL 3010) for fixing details ofbattens. Note that at least 1 smmclearance must be allowed betweenbattens mounted in a line, to giveclearance for controlfer endcaps.Wiring guidance is given in PL 3010.
Mountlng ol conlroller lo batten1. Slacken screws in battencoverplate, and engage controllersupports. Tighten screws and fitlamp(s).2. Engage controller in support.
ïhe controller ¡s removed by pull¡ngaway from the supports straps on oneside. lt may then be d¡sengaged fromthe batten, or left to hang from thesupports for lamp chang¡ng.
Overall width ; Narrow type 70mm/2.76¡n.Wide type'1B0mm/7.09¡n.
Overall depth : 1 10mm/4.33in. (Both types).
lnFrhl C€ntd {ãror 4írl
AS Box
K€yhb (ãV6hm bn€nlø
DttEltstolts & wEtcHrs
Packs(battensw¡thWhlte 35lamps)
Calalogue NumbersEaltens Controllsr Controlleronly assembly :assembly
only only(narrow) (wtde)
We¡ght'completewlth
Overalllength(mm/ln.)
Sattenflx¡ngcentrea(mm/ln.)lamps
(ks/lb)
P4N S4NP24N s24NP5N SsNP25N s25NP6N S6NP26N S26NP8N, PSEN S8N, S8EN1P28N, P28EN S28N, S28EN2
3.517.75.3111-75.0/1 1.05.4t11.95.6112'38.5/18'76-7114.7
10.3t22.7
1240t48.A21240t48.821 540/60.631540/60.631804t71'O21804t71.022415/95 08241 5/95.08
600t24600124600124600t24600t24600124
1200t481200t4a
16
PC4N
PCsN
t"u*PCSN
PC24N
PC25N
PC26NPC28NPC28N
'Weight (on€-lamp) is withnarrow controller
18W 36W 58W 70w 100w1.00 1.OO 1.00 1.00.ensth Factor 0.99
1.011.O1 1.O1 '1.O1Colours 80 Factor 1.01o.97o.97 o.97 09738mm Factor 1.O0
1 .OO I .U() t001.OO 1.00Ballast Lumen Factor
NEW STREAMTITE CTEAR PRISMATIC
PÉoToìlETRlC DATA
ilEw STREAMLIGI{TServicê Correction Factors
Utilization Factors UF for SHR NOM
øNadir lntensitYclE Flux code
i 143cd/1000|m44 71 86 61 80
MAXMAX TR
(Square)(Cont¡nuous
1 .76 (1.75 NOM)Rows) 2.O2
Multiply by each S€ruice Correct¡on Factor
ULORLDLORLr ôRL
0.310.49o.80
Multiply bYeâch Serv¡ceCorrect¡on Faclor
N
ED
54 59 6349 55 58
5145
42 4737 41
65 68 7161 65 68
70 50 2030
44 48 5260
54 57 5934 37 4130
39 43 45 -47 50 5231 363331
30
in accordance with BS 5225bâsed on and fRlO
No. Cl30 Daled:8
70w 100w2350
58W1 500
NOM)SHR(Rl
Fract¡on 0.64ACG6
azs
Area (sq cm)36W
17
NEW STREAMTITE CTEAR PBISMATIC CONTBOTLERS
NEW STREAilLITE2 LAMPWITH WIDE CONTROLLER
Mounting: SUSPENDED Service Correction Factors
Ë
1AW 36W 5BW 70w 1 00wLenqth Factor 1.OO 1.OO 1.00 '1.OO 0.99Colours 80 Factor 1.O2 1.O2 1 .O2 1.O2 1.O238mm Factor 0.97 0.97 0.97 o.97 100Ballast Lumen Factor 1.OO 1.00 '1.O0 100 1.00
Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Multiply by each Service Factor
No. Cl 38 Dated: B1.o4.02
in accordance with BS 5225based on CIBS TMS ând TR1
T
ì
Nadir lntensityCIE Flux Code
'1 63cd/1 000 lm49 79 92 57 86
SHR N4AXSHR MAX TR
(Square) 1.80 (1.75 NOIV)lcontinuous Rows) 2.06
ULORLDLOBLLORL
0.370.49o.B6
lMultiply byeach ServiceCorrection Factor
Gla Data
ORDERII{G DATA
Ratlng Lamp type(white 35)
Catalogue NumberController Conlrollerassembly assembly(narow) (wide)
Baltenw¡thWhlte 35lamp
Battenonly
1 x 36W 1 200mm (4tt) 1 x TLD 36W/35 P4N S4N pC4N2 x TLD 36W/35 p24N S24N1XTLD58W35 P5N SSN pCsN2 x TLD 58W35 P25N S25N1 x TLD 70W35 P6N S6N pC6N2(TLDTOW/35 P26N S26N1 x ¡,4CF 100W35 PBN, PBEN SBN, SBEN j PCBN2xMCF100W35 P28N, p28EN S2BN,S2BEN2 -
PC24NPC24NPC25NPC25NPC26NPC26NPC2BNPC28N
2 x 36W 1200mm1 x58W1500mm2x58W1500mm1 x70W 1800mm2 x 70W 1800mm
(4fl)(5ft)(sft)(6ft)(6ft)
I x100W2400mm2x100W2400mm
(Bft)(8fr)
Cat. NumberBBC CoverplateBsbox- lOcoverptatesBBC percarton.Battens and packs are ind¡vidually packed, Controllers are packed 2 per carton, withendcaps and supports,Lamps are packed 20 per carton (2400mm lengths); 25 per carton (all other lengths),
Please order ¡n the form given in the following example, ¡n mult¡p¡es of the pack¡ngquant¡ty. Note that lamps must be ordered separately ¡f battens only are ordered I
50 Phil¡ps batten packs P25N50 Philips controller assemblies PC25N
çwF70 50 20
30
50 50 203010
o.7s 1.oo 1.2546 51 5641 46 5137 42 46--d -4d---4d-37 41 4534 38 42
,5U 2.(J() 2.5()60 65 6955 61 6451 57 6153 57 6049 53 5746 50 54
3.OO 4.OO 5.OO71 75 7767 71 7464 68 7162 65 6659 62 6456 60 62
JU bU 2I)3010
000
3t 40 4334 37 4032 34 3827 2A 31
4b 49 5243 47 4941 45 4733 36 37
b3 55 5751 54 5549 52 54-39 41 - 42-
Luminous Area (sq cm)18W 36W
20001
58W 70W2450 2900
BZ (Rt 2 5, SHF NO[,4)
o.76ACG5
BZ4
1 00w3850
Fraction RatioCìassification
18
Lumínaire: l\4ade ¡n Great Br¡ta¡n.
NEWSTREAMTITETrouqh reflectors &optiõnal wireguardsA range of Durawhite stoved finishopen-ended trough reflectors forsimple fixing to New Streamlitebattens. One width fits both one-lampand two-lamp versions. Slots give a
small amount of upwards light Clipsare optionally avai lable to make a neal
loin between rellectors of ballensmounted end-to-end.Optional wìreguards made fromgalvanised steel are available lor1500mm (sft) battens uPwards.
RANGE
Trough rellectors to f¡t one-lamp andtwo-lamp New Streaml¡te battens inthe following lengths and ratings:36W 1200mm (4ft)
sBW 1500mm lsft)70W 1B00mm (6ft)'100W 2400mm (8ft)
W¡reguards for trough ref lectors in thefollowing lengths and ratings:
58W '1500mm (5ft)
70W 1800mm (6ft)
100W 2400mm (Bft)
APPLICAlIONSr FactoriesrWorkshops and rePair areasrlnstrument read¡ng areasrstock and store roomsThe wireguard provides addit¡onalprotect¡on in areas where lamps maybe exposed to damage.
TIl-bc)--
To reorderlhrs Data Sheelq!Õle 3014/3
19
rssled 6/83
NEW STREAMLITE TROUGH REFLECTORS & OPTIONALWIREGUARDS TFEATURES
rHigh-qual¡ty Durawhite stovecl f jnish
for h¡gh reflectance and long seÍvicelife.rLarge-diameter keyhole slot fixingfor easy attachment, wìth detent forpos¡tive locat¡on once the f¡x¡ngscrews have been tightened.rSlim-section ref lector is part¡cularlysu¡table for use w¡th Ph¡l¡psPowerSlimmer TLD 26mm dia.kryptonJilled lamps wh¡ch reduceenergy consumption by about I percent for a light output comparablewith that of a standard argon{¡lledlamp.rUpward light slots to reduce 'tunnel'eftect.¡ Opt¡onal clips (Catalogue No. RJ2)imake a simple, neat join betweenreflectors ol battens mountedend-to-end.rOpt¡onal w¡reguards for additionalprotection of lamps.
FIXING & U'IRING
Please refer to New Streamlite DataSheet PL301 0 for fixing details ofbattens. Battens may abut whenmounted ¡n line, unless wireguardsare to be f¡tted, in which case at least45mm must be allowed betweenbattens.Wir¡ng instruct¡ons are conta¡ned inData Sheet PL 3010.
Mounling of rellectof to batten1. Slacken screws in batten coverplate,and engage keyhole slots in reflectorover screwheads,2. Slide reflector laterally unt¡l screw-heads engage detents, and tightenscrews. lnsert lamp(s).
MATEBIALS & FINISH
Rellector: Sheet steel, Durawhitestoved finish.Rellector ioining cl¡p: Sheet steel,Durawhite stoved f inish.Wireguard: lvl¡ld steel wire,galvan i sed.
RANGE OF OPENATION240V 50H2.Normal dry indoor conditions
Overall wid¡h : W¡thout wireguard 1Bommi 7.09¡n.With wireguard 185mm/7 2Bin.
Overall deplh : Without wireguard 130mm/5.12in.With w¡reguard 160mmi 6.30in.
Fixing derôiß ìn Chan¡el
lmpe.i¿l Cente5 {2lr or
3025mß-
¿is&$ J ¿/- air:o-- O
Drf[ExstoNs & wEtGHls
Packs (battensw¡th White 35lamps)
Calalogue NumbefsBattens Slolled Wíreguardonly open-end
rellêclor
Weight withlamp(s) andrelleclor(ks/lb)
We¡ght wlthlamp(s),relleclor& wireguard(ks/lb)
Overallwtrhrelleclo¡(mm/in,)
lengthwtthrelleclor& w¡reguard(mm/¡n.)
Battenlixingcenlres(mm/in.)
P4NP24NP5NP25NP6NP26NP8N, PSENP28N, P28EN
S4NS24NS5NS25NS6NS26NSBN, S8ENlS28N, 528EN1
4.9/10 86.7114.7
9.0/19 87.5/1 6.5
10.0122.09.3t20.5
12.3t27.1
8.4/18.51'10.8/23.76
9.3120.40'1 1.8/25.9610 5/23 4014.1131.02
1232t48 51232148.51532/60 3 1
1532/60.311796170.711796170 712407t94.402407 t94.76
600t24600124600t24600t24600t24600124
1200t481200t48
**G5NG6NG6NG8NG8N
R4NR4NR5NR5NR6NR6NR8NR8N
20
1580/62 215A0162 21835t72.241835t72 242445t96.262445196 26
36W 58W 70w 100w1.00 1 .00Lenqth Factor 1.OO 0.991,00 '1.OO 't.ooColours 80 Factor 1.OO
o.9838mm Factor o.98 0.98 1.OO
1.00 1.OO 1.00Ballast Lumen Factor 1.OO
NEW STREAMLITE TBOUGH REFLECTORS & OPTIONAL
IC DATASTREAMLITE
Seru¡ce Correction Factors
Utilization Factors UF for SHR NOM
,ÁNedif lnlensitYòlE Flux cooe
241cdl1000 lm43 79 96 95 87
.92 .75 NOM)2.36TR
lVult¡ply by elch Seruice Correction Factor
fest No. C129 Dated:81.04.02Measured in âccordance w¡th BS 5225calculalìons based on CIBS TM5 and lR'10
Glare Data (CIBS)
R NOM)
0.05ACGl
BZ4
Lum¡nous Area (sq cm)
36W 58W2200 2750
70w3300
I 00w4400
TEW STBEAMLIÍESeruice Correct¡on Factors
2 LAMP
WITH TROUGH REFLECTOR
¡/ounting: SUSPENDED
36W 58W 70w 100w
Lenqth Factor 1.OO 1.00 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.00 1.OO 1.O0 1.00
38mm Factor o.s8 o.98 098 100
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00 1.00 100 1.OO
Utilizat¡on Factors UF for SHR NOM
Ã,/o o\
Nadir lntensìtyCIE Flux Code
239cd/'l000 lm46 80 96 91 83
SHR MAXSHR MAX
1.80 .75 NOM)2.O8 Mult¡ply by Correction Factor
ULORLDLORLLORL
o.o70.76o.83
Mult¡ply byeach ServiceCorrectÌon Factor
Tesl ño. C136 Datedl
lúeasured in accordance wilh BS 5225Calculal¡ons based on CIBS T¡¿15 and TR10
Glare Data (Cl
TROUGH REFLECTORWITH
SUSPENDED
f .5() 2.oo 2.so70 76 8064 71 755q AA 71
cwF70 50 20
301ô
o,/5 ì.w55 5949 5c44 4A
t.zo655954
3.OO 4.OO 5.O083 86 897A 83 8675 80 a3
53 57 624A 51 57L4 t7 5a
67 73 t662 68 725A 65 69
79 A2 8475 79 A272 77 Ao
2050 503010
56 63 6753 59 63
64 b9 t360 66 70
70 74 7766 69 72
15 Tð EO72 76 78
43 46 5241 44 49
51 55 6047 50 55
30
10----õ-----o--o
5030
20
lVultiply byeach ServiceCorrection Faclor
0.o40.83o.a7
ULORLDLORLLORL
6876 82
79a481
5347
5751
62 6761
1
70 50 2030
71 7546 55 65 6930
66 68 71 7345 4857 6'l30
30
61 6440
0.09ACGl
BZ4
lOOW4400
Lum¡nous Areâ (sq cm)
36W 58W2200 2750
70w3300
Flux Rel¡o
NOM)
21
WIREGUARDS
Luminaire: Made ¡n Great Br¡tain.
NEWSTREAMTITEAngle réflectors &optional wireguards
":Ð'_¡Þ-
A range of Durawhite stoved finishopen-ended angle rellectors lor simplef¡xing to New Streamlite battens. Onewidth fits both one-lamp and two-lampversions. Optìonal wireguards madefrom galvanised steel are available.
RAIIGEAngle reflectors and optional wìre-guards available to fit one-lamp andtwo-lamp New Streamlite battens inthe following lengths and ratings:sBW 1500mm (5ft)70W 1800mm (6ft)'100W 2400mm (8ft)
APPLICAÎIONSFor use in normal indoor s¡tuat¡onsof a commerc¡al or industriai naturewhere an angled light distribution isrequired, such as:rLight¡ng for blackboards or wallcharts¡Cabinet type instrument panelsrTask l¡dhting to supplementgeneral lightingThe wireguard provides add¡tionalprotection in areas where lampsmay be exposed to damage.
TI?bC'-t.l.|v,c':ltñ={--Ê
=-==Ðrñ
To reorJerihrs Dålã Sheel quole 301 5t2lssued 7/83
23
FEATURES
rHiqh-qualily Dur¿white stoved linishlor ñrgh rellectance and long serv¡celife.rt aroe-diametcr kùyhole slot fixing foreasvältachment, with detent foroosítrve location once the lixingscrews have been tightened'
rOptronaì wireguards for additionalprotettion ol lâmPS.
F¡XING & WIRING
Please ref er to New Streamlitelriminaires Dala Sheet PL 3010 forfixirro details of batlens Battens may
abutïhen mounted in Iine, unlessvJireouards are to bc litted, in whichcase"ar least 45mm must t'e allowedbetween battens.Wir¡ng instructions are contained ¡n
Data Sheet PL 3010.
MountinE ol relleclor to ballen
1. Slacken screws in bâtten coverplate,and enqage keyhole slots in reflectorover screwheads2. Slide reflector Iaterally until screwheads engage detents, and tightenscrews. lnsert lamP(s)
Overall widlh . 120ñml4 72in
Overall cleÞth :'165rnm/6 50in F'x¡ng deúia '^ Cha^nel
lóÞân, C¿nù€5 (2h or 4íil -1
M¿rrc C¿nter l6mñm ôr I20Oññ| !
wôodicrea Kávhole! (21l6hm
3o25mh +o' 6o5nñ I
DTüENSIONS & WEIGHTS
NEW STREAMLITE ANGLE REFLECTORS & OPTIONALWIREGUARDS
Catalogue NumbersBattens Angle Wire-
We¡ghtwith
Weightwilh
only reflector guard lamP(s)andrellectof(ksi lb)
Packs(battenswithWhite 35lamps)
lamp(s)rellêctor
overalllength(mmi ¡n.)
Batlenlix¡ngcentres(mm/¡n.)
andw¡reguafd(ks/lb)
PsN SsN ARSN
P25N S25N AR5NP6N S6N AR6NP26N S26N AR6NPBN. PBEN S8N. SBENI ARBN
P2BN.P2BÉN S28N,S28EN1 ARSN
AG5AG5AG6AG6AG8AG8
6.1i 13 48.5/18 7
6.8/1 5.09.4120 78.4/18.5
11.4t25.1
1.5116.510.2t22.48.2/18 0
11 2t24 610.8123.713.8/30 4
1532/60.31'1532/60 311796/70.711796t70.712407 194.762407 194.76
600t24600124600/24600124
1200/481200/48
POLAR CURVES
(o (oo
ORDERING DATA
MAIERIALS & FINISH
Bellector: Sheet steel, Durawhitestoved finish.Wireguard: Mild steel wire,galvanised.
RANGE OF OPERATION
240V 50H2.Normat dry ìndoor cond¡tions.
Rat¡ng Lamp type(Whire 35) Batten
w¡thWhite 35lamp
Catalogue NumberaBatlen Angleonly rellector
W¡requard
1 x 5BW 1 500mm (stl)
2 x 58W 1 500mm (sft)1 x 7OW 1 B00mm (6tt)
2 x 70W 1 B00mm (6tt)
1 x 100W 2400mm (8tl)
2 x 1 00W 2400mm (8tl)
1 x 1OoW 2400mm (Bft)
2 x 1 OoW 2400mm (8tt)
1 x TLD 58W/352 x TLD 58W351 x TLD 70W/352 x TLD 70W/351 x t\¡CF 100W352 x MCF 100W/351 x N¡CF 100W352 x MCF '100W/35
P5NP25NP6NP26NP8NP2BN
S5NS25NS6Ns26NS8NS28NS8ENlS28EN1
AR5NARSNAR6NAR6NARSNARsNARSNARSN
AG5AG5AG6AG6AG8AG8AG8AG8
Cat. Number BBC - coverplale BS box - t
Battens and batten/lamp packs are ind0 coverplates BBC Per carton.
ividually Packed.
Angle rellectors and angle wireguards packed 5 to a carton'
f"ñp" "r"
p*1"¿ z0 pãr carlon (2400mm ìengths): 25 per carton (all other lengths)'
Pleaseorderintheformgiveninthefollowingexample,¡nmUltipleSol]hepacking;l""i*i,y.'üi; i;;¡aïp""must ue oraered separatelv il battens onlv are ordered:
50 Philips batten Packs P25N
50 Philips angle retlectors AR5NLuminaire: Made in Great Britain
24
FEATURE
High-qualityLuminaires forFluorescent Lamps
RAl{GE
On€- and two-lamp batten luminalres:
1200mm (4tt), 1500mm (sft)1800mm (6ft) Starterless2400mm (8ft)iin eleòtron¡c,stárÏ
APPLIGAlIOIISFor use in any normal indoors¡tuation such as:-rSmall or large officesrShops and dèpartmental sloresrCorr¡dorsrStock and store roomsrCanteensrWorkshops
Feature high quality lumina¡res may beused as Battèns, with Trough or AngleBeflectors or with Diffusers or PrìsmaticControllers.The Battens are attract¡velyfinished in Durawhite stoved finish withwhite chamfered end caps.
Feature luminaires are a tradit¡onaltype, for use with the 38mm dia. argonfilled lamps.
Full details of the attachments can befound in Data Sheets:PL 1720 Trough ReflectorsPL 1721 Angled RellectorsPL 1722 Opal DiffuserPL 1723 Prismatic Controllers.
rorsordorrhi3Datâsh6srquor6 PL1719/6
25
lssusd 7/83
ITEATURE - FTUORESCEI{T TUMIIIAIREFEATUBES¡Easily mounted onto a standard BS
box, which it covers comPletelY.
rThe channel and cover Plates aref¡nìshed in Durawhite stoved f¡nish lorIong serv¡ce and retent¡on of reflectiveproperties.rAttractivelY chamfered end caPsfeature 2omm (å¡n.) knockouts for endconduit term¡nations.rSpring-mounted, iniection-mouldedlampholders are fixed in seconds,and one person can re-lamp aluminaire from one end. LamP-holders of two-lamp luminaìres areindividually mounted, so that onelamo can be removed withoutdisturbing the other, and are keyed toprevent accidental cross-over.
rstarterless control gear.
rEach batten ¡s provided with a 3-wayterm¡nal blockof 2x2 smm'sectioncable câpacity, and a fuse lnternalwirìng ¡s held by cleats, and additionalcleatÀ are provlded down one side forcontractors'wiring.
SPECTFTCAI¡OllrType complianClass I Ordinary
ce with Bs 4533 2.2I n door.
To spec¡ly stale:Batten f luorescent lamp lumina¡rescomplying wìth BS 4533 2.2, withDurawhite stoved finish, fuse andstarlerless control gear, covefing aBS box, simìlar to Ph¡l¡PS Featureluminaires.
CIRCUIT COTPONEHTS
RANGE OF OPERAÎION240V 50H2.Normal ¡ndoor conditions.
Catalogue numbersBallen Ballast
Capacitorpart numbers
Capacilorlilm type)
FSQ4FSQ24FSQ5FSQ25FSQ675FSQ2675FSOSEFSQ28E
1 x 5.5mfd !:5%2 x 5.smld !5o/"1 x B.4mfd l5%2 x B.4mld i.s"/o1 x 8.4mfd t5%2 x B.4mld !5o/"1 x7.2mfd !5"k2x7.2mfd LsY"
1 x BBX402 x BBX401 x BBX652 x BBX651 x BBX752 x BBX751 x BCS1 25'2 x BCSI 25'
'1 x Hl6552xH16551 xH16842xH16841 xH16842xH16841 x H16722xF,1672
(250V)(250V)
{250V)(250V)(250V)(250V)(440V)(440V)
TATERIALS & FINISH
Channels and cover Plates: Sheetsteel, Durawhite stoved finish.
Channel end caps: White med¡um-impact polystyrene.Sprung b¡-pin lamPholders: Whiteuiea mouldings fitted to plated springsteel supports.
Or BCE 1 25. With ES0B electronic slarters see Daìa Sheet PL 1 785
Harmon¡c contentThirdharmoniccontenlwillnolnormallyexceed3Xl6%intheneulralofabalanced3-phase4-wire supply.
All¡nlormationquotedrelatestoaveragelumìnairesona240V50Hzsupplyat25.c.
B .t B
D
Fôr woodscrew For Box
20mm ¡in Knockoul líxing fixing using S-hook Wire enlry fixing detail 20mm conduit
D¡HENSIONS, WEIGHTS & ELECIRICAL DATA
Calaloguenumbel
Rat¡ng Overall lengthA (mm/in.)
Fix¡ngcentres(mm/in.)
We¡qht with Eleclr¡cal chalacler¡sticsc¡rcuit C¡rcu¡t M¡n¡mumlamp(s)
(ks/lb) Watts cufrent Powef(runn¡nE) (Amperes) lactor
Starterless tYPesFSO4 1 lamp40W 1200mm
FSQ24 2 lamp40W 1200mmFSOS 1 lamp 65W 1500mm
FSo25 2 lamp65W l500mmFSQ675 1 Iamp75W1800mmFSQ2675 2 lamp 75W 1800mm
(4Ít)(4it)(5ft)(5rt)(6fr)(6ít)
1234144.6123414A.6'1534/60.5'1534i 60.51800/711800/71
600124600124600124600124600124600124
3.4t7.55.8112.74.419.66.8/1 5.04.6/1 0.07'1 /15.6
o250.50'340.680.420.84
52104
7715490
180
137276
090'90.90.90.90.9
Electronlc slartlYPegFsoee i lamp 125w 240omm (Bft)
FSO28E 2 lamp 125W 2400mm (8ft)1,200148
1200144
LDGLDG
6666
Overall width: One lamp 76mmTwo IamP 98mm
Overall depth (all luminaires): 1
(3in.)(3.8ìn.)00mm (4in.)
24091552409/S5
26
)
1200mm65W1 500mm
125W2400mm
Lâmo Fâctor '1 .00 1.00 1.00 0.97Colour 80 Factor '1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.01 0.96 0.98 0.99
DATAFEATURE - FLUORESGE]II tUilIIIA
f LAMP Serv¡ce Correction Factors
Ut¡l¡zat¡on Factors UF {F} for SHR NOM
21 3955
sH8SHß
MAXMAX fR
(Sq ua re)(Transverse,
2.01 l2.OOend-end)
NOM)2.67
CIBS Standañ Prcsentat¡on Multiply by each SeN¡ce Coïect¡on Factor
Measured: BS 5225 Pan 1 1975
Calculated: CIBS TM 5 and TR 10
Test No: A612 Dated:
LAMP Service Correction Factors
BATTEN WITHOUT ATTACHMENT
lVount¡ng: SUSPENDED
E
40w'l200mm
ti5w1500mm
75W1800mm
1 25W2400mm
Lamo Factor 100 10n 100 0.97
Colou¡80 F¿ctor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Bâllãst I rrmcn Fâctor 1.01 0.96 0.98 0.99
Ut¡lizat¡on Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Nad¡r lntensìty 1 67cd/1 000 total lmMult¡ply by each Setvice Coil FactorCIE Flux Number 234256
SHRSHR
I\4AXMAX TR
(Square) 1.86 {1.75(Transverse, end-end)
NOM)2,35
CIBS Sta ndard Presentation Multiply by each SeN¡ce Coïect¡on Faclor
WITHOUT ATTACHMENT
SUSPENÐED
ao
Room lndex
c f 0,75 1.25 t.5 z 2.5 34570 50
30l0
20 43 48 5436 ',t 463',1 35 40
58 65 6951 58 6345 53 58
73 17 8067 12 7662 68 '12
50 503010
20 39 44 4833 37 4223 32 37
53 58 6247 53 5742 4A 53
65 69 7261 65 6851 62 65
30 503010
20 36 39 4331 34 3827 30 34
47 52 5642 48 5238 44 4A
58 62 6455 59 6251 56 59
000 23 25 29 32 37 40 43 4-t 49
Mult¡ply by each Serv¡cecorrect¡on Factot
0.91
ULOßLDLORLLORL
0.36ACG2
az6
40w900
1 25W1 750
65W 75W1100 1300
Room lndex
cwF o75 1 125 1.5 2 2.5 3 4 5
70 503010
20 43 50 5636 42 4930 37 43
61 68 7254 61 6648 56 61
767066
80
71
83
76
50 503010
20 39 45 5033394/2A 34 40
54 61 6449 55 6044 51 56
67 71 7663 67 7159 64 68
30 50 203010
3530
40
31
454036
49 54 5744 50 '5440 46 50
60 63 6656 60 6354 58 61
000 22 26 30 33 39 42 44 48 51
ULORLDLORLLORL
0.650.93
by each ServiceFactor
Flux Fractions Rat¡oACG ClassilicationGlare BZ (Rl 2.s, SHR = NOIM)Luminous A¡eas {sq cm)
0.43ACG2
az6
40w1150
65W1450
75W1750
1 25W2300
Measured: BS 5225 Part t 1975Calculated: CIBS TM 5 and TR 1O
Test No: A617 Dated: ?6 0s ol
27
IFEITURE - FTUORESCE]IT TUMIIIAIREOBDER¡IIG DATA
Raling C¡rcuilCatalogue Number
FSQ4FSQ24FSQS
-FSQ25 -
FSQ675FSQ2675FSOSEFSA28E
65W 1500mm65W 1500mm75W 1800mm75W 1800mm
StarterlessStarterlessStarterlessStarterlessStarterlessStarterlessElectron¡c StartElectronic Start
1X2x1X2x1X2x1X2x
40W 1200mm (4ft)40W 1200mm (4ft)
(sfD(5Ít)(6fr)(6ft)
125W 2400mm (8ft)125W 2400mm (8ft)
All battens are supplied packed ind¡v¡dually'
Lamps should be ordered separately'
Please order as ¡n the form given in the following example:
50 Ph¡l¡ps FSQ25 fluorescent luminaires'*
1 soomm Feature Battens in (FSSsD or FSS2sD) dimming versions are availâble to
spec¡al order.
2A
Made in Great Br¡tain
FEATUREOpal DiffusersD¡ff users mainly for commerc¡alapplications, w¡th rectangular-sect¡onbodies with l¡near external reed¡ng.Push-fit grey end caps have a texturedsurface.Diffusers are ava¡lable ¡n twowidths:for use wìth a single lamponly, of ¡n a w¡det vers¡on for one ortwo lamps.
RANGE
Diffusers are ava¡lable in bothnarrow (1-lamp) or wide (1- or 2-lamp)versions to f¡t all lengths of Featurebattens. Diffuser coupiers areavailable to prov¡de a neat jointbetween diffusers of battens mountedend-to,end.
APPLICATIOXSFor use in notmal ¡ndoor appl¡cationssuch as:rSmall and large off¡cesrShops and storesrTravel concoursesrBanks and Build¡ng Societ¡esrCanteensrCorridors
.!lF-bèU-l|frv,C.'itIrt--{
Wide version diffuser.Fh-
loreorderrhis Dsrå Sho€tquore PL 172216=-Þ-ñ
2S
lssued 6/83
TEATURE OPAI IIIFFUSERS - FTUORESOEilT TUMIIIAIRE
FEATURÊS
:Opal polystyrene extrusions withexternal linear reed¡ng mainta¡n anattract¡ve appearânce whether lit orunlit.rPush{it end caps ¡n grey medium-impact polystyrene have an insettextured surface.rOpt¡onal d¡ffuser couplers make aneat join between diffusers of battensmounted end-io-end.r100W versions of Feâture haveeleClronic start.
Chãnnels and cover Plales: Sheetsteel, Durawhite stoved linish.Channel end caþs: White medium-impact polystyrene mouldings.Sprung bi-pln lamPholders: Whiteurea mouldings litted to plated springsteel supports.Dlffuser: Opal polystyreñe extrusionwith push-fit grey medium-imPactpolystyrene end caps and twosupport straps.D¡lÍuser coupler: Sheet steel'Durawhite stoved linish.
RANGEOFOPEBAÍION '
240V 50H2.5'C to 25lC (single lamp 30"c)Diff users not su¡table for
Difluser coupler1
l
Close-up of Catalogue Number DF5 opal diffuser'
DrrErslotls & WEIGHTS
Catalogue No8.Ball€n Dlflusslonly rtlachmonl
onlY
Welght comPlelewlth lamps(ks/lb)
(mm/ln.)(A)
Overall length Flxlng cenlrê8(mm/in.)(E/D)
FSQ4FSO4FSO24FSQ5FSOSFSQ25FSO675FSQ675FSQ2675FSQSEFSQSEFSO28E
DF4DF24DF24DF5DF25
DF6DF26DF26DF8DF28
4.0/8.94.3/9.56.7114'75.1 /1 1 .4
5.5112.17.9117.55.4112.25.8/12.88.3/18.46.5/14.37.0t15.4
10.0t22.o
1242t4912421491242149'1542t61
1542161154216'l1A08t7'1.2laoal7'1.2180817'l'22417 195'22417195.22417t95.2
600124600124600124600124600124600124600124600124600124
12001481200t481200t48
Overall w¡dlh (B): 1 lamp 97mm (3 8¡n )1 or 2 lamp 160mm (6'3in.)
Overall depth (C) (bolh types): 1 1 5mm (4 5in.)
V
pD
E
20mm tin KnockoutWire entry tixing detail 20mm *in conduit
B
c
_lBoxFor woodscrew Forchain
lixing lixing using S-hook
30
40w1200mm
65W1 500mm 1800mm
l25W2400mm
Lamp Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97ColourS0 Factot 1.01 1.0r 1.01 '1.01
Ballast Lumen Fsctor 1.01 0.96 0.98 0.99
DATA FEATURE OPAL DIFIUSERS - FI.UORESGEIIT TUMILAMP' Service Correction Factors
Utilization Factors UF (Fl for SHR NOM
bv eachñumber
Cor¡163041
SHßSHR
MAXMAX fR
(Square) 1.99 (1.75 NOI\4)(TransveÌse,end-endl 2.51 CIBS Sta ndatd Presentat¡on Mult¡ply by each Seru¡ce Correct¡on Factgr
ULORLDLORLLOFL
0.21 Multiply by each ServiceCorrect¡on Factoro.7l
0.42
NOMACGl
az6Luminous Areas (sq cm)
^îw 65w 79W l25W
iiOs 1496 1754 2344
Measured: BS 5225 Part 1 1975
calculated: clBS TM 5 and TR 10
Test No: A682 Dated: 76.12.09
Service Cor¡ect¡on FactorcWIÍI{ WIDE OPAL DIFFUSER
Mount¡ng: SUSPENDÊO
40w1200mm
65W1smñm
75WlAmmm
125Wr2¡lO0mm
Lamo Factôr 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97Colour 80 Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.01 096 0.98 0.99
Utilization Factors UF (F) fo¡ SHR NOM
Nadir lntens¡ty 1 t9cdi 1000 total lmMult¡ply by edch SeNice Coï FactorCIE Flux NrJmb€r 173141
ClES Standad Prcsentat¡on Multiply by each SeNice Correction Factot
Data (ClBSl
SUSPENDED
Room Reflectances Room lndex
25 t.5 2 2.5 3410 50
3010
20 34 38 4229 32 3725 28 33
46 51 5441 46 5036 42 46
5349
60 6256 5953 5650 50
3010
20 31 34 3826 29 3323 26 30
41 45 4A37 41 4533 33 42
51 53 5647 51 5344 48 5',1
30 5030't0
20 2A 31 3424 27 3022 24 27
37 40 4333 31 4030 34 38
45 47 4942 45 4740 43 45
000 18 20 23 25 28 31 33 36 38
Room Reñectåncos ßoom lndoxG w F 0.75 1 1,2A 1.5 2 2.â 34570 50 20
3010
37 41 4632 36 402A 31 36
49 55 5844 50 5440 46 50
61 64 6656 61 6353 57 60
50 50 203010
33 36 4029 32 3625 2A 32
43 48 5139 44 4736 41 44
53 56 5850 53 5541 51 53
30 20503010
29 32 3526 2A 3223 25 29
38 4'l 4434 39 4132 36 39
46 4a 5043 46 4841 44 47
000 19 20 23 25 29 31 33 .35 37
Ë
SHR MAXSHR MAX IR
1.84 (1.75 NOM)ônd-end) 2.24
(Square)(Transverse,
ULORLDLORLTORL
Setvice
0.62ACG2
sz6
Ratio
SHR NOM)2.5,Luminous Aress cm{sq
125W3867
65W 75W2467 2893
BS 5225 Pan I 1975CIBS TM 5 and TR 1O
No: Dated: .lj.t2 0g
31
i
I
1
PHOTOMEIR¡C OATAServ¡ce Correct¡on Factors
TURE
Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
lntensity '1 1 totâl lm
Mult¡plyCIE Flux
each Con Factor172937
SHR MAXSHR MAX TR
(Square){Transverse,
1.77 {1.75 NOM)end-end) 2.10
clBS Sta ndard Prcsentation Mutt¡ply bY each SeN¡ce CoÛection
FEATURE OPAI DIFFUSERS - FTUORESGEIII TUMI]IAIRE
ULORLDLORLLORL i,älr : ::::t :t,nx :
ù v rc e
Flux Fract¡ons RatioACG Class¡ficationGlare BZ (Rl 2.5, SHR = NOIM)
Lum¡nous Areas {sq cm)4ow 65W 75W1987 2467 2893
1 25W3867
0.60ACG2
gz5
A873
Measured:CalculatedTest No:
BS 5225 Part 1 1975
CIBS Tlvl 5 and TR 10
Dated: 11.12.14
Glare
ORDENINC DATA
Descr¡pt¡on Catalogue Nos.Batten only D¡lluser attachmenl only
Please order ¡n the form given ¡n thelollowing example, in multiples ol thepacking quant¡tY:
50 Philips Feature battens FSOs.50 Philips diffuser attachment DF25.
50 D¡fluser couplers DC2.
All Feature circuits are slarterless orelectronic start.Lamps should be ordered separately.
Pack¡ng:Diffusers: Two per carton.
Dllfuser couplers:Ten Per carton (narrow)F¡ve Per carton (w¡de).
Replacsment end caPS: Packed to
'1 x40W 120omm (4ft) narrow diffuser1x40W 1200mm (4it) wide d¡ffuser2 x4OW 1200mm (4lt) w¡de diffuser
1 x65W'15o0mm (slt) narrow dilfuser1 x65W 1soomm (5lt) wide dilfuser2 x65W 1500mm (slt) wide dilfuser1 x 75W 18oomm (6lt) narrow diffuser1 x75W l800mm (6ft) wide dilluser2 x75W 1800mm (6ft) wide dilluser'I x125W 2400mm (8lt) narrow diffuser1x'l25W 24o0mm (8ft) wide diffuser
FSQ4FSQ4FSO24
FSOsFSQ5FSQ25
FSQ675FSQ675FSQ2675FSQSEFSQSEFSQ28E
DF4ÐF24DF24
DF5DF25DF25DF6DF26DF26DF8DF28DF282 x125W,2400mm (8ft) wide dìffuser
Associâted accessories:Dilfuser coupler (narrow) (one required per lumina¡re)Diffuser coupler (wide) (one requ¡red per luminaire)
Spares:Lamoholder assemblYcrey d¡lluser end caþ lnarrow) (2 required per luminaire)Grev d¡fluser end cap (wide) (2 requ¡red per luminaire)Whiíe batten end cap and clips (1 lamp) (2 required per luminaire)Wh¡te batten end cap and clips (2 lamp) (2 required per luminaire)
Catalogue No.
DC1DC2
47673A8023A8024FP494FP495
WITH WIOE OPAL DIFFUSER
Mounting: SUSPENDED
75W1800mm
125W2400mm
40w1 2O0mm
0971.001.00 1.00Lamo Factor1.O2't.021.02 1.O2colour 80 Factor
Boom lndexRoom Reflectances
0.99Factor
3451.5 2 2,0.75 I 1.25cwF545047
57 5954 51s',t 54
44 49 5240 45 4836 41 45
33 37 4129 32 3625 29 33
lo 50 203010
39 43 4635 40 4333 37 40
47 50 5245 48 5042 45 48
30 33 3626 29 3223 26 29
50 50 203010
41 43 4539 42 4337 40 42
34 38 4031 35 3829 33 36
27 29 3224 26 2921 24 26
'2030 503010
30323/23 26 2A18 ',rg 21000
32
Made in Great Br¡tain
TEATUREPrismaticControllers
Prismatic control ler with extrudedbody of rectangular sect¡on. L¡nearprisms are formed on the ins¡desurfaces of the sides, and the basehas regular, well-def ined ¡mpressionsof pyrâmid form to look attractivewhether lit or unlit and to control thelight. Pushjit grey end caps have atextured surface. Prismatic controllersâre available in two w¡dths: for usew¡th a single lamp or ¡n a widerversion for one or two lamps.
APPLICATIONSFor use in normal indoor applicationssuch as:-rSmall and large off ¡cesrShops and stores¡Travel concoursesrBanks and Bú¡lding SocietiesrCanteensrOffices
RANGE
Prismatic controllers are availablein both narrow (1-lamp) or wide(2-lamp) versions to f¡t all lengthsof Feature batten.Controller couplers âre ava¡lable toprov¡de a neat joint betweencontrollers of battens mountedend-to-end.
To reorder lh s Oaìa Sheel quole I PL172317
ìtFg-i,Ðtrtv,c.:t
33
lssued 6/83
FEATURE PRISMATIC CONTROTTERS lFEATURESrClear polystyrene extrusions withinternal linear prisms on the s¡desand external pyramid prisms on thebase - light ¡s controlled to lim¡tdirect glare in the angles above 60ofrom the vert¡cal, and appearance isattractive whether lit or unlit.rPush-f¡t end caps ¡n grey med¡um-impact polystyrene have an insettextured surface.rOptional couplers belweencontrollers mounted end-to-end,make a neat join.r 1 25W version of Feature electron¡cstart
TATERIALS & F¡1{ISHChannels and cover plales: Sheetsteel, Durawhite stoved linish.channel end caps: White medium-impact polystyrene mouldings.Sprung bi-pin lampholders: Whiteurea mouldings litted to plated spr¡ngsteel supports.Controller: Clear polystyrene pris-matic extrusion with push-fit greypolystyrene end caps and twosupport stfaps.Controller coupler: Sheet steel,Durawh¡te stoved f ¡nish.
NANGE OF OPERATION240V 50H2.soc to 25oC (single lamp 30"C).
Controllers not su¡table for wall-mount¡nq.
Controller coupler
Close-up ol Catalogue Number PC25 pr¡smatic controller.
D
€
B
c
Fo. woodscrew Forchain BS Boxl¡x¡ng fixing usìng S-hook W¡re entry fixing deta¡l 20mm lin condu¡t 20mm lin Knockout
oo
DIMENSIONS & WE¡GHIS
Catalogue Nos. Overall length Fixlng centres(mm/ln.)BâII€n Controllel
allachmentsonly
We¡ghl completewllh lamps(ks/lb)
(mm/in.)(A)only (E/D)
FSQ4FSO4FSO24FSQSFSQ5FSO25FSO675FSA67sFSQ2675
FSQSEFSOSEFSO28E
PC4PC24PC24
PC25PC25PC6PC26PC26
PC8PC28PC2A
4.0/8.94.4t9.76 8/t4 95.2111'45'6/12.34.0t17.75.6112'26.0/13.18.5/18.78.6/19.0s.tt20.s
1 3.9/30.8
12421491242t49'1242t49'1542161
1542t611542t611808t71'2180A171.2140U71.22417t95.22417t95'224'17195'2
600124600124600124600t24600124600t24600124600124600t24
1200t481200t48120014a
Overall width (B):One lamp 97rnm (3 8¡n.)One ortwo lamp 160mm (6 3¡n.)
Overall depth (c) (both types); 1 15mm (4 5in.)
l-ld
34
1 200mm 1soomml18OOmm1 25W2400mm
LamD Factor 1.00 't,00 1 .00 097Colour 80 Factor 1.01 1.01 l of l.otBallast Lumen Factor 101 0.96 0.98 0.99
DATA"
FEATURE PRISMATIC CONTROService Correst¡on Factors
Ut¡l¡zat¡on Factors UF (Fl for SHR NOM
233744
sH8sH8
N¡AXMAX TR
(Square) 1.84 ('l(Transverse, end-end )
NOM}2.15
CIBS Standard Presentation Mult¡ply by each Service Coïection Factor
Gl¡re 9¡¡3 (ClBSl
Sowice Corroction Factor3
WTH WIOE PRISMATIC CONTROLLÊB
Mount¡ng: SUSPENDED
Ë
40w1 200mm
65W1500mm
75W1800mm
125W2¡100mm
Lsmo Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97
Colour 80 Fåctor 1.00 100 1.00 't.00
Ballast Lumsn Factor I 01 o.g6 oc6 o.99
Utlllzatlon Factor¡ UF (Fl for SHR NOM
NEd¡r lntens¡ty 142cdl1000 total lmMult¡ply by each Seryice Corr FactorCIE Flux Numb6r 244149
StlR MAX (Squarsl 2.07 (2.00 NOM)SHR MAx TR (Transver8€, €nd-endl 2.42 CIBS Standa rd Presentat¡on Mult¡ply by edch Seru¡ce Correct¡on Factor
få'å¡f i,älr::,:tx,"::t:-*
Flux Fractions RstioACG Class¡l¡cationGlare 82 (Rl 2.5, SHR = NOM)Lum¡nous Aress (8q cm)40w 65W 75W 125W1987 2467 2893 3867
0.62ACGS
BZ4
Moasursd: BS 5225 Pan 1 1975Cålculated: CIBS TM 5 and TR 1O
Test No: 4872 Datedi 77.10.13
PBISMATIC CONTROLLER
SUSPENDED
Room lnd6xw F J 4 5
50 203010
70 43 47 5231 41 4633 37 42
646056
565046
605551
66 70 7262 66 6959 63 66
503010
2050 39 42 4634 38 4231 34 38
49 53 5745 49 5342 46 50
59 61 6355 59 6153 56 59
30 503010
20 35 38 4132 34 3729 31 35
4ø 475041 44 4738 41 45
51 54 5549 52 5347 50 52
000 25 26 29 31 34 36 38 40 42
by each Setv¡ceFactot
75W1754
0.56
BZ5
125W2344
Calculated: CIBS TMPart 1 1975
5 and TR 10
Dâredi 76.08.31
BS 5225
lesl No:
Room lndar
c w F o.75 t 1.25 1.5 2 2.5 3 a70 50 20
30'!o
4',t 46 5136 41 463) 37 ¿'
55 60 6350 55 59¿6 51 56
66 69 7162 66 6859 63 66
50 50 203010
35 39 4231 35 382A 32 35
45 49 5241 46 4939 43 46
5Á665851 54 5649 A2 54
30 50 203010
29 32 3426 29 3224 27 29
36 39 4134 37 3932 35 38
424/ 4641 4t 4439 42 43
000 18 19 20 22 24 25 26 27 28
Gl¡ro Dat¡ lGlBSl
36
TFEATURE PRISMATIC CONTROLLERS
PHOTOMETRIC DATA (cont¿.l
FEATURE 2 LAMP Scrvicc Correction Factors
ËNad¡r lntensity 1 57cd/1 000 total lmMultiply by each Service Coû FactorCIE Flux Number 243946
SHR MAXSHR MAX TR
(Squarej 1.84 (1.75 NOM)(Transverse,end-end) 2,14 CIES Sta ndard Presentat¡on
ULORLDLOBLLORL i,::ilr::;::t::,x::"-*
WITH WIOE PRISMATIC CONTROLLER
Mount¡ng: SUSPENOEO
Gl¡rc Dat¡ lClBSlFlux Frâctions Rat¡oACG Classificat¡onGlare BZ (Rl 2.5, SHR = NOM)Lum¡nous Areas (sq cm)
40w 65W 75W1987 2467 2893
1 25W3867
0,61ACGs
BZ4
Measured: BS 5225 Part t 1975
Cslculat€d: CIBS lM 5 and TR 10
Tesl No: A62l Dated: 76.09.03
OFDERING DATA
40w1 200mm
65w.1500mm
75W1800mm
1 25W2400mm
Lâño Fector 1.00 1.00 1.00 097
Colour 80 Factor 1.02 102 1.02 '1 02
Ballast Lumen Factor 101 0.96 0.98 099
Utilization Factors UF (Fl lor SHR NOM
Multiply by edch SeN¡ce Correct¡on Factot
DescrlptionBallen only Controller assemblv onlv
Please order in the lorm given in thelollow¡ng example, in mu¡t¡ples ot thepacking quant¡tyl
50 Philips Feature battens FSQs50 Philips controller attachments PC2550 controller couplers DC2,
All Feature circuits are starterless orelectron¡c start,Lamps should be ordered separately.
Packlng:Controllers: Two per carton,
Controller couplerslTen per carton (narrow)Five per carton (wide).
Replacement end capsì Packed to order.
Catalogue Nos.
1 x40W 1200mm (4ft) narrow controller1 x 40W 1200mm (4ft) wide controller2 x 40W 1200mm (4ft) wide cqntrcller1 x65W 1500mm (slt) narrow conlroller1 x 65W 1 500mm (slt) wide conìroller2 x 65W 1 500mm (slt) wide controller1 x 75W f800mm (6ft) narrow controller1 x 75W 1800mm (6lt) w¡de controller2 x 75W 1800mm {6lt) wide controller1 x 125W 2400mm {8ft) narrow controller1 x 125W 2400mm (8lt) wide controller2 x 125W 2400mm (8ft) wide controller
FSO4FSO4FSO24
FSO5FSO5FSO25
FSO675FSO675FSO2675FSOSEFSQSEFSQ28E
PC4PC24PC24
PC5PC25PC25
PC6PC26PC26PC8PC2BPC28
Assoclated accessorles-Conlroller coupler (nar¡ow) (1 required per lumìnaire)Conlroller coupler (wide) (1 required per luminaire)
S pares:Lampholder assemblyGrey controller end cap (narrow) (2 required per luminaire)Grey controller end cap (wide) (2 requ¡red per luminaire)White batlen end cap and clips (1 lamp) (2 required per luminaire)White batten end cap and clips (2 lamp) (2 required per lumina¡re)
Cat. No.DCloc2
4767348023A8024FP494FP495
Room Roñæt!nco! Room lndex.75 1 1.25 1-5 2 2.á 3¡l 5
70 50 203010
¿t3 4A 5238 42 473/.3843
56 61 6451 56 6047 53 57
66 69 7162 66 6959 63 66
50 50 203010
39 43 4635 39 4232 35 39
50 54 5ô46 50 5343 47 5l
58 61 6255 58 6053 56 59
30 50 203010
35 38 4l32 3s 3830 32 36
4/.474941 45 4739 43 6A
51 53 5449 51 5347 50 52
000 26 27 30 32 35 37 38 40 41
36
Made in UK
TEITURETrough Reflectorsln_cluding information on optionalwiro guardr.
The Ourawhite stoved open-endedlrough reflectors are oäsily fltted tothô high-quallty Feature battens. Onewldth flts both one- and two-lampverslons. Slots g¡vê a small amount ofupward llght, and cllps are avallableto make a neat Joln bstwsen reflectorsot battêns mounted snd-io-end.Optlonal wlre guards are made fromstout galvan¡sed steel wire.
ililotTrough reflectors are available to litone- and two-lamp vêrsions of thsFêature range in sizês 1200mm (4ft),l500mm (sft), 1800mm (6ft) and2400mm (8ft).
AP?LIGATIO¡IIE
For use in normal indootappllcatlons of an lndustrial orutillty nature, such as:rFactories¡Workshops and repair areasrlnstrument read¡ng areasrStock and store rooms.The wlre guard provides add¡tionalprotectlon ln areas where the lampmay be exposed to damage.
ro'€ord€rfhisDat¿shsotquor€ PL172015
37
lssuedT/83 R6ph;ssÞL 172014
,r'FEATURE TROUGH REFIECTORS - FTUORESCEIIT TUMII{AIREFEATURES
rH¡gh-qual¡ty Durawhite stoved f inishfor high reflectance and long service.rKeyhole slot fixing for easyattachment, with detent for pos¡t¡velocation once the f¡xìng screws havebeen tightened.rUpward light slots to reduce 'tunnel'effect.roptional clips to give a simple, lighttightseal between ref lectors of battensmounted end-to end. (Type RJ 2 ).rOptional wireguards for additjonalprotect¡on of lamp.r125W versions of Fêatureelectron¡c start.
Rellector: Sheet steel, Durawhitestoved f¡nish.Relleclor ¡oining clip: Sheet steel,Durawhite stoved f in¡sh.
Wireguard: ¡/ild steelwire, zinc plated.
Wlreguard lixing brackel: Sheet steel,Durawhite stoved f inish.
Key slot fitting
Type RJ2 cl¡p
Relleclor
o ss
D
F F
tor woodscrew forchârni¡,òa nx,ng usrng S-hook
BSWreeñlry lixrngd€raf 20mm¡inconduI 20mm trn Kôockout
c)
ßI
Feflector and Wireguard
oro
D
E G
Íxing8S
frrng usrng S'hook lixingd6tåil 20mmlinconduil 20mm¡i^ Knocloul
D¡TENSIOIIS& WEIGHTS
Catålogue numbersBatton Sloltedonly open-end
rell€clofonly
Overall lsngthWlrêguardonly
Welsht wllhlamp(8) &rellsctof(ks/lb)
wlthrêllêctor &whe guard(mm/ln.) B
Flxingcentfes(mm/ln.)D/E
Welght wllh lamp(s), wlthrellectorrolleclof &
whe guard(ks/lb)
(mm/ln.)A
FSQ4FSQ24FSQSFSO25FSQ675FSQ2675FSQSEFSO28E
5.3t11'77'7 t16'96'7114.89,2120.37 5/'16.5
J.ate'u10.5/23.19.3/20.s
11.4125.113.6/29 918.3/40.26
FR4FR4FF5FF5FR6FF6FRBFR8
"tG5G6G6G8G8
10.0t22.011.2124.7
1234t48.61234148'61534/60.41534/60.41800/7 1
1800/712409t952409t95
600t24600t24600t24600124600t24600t24
12001481200t481 5.9/35.2
38
1549/60.91549i 60 9'1815i 71.51815/71.52424t95.52424t95.5
Width with reflector (one or two lamps) F:190/7'48Width with rellector and wireguard (one or two lamps) G: 223/8.78oepth wìth rsllector H: 132/5.20Depth w¡th retlector and w¡regu añ Ji 147 15.78
FEATURE ÏROUGH f,EFIEOTORS - FTUORESOEIIT tUMIilAIDATA
mby each Setv¡ce Corr FactorNumber 356276
Flux Fractions RatioACG ClassificstionGlsre BZ (Rl 2.5, SHR = NOM)Luminous Areas (sq cm)40w 65W 75W 125W2000 2750 3300 4400
0.1 1
ACGlgz4
Measured: 8S 5225 Psrt 1 '1975
Câlculsted: CIBS TIV 5 and TR '10
Test No: A618 Dated: 77 09 01
sHR IVAX (Square) 1.92 (1,75 NOM)StrR vax fR (Trsnsverse, end'end) 2.27
ULORLDLORLLORL
0.050.790.84
lMuttipty by each servìce
lcorect¡on Factot
Flux Fractions RstioACG Classif¡cationClare BZ (81 2.5, SHR = NOlvl)
Luminous Areas (sq cm)40w2200
65W2750
75W3300
'125W4400
0.06ACGl
BZ4
Moasured: BS 5225 Part 1 '1975
Calculated: CIBS Tlvl 5 and TR 10
Test No: A614 Datedr '76.08.26
LAMP
356072
SHR MAX (Square) 1.76 (1.75 NOM)SHR MAX TR {Transverse, end-end) '1.99
Service Correct¡on Factors
Util¡zation Factors UF (Fl for SHR NOM
CIBS Standard Presentdt¡on Multiply by each Serv¡ce Factor
Sewice Corroction Factors40w1200mm
65W150Omm
75W1800mm
125W2¿00mm
I âmo Fåctor 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.s7
Colour 80 Factor 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Ballast Lumen Fâctor 1.01 0.96 oqß oqq
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
CIBS Sta ndard Presentat¡on Mult¡ply by êach Serv¡ce Coïect¡on Factor
iå'frËr l,21lr:xtx,x:"-*
SLOTTED TROUGH
SUSPENDEDMou nting:
A
40w1200mm
65W1500mm 1800mm
125W2400mm
1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97Colour 80 Factor 't.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Ballãst Lumeñ Fsctôr 1.01 o.96 094 0.99
Room Rôflsctanc€E Room lndaxG F o.75 1 1.25 1.5 2 2.4 3 4
70 50 203010
52 57 6346 51 5742 47 52
67 73 7661 68 7257 84 68
79 83 8576 80 8272 77 80
50 50 203010
51 55 6045 50 5542 46 51
64 69 7359 65 6955 62 66
76 19 8172 76 7970 73 76
30 50 203010
49 53 57M485341 45 50
bt bb b957 63 6654 60 64
72 75 7769 73 7567 71 73
000 39 42 47 51 56 60 63 66 68
WITHREFLECTOR
SLOTTED TROUGH
lVount¡ng: SUSPÊNDED
EI./ôo\¡dir lntensity 245cdl
Room Rofl6ctancog Room lndôxc F 1,25o.75 1 1.5 2 2,5 3 4 5
70 50 203010
52 56 6147 50 56¿3 ¿6 â2
65 71 7560 67 7056 63 67
77 80 8373 77 8070 75 7A
50 50 203010
50 54 5845 49 5442 45 50
62 67 7058 64 6754 61 64
73 76 7A70 73 ?667 7't 74
30 50 203010
48 51 5644 47 5241 44 49
59 64 6756 61 6453 58 62
69 71 7366 69 72646870
000 39 41 45 49 54 57 59 62 65
Gl¡¡e Dat¡ (ClBSl
39
FENTURE TROUGII REFTECÎORS - II.UORESGEIIT TUTII]IAIRE
ORDEFIIIC DATA
Descrlptlon Catalogue numbsfoSlotted opsn-ondrolloclor only .
*wlre guård onlyEatten only
1 x40W 1200mm (4tt)2 x40W 1200mm (4ft)1 x65W 1s00mm (slt)2 x65W 1500mm (sft)1 x75W 1800mm (6ft)2 x75W 1800mm (6ft)1 x125W 2400mm (8ft)2 x 125W 2400mm (8lt)
Rellector jolnlng clip(optlonal)
Plêass order ln the form glven ln th€ following example, ln multiples of thê packingquantiti€s:-50 Phillps Featur€ lumlnaires FSQ25.þ0 Phlllps slott€d open-snd refloctor FRs.50 Philips w¡re guards G5.50 Ph¡llps reflector jolnlng clips RJ2 (opt¡onal for end-lo-end mount¡ng).
Packing quantlties:Batt€ns: ind¡vldually Pack€d.Reflectors: 5 per cârton.Wlre guards:5 per carton.R€flector joining cllps: packêd to order.
*Aperturo slzê in grid 50 x 25mm.Wlrsguards cannot be fitted to switch start Streamlits battens, and cannot be fitted toluminaires mounted snd-to-end.
t 1 500mm Featurg Battêns (FSSsD or FSS25D) In d¡mming vêrsions are ava¡lable lospecial ord6r.
FSO4 FR4FSO24 FR4FSOsf FRsFSO25 t FRsFSQ675 FR6FSQ2675 FR6FSOSE FR8FSQ28E FR8
FìJ2l(2 requ¡red per join)
G'G5G6G6uðG8
40
Mado in UK
TEITUREAngleRef,ectorr
Durawhitê stoved Ilnish oPen-êndanole reflectors are made from sheetsteãl and ar€ easily litted to the h¡gh-quality F€ature battens to g¡ve ananglêd llght distr¡bullon.
taxotAngle reflectors are available to fitlhe Fêaturs rango ol battens andÞacks in s¡zes 1500mm (5ft), 1800mm
i6fi) and 2400mm (8ft). One width litsboth one- ard two-lamP versions.
llpLtcal¡oltFor uss in normal lndoor situationgof a comm6roial or industrlal naturewhere an angled l¡ght distrlbutlon lsrgqulred, such as:-rLightlng for blackboards or wallcharts.rCabin€t type instrumont panels.rTaâk lighting whore generallighting is not adequatê.
To ræ¡dor lhls Dah Shæt quolg t72115
41
lssud 8/83 F€placosPL 1721l4
FEATURE ANGTE REFTECTORS
FtÂtunts!High-quality Durawhite f¡nish forhigh reflectance and long service life.rKeyhole slot fixing for easyâttachment, with detent for positivelocation once the fixing screws havebeen tightened.r 1 25W vorsions of Feature inglectronic start
TÂTERIALs& FIII¡SIIAnglð refleclors: Sheet steel,Durawh¡te stoved linish.
DrtE¡{atoils&wElGHrS
Key slot litt¡ng
Catalogu€ No8,Battên Op€n.ondonlY angle
1êllector
(a) (E/D)(mm/ln,) (mm/ln.)
welght wlthlamp(s) &rellector(ks/lb)
Ovorall l€nglh Flxlng cônlreo
POLARCUBVES
only
FSQsFSQ25FSQ675FSO2675FSQSEFSO28E
AR5AR5AR6AR6AR8AR8
6.S/13.8a,7t19.26.8/1 5.19.4t20,8
10,3122,715,0/33.1
1534/60.41534/60.41800/711800/712409/952409/95
600t24600t24600124600t24
1200t481200/48
ONDENIilG DATA
Dsscrlptlon CåtâloguÊ NumbersBattôn only Open.end englo
relloclo? only
1 x65W 1500mm (slt)2 x65W 1500mm (slt)1 x75W 1800mm (6lt)2 x75W 1800mm (6ft)
1 x125W 24OOmm (8lt)2 x 125W 2400mm (8lt)
AB5AR5AR6AR6
AR8AR8
Ploâse order in the lorm given ln the followlng examplê, ln multlples ol thè påck size:-
50 Phllips Feature Iumlnalres FSQ2550 Phlllps opon-end angle r€llâctors ARs
FSOSFSO2sFSQ675FSQ2675
FSOSEFSO28E
Yo
2omm ¡in Knockoul20mm ¡incondu¡t
(4.51n.)(6.71n.)
B
0
All types;Overall width B: 115mmOverall depth C:170mm
BS Boxlix¡ngdeta¡l
[o¡ woodscrew Forchainfixing lixing us¡ng S'hook
42
Made ¡n UK
GT¡( 20t >X 202Reflectors for rack lightingA range of anodised aluminium specularreflectors for attachment to 1500mm (sft)
Streamlite battens, provid¡ng a narrowbeam of light for energy-effectiveillumination of high racking.
RAI{GEGTX 201/158 - refleclor for Streamlitebatten with 1 x 58W TLD lamp; beamangle2x l6'.GfX 2O2/ 1 58 - reflector for Streaml¡tebatten with 1 x 58W TLD lamp; beamangle 2 x 32'.GTX 2O2/258 - rellector for Streamlitebatten w¡th 2 x 58W TLD lamps; beamangle 2 x 35".
APPLICATIONSGTX 201/158 is lor tall, narrow-aisleracking.GfXZO2l 1 58 and 258 are forwork areas,and in stores with medium/low racking.
FEATURESrControlled light distribution avoidswastel¡ght at h¡gh angles.r High peak beam intonsity givesillumination on lower levels of storagerack, wherefast moving goods are stored.
r Large surface area of rellector provideslow brightness and therefore comfortablework¡ng conditions.rWh¡te 35 fluorescènt lamps giveacceplable colour in non critical areas.Colour 80 Series lamps can give evengreater energy savings (or higheriiluminance) and can be used in colourcritical areas.r ln an high rack aisle under 3 metreswide, GT)e01 158 reflectorusingonly l x58W lamp can prov¡de higher illuminance(on the floor) than a 2 x 70W batten with aconventional reflector saving 102 wattsper point.
r Because ofthe quick re-starting offluorescent lamps GTX reflectorluminaires are suitablefor use with energymanagement systems.
To ræd€r lh¡s Dala Shæl quolê PL 3059
lssud 8.& NEW
--Þ-
43
GTX 201 & GTX 202FIXII.IG ANbWIBINGBattensPlease refer to new Streamlite data sheetPL 301 0 for fixing deta¡ls of battens.
Batte¡Þ may touch when mounted in line.
Wiring ¡nstructions are contained in datasheet'PL 3010.Mounting of reflector to batten1 . Slacken screws in batten coverplate2. Engage slip fix plates supplied andtighten screws.3. Fit cross brackets supplied and bendover side tabs to fix.
iIATERIALS & FINISH
Reflector: Ànodised alumin¡um. Note:protected in transit by a tinted plast¡c f ilm,which should be removed.
PIIOTOMETEIC DATA
GTX 201 /1 58Grx202/158Grx202/258
S5NS5NS25N
DIMENSIONS
GTX 201 1 58
1530 242
202 158
-
1 530 246 6
GTX20225AN
1 530 6
Alldimensions in mm.
ORDERING DATA
Catalogue No. New Streamlile batten Cat. No- Lamp type
1xTLD58W/'1 x TLD sBW/-2 x TLD 58W'
'Specify lamp colour required.
Please order in the fom given in the following example Rellectors are individually packed
'10 Phil¡ps New Streamlile battens SsN10 Philips reflectors GTX 201 /158Lamps should be ordered separately.
RackL¡ghtingusingGTX20I/lSsandP5N.Foraislewidthsupto3melres. LampLumens4500.Forhigheroutputlamps(egS0colours)spacing.may be reduced Pro rata.
For 150 lux average horizonlal illuminance at For 300 lux average horizontal illuminance at
floor level. floor level
Mounl¡ngHe¡ghtmelrês
Lumiraire Spâcing(cenlre lo centre)
melrcs
M¡nimum'Run lenglh
meltes
6.004.804.003.403.002.702.402.202.O0
1.901.70
1.60
12.0
14.4
16.0
17.O
18.0
21.624.O
26.42A.O
30.432.335.2
Mount¡ngHe¡qhlmeltes
LumiÍalre{cenlrc to
Spar¡ngcenlre)
melres
M¡nimum'Bun Lenglh
meltes
4
5
6
7
3.002.402.OO
1 .71
9.2'1 1.6
13.9
16.2
Peak beam intens¡ty 752 cd/1 000 lumens
t Minimum run length is the shortest length of.un for which the calculation ol lhe luminaire
spâcing ¡s valid.
The average horizontal illuminance has been taken along the cenìre line, overa distance equal
to lhe lum¡-naire spacing and positioned one quarter ol the way along the aisle length'
A light loss factor (ma¡ntenance factor) of0 8 has been applied ¡n the calculations
Beam anglesCatalogue No.GTX 201 /1 58GIX202/154Gfx202/254
Beamangle2x16'2x32'2 x35"
Lamp type1 x TLD sBW1 xTLDsBW2 x TLD 58W
fi
Reflector: - Made in Holland
44
(Packing quantity 25).
TGS 312Surface-mounted lumina¡res -bodies for use with interchangeaþlelight¡ng attachments.
A range of surface-mounted lumina¡res ofattract¡ve design and advanced oplicalperformance, for use in a wide range oflighting schemes. A choice of¡nterchangeable lighting attachmenls isavailable, similar to the attachments forthe TBS 300 range of recessed lum¡nairesfor suspended ceilings.
BANGEBodiesTCS 312141 I - Body for4 x 1 8W 600mmïLD lamps; switchstart control gear.
ïC5312/232HF - Body for2 x 32W1200mm TLD HF lamps; highJrequencycontrol gear.TCS 3121136- Body fo|l x 36W1200mm TLD lamp; switchstart controlgear.
TCS 3121236- Body for 2 x 36W1200mm TLD lamps; sw¡tchstart controlgear.
TCS 3121336 - Body for3 x 36W1200mm TLD lamps; switchstart controlgear.
TCS 312/250HF- Body for 2 x 50W1 500mm TLD HF lamps; high frequencycontrol gear,
TCS 312/158- Bodyfor 1 x 58W1500mm TLD lamp; switchstart controlgear.
TCS 312/258 - Body for 2 x 58W1500mm TLD lamps; switchstart controlgear.
TCS 31 2/358 - Body for 3 x 58W1500mm TLD lampsi sw¡tchstart controlgear.
Lighting attachmentsPrismatic controllers - See Oata SheetPL 3070Mirror controllers - See Data SheetPL 3071
To rærd€r lh¡s Dala Shæl qüote Pt 3069
TIFo-IrtU'Cìfn={!-
=zÈÐFl
45lssud9.& NEW
TCS 312 _ SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRESI
APPLICATIONS
For most indoor applications' such as:
r Executive otlicesr General officesr lndividuai offices
r Banking halls
r Shops and department stores
Fitted with the MScontroller, the luminaireis esDeciallv suitable for use in modernelecironic óff¡ces equipped with VDUs(not available for 3-lamp bodies).
FEATURES
r Attractive design enhances prestig¡ouscommercial decor.r Framed end caps improve appearanceand el¡minate light leakage.
r Interchangeable conlrollers permit thesame body tYPe to be specifiedthroughout a build¡ng. Controllers canlater be up-grâded; for example, prismaticcan be replaced by mirror (where spacingsuitable).! Controller hangs on suspension cordsfor handslree relamping.
¡ Slipfix mounting for simple, one-maninstallat¡on.r \.Ë7 symbol-can bemounted directon tð suitable wooden surfaces.
r HighJrequency argonJ¡lled TLD lampsw¡th highJrequency control gear canreduce energy consumption by up to.30per cenl compared w¡th conventionallumìnaires.r High-frequency control gear elim¡natesma¡ns f licker and mains hum and givesfast, reliable starting even in coldconditions.r High-frequency luminaire bodies aresupplied complete with Philips TLD HFColour 84 lamps to combine h¡gh efficacywith good colour render¡ng.
r Swìtchstart bodies are designed forPowerSlimmer TLD kryptonjilled lampswhich reduce energy consumption by
around I per cent compared withconventional lamps.
MATEBIALS AND F¡NISH
Body: Sheet steel, wh¡te stove-enamel
finish.
Control oear: High-frequency - Philips
Hf oáltaãt (one uatlast for two lamps)'
d*¡iÃitari- t-ow-toss ballasts with PF
caoac¡tor and starters'Terminal block: Push-w¡re type: capacity
for 2.5mm'z cable in each way'
Lampholders: Standard bi-pin rotor type;
white urea mouldings.
SPECIFICATION
rTvoe comoliance with BS 4533 Ordinary
lndäor Class I (electrical) - Earthrequ¡red.r Radio ¡nterference: Complies with Sl'1978 No. 1268: Begulation 6'Suppressed for use in residential areas'
r \7 svmbol-canbemounteddirecllyto sùitable wooden surfaces
To sDec¡fu state:-SurJåce-niounted luminaire of good
aooearance. with interchangeablecäntrollers and choice of switchstart or
high:f requency control gear' Similar loPhilips TCS 312.
BANGE OF OPERATION
240V 50Hz suPPlìes.
Nôrmal indoor conditions.
DtuENSlOl{s
36W58W
9001200
Single lamp36W/58W
36W58W
12521564
r 36W-90058 W " 1200
Twin lamps36w/58W
252564
f.-- 385 ¡ 900
Three lamps36W
|.-2801Four lamps18W
All dimensions in mm
46
AND EIECIBICAL DAÎA
TCS 312 - SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAI
C¡rcult Circult
SlarlerWans{running)
current(amperes)Ratlng Ballast
4x l8W600mm2x32W l200mm2x36W 12o0mm3 x 36W 1200mm1 x 58W 1s00mm2 x 50W 1500mm
2x58Wlsoomm3x58W1500mm
2xBTP40l251 x BHF2322 x BTP40 1253 x BTP40 L251 x BTP65 t251 x BHF2502 x BTP65 1253 x BTP65 L25
4x52None2x S103x 3101 xS10None2x5103xS10
92 0.4672at13870111140210
0.340.460.690.34o.520.701.04
DATA
Ratlng Descrlption
4 x 18W 600mm2x32W 1200mm1 x36W 1200mm2 x36W 1200mm3 x 36W 1200mm2 x 50W l500mm1 x 58W l500mm2 x 58W 1500mm3 x 58W 1500mm
Sw¡tchstart conlrol gear for TLD lamps.HighJrequency; supplied w¡th lamps.Sw¡tchstart control g€ar for TLD lamps.Switchstart control gear lor TLD lamps.Switchstart control gear lor TLD lampsHigh-frequency; supplied with lamps.Sw¡lchstart control gear for TLD lamps.Sw¡lchstart control gear for TLD lamps.Sw¡tchslart conlrol gear for TLD lamps.
ü":1fl::"#1,:';;rffg,î'"1f"'.Hi"Jo::i,råf illîl;o":""'s,ï'i3i.ïïl;'l':",å:"[ffih:li*iiñräpïxf *ntrólg"ur. TLD kryptonjilled lamps must be ordered separately forswltchstart
iumlnaires.
iì"ase oraer In t¡e tom given ¡n the fol6w¡ng €xample, in mu¡¡plesoftho packing quant¡ty (bodies
;¡nole: lamps 25)
ãs Þ¡r¡l¡pssurtaæ-mounting luminairebodiesTcS3l2/336'
75 Phllips lamps TLD 36W/84'I irlil¡pi cotour go ser¡6str¡phosphor lamps are recommended forus€ in lhese luminairês-colour84
(cool); ColourS3 (wam).
47
i
í
i
i¡
I
I'
I
I
i
1
TCS 312 - SURFACE MOUNTED LUMINAIRES
Made in Hollând.
48
r
ûBS 312Acryl¡c pt¡smat¡c controllers -for TCS 31 2 surface-mounted bodies.
A range of acrylic prismatic controllers foruse with the TCS 31 2 range of energy-saving surf ace-mounting bodies.
RAI{GEPS3 - Linsomatic Panel glv¡ngWidespread dlstr¡bution for goodillumination of vertical surfaces.Suitable for open'plan oftices andshops.GBS 312l418/PS3 -forTCS 312l4'18body.
GBS 31 2/236/P53 -lotICS312/232HFand TCS 31 2/236 bodies.
GBS 31 2/336/PS3 - for TCS 3121336
body.
GBS 31 2/258/PS3 -forTCS 3'1 2/250HFand TCS 31 2/258 bodies.
GBS 31 2/358/PS3 - for TBS 31 2/358body.
P3 - Prismatic controller panel givingnomal d¡stfibution lorgeneral-purpose usê.
GBS 31 2/41 8/P3 -for TCS 31 2/41 Ibody.GBS 31 2/1 36/P3 -for TCS 3 12l1 36body.GBS 31 2/236/P3 -for TCS 312/232HFand TCS 31 2/236 bodies.
GBS 31 2/336/P3 -for TCS 312/336body.GBS 312l158/P3 -for TCS 3'121158
body.GBS 31 2/258/P3 -for TCS 31 2/250HFand TCS 31 2/258 bodies.
GBS 31 2/358/P3 -for TCS 31 2/358body.
M¡ffor contfollers: A range of intqr-chanoeable mirror controllers for the TCS312 bädy range is also available - seeData sheet PL 3071Details of TCS 312 bodies are on DataSheet PL 3069
1o ræd6r lhis Dala Shæl quole P[ 3070
49lssued9.& NEW
GBS 312 _ ACRYTIC PRISMATIC CONTROLLERS
APPLICAÏIONS
For most indoor applications:r General officesr lndividual off¡cesr Corridors.¡ Banking hallsr Shops and department stores
FEATURES
r Non-yellowing acrylic panel ensureshigh LOR with good mainlenance.r P3 panels haveexternal pyram¡d prismsto give efficient light control.r PS3 panels are L¡nsomatic, g¡vingWideSpread distribution wh¡ch permitswider spacing between rows ofluminaires. This gives economic,aesthetic and lighting benef¡ts.
r All types are interchangeable with otherattachments in the range providedspacing is su¡table; the same body typecan be specif¡ed throughout a building,stockholding and ordering are s¡mplif¡edand pr¡smatic controllers can beupgraded to m¡rror controlers dur¡ng laterrefurbishment.
MATERIALSAND FINISI{
Frame: Alum¡nium, stove-enamelledwh¡te, with l¡ght-proof framed end caps.
Controller panel: Acryl¡c
SPECIFICATION
(Complete lumina¡re)rType compliance with BS 4533 2.2Ord¡nary lndoor Class I (electrical) - earthrequired.r \7 symbol-can bemounteddirectlyto súitable wooden surfaces.r Radio interference: Complies with Sl1 978 No. 1 268: Regulat¡on 6.
Suppressed for'use in residential areas.
To specify state:-Surface-mounted luminaire of goodappearance, with interchangeablelighting controllers and cho¡ce ofswitchstart or high-f requency controlgear. S¡milar to Phil¡ps TCS 312.
RANGE OF OPEßAÎION
240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor conditions:
i
,
,l
IlI
i
l
I
r
i
I
!
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
Il
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
ORDERING DATA
Calalogue Nos.
Controller Body
GBS 31 2/41 8/PS3GBS 31 2/41 8/P3
GBS 31 2/1 36/P3
GBS 3't 2/236/PS3GBS 3121236/P3
GBS 31 2/336/PS3GBS 3121336/P3
GBS 312/158/P3
GBS 3 1 2/258/PS3GBS312/258/P3
GBS 31 2/358/PS3GBS 3t21358/P3
TCS312/418
lcs312/136
TCS 312/236
TCS 312/336
TCS 312/158
TCS 31 2/258
TCS 3121358
Note:Complete luminaires should be ordered by using this Data Sheel in conjunction with Data Sheet PL3069 which contains deta¡led informat¡on on pre-wired bod¡es and suitable lamps lorthese controllers,including packing quanlities for these items.'
M¡ror controllers are als available -See Data Shæt PL 3071.
Please order in the tom given in the following example, ¡n multiples of the pack¡ng quant¡ties:
25 Philips surface-mounting lumina¡res bodies TCS 312/336.25 Acrylic controller attachments GBS 31 2/336/P53.75 Phil¡ps lamps TLD 36W84.Philips Colour 80 Series triphosphor lamps are recommended for use in these luminaires -Colour 84(cool); Colour 83 (wam).
Lum¡naire bodies with the suffix HF are f¡tted w¡th high-lrequency control gearand are suppliedcomplete with Philips TLD HF argonJilled lamps with Colour 84 phosphors. Replacement lampsmust be ofth€ same HF type.
50
--r
P3 PRISMATIC PANEL
SURFACEMounl¡ng:
PflOÍOMETRICDATAtcsgtz
GBS 312 - ACRYLIC PRISMATIC CONTROTTERS
P Serv¡ce Correction Factors
32Wl50W 36W/58W
Lenqth Factor 1.00 1.00
Colours 80 Faclor 1.01 1.01
HF Factor 1,01 1.00
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00 1.00
Utilizat¡on Factors UF forSHR NOM
Nâdir lntensitY
btÉ Fluxcode
269cd/10001m63 91 99 100 58
8il8 MâT ''1.54 (1.50 NOM)
1.69
Mulliply by each Seryice Cotrect¡on Facior
Test No. C963 Dated:84.09.05Mêasured in accordance w¡th BS 5225
Calculalions Based on CIBS T¡ils and TR10
lcs 312TWIN LAMP Service Correct¡on Factors
PS3 PRISMATIC PANEL
Mounling: SURFACE
32Wl50W 36W/58W
Length Faclor
Colours 80 Factor
HF Factor
Ballast Lumen Factor
1.00
1.01
1.01
1.00
1.00
1.01
1.00'1.00
Utilization Factors UF forSHF NOM
Nadk lntensityCIE Fiux Code
176cdl10001m55 8595 100 58
qHR MAX (Square) 1.37 (1.2s NOM)SHR MAXTR (Continuous Rows) 1.99
ULOBLDLORLLORL
0.000.580.58
Mult¡ply byeach Sery¡ceCorrecl¡on Factor
¡/ult¡ply by each Service Correction Factor
Data
Test No. C964 Dated:84.09.05Measured in aæordancewith BS 5225Calculat¡ons Based on CIBS TMs and TF10
Fæm lndexRetleclancoscwF 0.75 1.(x, 1.25 r.5{t 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
2070 503010
423936
47
414744
535047
565351
585654
60
56
616058
6361
50 50 203010
413836
464240
494644
514947
54
50
565452
5654
595857
605958
4542ln
484543
504846
53514C
545351
5654
5756
585756
30 50 203010
4138
35 39 42 44 47 49 51 54000
¡ilultiply byeach ServiceCorrection Factor
0.000.s80.58
Lum¡nousArea (sq cm)
32l36W 50/58W4too 5100
GlaßBZ (Rt 2.5, SHR NOM)Classllicalion
0.00ACGO
BZ2
Ræm lndexRgllsctanæsc w F o75 lm 1.25 1 _50 3.00 4.00 5.00
70 2050301n
3531
'A
4137%
45413A
484441
5249
55
49
575452
595755
615957
5350¿a
545250
5553
585755
50 20503010
s4302A
40
u444038
474341
504745
5149
555352
5655ã3
30 50 203010
303936
4340
454240
494644
514947
32 42 45 47 49000
Glare 8Z (R¡ 2.5, SHR NOM)LuninousArêa (sq cm)
o.mACG6
BZ4
32l36W41
50/58W51 00
51
ll,
f'llt,
GBS 312 _ ACRYTIC PRISMATIC CONTROLLERS
62
Made ¡n
ûBS 312ll¡tror controllers -lorTCS 312surface-mounted bodies.
A range of interchangeable mirrorcontrollers of good appearance andadvanced light technical performance, foruse with the TCS 312 range of energy-sav¡ng surface-mounted bodies.
RAI{GE
M2 - Facetted mirror controller w¡thprof¡led cross lamellae, forgeneral-purpose use in ottices.GBS 31 2/ 41 I /M2 - for TCS 3.1 2/41 Ibody.
GBS 312/236/MZ -tot TCS 312/232HFand TCS 3.f21236 bodies.GBS 312l336/M2 -forTCS 3'121336body.
GBS 31 2/258/M2 -forTCS 31 2/250HFand TCS 3 l 2/258 bodies.GBS 31 2/358/M2 - for TCS 31 2/358body.
M5 - Parabolic mirror controller wlthparabolic cross lamellae, withconcenlrated distribution and sharpcup-off to minimise glare and screenreflectance with VDUS.
GBS 312/418/M5 - forTCS 312/4'18body.GBS 31 2/136/M5 -for TCS 31 2/1 58body.GBS 31 2/236/M5 - lot lCS 3'l 2 / 232HFand TCS 3 l 2/236 bodies.GBS 31 2/158/M5 -for TCS 312/1 58body.GBS 312l258/M5 -for TCS 31 2/250HFand TCS 31 2/258 bodies.
To r€oder lh¡s Dala Shoet quole Pt 3071
53lssuod 9.& E
m
GBS 312 - MIRROR GONTROLLERS
Range continued
M6 - Facetted mirror controller withW¡deSpread dislribution and¡lluminance of vertlcal surfaces' forshop lighting.GBS 3121418/1V16 -for TCS 312l418body.
GBS 31 2/136/MO - for TCS 31 2/136body.GBS 31 2/236/M6 - lor f CS 31 2/ 232HFand TCS 31 2/236 bodies.
GBS 312l158/M6 -for TCS 312l'158body.
GBS 31 2/258/M6 - for TCS 31 2/250HFand TCS 31 2/258 bodies.
Prismatic conlrollers : A range ofDrismalic controllers for lhe TCS 3'l 2 body
range is also available - See Data SheetPL 3070.Details of TCS 312 bod¡es are on Oata
Sheet PL 3069,
APPLICATIOIIS
For most indoor applicat¡ons:
r Execulive oflicesr General officesr Banking halls
¡ Shops and department stores
r Offices equipped with visual displayunits.
FEAIUAESr Mirror-finish reflectors w¡th anti-glarelouvres provide exceptionally high LOR,
low brightness for visual comfort and aprestige appearance.rType GBS 312/M2 provides d¡spersived¡stribut¡on for general-purposeapplications.r Type GBS 312/M5 combines sharPcut-off and concentrated distributìon to
reduce glare and screen reflections ofvisual display units.r Type GBS 31 2/MO providesWìdespread distribution to improve thelight¡ng of vertical surfaces, such asgoods or displays in shops.rAll types are interchangeaþle with otherattachmenÌs in the range; the same bodytype can be specified throughout abuildinq, stockhold¡ng and ordering aresimplifiéd. Provided spacing is su¡tablecontrollers can be up-graded during Iater
refurbishment (for example, pr¡smatic
controllers can be replaced with mirorcontrollers).
MATEFIALS & FIII¡SI{
Frame: Aluminium, stove-enamelledwhite, w¡th l¡ght-proof framed end caps.
Reflectors: Aluminium, polished to minorfinish and anodised.Lamellae Louvres: Aluminium, polishedor white stove enamel finish.
SPECIFICATION(complete luminaire)r Type compliance wilh BS 4533 2.2Ordinary lndoorClass I (electrical)- Earth
required.r \/ symbol-canbemounteddìrectlyto sùitable wooden surfaces.
r Radio interference: Complies with Sl1 978 No. 1 268: Regulation 6Suppressed for use in residential areas.
To spec¡ty stale:-Surfàce-mounted lumina¡re of good
aooearance, w¡th interchangeableliöhting controllers and choice ofswitchètart or nìgh-f requency controlgear. similar to Philips Tcs 312.
RANGE OF OPENATIOII
240V 50Hz supplies.
Normal indoor conditìons.
OADERING DATA
Catalogue Nos.
Conlroller Body
GBS 31 2/41 8/¡il2GBS 31 2/41 8/M5GBS 3'12l418/M6
GBS 312/136/¡ilsGBS 312/136/M6
GBS 312/236/M2GBS 312/236/lvl5GBS 3121236/M6
GBS 312l336/M2
GBS 3121158/M5GBS 312l158/M6
GBS 312/258/l\42GBS 3121258/M5GBS 312l258/M6
GBS 31 2/358/M2
rcs312t418
TCSs12/136
TCS 3121358
TCS 312/236or'1C53121232
TCS 31 2i336
TCS 312/158
TCS 3121258orTCS 3121250
Note:comDletelUm¡nairesshouldbeorderedbyUsingthisDatasheetinconjunctionwithDataSheetPLãOOg. *fr¡"tr conla¡n" detailed informationon pre-wired bodies and suitable lamps for these
contrcllers, includ¡ng packing quantities for these items.
Acrylic pr¡smatic controllers are ava¡lable for the complele range See Data Sheet PL 3070
Please order in the fom given in the following example, in multiplesofthe packing quantities:
25 Phil¡Ds surlace-mountìng lumina¡res bodies TCS 312/336.25 Philiþs miror controller attachments GBS 312l336/M2.75 Ph¡lips lamps TLD 36w/84Philips Colour 80 Series triphosphor lamps are recommended for use in these luminaires-Colour 84
(cool); ColourS3 (wam).Luminaire bodies with the sutlix HF are litted with high-frequency control gear and are supplied
compl€te with Philìps TLD HF argon-f¡lled lampswilh ColourS4 phosphors Replac€ment lamps
must be ofthe same HFtYPe.
54
M2MIBBOR
-Mount¡ng:SUBFACE
Nad¡r lnlensityC¡E F¡ux Codo
244cdllooolm60 92 98 100 68
SHRSHB
MAX (Square)i/AXTFì (Continuous
(1.25 NOM)1.95
ULOFLDLOBLLORL
o.o00.680.68
Mult¡ply byeach SeryiæCorrect¡on Faclor
Glare Data
TCS 312TWIN LAMP
M5 MIRROR
Mounting: SURFACE
PHOÍO¡IETFIC DATAtcsetziwll mvP
ULORL O.OODLOBL 0.60LORL 0.60
Mult¡ply byeach SeryiceCorrection Factor
GBS 312 - MIRROR CO
Service Correction Factors
Utillzation Factors UF (F) for SHF NOM
Mulliply by each Seruicô Correclion Factor
Test No. C966 Daled:84.09.05Meæured in aæordance w¡th BS 5225Calculations Based on CIBS TMs and TR'10
Se¡v¡ce Correction Factors
32W/50W 36W/58W
Length Factor 1.00 'r.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.01 1.01
HF Factor 1.01 1.00tsallast Lumen Fâctor 't.00 1.OO
Utilization Factors UF (Ð for SHR NOM
Multiply by each Seru¡ce Corrætion Factor
9X
cwF 0.75 ì.10 t.25 1.5{} 2-In 3-OO 4.00 5.m70 50 20
3010
M3936
514743
565248
595552
646057
6663
6866Þó
71
677069
50 50 203010
433835
504643
u5t¿A
5754
ot5956
64
59
6664
6E6665
706867
30 503010
20 4238óc
494542
535047
565350
bU
55
626058
646260
64Â3
6766
000 34 41 45 49 53 55 57 60 61
Fþx Fract¡on BatioACG Classil¡cationGlare 8z(R|2.5, sHR Nolll)Lum¡nousArea (sq cm)
32l36W 50/58W4100 5100
0.00ACG3
cwF o-75 l-m 12a r.50 2.00 2-fi 5-OO70 50 20
3010
454139
504744
545048
56535'1 55
6159a7
636159
646361
66u63
50 50 203010
M4139
494644
525047
555250
575554
595756
615958
626160
63626l
30 50 2030'10
434038
494543
514947
535149
565453
575655
595756
605958
616059
n n 4S ÁA 51
1.66 (1.50SHR MAXSHR MAX TR
in aæordanc€with BS 5225Bæed on CIBS TMs andFlux Fract¡on RaÍo
ACG Clæ¡t¡cationGlare BZ(R¡ 2.S, SHR NOM)LuminousArea (sqcm)32l36W 5o/5SW4100 5100
0.00ACG6
BZ1
Glare Data
55
GBS 312 - MIRROR CONTROLLERSPHOTOMETRIC DATATCS 312SINGLE LAMP
M5 MIRROR
Nrountinq: SURFACE
Nadir lntensitYCIE Flux Code
268cd/10001m66 98 100 100 61
SHR ¡/AX (Square)
SHR MAXTR (Continuous1.65 (1.50 NOM)
1.80
ULORL 0.000.610.6'1
DLOFLLORL
¡ilultiply byeach SeruiceCorrectlon Factor
Glare Data
Service Correct¡on Factors
36W 58W
Factor 1.00 1.00
Factor 1.01 1.01
HF Factor N/A N/A
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00 1.00
Ut¡lization Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
¡/ìultiply by each Seryice Correction
No.Mêasured in accordance w¡th BS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBS TMs and TR10
RæmReflectances3.00 4.00 5.O01.50 2.00 2.500.75 1.00 't.25cwF
6664
625958
63
59
65565451
605755
454239
504745
545149
70 50 203010
ttz6160
þJ
61
5a5654
605856 58
494644
53504A
55
51
444139
50 50 z!3010
60585655
5958
60
58
514947
545250
5655
444139
4B4644
30 50 203010
5/53 54 5646 48 5138 42
-000
Flux Fraction RalioACG ClassificalionGlare BZ (Bl 2.5, SHR NOM)
Luminous Area (sq cm)
36W 58W2100 3100
0.00ACGO
871
Made in Holland.
56
TCS 605 TCS 607
A range of mirror controller surface-mounted luminaires of slim, elegantdesign and with advanced opticalfealures, for use in prestigiouscommercial lighting. Tw¡n-lampluminaires have symmelricaldistribution and are available bothwith standard switchstart control gearfor TLD krypton.f ¡iled energy-savinglamps, and with phitips HF high.rreqüency control gear which, inconjunction w¡th philips TLD HFlamps, can reduce energy uéage byup lo 30 per cent. Sinolã.lamp-vers¡ons have symmetrical orasymmetrical distribution (for cornermountlng or wall washing).
RANGETCS 605/13ô - Luminaire withWideSpread mirror optics. Switchstartgear for 1 XTLD 36W 1200mm lamp.TCS 605/158 - Luminaire withWidespread mirror optics. Switchstartgear fo|IXTLD 58W 1500mm lamp.TCS 605/236 - Luminaire withWideSpread mirror optics. Switchstartgear for 2XTLD 36W 1200mm lamps.TCS 605/258 - Luminaire withWideSpread m¡rror optics. Switchstartgear for 2XTLD 58W 1500mm lamps.TCS 605/232 - Luminaire withWideSpread mirror optics. Highfrequency control gear. Supplied with2XTLD 32W84 HF 1200mm lamps.
Surfacs.mountod lum¡na¡rcs
TCS 605/250 - Luminaire withWidespread mirror optics. Highfrequency control gear. Supplied with2xïLD 50W84HF l500mm lamps.TCS 607/136 - Luminaire with mirrorsystem wiih asymmetrical optics.Switchstart control gear fo|IXTLD36W 1200mm lamp.TCS 607/158 - Luminaire with mirrorsystem with asymmetrical optics.Switchstart control gear for 1 XTLD58W 1500mm lamp.
Nole:. All luminaires are available inwhite or brown finish (suffix W or B).
1o'€ordorthisDarashsetquote Pt 3068
57
lssued 9.84 R€plac€s NEW
TCS 605 TCS 607APPLICAlIOXSGeneral commercial use, particularlywhere elegant appearance is ofimportance:r Offices.I Shops and department stores'
r Banking halls.r Showrooms.r Conference suites.
r Corridors and general circulationareas.
FEATURESr Shallow depth, with control gear
mounted alongside lamP, isãombined witñ a rounded chassisand decorative end caps.
I V symbol - can be mountedon sultable wooden surfaces'
r Hioh LOR; anodised aluminiumrefleciors with brushed aluminiumlamellae.¡ Enerov-saving: Available withJwitchs-tãrt control gear for TLD
Powerslimmer krypton'f illed lamps'oi *itn enitip" high-frequency controloear which can cut energyðonsumption bY uP to 30 Per cent'
r Whiie or brown f inish to suit decor'
r lnstalled bY key'hole mounting'
DltEtlslotas
HAIERIA¡.S & F¡NISH
Bodv: Sheet steel; white or brownstovã-enamelled f inish.
Conlrol goar: Switchstart ballastswith PF capacitor and starters orPhilips high'frequency control gear'
Mirròr controllors: Anodisedãiuminiúi¡ ref lectors with brushedeluminium lamellae.Lamoholders: Standard bi'pin rotortypei white urea mouldings'
SPECIFIC^lloHTvDe compliance with BS 4533
örãinary inooor classf (electrical) -earth required.Normal indoor conditions'V symbol marking for mountingon suitable wooden surfaces'
To soecilv state: Surface luminairewitñ'hignlef f iciency mirror controllerand Switchstart control gear lorkruoton-filled TLD lamps (or higf'-¡ráàuencv control gear). To have a
slió. rou-nded prof ile. Similar toPhilíos TCS ô05 (Widespreaddi;tributionyTcs 607 (asvmmetricaldistribution).
RAIIGE OF OPERATIOlI24OV sOHz single'Phase suPPlies.
Normal indoor conditlons.
FtxlÌloOf fset f rom ceili ng on brackets with
decoralive shrouds.brackets enable the
Keyhole slots Inluminaire to be
engagedin the cei
with screws alreadysimpl ifyings,
wtRlllGTwo-waycapacity
screw term inal block withfor X 2.5m m or x4m m?
cond uctor in each way. Separatêterminal.
2
r250
t512210
950
1242
t93
154 5215
1125
2t5t2¿ 5
58
ïGS 605 lts
,l.1Ã
¡L
59
Its 605 tts 607WEIGHÍS & ELECÎRICAL DATA
Calalogu€ No' Raling ClrcuitWatts
CircultCurgnt
Ballasl Slarter
(Bunning) (AmPsros)
TCSTCSTCSTCSTCSfcsTCSTCS
605/136605/158605i 236605/258605t232605/250607/136
1x36W 1200mm 461x58W 1500mm 7O
2x36W'l200mm 92
2x58W 1500mm 140
2x32W HF 1200mm 722x50W HF 1500mm 111
1x36W 1200mm 46
0,350.460.700.340.50
0.35
BTP4O 125BTP65 L252XBTP4O L252XBTP65 L25F,F232HF25OBTP4O 125BfP65 L25
s.10sl02xS.102 xSl0NoneNones.10sJ0607/158 1x58W 1500mm 70
ORDERII{G DAIAPacklng Oty
Catalogue No' Doscriplion
TCS ô05N36 WTCS 605/136 BTCS 605/158 WTCS 605/',!58 BTCS 605/236 Wrcs 605/236 BTCS 605/258 WTCS 605/258 BTCS 605/232HF BTCS 605/232HF WTCS 605/250HF BTCS 605/250HF WTCS 607/136 WTCS 607/136 BTCS 607/158 Wfcs 607/158 B
1x36W WideSPread1x36W WldesPread1x58W Widespread1x58W WidêSPread2x36W WldesPread2x36W W¡deSProad2x58W WidosPread2x58W W¡deSPread2x32W WidesPreåd2x32W W¡dêSPread2x50W WideSPread2xsOW WldeSPread1x36W asymmetric1x36W asymmetric1x58W asymmetric1x58W asymmetr¡c
TLD luminaire, white finishTLO luminalre, brown linishTLD Iumina¡re, white linishTLD lumlnairê, brown finlshTLD luminaire, white f¡nishTLD luminalre, brown fin¡shTLD lum¡naire, white f¡nlshTLD luminaire, brown fln¡shTLD HF lum¡naire, brown finishTLD HF lumlnalre, white finishTLD HF lum¡nalre, brown tinlshTLD HF lumlnaire, whlte flnishTLD lum¡nalre, wh¡te l¡nishTLD luminair€, brown flnishTLD lumina¡re, wh¡te fin¡shTLD lumlnairê, brþwn flnish
Please order in the form givon in thefollowing example, in multiples of thepacking quanitY:'25 Philìps luminaires TCS 605/232 HF B
NotesSuffix W or B denotes colour ofluminaire body (white or þrown).
Wlth the exception of high'frequencylumlnaires. which are suPPliedcomolete with the TLD HF Colour 84lamós. lamos must be orderedseoärately. Pnilips TLO krypton-f llledlariros with Colour 80 SeriestrioÀosohors (colour 84 cool; colour 83
wárm) äre recommended tor use inswltcirstart luminaires. Phillps TLD HF
lamps musf be used as rêPlacementsin luminaires with high'frequencyballasts.
i
l
I
l
L
I
I
l,
L
i
I
L
l
60
Made in Holland
7
PSM 250
3urha. lumlnalra wlth prbm¡tlccontrollar, hlgh.lr.quancyan.rgy.!rYlng contfol g.rrr andlwo l50omm TLD õOWr84Lrmpa,
HF high.elllclency control gearlnstead of the convéntional ballast andstarter, Phlllps hi gh-f requencylumlnaires contain low.loss solid.statecontrol gear whlch operatðs the lampat a hlgh frequency (28kHz, instead ofthe normal 50Hz malns supply).
At this hlgh frequency, the lamp'sefflcacy ¡s increased, this gainoptimised by a specially-devêlopsd26mm dlamelêr argonJill€d lamp ofr€duced wattage. These lmprovèments plus lower ballast loss€s giveup to a 30 per cant energy saving forth6 same lightlng effect.
HF ballasts confsr additionalbenefits: -r Mains'flicker' ls complêtèlyel¡minated, obvlatlng'strob¡ng' ofmovlng machlnory.r Fast, reliable starting is assured,
ev6n in cold condltlons.r Power faclor is closeto unitywithout capac¡tor correctlon.r Warm start prolongs switching life
of lamp.r Circuit switches ballasl off whênlamp reaches end of lts lite.
The HF control gêar thêrefolerepresents a considerable stepforward in the applicat¡on off luorescent lumlnalros.
-
rorsordorrhìsDarâsheêrquote PL 3057lssu€d5.84 New
1, -n
Easlly-lnstalled surf ace-mountedlumlnalr€ for lndoor lnstallailonswlth on6rgy.savlng hlgh.f requencycontrol gear. The lumlnalre lssuPpliêd as a Komblpak comolstewllh prowlred body, acrvltc còntroller8nd 50W aroon.filisd Cótour B¿lrlphosphor lamps.
=ts-I-DF
-Irt61
PSill 250RATIOE
PSM 250 - Twin'lamp surface'mounting lumìnaire KombiPakcomoletã with controller, pre'wired
¡iohlfrequency control gear, 2 x TLD
5o:W841-iF lamps, 2 x SliPf ix f ixingplates and 2 x woodscrews and
masonry plugs.
APPLICATIONS
For most indoor installations, such as:
r General offlces.r lndlvidual officesr Banking halls.r Shops and department stores.r Corridors and circulatlon areas'r Hospitals.
FEATURES
r Prewired high'frequency controloear reduces eñergy consumptlon by
üp to 30 Per cent compared withããnventlänal lamp/gear comblnation'r Mains fllcker is eliminated,obviatlng 'stroblng'.r Fast. starting, evên in coldcondltlons.r Power factor clos€ lo unity.r Lumlnaire includês fixing detalls forBS box mounting.r Acrylic controllêr combìnes highlioht transmlssion with long servicellíe and high resistance to UV
dlscolouration,r Shallow depth Permits use withmodern, low ceillngs and provldes an
alternatlve to a recessed luminaire.r Smart, modern appearance suitsboth new schemes and refurbishingschêmes.r Easv to install and maintalnr Colóur 84 triPhosPhor lamPscombine high efflcacy with Deluxe
colour renderlng.
gPECIFICAT¡ON
r TvDe comoliance with BS 4533
Ordilary lndóor ClasslElectrical(Earth required).'r
Marked with \¡7 symbol (formounting direct to suitable wooden
suffaces),
To sooclfv state:rw¡rì.tamó suf ace'mountlng Iumlnaireof low inétalled depth, with prismaticacrulic controller and pre'wired high'freóuency control gear. To be supplìed
comoleté with HF 5OW lamPs and
f ixinb accessories. Similar to PhilipsPSM 250 KomblPak.
RAIIOE OF OPERATIOII
240V 50Hz suPPlies.Normal ìndoor condltìons
UAÎERIALS AIID F¡IIIS}I
inlernal Ilnear Prisms on
external PYramid PrìsmsLampholders: Standard
Conlrolballast
goañBH
PhilipsF 250.
high.frequency
Controll€n Clear acrylic
ELECTR¡GAL DATA
Ratlng
on thebi.pi rotor
type.
DrfÍExSlol{s & wEloHT
Weight complete with lamps: 7 3 K0
Ballast Cal' No' clrcult curront (A) Total chcult Wâtts
0.5 1112 x 5ow ì50omm (5lt)
ORDERII'O DAfA
Calalogu€ No. Dslalls
PSM 250 KombiPaklrequencY
Please order in the form given in thefollowlng examPl€:
50 Phlllos KombiPaks PSIV 250
Note: Àll KomblPaks are suPPliedindivldually packed
complete wlth lumlnaire, TLD 50Wi84
control oear and lixlng accêssof€s'
BHF25O
lamps, hlsh.
É- 600
2r0
76 86
2lamps
I
l
ì 62
Lamo: N4ade in HollandLumìnalrel Made in Holland.
250
ãíiIill"¿#21ocd/10001m50 81 95 96 63
8Hã
MAXMAX
(Square)(Cont¡nuous
1 78 N9V)TF Rows)
Glare Data
Service Correct¡on Factors
Utilizatlon Factors UF lorSHR NOM
PSit
Multiply by each Seryice Correct¡onFactor
Test No. C902 Dated: 11.04.84Measured in accordance with BS 5225Calculalions Based on CIBS TMs and TR10
50wLength Factor 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.00
38mm Factor N/ABallast Lumen Factor 1.00
CONTROLLER
CEILING
Room RetleclancgS Room lndsxcwF o.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 3.fi) 4.0070 2050
3010
NANANA
464239
504542
534946 50
595853
61
56
6361
59
656361
50 50 203010
NANANA
4441
484442
51
4745
5451
49
575452
585654
5957
626059
30 50 20
10
NANANA
4340
464341
494644
5048
54525o
565452
585b55
595857
000 NA 36 39 42 45 48 49 52
fH, --ië-¡rtult¡ply byeach SeryiceCofrection Factor
2,5, SHR NOM)ACG5
BZ4
50wLumìnousArga
(sqcm)
63
?sfl250
ø4
WIIESPREAIIZONALUX
RAIIGT2-lamp 40W 1200mm (4ft) switchstart2-lamp 65W 1500mm (sft) sw¡tchstart2-lamp 7 5W 1800mm (6ft) starterless(SRS)
Suitable for individual mounting, or(with ZSPl spacer) forcont¡nuousmounting.For energy saving replace 40W by36W and 65W by 58W.
Surface lumina¡re! w¡thacry¡¡c pr¡smat¡c controller¡
zx12t240PCt SAÞPLICATIOT{S
Suitable for most ¡ndoor installationssuch as:-¡Boardrooms¡Off¡cesrBank¡ng halls¡Shops and depattment slores
Although bold in appearance to sujtspacious prem¡ses such as banks,thc lum¡naires are shallow, makingthem also suitable for modernpremises w¡th low ceil¡ngs.
lo reo¡d€rlhrs Oâlâ Shæl quole PL185417
W ¡deSptead : a f am i I y of h igh tech nol ogylunina¡res w ¡th'sptead' ¡ nte nsitydis|¡bulion, olleil ng g rcatet economyand bettet visual conditions thanotdinary lum¡na¡rcs.
A range of shallow surface luminaireswith clear acryl ic control lers for ¡ndoorinstallations. One-piece pr¡smaticconkollers have prismat¡c end caDSand central opal stripe to enhanceappearance. Controllers are oaskettedIo exclude dirl and dust.
l'ñU'cìt
65
lssued 6/83 Replaces PL 1854/6
WIDESPREAD ZONALUXFEÀTURES
rshallow depth (77mm) Permits usewìth modern, low ce¡lings anciprovìdes an alternative to a recessedlu m inaire.rEasy to ¡nstall and maintain.rTwo-tone acrylic controllercombines distinguished appearancewith high lìght output and glarecontrol.rwide spacing makes Possiblereduced number of rowsrGasket sealing of controller to bodyensures a high ma¡ntenance factor'rThe controller is supported along ¡ts
full length, and hinges down on e¡therside to simPl¡fY lamP changing.
r Suitable for indivìdual or (wìth zSPlsDacer) cont¡nuous mounting whenluminaires are mounted continuously,
indivìdual controllers are easily
removed for lamP changing
r ZSPl soacer makes a neat jo¡n
between iuminaires mountedend{o-end.
Batlen: Sheet steel body. Durawhitestoved finìsh.Control gear: Low-loss ballastsattached with nuts and studs, andfused terminal block with capacity for2,5mm, cable in each way. Controlgear and wiring are concealed bY
internâl rellector.Conlroller and end caPs: Clearacrvlic extruded controller w¡thinternal linear prisms on sides Basecontains central oPal striPe co-extruded with well-de{ined pyramìdÞrismatic base. Matching injection-moulded end caps are pre-altached.
SPEClFlcArlollrType compliance with BS 4533 2.2
rOrdinary lndoor Class ITo speclly slale:Two-lamp surf ace-mountedluminaires for f luorescent lamPs,complete with acrylic controllèr, andwith overall dePth less lhan 80mm.Substantially as Philips Zonalux.
RANOI OF OPEFATIO}I
24OV 50H2. Normal indoor conditions.
È-
ons/wood screw lixings,
249
W¡re
600Alldimensions ln
for B.S. Box lix¡ngstart "PiPs"
40W = 1265.565W = 1 56i7sW = ì830
20mm Conduit entrywith Slipfix Platefor woodscrew fixing
DttEllslolls
DrrEt{3toNs & wElGHfs
CatalogueCompleteLumlnalre
NumbersEallen Conlrollel
Dlmenslons (mm)Lenqth wldth
FlxingDepth Centrea
BS box, using the dri ll starß
zx't2l240PClSzx15/265PC/Szx18l275PClX
zx12t240Szx15l265Szx18l275X
zPc12zPc15zPc18
Contlnuous mountlngà .;;;;; zdPì, ;ñ;r1d be used, and prov¡des a neat ¡oin between continuouslv-mounted
controllers. lt is not possible to through-wire conlinuous runs'
lndlvldual mounllngZonalux luminaires can be close"mounted to the ceiling by
orcvided. Cable entry is central, and conduittube suspensi
sllplix plates provided, are at600mm centres.
66
1265.515661830
249 75 600249 75 600249 75 600
5ô8492
rcs 605
Philips new TCS 605 slim-profite luminaire with high-efficiency mirroroptics enhances any prestìgious commercial scheme. lt can bectose-ceiling, stand-off or suspension mounted, and is available withhigh-frequency control gear as well as standard switchstarlenergy-saving control gear.
WIDESPREAD ZONATUXDAlA
203cdl1000 totäl lmSetv¡ce Coff Factot
284450
sH8SHß
MAXMAX fR
(Square)(Transverse,
1.69 (1.50end-end)
NOtvt)1.9'1
Oata (ClBSl
ot\¡
0.25ACG5
BZ4
40w{36) 65W(58) 75W2900 3600 4200
Measured: BS 5225 Part 1 1975
Catculated: clBS TM 5 and lR 10
Test No: 8079 Dated: 78.1 1.08
Service Correction Factors
Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF (F) for SHR ñOM
CIBS Sta ndard Presentãtion Mult¡ply by each SeN¡ce Corrcct¡on Factor
fIC CONfROLLERWITH ACRYLIC
SUSPENDED
40w'l200mm 65W
1500mm75W1800mm
Lamp Factor 1.01 1.00 0.99Factor 100 'I.00
1.00Ballast Lumen Factor '1 00 099 0.98
Room Reflectances Room lndexc F 0.75 1 1.25 1.5 2 2.570 50
30'10
20 383330
433835
474340
50 54 5746 50 5443 47 51
59 62 6456 59 6257
50 503010
20 36 40 4432 36 4029 33 38
47 50 5343 47 5040 45 4A
54 57 5952 55 5750 53 5530 50 20
301o
34 37 4130 34 3828 32 36
43 47 4941 44 4638 42 45
50 52 544A 51 5347 49 52000 25 29 32 34 38 40 41 43 46
by each Setv¡ceFactor
ULOSLDLORLr0flL
0.10.530.66
DATA
BallaslCalalogueNo.
40W 1200mm (4ft) SS 2 x BCS40
Capacltor TotalChcu¡t
Circu¡tcurenl
65W 1500mm (5ft) SS 2 x BCS65
x75W 1800mm (6lt) XS 2 x BCX75
inlormation quoted relates to average I uminaires on a 24OV 50Hz sùpply at 2S.C.
saving replace 40W by 36W, and 6SW by sBW
2 x3.5 mfd10% 250V2 x 5.5 mfd10yo 250v2 x 8.4 mfd5ø/.250V
100
154
180
0.5
o.7
0,85
67
WIDESPREAD ZONAIUX
ORDERING DAÏACatslogueNo. Descilptlon Ealten only Controller onlyzx12t240PClSzx15/265PC/Szxl8t275PCtX
2 x40W 1200mm (4lt) SS2 x 65W 1500mm (srt) SS2 x 75W 1800mm (6ft) XS
zx12l240szx15/265Szx18t275X
zPc12zPc15zPc18
Accassory for continuoua mount¡ngZSPI Spacertorcontlnuous mounting
Please ordsr ln the lorm glven ln the tollowlng example, in mult¡ples of the packingquantlty:-20 Phll¡ps Zonålux lumlnaires ZX15/265PC/S20 Phll¡ps Zonalux spacers ZSPlNots that lamps should be order€d s€parately.Pecklng quantlllerBattens: lndlvldually pack€d.Conlrollsrs: lndlvldually packed.Spacors:5
68
Made in UK.
Ç
I
69
lssued 7/83
TCK l0lTGK IO2(fluorosccnt str¡pl¡9ht3)
Easy-to-install f luorescent luminaireKombiSets, supplied comPlete withlamp and clear reeded diffuser. Thelampholders can be turned through 90"to either s¡de before fixino to q¡ve achoice of mounting.
NAilGE
TCK 101 KombìSet - batten, diffuserand 1 5W 450mm (1 8in.) Softone 32lamp.TCK 102 Kombiset- batten, diffuserand 30W 900mm (3ft) Sottone 32 lamp.
aPPllcaTlollsSupplementarY l¡ghting :
rHotel bedrooms (e.9. over m¡rrors)
rHallwaysrMirror, shelf, cupboard, bar andcocktail cabinet lighting I
¡Domestic uses, esPeciallY thelighting ol k¡tchen worktops, desksand worktables.
To rcorderlhìs Oata She€l quole Ptl
rnF-hÊ,-Ittv,C.i'm--{F-h---D-4Itl
TCK r01, TCK 102 STRIPLIGHTFEATURES
rSimple and quick installat¡on w¡thconvent¡onal tools.rBody cover is posìt¡vely secureduntil released by pushbuttons on endca ps.rCable entry at rear (with dust-excluding seal) and terminal block tos¡mpl¡fy connection to suPPlY.
r Lampholders can be turned through90'either side of body before fix¡ng toperm¡t choice of mountingarrangements.rLightweight, all-white body with clearreeded acrylic d¡lfuser provides anelegant appearance.rRotor bipin lampholders isolate lampfrom circu¡t before lamp is removed.¡Meets requirèments for radiointerference suppres6¡on.rAvailable in 15W and 30W ratings *two different Iengths.
rMeetsV requirements - mây bemounted on wooden surfaces.rEnergy-saving - the l5W lamp givesmore light than a 40W lilament lampfor a total power consumption of 25W;the 30W lamp gives as much light as a100W filament lamp for a total powerconsumption of 40W.
rFluorescent lamps last over 5 ti mesas long as f ilament lamps.
DlftENsloNs & wElGHls
¡IATERIÀLS & FIN¡SIIBody: Sheet sleel, white stoved finishLampholders: White urea mouldingswìth rotatìng bipin socketsDilluser: Clear reeded acrylicmoulding wìth strengthenìng r¡bs toengage with lampControl gêar: lntegral, prew¡red toterm¡nal block.
SPECIFICATIONrCompl¡es with BS 4533 2.2 Ordinarylndoor Class I (Earth required).rMeets\7 requirements.
To spec¡ly state:Al l-whìte f luorescent stripli ght w¡throtor lampholders and acryl¡cd¡ffuser: Substantially as Philips ¡çç.
RANGE OF OPEBATIOII240V
'OHz.Normal dry indoor conditions.Surface-mounted.
Lamp: lvlade in Holland.Lumina¡re: Made in W. GelmanY.
CatalogueNo.
Overall length(mm/in.)
Overall deplh(mm/in.)
Overall widlh(mm/in.)
Weight ¡ncluding lamp(ks/rb)
TCK 10'1
TCK 102465/1 8.32914/36
83t3 2543t3.25
36/1.436t1.4
1.32t2 91 90t4.2
ELECTRICAL OATA
Rat¡nq C¡rcuit Watts C¡rcu¡t cufrent(a)
SlarterCâ1. No(runn¡ng)
'15W 450mm (18in)30W 900mm (3ft)
035037
ORDERING DATA
CatalogueNo.
Descr¡pt¡on Packingquanl¡ty
15W 450mm KombiSet, complete with lamp30W 900mm KombiSet, complete with lamp
Spare lampsMCFE 15W/32MCFE 3OW/32
15W 450mm Softone 32 lamp30W 900mm Soltone 32 lamp
Please order in the form given in the lollowing example, ¡n mult¡ples of the packingquantity:50 Ph¡l¡ps Komb¡Sets TCK 102.
2540
s10s10
TCK 101TCK 102
1010
25
Tl I
l36lH
rRr L_.1l36rH
,t
rl70
STAI{DARDRECESSEDLUMII{AIRESFor exposed-tee ceilings6O0r 6OOmm and 6OOx l8OOmm
.'.'...
Five recessed luminaires for s¡mple¡nstallation in metr¡c exposed{eeceiling systems of adequate strength.The luminaires utilise the energy-saving advantages of Philìps new TLDkrypton-f illed 26mm diameter lamps.
RANGESRL 418 for 600x 600 nom apertureSRL 236 for 600x 1200 nom apertureSRL 436 for 600x1200 nom apertureSRL 270 for ô00x1800 nom apertureSRL 470 for 600x1800 nom aperture
APPLICATIONSPrem¡ses w¡th exposed-teeceilings, e.g.:rOfficesrShops and department sloÍesrBanking hallsrShowroomsrAssembly and lecture areas.
roreorderrh¡sDarasheetquote PL302512
tssued 9.82 Êep aces PL 3025 l
rtF
c,-¡ñv,C.ill.ñ
=-{-E=-=Þ--rn
71
SÍAI{DARD RECESSED LUMIIIAIRESFEATURÊSr Uses Powerslimmer TLD 26mmdiameter kryplonJilled lamps; energyconsumprt¡on is around I per centless than comparable 3Bmm diameterafgon-filled lamps.
! Luminaire body rests directlY onsuspended ceiling structure - fixing¡s quick and easy, withoul the use oftools.r The body is supported across itsentire width, giving built.in security.r Prismatic controller is installedfrom beneath; simply rests on tee-barflats.I Weight is taken by load-bearinggrìd; structure is not cut in any way.
I Electrical connection throughterminal block (L, N & E) to prewiredconlrol gear.
MATERIALS & FIXISHConlroller: Clear polystyrene sheetwith moulded pr¡sms.
Gear lray/relleclor: Sheet steel, zinccoated and stove enamelled whìte.Unpainted metalwork is zincprotected.
SPECIFIGATIOIIr Type compliance with BS 4533 2.2Ordinary lndoor Class I (electrical).r Radio interference: Complies withSl 1978 No. 1268: Regulation 6,
Suppressed for use in resident¡alareas.
To specily slale:Lay-in luminaire lor exposedleecei lì ngs.
RAI{GE OF OPERATIOII240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor cond¡t¡ons.
I
ìI
lü
72
SIDE VIEW
END VIEW
oo oo
DIMEIISIOI{S & WEIGHTS
Catalogue No. Rating Nom¡nal
600x 600.600 x 1200"600 x 1200' "600 x 1800- "600 x 1800.' '
CatalogBallast
ue Nos. lo¡Slarter
2 x BTP40 L252 x BTP40 1254 x BTP40 1252xBIP704x BTP70
sRL 418SRL 236SRL 436SRL 270SRL 470
4x1BW 600mm (2ft)2x36W 1200mm (4ft)4x36W 1200mm (4ft)
4x18W ô00mm (2ft)2x36W 1200mm (4ft)4x36W 1200mm {4ft)2x70W 1800mm (6ft)
100
100
100
100
1004x70W 1800mm
'Actual controller size 594 x594mm."Actual controller size 594x 1194mm.
"'Actual controller s¡ze 594x1794mm.
ELECTRICAL DATA
Circ u¡tWatts
Circuilcufrent
MinímumPowerFactor
2x70W 1800mm4x70W 1800mm
9292
184160320
0.460.460.920.821.64
0.850.850.850.850.85
4X522xS104xS102x5164x516
2x4x2x4x
All data are averages, and are measured under standard conditions.
ËIOTOMETRIC DATA9RL
4 LAMP PRISMATIC CONTROLLER
Mount¡ngr RECESSED
{
,lþ'
Nadir lntensity 222cdl1000 lm
CIE Flux Code 54839510055SHRSHR
I\¡AXI\4AX TR
(Square) 1.57 (1.50 NOM){Cont¡nuous Rows) 1.7A
Service Correction Factors18W .36W
Lenqth Factor 1.00 1.00 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1,02 1.02 1.02
38mm Fàctor 0.97 0.97
Ballast Lumen Fãctor 0.99 0.99 0.99
Utilization Factors UF (Fl for SHR NOM
50 503010
Mult¡ply by each Serv¡ce Corrcction Factot
STAilDARD RECESSED UJilII
Measured ¡n Accordance w¡th BS 5225
calculations Based on CIBS TlVl 5 and TR 10
Test No: c7(Íl Datcr fi I _06_29
20
Flux Fractions Rat¡oACG Classificar¡onGlare BZ (Rt 2.5. SHR = NOtvtlLuminous {reas {sq cm)
0.00ACG3
B24
36W6050
Room lndcxF o-75 100 124 1 50 200 ,50 3.00 4.00 5.00
503010
2070 37 40 44.33 37 4130 34 38
414341
50 5241 4944 47
54 56 6851 54 5649 52 54
36 39 4332 36 4030 34 37
45 48 5042 46 4A40 44 46
52 54 5550 52 544a 50 53
503010
2030 35 38 4232 36 3930 ?3 27
44 47 4941 45 47?9 4? 46
50 52 5348 50 52A7 Ã9 51
000 29 32 35 38 41 43 45 47 48
ULORL O.OODLORL 0.55LoRL 0.55
Gla¡e Data (crBsl
Multiply by each Serv¡ceCorrect¡on Factot
73
STA]IDARD RECESSED ITJ]IIIIIAIRESORDERITIG DAÏA
CatalogueNo. Descript¡on PackingQuanllty
sRL 418sRL 236sRL 430sRL 270sRL 470
TLD 18WT
TLD 36W¿TLD 7OW¿
Luminaire for 600x 600 nom âpertureLumlnalre for 600x1200 nom apertureLuminaire for 600x1200 nom apertureLuminair€ for 600x1800 nom apertureLuminalre for 600x1800 nom aperture
SparesPP 66PP 6'12PP 618
600x600mm prlsmatlc Panel600x1200mm Prlsmatlc Panel600x1800mm prismatlc Panel
600mm lamp for SRL 41812oomm lamp lor sRL 236/4361800mm lamp for SRL 2701470
252525
'*Add colour number requìred - 84,83,35.
Please order lum¡nãires ¡n the form given in the follow¡ng example, in multiples of the
packing quantilY:
25 Ph¡lips lum¡naires SRL 418
74
Lumina¡re: Made ln Grêat Brltaln
I
TB$ 300Bodies with prewiredcontrol gear
A range of recessed luminaires for300mm module suspended ceilingswith exposed or concealed tee-bars.Standard bodies f¡t s¡mply ¡ntonom¡nal apertures 1200 x 300mm,1500 x 300mm,1200 x 600mm and600 x 600mm; a choice of inter-changeable l¡ghting attachmentsis available.All TBS 300 luminaires are designedspecif¡cally f or Phi lips energy-savingTLD 26mm diameter krypton{itledlamps.
AIITBS 300 luminaires are suDolied withZBS supÞort brackets.
NANGEBodiesTBS 300/3 x 36- 1200 x 600mm,forthree 36W 1200mm lampsTBS300/4 x 18-600 x 600mm,forfour18W600mm lampsTBS300/1 x 36-1200 x 300mm,for single 36W 1200mm lampTBS300/1 x 58-1500 x 300mm,for s¡ngle 58W 1500mm lampTBS 300/2 x 36- 1200 x 300mm,fortwo36W1200mm lampsTBS300/2 x 58- 1500 x 300mm,for two 58W 1500mm lampsTBS 300/1 70 - 1 80O x 300mm,for single 70W 1800mm lamp
TBS 300/270- 1 800 x 300mm,for two 70W 1 8O0mm lamps
Lighling attachmenlsPrismatic controllers - see DataSheet Pl3021.lvlilror controllers - see Data SheetsPL 3023 and P1.3046.
.tlF-bct-lllutCìtln--{=b=--Þ--tñ
To reorder rhrs Dårå Sheerquole PL 302014
75
lssued 7/83 Replaces P13020/3
aTBS 3O() RECESSED LUMINAIBESAPPLICAT!ONSFor metr¡c modutar suspendedceilìn9 systems with exposed orconcealed tees. in s¡tuations such as:rshops and department storesrOffices and executive suitesrMunic¡pal buildingsrHosp¡tâ ls
rRestaurants and hotelsrCinema and theatre foyersrBanking and commercial halls
FEATURES
rFrts flush into ceilrng apertures.with low installed depth for use withshallow vo¡ds.
¡ Simply installed from below. Thelum¡naire is supported on sw¡ng-outsupports positioned at 90" to, or ¡n linewith, the main axis of the hous¡ng; thesupports are adjustable for he¡ght fromwithin the luminaire.¡Standard hous¡ng fits both types ofceiling; ordering procedures andstockhold¡ng are simplifÌed.r Low-loss, control gear for reducedenergy consumption.
rPowerslimmer TLD 26mm diameterkrypton{¡lled lamps use aroundB per cent less energy than comparable3Bmm diameter argon-f¡lled lamps ofsame nominal length.
¡1-lamp and 2-lamp lumina¡res havea 3A fused terminal block.r3-lamp and 4-lamp luminaires havetwo 3A fused terminal blocks: forinner lamps, outer lamps. Theterm¡nal blocks may be wired onseparate sw¡tch-leads, or may beconnected together.
MATERIALS & FINISH
Bod¡es: Êoll-formed galvanised sheetsteel, white enamel f¡nish.Gear trays: Sheet steel, wh¡te enamelfinish; prewired control gearw¡th lowWatts loss.Sw¡ng-out supports: Steel, zi nc-pl ated.
SPECIFICAÏIONrType compliance with BS 4533Ord¡nary lndoor Class I (Electrical).¡Râd¡o ¡nterference: Complies withSl 1978 No. 1268: Regülation 6.Suppressed for use in residentialareas.
To spec¡fy slate:lvlodular recessed lumi naire, basedon standard body with wide cho¡ceol interchangeable light¡ngattachments. To be suitable for usewith TLD kryptonjilled 26mmd¡ameter lamps. Similar to PhilipsTBS 3OO,
All data are averages, and are measured under standard conditionsPower Factor at least 0.85. Harmonics 3 x 16ô¿.
DTMENSTONS & vltElGHTS lluminaire bod¡esl
DIMENSIONS
L2
1
w2
124 124
V'|2
1 1
AII d¡mensions in mm
RAI{GE OF OPERATION240V 50Hz single-phase supplies.For TLD lamps only.
Normal ¡ndoor conditions.
ELECTRICAL DATA
Rat¡ng Ballast SlarterC¡rcuitWatts(running)
Circu¡tcurrent(A)
1 x36W1200mm1 x58W1500mm1 x70W1800mm2x36W1200mm2 x 58W 1500mm2x70W1800mm3x36W1200mm4x18W600mm4x36W1200mm
4670BO
92140160138s2
184
0.230340.410.460700820.70046092
s10s10s162xS102xSl02 x5163x5104x524xS10
BTP4O 125BTP65 125BTPTO 1252 x BIP4O L252 x BTP65 1252 x BTPT} L253 x BïP40 1252 xBÍP4O L254 x BTP40 125
Catalogue No. Nominal size Rat¡ng(mm)
Welght Dimens¡onskgLlL2A
(mm)wl W2
TBS 300/1 36TBS 30O/1 58TBS 300/1 70TBS 300/236TBS 300/258TBS 300/270TBS 300/336TBS 300/41 ITBS 300/436
1 200 x 3001 500 x 3001 800 x 3001 200 x 3001 500 x 3001800 x 3001 200 x 600
600 x 6001 200 x 600
1 x 36W 1200mm (4ft)I x sBW 1 500mm (5fì)1 x 70W 1 B00mm (6fl)2 x 36W 1 200mm (4fl)2 x sBW 1 500mm (sft)2 x 70W 1B00mm (6lt)3 x 36W 1200mm (4ft)4 x IBW 600mm (2ft)4 x 36W 1200mm (4lt)
274
271
271
27Ã
271
274
574
515
515
1197 1175 50 2971497 1475 50 2971797 1775 50 2971197 1175 50 2571497 1475 50 2971797 1775 50 2971197 1175 50 597597 574 50 5971197 1175 50 597
76
4.65.97.25.57.2898955
10.5
rlnslallation
poss¡b¡l¡tes
o o
tttltt
"swing.out"sup port
80mm ---+('(-ì
=
77
TBS 3OO RECESSED
TBS 3(ll) RECESSED LUMINAIRESOiD;IIiGDATACatalogue No. Nom¡nal size Rating Packlng
Ouantlty
Prewired bodiês
TBS 300/136TBS 300/1 58TBS 300/1 70TBS 300/236TBS 300/258TBS 300/270TBS 300/336TBS 300/418TBS 300/436
AccessoryzBs
1 x 36W 1200mm1 x 58W 1500mm1 x 70W l800mm2 x 36W 1200mm2 x 58W 1500mm2 x70W 1800mm3 x 36W 1200mm4 x 18W 600mm4 x 36W 1200mm
'1200 x 300mm1 500 x 300mm1 800 x 300mm'1200 x 300mm1 500 x 300mm1 800 x 300mm1200 x600mm
600 x 600mm1200 x 600mm
Support brâcket (ons set of lour suppliedper luminâire: for conc€aled-tee celllngs)
18W 600mm 26mm dia. krypton-filled lamp36W 1200mm 26mm dla. krypton-filled lamp58W 1500mm 26mm dia. kryptoniilled lamp70W 1800mm 26mm d¡a. krypton-filled lamp
1 (S6i of 4)
Lamps
TLD 18W/'"TLD 36W/'-TLD 58W¡'TLD 7OW/'-
25252525
**Phillps PowerSl¡mmer lamps are made in the two tri-phosphor colours Colour 84 andColour 83 - Colour 84 ls lor work areas and Colour 83 for social areas such asrestaurants. TLD lamps are also made in While 35. Further deta¡ls are on Data SheetsPL 1847 and PL 3005.
78
Luminahe: Made in Holland.
r-
q
t, ¡
GBS 300/rvt5'Low glaret mirrorcontrollers for TBS 3OObodies for use in VDU areas.A range of controllers to f¡t differentversions of lhe TBS 300 body. Thecontrollers use m¡rror ref lectors withprofiled cross-louvres which provide 55'cut-off both axially and transversely,reduc¡ng reflected images in VDUscreens. The controller combinesWideSpread l¡ght distribution w¡th anexceptionally h¡gh LOR.
I n conjunction with the appropriate bodi,the controllers form a range of recessedluminaires for 300mm modulesuspended ceilings with exposed orconcealed tee-bars.
Details of TBS 300 bodies, completewith pre-wired control gear, arecontained in Data Sheet PL 3020.
RANGEGBS 300/236 l\,45 Low glare controllerwith profiled cross-louvres for 1 200 x300mm 2-lamp body.GBS 300/258 l\¡5 - Low glare controllerwith profiled cross-louvres for 1 500 x300mm 2-lamp body.GBS 300/270 l!45 - Low glare controllerwith profiled cross-louvres for 1 800 x300mm 2-lamp body.GBS 300/418 ¡/5 - Low glare controllerw¡th profiled cross-louvres for 600 x600mm 4-lamp body.GBS 300/436 M5 - Low glare controllerwith profiled cross-louvres for '1200 xô00mm 4-lamp body.
APPLICAT¡ONSFor metric modular suspended ceilingsystems with exposed or concealedtees; spec¡fically for use with VDU's.
PL 3046/1To reorderlhis Dala Sheelquole
79
lssled 6/83
-l
cBs õ00/M5 - FtuoREscEllT tuMll{AIREFEATURESr Profiled cross-louvres prov¡de a lowglare appearance both axiallY andtransversely: reduce reflected images inVDU screens.
r Accurate mirror optics g¡veW¡deSpread distribut¡on which permitswider spacinq between rows ofluminaires. This reduces installationcosts, and the sideways light d¡stribut¡onimproves modell¡ng and reduces bothdirect and indirect glare.
r Exceptionally high LOF givesoperating economies that can pay for¡nstallation in a realistically short time.
r Fits flush into ceiling aperlures:complete luminaire has low installeddepth for use with shallow voids.
r Interchangeable with other light¡ngattachments in the range; commonhousings for both types of suspendedceiling simplify ordering procedures andstockholding.r Prestige appearance to enhance themodern electronic oflice.
r Optional a¡r handling on TBS 300 bodypermits the office environment to betotally controlled.
MATERIALS & FII{ISHFrame:- Aluminium. stove-enamelledwhite.Feflectors:- Aluminium. m¡rror f inish.
Louvres:- Alumin¡um. stove-enamelledwhite.
SPECIFICATION(complete lum¡na¡rel¡ Type compliance with BS 4533 102 2Ordinary lndoor Class I (electrical).
r Rad¡o interference: Complies with Sl'1 978 No. 1268: Regulat¡on 6.Suppressed for use in residential areas.
r Complies w¡th CIBSrecommendat¡ons (T[.46 - Light¡ng tomeet the specif¡c visual taskrequirements for visual display areas.)
To specify state:Modular recessed lumina¡re withlow-glare character¡stics, comply¡ngw¡th CIBS TM6. To be based onstandard body with optional air handl¡ngfac¡lity, and wide cho¡ce ofinterchangeable lighting attachments.To give WideSpread d¡str¡but¡on w¡thLOFì exceeding 0.60, and to be suitablefor use with TLD krypton-filled 26mmdiameter lamps. S¡milar to Ph¡lips TBS300 with lvl5 controller.
RANGE OF OPERATION240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor conditions.
SL- -.
80
ORDERING DATA
Catalogue NumbersController Body
Nominal s¡ze Packin!
9uantitt(mm)
GBS 300/236 [,45GBS 3OO/258 M5GBS 300/270 MsGBS 300/41 I M5GBS 300/436 M5
TBS 300/236TBS 300/258TBS 300/270TBS 300/41 8TBS 300/436
1 200 x 3001 500 x 3001 800 x 300
600 x 6001 200 x 600
44444
Notes:Complete lumjna¡res should be ordered by us¡ng this Data Sheet in conjunct¡onwith Data Sheet PL 3020, which contains deta¡led information on pre-w¡red bod¡esand suitable lamps for these conùollers, includ¡ng packing quantit¡es.
The range also includes general-purpose mirror controllers w¡th Widespreaddistribution and h¡gh LOR (see Data Sheet PL 3023), and acrylic pr¡smat¡ccontrollers (see Data Sheet PL 3021 ).
Please order in the form given in the follow¡ng example, in multiples of the packingquant¡ties:-
1 00 Ph¡lips recessed lumina¡re bodies ïBS 300/41 I100 Phil¡ps l¡ght¡ng attachments GBS 300/418 l\,45
400 Philips lamps TLD 18W84.
DATA300Lam
Nadlr l¡lensilY
btE Élux code21 6cd/1 000 I m
61 96 100 1 00 65
Glare Data
PHOTOMETRIC DATATBs 300Four
Nad r lntensityCIE FluxCode
216cd/1000 I m61 96 100 100 65
SHR MAXSHR I¡AX TRPoinl-bv-Point
(Square) 1 66 (l 5 NON/)(Contrnuous Rows) 1.85
Calculalion
ULORLDLOBL
0.00 N/ulliply byeach SeryìceCorrection FactorLORL
0.65065
Glare Data
cBs õ00/M5 - Ftu0REscEt{T [UMlt{AServ¡ce Correction Factors
Util¡zation Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Multiply by each Seruice Correction Factor
Test No. C675 Daledi 83.03.03
lvleasured in accordance with BS 5225Calculations Based on CIBS Tñ/5 and TR10
Service Correclion Factors
18W
Lenqth Factor 1.00
Colours 80 Faclor 102
38mm Factor N/A
Ballast Lumen Faclor 1.00
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Test No. C675 Dated: 83 03 03
Measured in accordance wilh BS 5225
Calculal¡ons Based on CIBS TMs and TR10
36W 58W 70wLenqth Faclor 1.00 1.00 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.O2 1.02 1.O2
38mm Factor N/A N/A N/A
1.00 1.00Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00
LOW GLARE MIRROR (M5)
FìECESSED
Room ReflectancescwF 0.75 't.00 1.25 1-50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50
3010
433B35
494542
545047
575451
61
5B56
64
596361
6B6664
706B66
50 503010
20 423B35
4A4441
535047
5350
605755
6260
646260
6462
676664
30 503010
20 41
3735
474441
51
4946
5451
49
585654
605857
61
6058
63626'l
656362
000 33 40 45 4A 52 54 56 58
SHRSHB
(Square) 1.66 (1 5(Continuous Rows)
Calculalion1.85TFì
IJLOBLóloRt'LoRL
N¡uhiply byeach SeruiceCorrection Faclor
0.000650.65
ClassificallonBZ (RI 2.5. SHR NON¡)
ACGOgz2
36w
ACGGla¡e
Lumìnous Area (sq cm)
70w5260
58W4380
LOW GLARE MIRROR (M5)
Mountinq: RECESSED
Room Heflectances tloom lndex
cwF 0.75 1.00 't.25 1-50 2-O0 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
70 503010
20 433835
494542
545047
575451
61
5B56
64
59
666361
6B
64
7068
50 50 203010
423B35
484441
535047
565350
605755
6260
646260
6462
676664
30 50 203010
41
37 4441
51
4946
5451
49
585654
605B57
61
6058
63
61
65
62
000 33 40 45 4B 52 54 56 58 5g
Glare BZ (Rl 2 5, SHR NOM)Luminous Area (sq cm)
1BW
ACGOClassilicationFluxACG
!-.
81
N¡ultiply by each Sery¡ce Correction Factor
I
GBS 5OO/M5 . FTUORE$CEIIT TUMIIIAIRE
a2
Lum¡na¡re - Made in Holland
r'1,I
GB$ 300/Ml & GBS 300/tul2lllrror controtlor¡ for TBS 3OO bodb¡
Top lllustratlon -GBS 3001M1 Lowet ¡ I I ustrat¡on - G B S 300 I M2
A range of controllers to fit d¡fferentverslons of the TBS 300 body. Theoontrollers use mirror reflectors toprovlde Widespread distri butioncomblned with exceptionally highLoR, and have croós louvres to controlglarê and provide a pleasingappearance.ln conjunction w¡th the approprlalebody, the controllers form a range ofrscssssd luminaires for 300mmmodule suspended ceilings withoxpossd or concealed tee-bars.Details of TBs 3oo bodies, completewllh prewired control gear, arecontained ¡n Data Sheet PL 3020.
BAIIGIGBs 300/236 M1 - controllerwlth white cross louvres for1200 x 300mm 2-lamP body.
GBS 300/236 M2 - controllerwith prof iled louvres for1200 x 300mm 2-lamp body.
GBS 300/258 M1 - controllerwith white cross louvres for1500 x 300mm 2-lamp body.
GBS 300/258 M2 - controllerwith profiled louvres for1500x300mm 2-lamP body.
cBS 300/418 M1 - controllerwilh whlte cross louvres for600 X 600mm 4-lamP body.
GBS 300/418 M2 - controllerwlth profiled louvres for600 x 600mm 4-lamp body.
GBS 300/436 M1 - conlrollerwith white cross louvres for1200 x 600mm 4-lamp body.GBS 300/436 M2 - controllerwith profiled louvres for1200x 600mm 4-lamp body.
Toreordorrhisoatdshsstquote PLõ02112
L83
'l$u6d 9/82 Fôplsc€s PL 3023/1 & PL 9024
i
:
l]
l
r
APPLICATIONSFor metric modular suspendedceiling systems with exposed orconcealed tees, in s¡tuations such as:rShops and department storesrOffices and execut¡ve suitesrMunicipal buildingsrHospitalsrRestaurants and hotelsrCinema and theatre foyers¡Banking and commercial halls
FIATUi!3rFits flush into ce¡ling apertures;complete lum¡na¡re has Iow installeddepth for use w¡th shallow vo¡ds.rAccurate mirror optics g¡veWideSpread distribution whichperm¡ts wider spacing betweenluminaires. Th¡s g¡ves economic,aesthetic and light¡ng benef¡ts.
rMiror-f inish ref lectors w¡thanti-glare louvres combine to provideexceptionally high LOR, lowbrightness for v¡sual comfort and aprestige appearance.rType GBS 300/M l - white louvres -combines WideSpread benefits w¡thh¡gh LOR for all general officeappl ications.rType GBS 300/M2 - proliledmirrotrf inish louvres-lor low br¡ghtness.rBoth types are interchangeablewith other light¡ng attachments in therange; common hous¡ngs for bothtypes of suspended ce¡l¡ng simplifyordering procedures and stockhold¡ng.
Frame: Aluminium, stove-enamelledwhite.Rellectors: Aluminium, miror f in¡sh.Louvres: (Type GBS 300/M 1 )
Alumin¡um, stove-enamelled whitecross louvres.(Type GBS 300/M2) Aluminium,m¡rror f¡nish profiled cross louvres.
sPtctFtcaïroN(complete lumina¡re)rType compliance with BS 4533 2.2Ordinary lndoor Class I (electrical).rRadio ¡nlerference: Complies withS1 1978 No. 1268: Regulation 6.Suppressed for use in residentialafeas.To spec¡ly stale:Modular recessed lum¡na¡re, basedon standard body with wide cho¡ce ofìnterchangeable lighting attachments.To give !T¡deSpread distr¡but¡on w¡thLOR exceeding 0.65, and to besuitable for use w¡th TLD krypton{illed26mm diameter lamps. Sim¡lar toPhilips TBS 300 w¡th M1 (l\¡2)conlfol lef.
RAìGI OF OPERATIOII240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor conditions.
GBS õ00/M1 and GBS õ00/M2 t[U0REScEl{T [UMll{AIRES
Section showing engagement of attachment into body
M1 M2
ORDERING DATA
Catalogue NumbersControllel
Body
GBS 300/236 l\,41
GBS 300/236 M2GBS 300/258 M lGBS 300/258 M2GBS 300/418 M1GBS 300/418 M2GBS 300/436 M1GBS 300/436 M2
Lum¡naire: l\ilade in Holland
Nom¡nalslze
TBS 300/236TBS 300/236TBS 300/258TBS 300/258TBS 3OO/41BTBS 300/418TBS 300/436'fBS 300/436
1200 x 300mm1200 x 300mm'1500 x 300mm1500 x 300mm600 x 600mm600 x 600mm
1200 x 600mm1200 x 600mm
Packing quanllly
444444Avai¡able tospecial order
Nole:Complete luminaires should be ordered by using this Data Sheet ¡n conjunction withData Sheet PL 3020, wh¡ch contains detailed information on prew¡red bodies andsuitable lamps, for these controllers including pack¡ng quant¡ties for these items.Acryl¡c prismat¡c controllers are avai lable lor the compl ete range. See Data Sheet PL 3021
Please order in the form g¡ven ìn the followi ng example, in multiples of the pack¡ngq uantities:'100 Phil¡ps recessed luminaire bodies TBS 300/418'100 Philips l¡ghting attachments GBS 300/418 M2400 Phil¡ps lamps TLD 18W/84
a4
l-cBS õ00/M1 and GBS õ00/M2 FIU0RESGEilT rUMNA
DATA300
iiåil'Jl'J#:254cdl1000 lm57 91 98 100 72
8lFMAXMAX
(Square)(Cont¡nuous
't.82 (1.75 NOM)1.85TFì Flows)
Data
Service Correction Factors
36W 58WLenqth Factor 1.00 '1.00
Colours 80 Factor 'I ô2 1.O2
38mm Factor NA NA
Ballast Lumen Faclor 1.00 1.00
Utilization Factors UF foTSHRNOM
¡,4ull¡ply by each Serurce Correction Factor
ffiOTOMETRICDATAfBS 300
Test No. C391 Daled:82.01.27Measured ¡n accordance wilh BS 5225Calculâtions Based on CIBS TM5 and TR10
Test No. C389 Daled:82.01.27Measured in accordance with BS 5225Calculations Based on CIBS TMs and TR10
Four LamP
MIRROR WITH WHITELAMETLAE (M1)
Mounling: BECESSÊO
NadI lntensityCIE Flu¡ Code
261cd/'!000 lm52 92 98 100 71
SHR MAXSHR IVIAX TR
1.A7 11.75Rows)
NOM)'t.91
ULORLDLORLLORL
0.00o.7l0.71
Mulliply byeach SeruiceCorreclion Faclor
Glare Data
Service Correct¡on Factors
18W 36W
Length Faclor 1.00 1.OO
Colours 80 Factor 1ñ2 1ôt38mm Faclor NA NA
Ballasl Lumen Factor 1.O0 1.00
Util¡zat¡on Factors UF (F) lor SHR NOM
MIBRORWITHWHITELAMELLAE (M1)
Ræm lndexcwF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.OO
70 20503010
NANANA
585451
586562
636967
71
697472
777574
NANANA 5o
61
5754
6460
676462
69
65
71
67
737170
50 205030'10
747372
696765
30 50 2030.t0
NANANA
565250
5956u
5957
65
61 u71
6968
70
000 NA 48 52 55 59 ot 63 65 66
Mult¡ply byeach Seru¡ceCorrection Factor
0.000.72o.72
Llminous Area (sqcm)
58w
0.00ACGO
BZ2(Bl 2.5. SHR NOM)Glarè
gz
Room lndêx
cwF 0.75 1.50 2.U) 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
70 503010
NANANA
58u51
625855
65
59
69
63
71
6866
737068
757371
767573
50 503010
20 NANANA
57
51
6057
636058
676462
696765
7068ã7
7271
69
747271
30 50 203010
NANANA
56
505654
625957
65
61
ô8
65
7068
71
7069
000 NA 49 52 55 59 61 62 64 65
ACG ClassilicataonGlare BZ (nt 2 5 SHR NOMjLumrnous Area (sq cmt
ACGOBZ1
Flux Ralio
85
Mult¡ply by each Seruice Correction Factor
GBS õ00/M1 and GBS õ00/M2 FLUORESGEI{T tUMlÌlAlRESPHOTOMETRICDATATBS 300Twin Lam
I\,4IRROR WITH PROFILEDLAMELLAE (IV2)
(¡ounlrng: RECESSED
Nad( InlensúyCIE Flux Code
251cdll000 lm63 95 99 100 67
SHR l\¡AX (Squâre) 1.79 (l 75 NOI\4)SHR l\,44X TB (Conlinuous Rowsì 1 95
ULOFLDLORLLORL
0.000670.67
N.4ulliply byeach SetuiceCoreclion Factor
Service Correction Factors
Utilization Factors UF SHR NOM
Service Correction Factors
Utilization Factors UF for SHR NOM
Multiply by each Seryice Coreclìon
À,4ulliply by each Seruice Coreclion
Glare Data
PHOTOMETRIC DATATBS 300Four
257cd/1000 lm61 95 99 100 69
SHR NNAX
SHB ù/AX TR(Sqlarel 1 88 11 75 NOt\,1)fconlrnuous Rows) 1.95
ULORLDLORLLORL
000069069
i\¡ultrply byeach SeryiceCoteclroñ Faclor
Glare Data
36W 58W1.00Length Faclor 1.O01 .O2Colours 80 Faclor
38mm Factor NA
Ballasl Lumen Factor
Room1.00
lndèx
2.00
6057
6360
666361
6B 7068
72?068
NA
NA
575351
70 s0 203010
ì1
5652
5956
61
59646260
666463
6664
696866
50 50 203010
NA
NA69
NANA
545250
575553
6261
5g6361
6564
676665
30 50 20301o
67
000
Test No. C393 Dated: 82 0tIvleasured in accordance wilh BS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBS f¡,45 and lR10
624B 51 54 57 59 60
1BW 36WLenqth Faclor 1.00 1.00Colours B0 Facior 1 .O2 1.O2
38mm Faclor NA NA
Bâllâsl Lumen Feclor 1.OO 1.OO
Roôm Rellectences Rooñ lndex
cwF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
70 50 203010
NANA
5854 58
6461
6865
7068
7269
74727n
757372
50 50 203010
NANANA
575351
6057
6360
6664
6866
6967
71
7072
71
7n
30 50 203010
NANANA
565351
5956
61
5957
646261
666463
6766
6967
70
696â
000 NA
Test No C388 Dated: 82N¡easured in accordance wilh BS 5225Calculations Based on CIBS l[¡5 and TR10
49 52 55 5B 60 62
ACG ClassilrafonGlåre BZ lFl 2 5 SHR NOMr
Lumnous Area (sq cmì
58W4380
000ACGO
821
MIRROR WITH PROFILEDLAMELLAE (IV2)
ft¡ounlinq RECESSED
ACG Classfrca¡oñGlareBZr,,l25 SHBNOMì
Lum¡nous Area rsq cmr
18W
000ACGO
86
GB$300/PI & GB$300/P$2
A range of control lers to f¡t d ifferentversions of the TBS 300 body. lnconjunction with the appropriate body,thecontrollers form a range ofrecessed luminaires for 300mmmodule suspended ceilings withexposed or concealed tee-bars.Type GBS 300/P1 has a pr¡smaticPanel in a white opal frame andProvides controlled lightdistr¡bution; Type cBS gO0/pS2 hasaLinsomatic panel in a clear framelo provide W¡despread distribution.Detailsof TBS3OO bodies, complete|Tith prewired control gear, arecontained in Data Sheet PL 3020.
Prismatic controllers for TBS 3OO bodies
FANGEGBS 300/418 P1 - acryl¡cprismatic controller for600 x 600mm 4-lamp body.GBS 300/418 PS2 - acryl¡cLinsomatic controller for600 x 600mm 4-lamp body.GBS 300/336 Pl - acrylicprismat¡c controller for1200x600mm 3 or4-lamp body.GBS 300/336 PS2 - acrylicLinsomatic controller for1 200 x 600mm 3-lamp body.*GBS 300/436 PS2 - acrylicLinsomatic controller for1 200 x ô00mm 4-lamp body.GBS 300/236 P1 - acrylicprismat¡c controller for1200 x 300mm 1 or 2 lamp body.
Top ¡llusttat¡on - GBS 3001 P52Lower illustration - GBS 3001P1
GBS 300/236 PS2 - acrylicL¡nsomatic controller for'1200 x 300mm 2-lamp body.GBS 300/136 PS2 - acryl¡cL¡nsomatic controller for1200 x 300mm 1-lamp body.GBS 300/258 P1 - acryl¡cprismatic controller for1500 X 300mm 1 or 2 lamp bodyGBS 300/258 PS2 - acrylicLinsomatic conttoller for1 500 x 300mm 2-lamp body.GBS 300/158 PS2 - acryl¡cLinsomatic controller for1500 x 300mm 1-lamp body.*Available to special order.
To r€order lhis data sheet quote PL3/.ælt5
87
lssu€d 7/83
APPLICATIOIISFor metr¡c modular suspended ceilingsystems w¡th exposed or concealedtees, ¡n s¡tuations such as:rShops and department storesrOflices and executive su¡tesrMunicipal buildingsrHospitalsrRestaurants and hotelsrCinema and theatre foyersrBanking and commercial halls
FEATUNES
rFits flush into ceil¡ng apertures;complete luminaire has low installeddepth for use w¡th shallow voìds.rNon-yellowing acryl¡c panel ensureshigh LOR with good maintenance.
rPl panels have external pyramidprisms to give ellicient light control.
r PS2 Linsomat¡c panels giveWideSpread distribution which permitswider spacing between rows ofluminaires. This gives economic,aesthetic and lighting benefits.rlnterchangeable with other lightingattachments in the range;commonhousings lor both types of suspendedcei l¡ng simplify ordering proceduresand stockholding.
HATER|ALS & Fü{t9r{ControlÈr panel: (P1) Acrylic, withexternal pyramid prisms.Frame-Polystyrene.(PS2) Acrylic Linsomatic mould¡ng.
sPrcrFrcaïloil(comb¡nàtion ol body and attachment)
rType compl¡ance w¡th BS 4533 2.2Ord¡nary lndoor Class I (elêctr¡cal).rRad¡o interference: Compl¡es withSl 1978 No. 1268: Regulation 6.Suppressed for use ¡n residentialareas.
To specily slâte:Modular recessed luminaire, basedon standard body with w¡de choice ofinterchangeable l¡ghting attachments.
To have acryl¡c controller anö to besu itable for use with TLD kryptonJilled26mm d¡ameter lamps. SimilartoPhilips TBS 300 with P1 (PS2)controller.
BAIIO! OF OPINATION(combinåt¡on of body and attachmðnt)
240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor conditions.
Lumlnalre: Made in Holland
GBS 300/Pl and GBS 300/PS2 PRISMATIC CONTROILERS
DrHEtlStOraS, WE¡OI|TS & lLlcTBlc L DATA
See Data Sheet PL 3020 for physical and electrical data on complete lum¡nairo3,
ORDINITC DATA
Catalogue Numbers BodYControllef
Nomlnål 8lze Pscklng quanlllt
GBS 300/4'18 P1
cBs 300/418 PS2GBS 300/336 P1
cBs 300/336 PS2GBS 300/436 PS2
TBS 300/418fBs 300/418TBS 300/336TBS 300/436TBS 300/336TBS 300/436
600 x 600mm600 x 600mm
1200 x 600mm
444
200200
200200500
x 600mmx 600mm
x 300mmx 300mmx 300mm
GBS 300/236 P1 TBS 300/1 36TBS 300/236TBS 300/236TBS 30û/136TBS 300/258TBS 300/158TBS 300/258TBS 300/158
1200 x 300mm
GBS 300/236 P52cBS 300/136 PS2GBS 300/258 P1
GBS 300/258 PS2GBS 300/158 PS2
1500 x 300mm'1500 x 300mm
Nole:Complete lumina¡res should be ord€red by us¡ng th¡s Data Sheet in conjunction w¡th Dâl¡
Sheet PL 3020, which conta¡ns detailed inlormation on prsw¡rod bod¡€s and suitabl€lamps for these controllers, includ¡ng pack¡ng quant¡t¡es lor thes€ itams,
Please order ¡n the form given in th€ following example, ¡n mult¡ples of the packlngquantit¡es:100 Philips r€cessed lum¡nalre bodles TBS 300/418100 Ph¡l¡ps I¡ghting attachm€nts GBS 300/418 PS2400 Ph¡lips lamps TLD 18W84
88
44
7-DATA
GBS 300/P1 and cBS 300/PS2 pRtSMATtC C0Service Gorrect¡on Factors
Utilization Factors UF forSHR NOM
277cd/100060 89 98 100
lm60
TR(Square)(Conl¡nuous
1.52 (r.50Rows)
NOt\,4)1.66
Dala
PflOTOMETRIC DATAf8s300Four LamP
PRTSMATTC (P1)
Mounl¡ng: RECESSED
Multjply by each Serv¡ce Correction Factor
il¡dilnlonsituCIE Flux Cd;
279cdl1000 lm59 89 98 100 64
l44I- (square) t.63 (1.50 NO¡,|)MAXTR icdntinJous Rows) r.gó
Serv¡ce Correction Factors
18W
Length Factor 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.O2
38mm Factor
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00
Ut¡lizat¡on Factors UF IoTSHRNOM
Test No. C392 Dated: 82.01.25Meâsured in accordance with BS 5225Calculations based on CIBS T[r5 and TR10
Test No. C390 Daled:82.01.25Measured in accordance wilh BS 5225Calculat¡ons based on CIBS lM5 and TFì10
36W 58W
Lenqlh Faclor 1.00 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.02 1.02
38mm Fâctor
1.00 1.00Ballast Lumen Factor
PBTSMATIC (P1)
RECESSED
Room lndexcwF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.ü) 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
4339
70 50 203010
474340
51
4744
535047
575451
595654
61
5856
6l5g
646361
50 50 2030't0
4238
464240
494644
4947
555250
5755
585655
60
57
626059
30 50 203010
41
38454240
484543
504846
5149
55
52
565553
58
56
605858
000 38 42 44 47 50 51 53 55
Mult¡ply byeach ServiceCorrection Faclor
0.000.600.60
0.00RatioACGO
82
36w
Classfic¿lionBZ (Rl 2.5. sHR NOM)
cwecm){sqLuninous Area
5BW4040
Room Reflælances R@m lndex2.fi 3.OO 4.OOc w ts o.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00
4541
38
494542
545047
565350
5754
6057
646260
676463
686765
70 50 203010
50 50 203010
444037
4A4542
524946
5249
585653
61
5856
626058
646261
6463
535149
57u52
59
55
605857
626069
63
61
30 50 2030.10
434037
474442
51
4846
5a000 36 40 44 47 50 54 56
0.000.640.64
¡/ultiply byeach ServiceCorrection Factor
0.00ACGO
au(Rt 2.5, sHR NOM)(sqcm)
Data
89
¡,lultiply by each Serv¡ce Correct¡on Factor
LINSOMATIC COVER WITHCLEAR SIDES
lvlounting: RECESSED
fr
GBS 300/P1 and GBS 300/PS2 PRISMATIC CONTR0LLERSPHOTOMETRICDATATBS 300S le Service Correct¡on Factors
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHF NOM
Nadir lntensilyCIE Flux Code
1 93cd/1000 I m54 86 96 97 72
SHÊ N¡AX (Square) 1.95 (1.75 NOM)SHRMAXTR (ContinuousRows) 1.96
ULORLDLORLLOFL
0.010.710.72
Multiply byeach ServiceCorrection Factor
Glare Data
TBS 300Service Correction FactorsTwin P52
Ut¡lization Factors UF forSHR NOM
Nadir lnlensityCIE Flux Code
1 90cd/1000 I m54 84 96 97 63
SHF N¡AXSHR MAX TFì
(Square) 1.92 (1.75 NOM)(Continuous Rows) 2.23
ULORL o.o20.610.63
DLORLLORL
¡/u¡tiply byeach SeruiceCorrect¡on Factor
Glare Data
¡,4ultiply by each Service Correclion
Multiply by each Service Correclion
ACG ClassilicatlonGlare BZ (Rl 2.5, SllR NOI¡)LuminousAreâ (sqcm)
58W4040
0.01AC90
az3
58W
Length Factor 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.02
38mm Faclor
Ballast Lumen Faclor 1.00
Room Refleclances2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00cwF 1.25 1.500.75 1.00
747270
676361
706764
726966
70 50 20301t)
NANANA
5651AR
605552 56
u6-74
J2696664
71
6967
5755
656259
676562
50 50 203010
NANANA
545047
5B5451
7371
69
6361
666463
686765
565351
595654
636058
30 20503010
NANANA
535047
706867
000 NA
Tesl No. C426 Dated:82.04.15
N/easured in accordance wilh BS 5225
55 58 60 6245 49 52 63
Lenqth Faclor 1.00
Colours 80 Factor 1.02
38mm Faclor
Ballast Lumen Factor 1.00
Room lndexIRoom Refleclances2.50 3.00 4.000.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00cwF
585552
61
5855
626057
656260
6664
62
70 50 203010
NANANA
484441
524B45
5451
48
6057
626058
63
62
60
NANANA
47434l
504744
524947
56
51
5B5654
50 50 203010
484543
5'l4B46
545250
565452
575554
595B56
60
59
58
30 503010
NANANA
454240
000 NA
Test No. C427 Dated:82 04 15
¡/easured in accordance w¡lh BS 5225
41 47 50 51 53
LINSOMATIC COVER WITHCLEAR SIDES
Mounting: RECESSED
Flux Fraclion RatioACG ClassilicalionGlare BZ (R12.5, SHR NO¡,4)
Luminous Area (sq cm)
58W4380
ACGOBZ3
90
l
7-
Tilllil 005PRflTEGTflR GPGorrosion. resistantfluorescent luminairee -Category of ProtectiontP65
Protected luminaires for TLDlluorescent lamps. Category ofProtection 1P65. TMw 065 luminaires arelor use in conditions^of dust, moistureand corrosion where ordinary luminaireswould not be suitable, bul where therels no hazard requiring 'Flameproof' or'Type N' luminaires.
FANGE
TMW 065/1 18 for one TLO 18W lamp.TMW 065/158 for one TLD 58W lamp.TMW 0ô5/258 for two TLD 58W lamps.Overtubes are available for both lamplengths.
AÞPLICAlIONSPossible applications include:r Load¡ng bays.r Multi-storey car Parks.r Bottling plant.r Laundries.r Food processing (with overtubes).I outbuild¡ngs.r Transport stations.
roreordorthisDatashssrquote PL 3058lssued BePlaces PL 3052
!-tt{l.r|CÐdl.r|ttF-b---Þ--rn
¡--91
TTIW 065-PRflÏECTtlR GP
FEATURES
Durabil¡tyr GBP body is resistant to mostcorrosive atmospheres.r Positive sealing of body halveswith f ull-length gasket.r Optional overtubes protect lampsand mainlain lamp temperature incold conditions.
Fasl, easy inslallationr Lightweight top plate is fixed toceiling before gear tray is attached.r Gear tray hangs from top platewhile electrical connect¡ons are made.r Gear tray is quickly fastened bypeg-cl i ps.r V symbol - may be mounteddirect on to suitable wooden surfaces.r Classllelectrical - no Earthrequired.¡ Optional acrylic overtubes havehigh light transmission and resistanceto yellowing.
DIMENSIONS & WEICHTS
M^TER|^LS & FllilSt{Body: Glass-f ibre reinf orced polyester,light grey.Peg clips: Polycarbonate.Overtub6s: Acrylic 38mm diameter, forTLO lamps.
SPECIFTCAt¡Ot{r Type compliance with 8S4533
(rEc 598)I Enclosure lP65 ('Dust.tight' and 'Jet-proof' as defined in BS 4533).r Class II electrical (douÞle insulâtion- no Earth required).r V Symbol. Luminaires may bemounted on suitable wooden surfaces.To specify stale: Fluorescent lampluminaire for arduous conditions usingTLD lamps with provision for acrylicovertubes. The luminaire shall complywith IEC 598, and shall meetrequirêments for 1P65, Class II electr¡caland V symbol. Similar to Ph¡lips TMW065.
Catalogus No. D¡m€nslons (mm)c
Weight(ks)A B D
TMW 065/1 18TMW 065/158TMW 065/258
66012701270
6060126
121121121
30012001200
1.4
4.7
ELECTRICAL DÀTA
RalingWatls(Running)
CircuitCurrent(Amps)
PowofFactor
1 x TLD 18W 600mm1 x ILD 58W 1500mm2 x TLD 58W 1500mm
2970
r40
0.250.35o.7
lagging0.500.950.95
Circuits are switchstart with starters inside gear lray.
ORDEBING DATÀ
Catalogue No. D€scrlpllon
TMW 065/118Tlvlw 065/158lMW 065i258
Protected luminaire for TLO 18W lamp.Protected lumina¡re for TLD 58W lamp.Protected luminaire for two TLD 58W lamps.
Overtube for 18W lamp.Overtube for 58W lamp.
Optional ov€rlubos
GMW 18TSGMW 58TS
Overtubes are complete with replacement lampholder r¡ngs, and are for TLD lamps only. Twoare required for lhe two.lamp batten.
Please order in the form given in the following example, All items are individually packed. AddPhil¡ps TLD lamps of colour requ¡red.'10 Ph¡lips Tt\4W 065/258 Protector GP lum¡naires-20 Phil¡ps GMW 58TS overtubes for TMW 065/258.
NANGE OF OÞERATION
r 240V 50Hz mains suppl¡es.I Rated service up to 25oC with
FIXING AND WIRING
Accessories included are two of
po¡e terminal block.
92
Luminalre: Made in W. Germany.
93
94
GflMMANIIOFIAMEPRflflTfluonescent luminaine
42480X
Fluorescent Iuminaires for Zone I,cert¡l¡ed by BASEEFA, and withenclosure to lP6S.
RANGE
One lamp 65W 1500mm (sft)Two lamp 65W 1500mm (sft)Starterless control gear.
Zone I lP65
APPLICATIONSFor use in areas designated asZone I, where flammable gases asl¡sted in 85229 croups II and III arepresent. Not for use in methane orcoal gas (Group M) atmospheres.
lo reorderlhis Data Sheetquôle
!-ct{rtlc.:'-liñEFL
=I-=-Irt
Pt 1 801 14
95
lssusd 8/83 Roplaces PL 1 801 /3
,rF,:
42480X42481X
l,r
COMMANDO FLAMEPROOF TUMINAIREFEATURES
rMa¡n components are strong die-castings of corrosion-res¡stant LM4aluminium alloy.rQuickly and easily Installed; thesuspens¡on brackets are fitled firstand the body of the luminaire is liftedup and hung in position,rsimple to relamp f rom the 'small'end of the luminaire, which may belowered to assist the Õperation.rTwo-lamp luminaiies consist of twoone-lamp luminaires on the samesuspension brackets, supPliedcomplete with interconnections'rEas¡ly wired; access to the terminalblock is gained by removal of thesp¡goþtype end cover and sealinggasket. The terminal block is of theclamp type, for live, neutral and earth,and is removâble. Term¡nals havecapacìty for up to two 4mm2 con-ductors. Cables enter the termlnalchamber via swivèl bushes incorpor-ating a weatherproof sealing ring.
Note: Bushes are normally earthed viathe outer of Ml cable; the luminairemust be eatthed hy sepatateconnection to the eafth teminal.
.ln cold conditions, MCFA lamps withexternal earth strip may be used for¡mproved starting.
RAIIGE OF OPERATIOIIFor indoor or sheltered outdoor useon 240V 50Hz supplies in ambienttemperatures from 0oC to 30oC. Forhorizontal mounting only.
Note: Ensute that there is sutl¡c¡entclearcnce tot thê lumina¡re to beswung vertically downwatds Íorrclamp¡ng.
WEIGHTS & ELECTBICAL DATA
Câlalogue RatlngNo.
1 x 65W 1500mm (sft)
2 x65W 1500mm (sft)
qt
96
Made in Grèat Britain.
Fixiñg ceñr€s I 836
1 938 24
sPECrFtCAlloNrclass I electr¡cal Earth required.roomplies with 85229: 1957 and8S889:1965.rCertified Flâmeproof by the BritishApprovals Service for ElectricalEquipment in Flammable Atmos-pheres. Certificate of Assurance No.EX.71 01 l. For use in Zone I hazardousareas Groups II and IILrEnclosure has protection to 1P65.
To specily state:Fluorescent luminaire for use inzone I hazardous areas, withendorsement to 1P65. Similar toPhilips Commando f lameProofluminaires.
TIATEBIALS & FINISH
Body, glaz¡ng cast¡ngs and endcovers: Gravity die-castings, LM4aluminium alloy to 8S1490: 1970,stove-enamelled two-tone greY.
Prolective sleeve lor lamP:silicate 9lass, cemented locastings.
Boro-glazing
P
OBDERING DATA
I eâse order thefollowing example,pack¡ng quantity:Philips Commando f lameProof42480X lumina¡res.Lamps should be ordered se
(Philips MCFF 65/80W/35).
Chcu¡lWalls(runnlns)
CircultCurenl(amperes)
Weighl(ks/lb)
Pack¡ngquantitY
0.40.8152W
76W 15/3330/66
-I
SPECIAL ,,,.00
PR0J ECT Rs*isf.]Hf#iJl"ou Luminaire
ü-UMINAIRES
Page
99'103
107
Description M.O.O.
New Streamlite 500Feature 250Featureline Trunking 100Featureline Luminaires 20OFinesse 100Zonalux 100Planner 100TCS429 Mirror Luminaires 50Modifications to all Philips standard luminaires arepossible subject to the above conditions. Pleaseenqui re.
Custom MadeA number of High Output optical systems havebeen designed to fit into custom made metal workto suit a particular installation,Types available are:-
Description
TBN284 VDU Mirror SystemTCS: Batwing Mirror SystemTBS100 Tailor Made Mirror LuminairsCRYSTAL LOUVRE: Air HANdIiNgPrismatic Louvres 100
Non StockSpecial versions of standard stock luminaire typescan be supplied to special order.Typical deviations from standard include vari-ations in:-Operating voltage e.g. 220VOperating f requency e.g. 60HzLight regulation (Dimmable) Control GearSpecial fixing arrangementsEiectrical connections (e.9. large terminal blocks,flyìng leads etc.)
A guide to MINIMUM order quantities follows, butavailabilily depends on technical feasibility andproduction economics. Enquiries to your localLighting Sales Desk.
I
i
I
i
M.O.Q
5010050
SpecialDesignlndividual desìgns to Customer's own needs andspecifications
-can be undertaken subject toM.O.O.Please see pages ll and lllof Generallntroduct¡on for inlormation on how to usethis Handbook.
97
.Ir J-J-tJ-
..t-.-
!-
--
! ..Æ
'r,
HONG KONG & SHANGHA' BANK
The Banx s new headquarters tn St. Helrcr. Jersey. saves energy two ways
- wtth 1 64 TBS 1 0O mtrror optic lumtnatres usrng colour 84 lamps, and with
An energy cOntrol syste¿n to Sw¡tch ofl unwanted lumtnatres Averagetllumtnance ts 600 lux.
TBS 100
¡' 'ù 'i-1,,>
,È,
?:. ,' toÍthe naffowest and a w¡der llange on the same lumina¡re.
Custom-made product . bu¡ltto spec¡al order
BANGECan be supplied in the followingswitchstart rat¡ngs:1 - lamp 36W (Minimum length1300mm; m¡n¡mum width 170mm)2 - lamp 36W (Minimum length1300mm; min¡mum w¡dth 295mm)1 - lamp sBW (Min¡mum length1600mm; min¡mum width 170mm)2 - Iamp sBW (Min¡mum length1600mm; minimum width 295 mm)
Cho¡ce of l¡ghting attachments:Mirror with white lamellae -W¡despread d¡str¡butionLamellae louvred istri but¡on
- normal dispersive F
ro,eord€rthisDåtasheetquote Pt3{130/2
-¿
i^,,r>,
fluorescent luminaires to fitdl lypes of suspended ceiling system.rilh mirror lourve construcl¡on.lvailable with normal dispersive orWidespread distribution and, integralhcililies for a¡r handling.
^n
advanced range of recessedLOR
for use with Philipser TLD krypton-filled
lampsand twin versions
al each end).
Lum¡na¡res can be supplied in anylength between 1 300 and 2500mm andany width between 1 70 and 600mm.lnstalled as single lumìna¡res or incontinuous lines wh¡ch may incorporatei nfi ll spacer boxes (depending on lengthof luminaire) to carry services such asenergy management controlcomponents and switches, ventilation,sound, standby lighting, fire detectionand control.
v,
I
Þl-
tn
99
lssued 6/83
i
I
i1
i
I
I
\i
TBS lOO - $PECIAI PROJECT I.UM¡I{A¡RESAPPLICAlIONSFor use with all types ol suspendedce¡ling system, wilh vrrtually any sizeof module, in situations such as:rOff¡cesrShops and department storesrBanking hallsrShowroomsrLaboratori esrAssembly and lecture areas¡Hotels
FEATURES
rFully recessed into ceiling to giveclean, uncluttered aPPearance.rChoice of !¡ght¡ng attachments, withhigh LOR and low br¡ghtness;WideSpread version uses mirroropt¡cs to spread the light s¡deways,giving econom¡c, aesthetic andlighting benefits (see leaflet PL 1608).rPowersl¡mmer TLD 26mm diameterkryptonjilled lamps use around I percent less energy than comparable38mm diameter argon-filled lamps ofsame nominal length.rTailotrmade to fit any ceiling module¡n the range 1300 - 2500mm long by170 - 600mm wide.r lnfill panels between luminairesprôvide space for bu¡lding servicesenergy management controlcomponents and sw¡tches (sound, f¡redetection, etc.) and part¡tion heads.
rAir slots are provided abovelunlinaire; air can be exhaustedeither via the plenunì or via an a¡r boxconnected to an air exhaust duct. Theexlìaust air box is attached to the ductby rneans of an 'instånt..clip'spigot.rL ighting attachme¡ts are reta¡nedby s¡mple. snap-in locks and hingedown on one side for hãndsjreerelamping.rBuilt-in support brackets can supportluminaire lletween two suspens¡onprof¡les while ce¡ling ¡s stìll underconstruct¡on.r When used w¡th Ph¡lips GPS100ceiling system and plank ceilìng l¡les olequal dimensions a very flex¡ble andadaptahle lighung installalron isachieved.rcan be supported by Philips GPS 100ce¡ling system without ¡nd¡v¡dualluûìina¡re supports.
ÊXHAUST SLOTAREA
Body: Sheet steel, 0 8mm thickwhiie slôve enâmel '
Mirror conlroller: AluminiLrmanodisecl ¡r¡rror with wh¡te I
reflector ând ¡ouvres, white lin
SPECIF¡CAlIONrTy¡re corìlpl BS 4533nce thOrd nary doo ClasrÊìadio interterence: Compl¡esSl 1978 No. 1268: Regulation 6.Suppressed for use in residenliata reas.
RANGE OF OPENAYION
240V 50Hz supp¡ies, or to specialorder.Normal indoor conciitions.
1x2x'1 x2x
36W36W58W5BW
4B9660
120
A¡r handl¡ng luminaircs ¡n Shell Centrc Supetma*et, London.
100
r TBS 1OO - SPEGIAI PROJEOT TUMIilA
ls
I
zz
Y
siig? lañp version
48
zX
fwin lamP version
LßHTING DATA S¡ngle lamp version fwin lampvelsion
cdll000 lmWidth X: 1701o400mm W¡dth X
Length Y36W58W
295 to 600 mm
58w1 300 to 2500 mm1600 to 2500 mm
1300 to 2500 mm1 600 to2500 mm
Note: Dimensions Z: lengths of infill panels
LßHT DISTRIBUTIONDIAGRAMS
18@ 1 800
12@ 2U
I r "fL" D 36W wlth mlrrol
Zonâl luminoÙs llu¡ diågram
2 x "TL" D 36W wlth mlrror
Zonal lumrnous llux dragrañ9@ 900
ô@
40
20
12@ 3@
15@
3@ 600 300
1 50t18@
1 ¡ "lL" D 58W wllh mlrror
Zonol lum¡nous llux diagram
r2ff
9@
6F
2 x "TL" D 58W wlth mlrror
Zonal luminous llux diagram
1 200
900
6@
300
@
100
600 1 800
TBS lOO - SPEOIAL PROJECT IUMIIIAIBESOPTIONAL VERSIONS
SUPPORÏ BRACKEÏS
the ceiling system is still beThe standard vers¡ons are
lng
Phsuit PS GPS 1
brackets00 ce¡l¡ ng
Support to matchof ceiling system can be ordered
INFILL PAI{ELSThe infill panels are well suitedinclusion of any f unction whichinlegrated into the ceilingsmoke detectors, electron
system,
gear for dimmiloudspeakers
ng switchand energy
controls
ASYMMETRIC VERSIONS
Normally the process of le
or
ORDEHING DATA
Since Philips custom-made productsare built to individual requirements,no stock ìs held and deta¡ls such asproduct dimensions are final¡sedbefore manufacture. Enquiries forcustom-made products should bedirected to the Spec¡al ProjectsDepartment, Philips Lighting, PO Box298, City House, London Road,Croydon cRg 3QR.
AIR SUPPLY
For ai r supply, the ri ms of the I u m i na i recan be fitted with slots on one or bothsides to allow linear air supplyd¡ffusers to be used
AIR EXI{AUSTSlots are provided in the top of theI u m¡ na¡re for retu rn i ng a¡ r to a negativepressure plenum.
widening the lumsymmetr¡cally on
Lamp: Made in HollandF¡tling: Made in Holland
tnatres ts carriedall sides
order, the housinq can be localedo
0r
102
DtMMttlGEQUIPMENTTungaten lampg
A rangecontrols
of electronic dimmers andfor regulatìng the output of
fluorescent ând lungsten lamps withmanual or automatic control.
FANGE
For 240V AC operationxR10-2kw10AxR 20 - 4kw 204Manual controlAutomat¡c control
I
APPLICAÏIONSPossible applications include:rOffice lightingrDisplay lightingrLecture theatresrConference rooms¡Board rooms¡Hospitals
v,!tÌtc-I
ÞF
rofeofderrhisDarasheerquore PL3034/3
103
lssued a-a4 Feplaces PL 3034/2
i
i
l
I
DIMMING EOUIPMENTFEATUFES
¡lnf ¡nitely var¡able brìghtness control.rl\,4anual or aulomatic.¡Fluorescent or tungsten loacjs.rUp to sjx dimmers can be operatedby one control.rsingle or three phase 240V
^Coperation.rl\,4ulti point control on automaticsysÌenr.rDinrmers arê frtled with hard firirì0circuitry to reduce the D.C. componentto less than 1 volt D.C. Jn a.Jdition theyare also fitted with a contactor toisolate both the load and cathodeheating circuit when dimmer ¡s in the'OFF' position. This contactoroperates aulomatica¡ly, at lhe end ofthe down facle to zero.¡Ventilation The heat em¡ss¡on fromthe dimnrers is less than 2o,/. of Iheconnected load The dinmers willoperate at full load in ambienttemperalures Lrp to 40"C. Should theanìbient temperalure exceed 40.Cthe dimmers must lle de-raledrFusinq and suppression- The 2kW(104) dimmers are protected by l+,,10 Amp cartridge fuse, and the 4kW(204 ) by a BSBB 20 A m p cd rtr i dqe fuse.Provisron ts ma(le fot externalprotection instead, but such externalprotection must be capable ofprotecti ng thyristors.rlnterference All dimmers are fittedwith an R.F.l. suppressor nelwork toreduce ¡nterlerence below the Iimitsset down by BSB00: 1977. However,audio and v¡deo system cables mustnot be ¡nstalled in the same conduitsortrunking asthe dimmed load cables.
Þimmèr cases: Constructed lromaluminium with a'Bonclene' fin¡sh.Lid: Constructed from alum¡nium,finished in a cream coloured semi-matt epoxy paint with black silkscreened lettering.
spEctFtcaltoNsrsupply:24OV 5OÅz
Fluorescenl loads:lvlaximLrm nLrmber of lamps perd i mmer
zfr 4fI 5ít
XR 1OXF 20
2754
1429
'2ll 20 watt lamps are operated 2 to a ballastTungslen filamenl loads-240V ratedxR 10-2kwxR 20-4kWNole: Fluorescent lamps must beequipped with control gear suitablefor dinìming and need a 4 wiresystem - fixed live, variable live,neutral and earth.
Controls:XC 1 0 - single switch plate mountingrotary control. Also see separate list.
RANGE OF OPEFATION240V AC 50H2.
2245
We¡ghts:XR10-24KgXF 20-3 4 Kg
Fixing centres:xR 10 - 210 x 210
xR 20 - 210 x 210
Conduil enlr¡es:XR 10 - 2 x 20 mm in the top and
b,ottom on the right hand side.XR20-1 x 20mm, 1 x 25mm
top and bottom on the righthand side.
Conlrol gear:XB42l1 Ballastoperatesl x4ft40W
lamp or 2 x 20W lampsXB 65/1 - Ballast operates 1 x sft 65W
lamp.
Dimens¡ons
B
c
ABCxRf0XR2O
2502AO
95 2AO120 280
D¡mensions in mm
104
OverallLength
D
0q0bz
Dimensions rn lllì
A
200235
B
444A
xB42/1xB65/1
Oimens¡ons
Fix¡ngCentres
BALLASTx965/1
I x40W
2x2OW
1 x65W
BALLASTxB42/1
BALLASIxB42l1
CONNECTIONS FOR:
xc 10 A basic turn control on asingletlush mounted plaÌe.
xc 11 As XC10 bul with additionalpush switch and LED Up to 4may be usedtogetherformulti-poinl corìtrol. A press ofthe switch gives conkol at thatpos¡tion.
xc 12 Re-set unit lo take lighting to100% on resumption ofsupplyafter power lailure. One to beused wilh each insta¡lation ofxc1 t.
2 push to make switchesi\¡ounted on a single fhrshmounted plate.
xc 13
xc 14 As XC13 plus LED's
Electronic potenlioneterunit {EPU). Corrnects with lheXR regulators to provideautomatic controls from amanual regulator whencorpled with an LPB 81.
LRP 23
I PB81 Conlrol panel g¡ving B
âulomalic conkol lunctiollsplus L ED level indication laruse w¡th LnP 23.Control functions are:a O[ to rnaxa On to presel 1
O On lo preset 2a otfa On & fade upa Stopa Down fadea Down & of
no cl rcumstances should tfìe
{road )
led.
connections be
üultiPle control inslallat¡on
INTERCONNECTIONS BETWÉEN XRlO/20 ANO XPlO
!qAa!
DIMMING EOUI
Fluorescent lumina¡res:Most standard and custonr designedfluorescent luminaires can benodified to take dinìnring gear.
Fluorescent ¡amps;Latrps rnust be Tl2 38mrn MCFE.
Tungsten lila¡nent lamps:Both the 10 and 20 Amp dimners canbe used to operate filament lamP¡nstallations up to their lull loadcapacity. ln lhese cases no connectionis made to the HL terminal.These dimmers willalso operate lowvoltage f ilament lamPs that aretransforrner led
Note-Discharge lamPs:llPl, HPLN, SON anrl SOX lamPS cannot be dinìrned with this equipnlenl.
Suitable mounting boxes.
tTEt\,4 N,4K ref
XP 10 B91ALI\¡
oooor¡nrn *PFOXIMIIY ESSËNT r\l-
FLUONESCENICOLDCAIHOOE.
FED IUilGSIENA fi]NGSIEN
"'"1nr rl
!9A,9-s_FLUONESCEN i.(toLD (r\rHooE
FEI] IUNGSIEI]&Ii,NGSTËI!
d¡mmer installalions: The range is as follows:
I
2¡0v rls er no I
noerwr I
xR'to
ìI
220 21AVar0 rlz
EÂFÌH IEr
SW L \,'E
DMLVF I!
sEttR \¡s
XFlOOR
XR2O
TI]REECOFìE
LV CABLELN
HLTLNfwo rwocoFE COßË
LVCABLE LV
N
L TL N HI.II" N HL TI, N
Three Dimmefs on one control
HL - F¡xed LineTL -- Variable Line
N - Neutral
XRlOoFl
XR20
XC11
XC1
XR1 O
ORXR2O
LVCABLE LVCABLE
12 COFìE 2 CORE
4 3
L
3 CORECABt.E
¡Lft
NEI]IoFeOOWN
o
FUSE
FACTOFYSEI INtrr'S
105
DIMMING EOUIPMENT
ORDTNIilGDATA
Catalogue No, Dêscrlpllon Paak¡ng Ouantlly
XB'10XR 20xB 4211xB 65/1xc 10
xc 11xc12xc 13xc 14LFP 23LPB 81
2kW 104 el€ctron¡c dimmer4kW 204 electronic dlmmer40W dimming ballast (1 x 40W or 2 x 20W lamps)65W dlmming ballast (lor 1 x 1500mm lamp)Rotary controlRotâry control with transfer facll¡lyFìesel unil for XC1 1
Tw¡n push button setTwin push button setwilh LEDElêctronic potentionmeterControl pansl for LRP 23
1
1
661
1
1
'1
,l
'1
1
Please order ln the lorm 9¡ven ¡n the following example, ¡n mult¡ples of the packingquant¡ty:
1 Philips rotary control XC 101 Ph¡lips electronic d¡mmer XR 106 Philips ballasts XB 65/'1
106
Made ¡n England
rNEGESSEII
UTUIIERGAIIIflPY
Ahlgh output lum¡nairefor highcolllngs indoors, or for use outdoorsunder canopies.
Fecessed luminaire to fit 600mmmodule, assembled from a standardbody and pr¡smatic controller, and awiderangeof prewired gear trays to accepthigh-etf icacy SON high-pressure sodiumand HPL-N mercury lluorescent lamps.High output combined with low brightnesspermits use on high ceilings without glare,ând exlernal use under canopies.Lum¡na¡res are supplied to special orderonly, complete with âppropriate gear trayand lamp.
n'l X:'l I-'l ü't s:l S t f I S,S
Gustom-made product-bu¡¡tto special order
RANGE
Supplied as a package, complete withbody, acrylic prismatic controller,prewired gear tray for any of the followinglamp types. and appropr¡ate lamp:-
r H¡gh-pressure sodium (150W, 250Wand 400W SON)r Mercury fluorescent (250W and400w HPL-N)
Gear trays can also be made up for thefollowing lamp types:-210W & 350W SON-H, 125W HPL-N and400w HPI-H (metal hal¡de)
.rf
APPLICATIONSlndoors:High output discharge lamp perm¡tsuse in high suspended ceil¡ngs, as in:
r Entrance hallsr Banksr Public concourses, etc
Optional w¡reguards are ava¡lable toperm¡t use in sports halls.
Outdoors:Use under canopies over:r Entrancesr Loading baysr Garage service stations and similar
areas.
To reordorthis Dala sheelquote P[ 3036/1
L107
lssued 6/83
RECESSED UNDERCANOPY LUMINAIBE SPECIAI PROJECTFEATUBES
¡ Fits into 600mm ce¡ling module lo giveappearance of handsome, shallowlum¡naire.r Uses either HPL-N mercury fluorescentlamp for white light and good colourrendering, or energy-effective SONhigh-pressure sod¡um lamp for m¡nimumrunning costs.r High output perm¡ts mount¡ng oñhigh ce¡l¡ngs; bridges the gap betweenconventional f luorescent lighting andhigh-bay luminaires.I lnjeclion-moulded acryl¡c pr¡smatíccontroller gives efficient light control w¡thgood lumen maintenance; s¡de panelsprovide upward light to brighten ceilìngand avoid'tunnel' effect.
¡ White-pa¡nted gear tray ensures highLOR; the unit is supplied separately,prewired for lamp of cho¡ce.
r Applications include semi-exposedoutdoor use (e.9. under canopies).r Low brighlness des¡gn reduces directglare.
r Optionalwireguards protect lumina¡re insports halls, etc.r Philips Projects luminaire - ava¡lable ina w¡de choice of configurat¡ons, and withgear trays to suit many lamp types.
MATEBIALS & FINISH
Body: 0.9mm sheet steel, Zintecprelreated and stove enamelled Acryl¡cwhite.Gear tray: Sheet steel, stove-enamelledwh¡te, with prewired low-loss control gearand three-way screw terminal block.Controller: lnject¡on-moulded clearacrylic, w¡th external pyramid prisms.
!a{pholder: (¡ntegral with gear tray)GES porcelain.
SPEGIFICATIONType compliance with BS 4533 2.2 CtassIinsulalion (earth required).
To Specity State: Recessed luminaire for600mm module ceil¡ngs, with prewiredgear tray for HPL-N/SON lamp andacrylic pr¡smatic controller w¡th LOFì inexcess of 0.66.
RANGE OF OPERATION
240V 50Hz supplies.lndoor or sem¡-exposed outdoorconditions.
DlMEll¡SIONS & ylrE|GHTS - Body and controller
We¡ght of assembly '14.2K9. 32lbs.
i
llt.
+ t +
--l
__J
tT
600
330
3002'l
_t
625
All dimensions in mm.
21 ØHole 4 of
20ØHoleGrommetted
108
l-RECESSED Ul{DERCAI{OPY TUMINAIRE SPECIAL
Util¡zâtion Factors UF folSHRNOM
NECESSED U]IIDERCAÍTOPYlunllr¡lne100w soN
Mounling: RECESSED
SHRMAX (Squâre) 1.80
UTOBLOLORLLONL
0.030.700.78
Mulliplybyeech SeryiceCoræt¡on Fâctor
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR NOM
Test No.2298
Test No. 2298
Fæm Retlætanæs Ræm lndex
cw F 0.75 1.00 1.25 l -50 2.m 2.5() 3.OO 4.(x) 5.m
70 50 2030'10
42
34
474339
48M
51
47
595552
625956
64
58
66u62
686664
50 50 203010
4036
464239
5046,13
4946
57 59
54
61
5856
63615q
6563Â1
5030'10
203036
4441
38
484543
51
4845
545250
575553
585654
5957
626059
000 31 40 43 47 50 51 54 53
Ræm lnd€x
cwF o.75 1.OO 1.25 1.50 2.m 3.tx¡ 4.00 5.00
70 50 2030'10
464138
4844
585349
61
56CJ
66625A
69 71
6865
7471 74
7'l
50 503010
20 454037
51
4643
565248 52
6057
6663
6865
706866
727068
30 50 '¿u
3010
M40
494542
54
47
56
50
60
55
ñ615q
65626l
676564
696766
000 35 40 45 48 55 60 61
109
RECESSED UI{DEßCAT{OPY I.UMII{AIRE SPECIAT PßOJEgfELECTRICALDATA
rYp6 LampTypo LlghtlngfÞ8ignLumêna (Stârt)
MalnsCun€nt(Run)
TotalClrcultWetta
MainaCuf¡ent
1,.
P2728l1 50 SONP2728l250 SONP2728l¡m0 SONP2728l210SON/HP2728l350 SON/HP2728t125HPL-NP2728l250 HPL-NP2728l400 HPL-NP2728/400HP!-H
150WSON250WSON400wsoN210 SON/H350W SON/H125W HPL.N25OW HPL-N4OOW HPL-N4OOW HPI.H
'13500
2400045000't72æ32600
58001250021300292æ
1.20'1.80
3.003.505.20't.10
2.103.503.30
0.901.302.201.552.300.701.302.10'r.90
17428044228374137268424424
,l
Values are averages, measured under standard conditions on 240V 50Hz supplies.
ORDER¡TGDATAPhilips cuslom-made products are nomally bu¡lt to individual rsqukemenls, although alimited stock is held of Recessed Undercanopy Luminaire bodiês and controllers, and ofgeartrays for the more popular lamp types.Enquiries for all custom-mads producls should be directed to the Sp€cial ProjsctsDepartment, at the address on this Data Sheet.
110
Prismatic Controller: Made ¡n
Lamp: Made in Great Britain & HollandLuminalre: Made in Great Britain
Cf)MMERCIALNCANDESCENT äENiii
FITTINGS åËñiïf,"^r svstem
FCS 310/320RCS 655 Two Way TrackW4001 Recessed Downlioht FittinosSwivel Downlioht Fittinos -Sq uare Downlíoht FittinîsRciu nd DownlioJrt Fitti no-sPtanr Lishring Set pLS iOOFWN 3õ5CWF 300 Chef Aid Kombipak
Page
113115117119121123125127131133135137139141143
Plea¡c ¡cc pagos ll and lllof Gcncr¡llntroductlon for lnlormatlon on how to usethlr Hrndbook.
111
112
DIIìE(Tfi)hrT/{cTfìY$ir=tl/t
ã.
_1..-.
J
1
113lssleds 84
PL
DGN49flMilUt$P0T$Adjustable miníspots forR39 30W, R50 40Wreflector lamps.
Smal¡ spotlight which takes ref lectorlamps oivìng a well controlled beam,complementìng the DCN 491 spotlight.
APPLICATIONSDomesl¡c¡Bedhead lightingr Picture l¡ghtingrWork surface lightingrNlirror lightingrLocalised light¡ng for reading orsewi ng
CommercialrHotel bedrooms - bedhead console,dressing tablerReception display areasrAtmosphere lighting for restaurantsrDisplay cabinetsrLocal effects in museums and artgalleriesrExh¡bitions¡Boutiques
RÂNGEDCN 490/20 white minispotDCN 490/42 brown mìnispot
t!!t .,
t;tv)c':t
-t--rl{
To reo¡der lhrs Oara Sheclquore 3076
NEW
DIBECT CONTACT SYSTEM
ll
rlI
l
l
I
,]
rl
FEAIUBES¡ D¡rect Contact System providescomplete versatil¡ty of l¡ght¡ng; allluminaires can be interchangedbetween baseplate and light¡ng track inseconds and without w¡ring changes.r Interchangeability of bod¡es,baseplates and adaptors simpl¡f iesstockholding; enables stock¡sts to offera wider range of luminaires from areduced stores inventory and users tobuild up a versatlle display lightingsystem with a small number olluminaires, Permits immediate addit¡onof alternative future types.r Co-axial plug perm¡ts un¡nterrupted360' rotat¡on, simpl¡fying setting ofbeam throw.r Luminaire is pos¡t¡vely locked inposition.
¡ Baseplates are quickly and simplyinstalled on wall or ceil¡ng: the system isClass lland the lum¡naires prewired, sothat there are only two connect¡ons tomake.. Baseplate covers are inv¡sibly retainedby internal clips; present¡ng unbrokensurface.I Completely safe to louch whenlum¡na¡re w¡thdrawn.r Baseplates also equipped with cablecleat and side entry knockout.r Baseplates have fixing slots including2 inch centres.
SPECIFICATIONTo specify state:- Spotlight systemwith positively-locked co-axial break,permitting interchangeab¡lity behveenwall baseplate and Iighting trackadaptor. Similar to Philips DirectContact System.
MATEBIALS & FINISHNon-metall¡c components:-GlassJilled polyam¡de.
Metall¡c components:-N¡ckel-plated brass.
RANGE OF OPERATION240V suppl¡es.Normal indoor use.Maximum loading 34.
t'
I
connection.
ACCESSORIES FOR DIAECT CONÎACT SYSTEM
Sl¡de the locking ring towards theluminaire body, and insert the co-axialplug into the þaseplate or adaptorsocket. Push the locking ring into thebaseplate to effect a secure mechanical
ORDERING DATA
The co-axial plug and socket perm¡tunlimited rotation of the lumina¡re forsimple beam aim¡ng, without any risk ofcables twist¡ng or breaking.
Catalogue No. Descript¡on Outer Box Qty
zzx010/20zzx010/40zzxo20/20zzx020/40zzx006RCS 655/1 5
White DCS baseplate (round - 80mm).Black DCS baseplale (round-80mm).White DCS baseplate (square - Bomm).Black DCS baseplate (square -80mm).Clamp f¡tling.DCS lighling kack adaptor (black).
8B
IIIB
' Accessories are individually packed, w¡th Euroslot header, within outer box.Please order DCS accessories in the form given in the following example.B Philips DCS light¡ng track adaptors RCS 655/1 5.
lvlade in Holland
Dilì¡l;rfi)trt-/{Çifl/$il=ll/l
I
115lssued9.& Nil
IIGN49IMINISPflT$4OW ad¡u6table mini'epotlight
Small indoor spotlìght f¡tting in whiteor brown to take the new 40W bowlreflector lamP, comPlementing theDCN 490 Minispot f itting
APPL¡CAlIONSSuitable appl¡cat¡ons include:
Domestic¡stereo console l¡ghtingrBedhead lightlngr Pictu resrwork surface lightingrLocalised lighling for reading,sewing, etc.
ÇommetcialrShop windows or cabinet displaYrHotel bedrooms - bedroom consoleand dressing tablerHotel reception disPlaY areasrLocalised spot lighting inmuseums, art galleries, restatlrantsand discolheques
FEATURESr The DCN 49 1 spotlight bociy has adirect contact connectol to take themounting accessory of your choice,(see accessories).r Compact d¡mensions inself-coloured white or brownpolycarþonate to take either 30 Watt or40 Watt "Ogive" bowl reflector lamp
r This type of luminaìre is best usedwhere a narrow, sharply defined beamis needed, to brightly accentuate adisplay item.r Wall mounting bases are extremelysimple to mount, w¡th 2 ins centres,and have a w¡ring cleat for surlacecable.
To reorder this Dala Shoetquole PL 3077
-,'t;i'r1"':
I
c:tIrt-
DCN 49I MINISPOTSFeatures continued
r Direct Contact System. A unique,patented mounting system, nowstandard throuqhout the Phil¡psdisplay light¡ng range. All DirectContact System luminaires terminatein a co-ax¡al plug which s¡mplypushes inlo the mounting plate oradaptor, and is securely held by alocking ring.¡ Direct Contact System providescomplete versatility of lightìng: allluminaires in the system can beinstantly interchanged betweenbaseplates and track, for change oflighting emphas¡s.r lnstalling ¡s simple - only baseplatesrequire fixing, thus obviatingproblems during decorating, forexampie.r lnterchangeab¡l¡ty betweenbaseplates and adaptors simplif ierstockholding: enables the user toincrease the versatil¡ty of non-trackinstallations and enables stock¡sts tooffer a wider range of options for areduced inventory.
SPEGIFICATIOl{r Type complies with 8S4533r CIass ll insulation: No earth requ¡redr For normal indoor use on 24OVsuppliesr Heat res¡st¡ng symthet¡c materials,alum¡nium shield, ceramiclampholder.
To spec¡ly state:lvliniatuíe, adjustable, narrow beamspotlight f¡tting in white or brownpolycarbonate taking 40W bowlmirrored lamp. Doubìle ¡nsulated.S¡milar to Phrl¡ps CDGN (CDHN) 491.
MATEBIALS & FINISHBody and base: Wh¡te or bro,./nmatt-f inished polycarbonate.Reflector: Spun aluminium,brightened and anodised inside,white or brown satin finish outside.Lampholder: Ceramic.
FANGE OF OPERATIONFor indoor use on 240V nominalsuPpl¡es.
DITENSIONS
48
òo
Alldimensions in mm
ORDEBING DATA
BEAM ANGLE, DAÎA
*Nominal m¡n¡mum beam anglbetween 507o intens¡ty values.
Peak beam ¡nlensity 3000 cd.
e measUred
CatalogueNo. Descript¡on Watts Su¡table forlamp types Box qryj
Outer
DCN 491 /20
DCN 419/42
White N¡inispot
Brown l\¡inispot
40w
40w
240'250V 40W SESBowl Reflector Lamp2401250V 40W SESBowl Reflector Lamp
ÂccEssoBlEs
zzx010/20zzxol0/40zzxo20i20zzxo20i40zzx006Êcs 655/15
White DCS baseplate {round)BommBlack DCS baseplate (round BommWhite DCS baseplate (square)Black DCS baseplate (square) BommClampDCS tighting lrack adaplor (black only)
ReplacementR39
lamps240V 30W SES c-rp reflector lamp 25240V 40W SES c;.p reflector lamp 25R50
N.B. Lamps, DCS wallplates, DCS adaptors and DCS clamps, should be ordered separately
For delails of Dìrect Contact System baseplales, track adaplor abd clamp, sea Data Sheet PL 3075.
ACCESSORIES FOR DIRECT CONIACT SYSTEM
fÐc'.4.a
(Ð
AEAMANGLE
LUI
l l245
15m
2.5n
3.5 m0m
lvlade in Holland
116
DilìE(ïfi)hrr/(If¡Y$Tr=rvr
{ËT
tr&=
117
PL
DGNI2OMIN¡SPflÏAdjustable Minispots for3OW/4OW reflector lamPs
A small spotliçjht which takes the F39 orR50 lamps, giving a well-conlrolledspotlight beam.
APPLICATIONS
Domest¡crBedhead lighting or dressing tableI ig hti ng¡ Picture lighlingrwork surface lightingrLocâlised lighting for reading orsew¡ng
Commercial¡Hotel bedrooms - bedhead console,dressing table, displâY areasrAtmosphere Iighting for restaurantsrJewellers' display cabinetsrLocal elfects in museums and artgalleries
FEATURESr The DCN 1 20 spotlight body has adirect contact connector to lake themounting accessory of your choice,(see accessories).r Compact dimensions in self-colouredwhite or brown polycarbonate to takeeither 30 Watt (R39) or 40 Watt (F50)ref lector lamp.r The well recessed lamp together witha clip-in black microgroove baffleproduces a well controlled beam with noside glare.¡Wall mounting bases are extremelysimple to mount, with 2 ins centres, andhave a wiring cleat for surface cabìle.
¡ Direct Contact System. A unique,patented mounting system, nowstandard throughout the Philips displaylighting range. AII Direct ContactSystem luminaires terminate in aco-axial plug which simply pushes intothe mounting plate or adaptor, and issecurely held by a locking ring.
To reorde.lhrs O¿ra Sheel quole
=C?Þ-EFt'lv,C?rñ--l¡ñI{
=-gl3078
NEW
DGil 120 MntSP0TFeatures cont¡nued
r D¡rect Contact System providescomplete versatility of lighting: alllum¡naires ¡n the system can beinstantly interchanged betweenbaseplates and track, for change oflighting emphasis.r lnstalling is simple - only baseplatesrequire fixing, thus oÞv¡at¡ng problemsduring decorat¡ng, for example.r lnterchangeability betweenbaseplates and adaptors slmplifiesstockhold¡ng: enables the user toincrease lhe versalil¡ty of non-trackinstallations and enables stockists tooffer a wider range of options from areduced inventory.
TATERIALS & FIÌ|ITHLamp houslng, shield and base:Polycarbonate.Diaphragm: Black polyamide.Lampholder: Ceramic SES.
SPECIFICATIONr Type complies with 854533r Class ll insulation: No earth requ¡red¡ For normal indoor use on 240Vsupplies¡ Heat resisting synthetic mater¡als,alum¡nium shield, ceramic lampholder.
To spec¡fy state:lvliniature double-insulated spofl ightfitting of square des¡gn. to ini;orporatea Philips 40W reflector Iamp R39/RSO.(R16). Philips CDGN 120 Kombi.
DilUENSTONS
o8l
All dimensions in mm
ORDERII{G DATA
Calalogue Descript¡onNo.
Watts For lamptypos:
Box Qty
DCN 120/20
DCN t20/42
30w/40w
30w/40w
R39/H50
R39/R50
Min¡spot-white
¡/inispol -brown 4
accEssoRrEs
zzx010/20zzx010t40zzxo20/20zzxo20/40zzx006RCS 655/1 5
White DCS baseplate (round) 80mmBlack DCS baseplate (round SOmmWhite DCS baseplale (square)Black DCS baseplate (square) SOmmClmpDCS lighting track adaptor (black onty)
III8II
Replacement lampsF39 240V30WSEScapreflætortampR50 24OV40W SES cap reflælor lamp
N.B. Lamps, DCS wallplates, DCS adaptors and DCS ctamps, shoutd be ordered sêparatelyFor details of Direct Contact System baseplates, track adaptor abd clamp, sea Data Sheet pL
ACCESSORIES FOF DIBECT COTITAGÎ SYSÎET
2525
118
Dilìtt;ifi)hl-¡/{Gifr\Æîl=lUl
L-119
lssud9.e N&
ACS
SPÍ|TTIûHTSAn indoor spotl¡ght andattachm€nts for use w¡th awide range of blown bulb andpressed glass reflector lamps
A comprehensive system of matchingcomponents to provide flexibility ofapplication.
RANGEACS 20 -White spotl¡ght withdetachablecollar for use with 1 00/150W PAB 38pressed glass lamps.ACS 42 - Brown spotlight as above.GGS 01 - Screening shield for Fl63(R20)lamps (60W reflector lamps).GGS 02 - Screening shield for R95(830)lamps (100W reflector lamps).GGS 04 - Parabol¡c ref lectors for 100Wbowl reflector lamps.W9622 - Black screen¡ng ringattachment for PAR 38lamps.
AÞPLICATIONSrShop w¡ndow displâyrHotel recept¡on areas - p¡cturel¡9ht¡ng, highlight¡ng island displayareas and plant group¡ngsrMuseums and Art GalleriesrEntrance halls and foyers of off¡ces,flats, public bu¡ld¡ngs, concert hallsr Domest¡c spotlighting ¡n lhe H63(R20)versionrPrest¡ge areas e.g. Boardrooms,Directors dining rooms, visitorsexh¡bition areas
FEATURESr The ACS spotl¡ght body has a directcontact connector to take the mountingaccessory of your cho¡ce, (seeaccessories).I An elegantly simple design for PAR38 or "Blown Bulb" reflector lamps,having choice of quick-changeattachments with which an interestingranqe can be bu¡lt up.
To reorde¡th¡s Oara Sheeiquoie PL 3080
AOS SPflTTIGHTS
Features continuedr Converts to give a h¡gh intens¡tynarrow beam when used with 100 wattbowl reflector lamp and the GGS04reflector.r Highly durable construction in self-coloured white or brownpolycarbonate.
¡ Direct Contact System. A un¡que,patented mounting system, nowstandard throughout the Ph¡l¡ps displaylightìng range. All Direct ContactSystem lum¡na¡res terminate in aco-ax¡al plug which simply pushes intothe mount¡ng plate or adaptor, and ¡s
securely held by a locking ring.r Direct Contact System providescomplete versat¡lity of light¡ng: allluminaires in the system can beinstantly interchanged betweenbaseplates and track, for change ofl¡ghting emphasis.r Installing is simple - only baseplatesrequire fixing, thus obviating problemsduring decorat¡ng, for example.r Interchangeability betweenbaseplates and adaptors simplifiesstockholding: enables the user toincrease the versatility of non-trackinslallations and enables stockists tooffer a wider range of options from areduced inventory.
SPECIFICATIONr Type compl¡es with 854533r Class ll insulation: No earth requiredr For normal ¡ndoor use on 240Vsupplies! Heat resisting synthetic materials,aluminium shield, ceramic lampholder.
To spec¡fy state:Double insulated, adjustable spotlightsuitable for reflector lamps uP to150W with provision for focusing'100W bowl reflector lamps, orshielding reflector lamps up to 100Wby means of accessor¡es; similar toPhilips ACS Spotlight.
MATERIALS & FINISH
Body and Base: Polycarbonate.We¡ght: 0.22 kg.
PAR 38 collar: Aluminium.R63(R20) & R95(R30) sh¡elds:Aluminium with black polyamideanti-glare diaphragm.Parabol¡c ref lector: Brightenedhammer-finish alum¡n¡um w¡th black¡nternal rim; smooth, white or brownfinish to rear.Lampholder: Ceramic ES type.
BANGE OF OPERATIONFor normal indoor use. For 100-240Vnominal supply. lvlaximum 150 Watts 2 Amps.Not suitable for 'Cool spot' PAR 38E/PAR 38 lamps.
l -t
-a-r-lr40 190ì
II
II i
ao
I
I)
Þ 1?2 -lLI
-l
Iw 9622I
All d¡mensions ¡n mm t12/!I
lll,
ili
ll
i
;
]l
l
ORDERING DAIACatal og uenumberACS 20ACS 42GGS 01/20GGS 01/42GGS 02l20GGS 02/42GGS 04i301GGS 04/304GGS 04/501w9622
oescri pl ion
BodyBodyR63R63R95
For lamp types Bot0h.
R95 Screening Shield Brown100W Ref leclor While/Clear1 00W Bellector While/Yellow1 00W Beflector Brown/ClearPAR 38E/PAFì 38 Screeninq Ring Black
'excluding'Cool spot'. Note: Lamps should tre ordered separately
accEssonlEs
White (ES LamPholder)Brown (ES Lampholder)
Screening Shield WhiteScreening Shield BrownScreening Shield White
PAF 38E/PAR 38Fì63/Fì95R63.Fì63R95R95Bowl ReflectorBowl BelleclorBowl FìellectorPar 38E/PAR 38'
150150
6060
100100100100100150
zzx010/20zzx010/40zzx020/20zzxo20/40zzx006RCS 655/15
White DCS baseplate (round) 80mmBlack DCS baseplale (round BommWhile DCS baseplate (square)Black DCS baseplate (square) BommClampDCS lighting track adaptor (black only)
N.B. Lamps, DCS wallplates, DCS adaptors and DCS clamps, should be ordered separatelyFor details of D¡rect Conlact System baseplates, lrack adaplor and clamp, sea Data Sheet PL 3075.
T@
ö
Lumina¡re: N¡ade in Holland.
120
Á)
r=/1
Þffi8ü¡'fi)hr7{cïfM;TEIVI
t/4\R
'\ ".,{r\$SIiT
121
NS trìt
i
llGN 350sP0TuûHTS
A spotlight for use with PAR 38E/PAR 38lamps and with the addition of a reflectorfor ô0 Watt bowl reflector lamps.
RANGE
DCN 350/20 White spotlightDCN 350/40 Black spotlight
ZZZ 350 /0O Alurninium reflector for60 Watt bowl reflector lamps.
W9622 BIack screen¡ng r¡ng (for usewith PAR 38E/PAR 38 lamps).
APPLICATIONS
rExh¡b¡tionsr D isp¡aysrPubl¡c bu¡ldings and hallsrShopsrHome workshopsrDomestic lighting
P13079
'l
i
rlt
--l{
DGlt õ50 sPorucHtFEATUFESr The DCN 350 spotlight body has adirect contact connector to take themounting accessory of your choìce,(see accessories).r An evêr-popular basic design for barePAR 38 or "Blown Bulb" ref lectorlamps.r Converts to g¡ve a high intens¡tynarrow beam when used with 60 wattbowl ref lector Iam p and lhe ZZZ 35o / 00reflector.r Highly durable construclion in self-coloured while or blackpolycarbonate.r Direct Contact System. A unique,patented mounting system, nowstandard throughout the Philips displaylighting range. All Direct ContactSystem luminaires telminate in aco-axial plug which s¡mply pushes ìntothe mounting plate or adaptor, and issecurely held by a locking rìng.
¡ Direct Contact System providescompletê versatility of lighting: allluminaires in the system can beinstantly ¡nterchanged betweenbaseplates and track, for change oflighting emphasis.r lnstalling ¡s simple - only baseplatesrequire fixing, thus obviating problemsduring decorating, for example.r lnterchangeabilìty betweenbaseplates and adaplors simplif iesslockholding: enables the user toincrease the versatil¡ty of non-trackinstallatiôns ând enables stock¡sts tooffer a wider range ol options lrom areduced inventory.
tatËRtaLs & FlNlsl{Body and base: polycarbonate.Reflector: Bri ghtened anod¡sedaluminium. Satin tinished backLampholder: ceramic E.S.
WE¡G¡IT180 g (w¡thout lamp or reflector)
sPEClFlcaTlol{r Type complies with 854533r Class ll insulation: No earth required
r For normal indoor use on 240Vsuppliesr Heat resisting synthetic materials,alumin¡um shield, ceramic lampholder'
RANGË OF OPERAÎIONFor indoor use on 240V nominal supply
ORDERIT{G DATA
Catalogue Oescript¡onnumber
accEssoBtEs
For LampTyPe
While spollighl 150
Black sætl¡oht 150
60W reilectór alumlclear 60
Screening ring 150
DCN 350/20DCN 350/40zzz350/oow9622
PAR 38E/PAR 38' R95, R63PAR 38E/PAR 38' H95, R6360W ES Bowl ReflectorPAR 38E/PAR 38-
zzx010/20zzx010/40zZXO20l20zaxo20t40zzx006FìCS 655/'15
White DCS baseplale (round)80mmBlack DCS basoplåle (round 80mmWh¡te DCS baseplate (square)Black DCS baseplale (square) 80mmClampDCS lighting track adaptor (black only)
'excluding "Cool Spot"
N.B. Lamps, DCS wall plates, DCS adaptors and DCS clamps, should be ordered separatBly
For dela¡ls of D¡rect Conlact System baseplates' track adaptor and clamp, see Data Sheet
ACCESSORIES FOB DINECT COTÎACT SYSTEH
'lI
i
Lum¡naire: Made in Holland
122
æ
t=ÌlDilìt=(;ifi)lrl-/{Gif¡rAiiEtl/t
123
ocN 210Halogen Spotl¡ghtsPencil-beam spotlight luminaires withintegral transformer and extra-low-voltage halogen lamp with integralref lector for precise long-throw displaywork or accent lighting. The luminairesincorporate Philips Direct ContactSystem which permits instant mountingto wall or ce¡ling baseplates or lightingtrack adaptors and allows unl¡mitedrotation for easy beam a¡ming.
RANGEQCN 210i35 Wh¡lespotlightwithintegral transformer and D¡rect ContactSystem co-axial plug, for 6V 35Wtungsten halogen lamp.
QCN 210/15 - Wh¡te sPotlight withintegral transformer and Direct ContactSystem co-axial plug, for 6V 1 5Wtungsten halogen lamp.
APPLICATIONSFor use in longihrow display work, orwherever a pencil beam of white light isrequired, as in:-¡ Display lighting (shops, shopwindows, museums and exhibitions).¡ Accent lighting (restaurants, bars,d¡scotheques and night clubs).r Lighting precision tasks (electronicassembly. opticians, watchmakers,jewellers and laboratories).
FEATURESr Two versions giving the choice of 35Watt or 15 Watt lamps.r Pencil or Narow Beam lamp options inOCN21 0/35 and OCN21 0/1 51,
¡ Self-contained, with ¡ntegraltransformer, and Direct Contact Systemfor total flex¡bility of installation.¡ Functional and timeless design blendseas¡ly with any setting.r Use pencìl 4' or 6' beams to h¡ghlightdisplays at greater distance, withoutglare, in high ambient illumination.
ro.eoderrhisDarash€erquote PL304112
tr,
QCr{ 210 - lllGAllDEsGEilT FlrTll{GsFeatures continued
¡ Highly efficient halogen lamps cutrunning costs by maxim¡z¡ng the l¡ghtutilization.r All Philips halogen spot lamps have aprotective front glass to keep the¡rreflectors in perfect condition,
r Easy change small baynel f¡tt¡ng.
DIRECT CONTACT SYSTEMThis highly llex¡ble mounting system,becoming standard¡sed throughout ourrange,offers benefits to both user anddistr¡butor.r Permits quick and simple mount¡ng oflightweight baseplates.r lnterchangeability beNveen track andseperate positioning.
¡ lnslant f ixìng or removal -for decoratingfor instance.r Co-axial mount¡ng allows 360'rotation,no wir¡ng fatigue.r Minimized stock holding of luminairebodies.
SPECtFtCATtOt{¡ Type compliance with BS 4533.r Class ll insulat¡on (No earth required).I lndoor use on 240V 50H2.r Unsuitable for most dimmers.
To!pecify state:Spotlight lumina¡refor 6V 35W (6V 15W)tungsten halogen pencil-beam lamp,with integral continuously-rated mainstransformer and Direct Contact Systemco-axial plug. Substantially as Phil¡psocN 21 0
fI
eN+t
E
35W Halogen SpotI 5W Halogen Spot 4"
max
E
15W Halogen Spot 6"
All dimensions in mrn
EANGE OF OPERATION
For use on 24OV 50Hz supplies. For indoor use only. Not for use with dimmers
BÉAT AIIOLE DAÎA6 Volt 35 Walt Halogen Spots 6 Voll 15 Watt 6
METFES
2 ffi,r* I \\
^ r*l
*'\ \ ."
MEIFES
l1@ 4
BEA[ANGIE
16ffi
l2s
3 ilú 5S
4 625 312
ÍEMES
I2 I
3 I
ILUX
DIRECT CONTACT SYSTEM MOUNTING ACCESSORIES'
1 00mm Square BasePlate
ZZXOll l2O\\hileRCS 655 Track adapler
RCS 655/15 black.80mm Fìound Baseplaìe
ZZXOlO/2Owhile.
LAMP DATA
Lamp lypeLâmp
Fôr luminaire intensity (cd) spread o¡ameter
6V 35W halogen spol 6'6V 35W haloqen spot 14"6V 15W halogen spot 4'6V 15W halogen spoì 6"
ocN 21 0ocN 2f0QCN 21 O
ocN 210
1 7,0004,000
1 0.0005.000
56mm56mm56mm37mnl
x3'x 7''x2'x3'
ORDERING DATA
CatalogueNo. DescriPtion Packing Oty
ocN 21 0/35
QCN 21 0/1 5L
QCN 21 0/1 55
Accessor¡es
Spotlight luminaire wilh integ.al and Direct
Contact System Plug, for 6V 35W 6" and 14'tungsten
halogen lamp.
Spotlight luminaire wilh integral transformer and Direct
Conlact System Plug, for 6V 15W 4'and l4"tungstenhalogen lamp.
Spollight luminaire w¡th integral lranslormer and D¡rect
Contact System Plug, for 6V 1 5W 6'tungsten halogen
lamp. Small diameler front cowl.
zzx010/20zzx010/40zzx020/20zzx020/40zzx006RCS 655/1 5
Lamps
White baseplate (round)
Black DCS baseplale (round) 80mm
While baseplate (square)
Black DCS baseplate (squa.e) 80mmClampLiqhting track adaplor (black only)
Cat No
6V 35W 6'6V 35W 1 4'6V15W4'6V 15W6'6V 1 5W 14'
64296430642564246426
Halogen spotHalogen spotHalogen spotHalogeh spotHalogen spot
Pleaseorderintheformgiveninthefollowingexample.inmuitiplesoflhepackingquantity Nolelft
lamps. baseplates and adaptors must be orcle.ed separatelv
I Philips haloqen spolliqhts OCN 210/351 0 Philips 6V 35W haloqen spot lamps 6"
1010101010
¡-i l
124
7-
Mini¡ture fluorescent wallond ceiling luminairesEnclosed lumina¡res of low installeddepth, des¡gned around Phitips PLsingle-ended miniature f luorescentlamps for exceptionally low energyconsumption and long lamp l¡fe.lhe lum¡naires can besurface-mounted or semi-recessed.
RANGE
FCS 310/209-White Light Tite withopal diffuser, suppl¡ed as a Kombipakcomplete with 2 x PLg m¡niaturelluorescent lamps, ballasts and f¡xingaccessories.
FCS 3t0 Fcs 320
FCS 320/21 1 * Whìte Light Tile withopal diffuser, supplied as a KombiPakcomplete w¡th 2 x PLl'1 miniaturefluorescent lamps, ballâsts and fix¡ngaccessories.
IIPPLICATIONSFor use wherever a decorat¡ve,funct¡onal lightsource ¡s required, as in:-
¡ Amen¡ty lighting,r Toiletsr Entrance hallsr Corridorsr Cloakroomsr Staircasesr Domestic applications
To¡€ordorrhisDåtåsheetquoro Pt3fl40/t
z
E'
l--125
lssued 9.82 Boplaæs PLg0 cn
'T,tiI'l
I
I
,],,
FGS õ10, FGS 120 - |]{CAIIDESCEI|T FlÏÏltlGS
I
i
I
FEATURES
r H¡ghly energy-effective - FCS320/21 1 gives more light than a '100W
GLS luminaire for a total circu¡t power ofonly 30W.r Long lamp life -typìcally f¡vetimesthatof GLS equivalent - reducesmaintenance costs and increases safetyin corridor and sta¡rcase areas.
r Slim profile - under 50mmsemi-recessed - permits unobtrusivemounting on low ce¡lings.
r lnlegral starters are automat¡callydiscarded at lamp replacement 10
ensure reliab¡lity.r Lamp phosphor uses componentsfrom Philips Colour 80 Series tocombine high eff¡cacy with good colourrendering and a colour appearancesimilar to that of a GLS lamp.r Easily installed.
DIRECT CONTACT SYSTEM
A unique palented mounting system,now standard throughout Philips displaylighting range. All DirectContact Systemluminaires terminate in a male co-axialplug which simply pushes ¡nto a base-plale or lighting track adaptor. and issecurely held in place by a locking ring.
r Wireless co-axial connection permitsunlimited rotation of lumìna¡re.
¡ Spring holds luminaire securely in setposition to provide accurate, fingert¡padjustment.r Luminaires are freely interchangeablebetween baseplatesandtrackadaptors,permitting complete flexibility of displayl¡ghting atrangements.r Baseplates are quickly and simplyinstalled on wall or ceiling; the system isdouble-ìnsulaled and the luminairesprewired, so thatthere are only two pushw¡re connections to make.r lnterchangeability of bod¡es,baseplates and adaplors simplif iesstockholding; enables wholesalestockists to offer a wider ranqe ofluminaires from a reduced storesinventory,
i
1
i
Li
l
.tì
j
Body:- White polycarbonate
Opal d¡fi user:- White polycarbonate
SPECIFICATIONI Type compliance with BS 4533.
rClass I electrical (Earth required).
To specify state:-Close ce¡ling lumina¡re for single-endedminiature f luorescent lamps wÌth integralstarters. To be capable of recessed orsemi-recessed mounting, with aninstalled depth under 50mm in recessedmode, and to be suppl¡ed complete w¡thlamps in a s¡ngle carton. Similar toPhiìips FCS.
RANGE OF OPERATION
For use on 240V 50Hz supplies.For indoor use only.Not for use with dimmers.
LATP,& CIBCUIT DATA
CalalogueNo.
Clrcult Power
PL9PL1 1
2630
. Measured under reference conditions after 2,000 hours'
DIMENSIONS
Catalogue Rat¡ng overall d¡mensions(mm)
lnslalled depth
FCS 310/209FCS320/211
240 x24Ox7O240 x 240 x75
4449
2xPLg2 x PL'|1
ORDEBING DATA
CatalogueNo.
Descriptlon Packing Qty
FCS 310i209
FCS 320/21 1
Spare lamps
PL9PL1 1
Please order in the form given ¡nthefollowing example. Lamps must beordered in multiplesofthepacking quantity.
Philips Light T¡le KombiPaks FCS 320/21 1 .
DesignLightingLumens'
510800
(semi-recessed)(mm).
No.
LightTile KombiPak, complete w¡th 2 x PLgLamps and fix¡ng accessor¡esLight Tile KombiPak, complete with 2 x PL11Lamps and lixing accessories
Single-endedSinqle-ended
fluorescent lamp (9W)lluorescent lamp (11W)
5050
126
Lum¡naires and lamps: Made in Holland.
r
127
lssusd 8/83 RedÞs PL 1m/5
nG$ 6õ5Two Way LightingTrack SystemlncorporatingDirect ContactSystemThree.conductor and earlh track andaccèesorles, wllh a versatlle rangeof dlsplay lumlnaires.
Si mply-i nstalled surf ace-mountedtrack of small di mensions and shallowdepth for use on single-phasesupplies at up to 1 6 Amps. Threeindependent conductors and separateearth perm¡t independent switchingof two sets of luminaires on the samelength of track.
RAIfCEExtruded alum¡nium track in threelengths of 1m,2m and 3m, withconnecting accessories (see P.3).A comprehensive range of displayluminaires fora wide variety of displaylamps and PL lamps.
aPPltcalroilsrShop window displayrShop interior displayrAssembly areas and workshopsrMuseums and art galleries¡Exhibit¡on hallsrFoyers and recept¡on areas¡Conference roomsrClubs, public houses anddiscothequesrRestaurantsrDomestic effect lighting
To ¡ærdorlhls Oåtå She6tquot€ P[ t858/6
7¡II
I
II
i
i
RCS 655FEATURES
rshallow depth track and couPlersallow increased headroom.
rThree standard track lengths; easilycut to alternative sìzes without theneed for special tools for trackpreparatì on.rTwo-way system perrn¡ts independentswitching of two sets of lurninaires.¡Except for straight coupler, lrackaccessories are not polar¡sed,greatly simplify¡ng layout planningand installation.rsinrple to ìnstall; slotted trackscrews directly to ceil¡ng, andconductor striP cliPs eas¡lY Yetf¡rn1ly into pos¡lion.rstrong U-section lrack.rËach conductor rated at uP to 1 64,permitling loads up to 4000W at 250V
Þ¡HEt{STONSTrack lengths:RCS 655/100 - 1.0mRCS 655/200 - 2.0mRCS 655/300 - 3.0mFixìng slots sPaced 250lnrnCouplers:RCS 655/08 Straight Coupler has aneffective length of 2mnr. Flex¡blecoupler has an effective length of272mrn. RCS 655/1 t has an effectivelength of 30mm. All Òther couPlershave an effective length of 33mm[,ive end connectùr:RCS 655/0'1 has an effeclive lengthof 86mm.Cènlral conneclof:RCS 655/00 Ceiling Plate PlusRCS 655/01 t.ive End Connector hasan effective length of 130mm.Dead End:RCS 655/04 has an effective lengthof 3 mm.Nofei The elfective length of thesecomponents must be âdded to thetraok lenglh in order to obta¡n theoverall length of an installation.
HATERIAIS & FII{ISHTrack: Anodised aluminiullìextrusion, natural finish, lvith copperconductors in separate cliP-¡ninsulated rnouldings ; plated earthconductor bonded to the aluminiurnchannel.Couplers: Self-coloured I ight greyinsulating malerial.
FANGE OF OPËBAÏION¡For normal indoor use only. Ceilingor wâll mounting.t24QY 50H2.
ÊLECTRICAL DATASingle-phase two-circuìt.i (max) : 16A (see d¡agram)Maximum load on 250V: 4000W164 max. in neutral conduÕtor.Must be eaÏthed.Guide lo lix¡ngMaximum permitted load 1okg (22 lb)pef mètre run.
Recommended attachment points peltrack length (4mm screws):-1m - 2 screws 3rn -4 screws2m .- 3 screws
F -- 3omrn --.--'l.-+l
rlItti Nú+
T19
l'5mnl
I
I
I
I
I
NL
SPECIFICATION
rDesigned to comply with 85.4533(rËc 570).
Ditect Contact System AdaqtorBCS
Conductoï sttipchannel.
128
X Çoupler RCS 655111
q
Live E¡td Connector FCS 655/01
a
Çoupler RCS 655108
\{
Flex¡ble Coupler RCS 655107
Dou þte Junction Box RCS 655 | 02
t
rRCS 655
lnstallat¡on viewed trom below
Cal. No. Descr¡ptlonKey
Gulde lo order¡ngIt is adv¡sable to start i nstal lat¡onfrom the L¡ve End Connector(BCS 655/01) and ce¡l¡ng ptate/cover{BCS 65s/00), jf used.The installal¡on should be plannedusing th¡s diagram as a guide.
'I
1a234567II
RCS 655/01RCS 655/00RCS 655/08RCS 655/06RCS 655/09RCS 655/1 1
RCS 655/04RCS 655/12FìCS 655./07RCS 655/02RCS 655/15
RCS 655/1ó0RCS 655/200RCS 655/300
Live end connectorCeiling plateStraight couplerL couplerT couplerX couplerDead endLoose adaptorFlexible couplerDouble junction boxDirect contact systemada ptor.Lighting track 1 .0m
Lighting track 2.0mL¡ghting track 3.0m
c¿iling Plate Rcs 655/00 may be usedloterminate the track to cover a largew¡ring aperture. lt has ¡nternal locationsfor up to four Live End Connectors at90o, and is neatly finished by a squarecover. For use only with Live EndConnectors RCS 655/01.
Dead End Rcs 65s/04
(See page 2)
ce¡lins plate Rcs 655t00 Loose adaptor RCS 655112 (includingcord gt¡p) ¡s s¡mply litled by pressingadaptor at r¡ght angles onto ùack andtutning ¡t through 90o to lelt ot t¡ght(depend¡ng on citcu¡t requited).
L-129
nG$ 0õ5DrilcloollTrofrYtlüA unloue patented mountlng sy8tgm.All Dlr'oct'Contact Systom luminalresterminate ln a male co-axial plug whichslmply pushes lnto a baseplat6 or llghtingtraik âdaptor, and ls securely held lnplaco by a locklng rlng.
I Wlreless co-axlal connectlon permltsunllmlted rotatlon of lumlnalre.
¡ Spring holds lumlnalre securely in setposltlon to provlde accurale, t¡ngertlpadlustment.r Lumlnaifes arg lroely interchangêablebEtwe€n baseplatos ahd track adaptors'psrmlttlng complete flexlblllty of dlsplayllghtlng arrangemonb.¡ Baseplatgs are quickly and simplylnstalled on wallorcelling; the systom 18
doublelnsulated and tho lumlnalrosprewlred, sothatthere ar€ onlytwo pßhwlre connections to maks.r lntêrchangéäbllity of bodles,baseplatê8 and adaptors slmpllÍlesstoakholdlng; enables wholesalostocklsts to ofier â wldsr range oflumlnair€s îrom a reduced storeslnvêntory.
DATANo,
RCS 655/200RCS 655/300RCS 665/01RCS 655/00RCS 665/08RCS 655/06Rcs 665/09RCS 655/1 1
RO8 6õ6/04RCS 665/12RCS 666/07RCS 655/02RCS 666/16
track 2mtrack 3mconnector
Ceillng plateStraight coupl€rL couplerT oouplerX couplerDead endLooss adåptoÌ
1
1a2345o7II
Floxlblo couplorDgublèlunctlon boxDCS adaptor
130
Tracksyslۖ8: Made in Hol
t3tlssusd 8/83
w4001Rece¡¡sd downlight
RAI{GEAdjustable for PAR 38E/PAR 38, BIownBulb Reflector Lamps, Cool Beam,PowerRay and the MLFì plant lightinglamp.W4001 can be used with infra-redlamps, to maximum 375 watts, andMLR 160W.
APPLICATIONS
rShop windows for display lightingrOver countersrShow cases, light¡ng from aboverCorridorsrHotel hallsrFoyersrHeat curtains to shop, hall and off¡ceentrancesrPlant lightingrProcess heating
FIATURESrThe W4001 is a simple yet versatiledownlight which can easily be removedfor access.r The Downlight has an adjustablelampholder enabling various lamps tobe used.r The aluminium finish of the bezel issu¡ted to modern decor-
ro reorderthis data sheor quote PL1ll0l4
TT 4OO1 - IIIGAilDESGEIIT IUMI]IAIRE
iI
I
tl
TATERIALS & FII|ISH
Fitling body: Cleâr anodisedaluminiumBracket: Zinc platedLampholder: Porcelain E.S.
FrxlltcThreê countersunk holes in166mm P.C.D. Top bracket
Fully recessed luminaìrealuminium bezel, havinglampholder height for all
ELECIBICAL DATA
Class I electr¡cal (Earth required) for'100/240V supply 3A max. Fìtled withheat res¡sting tails and cleat.
For 24V PAR 38 or R1 25 lamps replacetails supplied by heat res¡sting w¡ring of6A current rating.
LIGHTII{G DATA
Beam angles and intens¡tìes of refle¡,^lamps are g¡ven on the relevant Dqfj'vSheet pages. The beam.angle of w¡darbeam lamps may be slightly reduced-'but loss of illuminat¡on is min¡m¡zed iÅthis luminaire by the br¡ght reflective '
internal f¡n¡sh of the cYl¡nder.
RANGE OF OPERATIOI{Normal ¡ndoor conditions.
DrtExatoils & wEtcltlHelghtad¡ustment(mm) Dlameter CeillngCut-out Flange Welght
238 max.,200 min. 142.8 mm 146 mm d¡a
ORDÊRING DAÎA
flange onpre-drilled
with brightadjustableref lector lamps
for two height adjustment positionsand for mounting a heat resistantjunct¡on box if requ¡red.
SPECTFTCAI|ON
rType compliance with BS 4533
¡ Fully recessed lumina¡re for bothdownlighting and infra-red processapplicat¡ons, suitable for a variety ofreflector lamps.
To specify slate:
187 mm 650 q ES
up to 375W max. Philips w4001
Lumina¡re: Made in UK
LATP DATA
Calalogue No. Descr¡pl¡on Pack¡ng Ouanllty
w4001 Becessed downl¡ght
o
I
I-TI 48
w4001
120"ooN
147
(di meilsioosin mm)
Lamp Type Watts Volts Flnlsh cap Pack¡ng Oty. Lamp We¡ght (g)
R95PAR 38E/PAB 38Rl 25lnfra-red, Reflector
.Power Ray HPLFìMLR
75/'tO060/80/120
'150
250t300/375125160
240125024024012502301250
)40
101 5/910I
1212
D¡lfused/ColourSpoUFloodi ColourDiflusedRed/ClearD¡ffusedDillused
70325105150128'109
ESESESESESES
.t
I
Coolspot 150 240 SPot ES 15 _ 325*Appropriate control gear must bo used with th¡s lamp. See data sheet PL 1779,
Note that lamps should be ordered separately.
PHITIPS TIGHTINGP.O. Box 298 C¡ty HouseLondon Roâd Croydon CR9 30ß
PhiliD Llrctonìc and A$mùkú lndwtiß LiniÞd
132
133
lssued 8/83 Bsptâcss PL 18m/3
SWIUETIIflWNTIGHT$A fully-recessed downl¡ght eyeball typein white or brown that can be rotated toachieve the required light¡ng etfect.For use with R95 þlown bulb ref lectorlamps and PAR 38E/PAR 38 pressedglass reflector lamps.
FANGESwivel fully-recessed for R95 andPAB 38E/PAR 38 lamps -Sw¡vel DBN 101/20 (whitejSwivel DBN 101/42 (brown).
APPLICATIONSrHotel reception areas, entrance
halls and foyersrShops and bouliquesrBallrooms and discothequesrExhibitions and museumsrBars in public houses and clubsrBoardrooms and executive olficesrDonìestic ellect Iight¡ng
ro reordêr rh¡s oara shset quote Pt 1860/4
swlvEt D0wlluGHTsFEATURESr Eas¡ly swivelled by fingerpressure.I Easily installed and connected.r Heat-resistant black aluminiumdiaphragm is shaped to accommodate895 blown bulb or PAR 38 pressedglass lamps.rDistinctive cove des¡gn to ceilingbezel/plate.rMark-resislant, tough poly-carbonate/polyamide materialsensuÍe easy cleaning and a long,trouble{ree lile.rPopular white or brown colour is setoff by smooth black diaphragm toreduce ref lected glare.r Luminaires are in individual cartonspacked foI protect¡on.
Downlights are also available inmatching square and round versionswith optional wallwasher attachments.
Details of Square Downl¡ghts are givenin Data sheet PL 1 861 .
Detai¡s of Round Downlights aregiven in Data Sheet PL 1 862.
TATEBIALS& FII{IsHCeiling base: Polycarbonate, self-coloured white or brown.Lamphous¡ng: Aluminium, white orbrown.D¡aphragm: Black aluminium,removable. Smooth f inish.Lampholder: Porcelain ES.Conneclor box: Polyamide.Weighl:6009.
SPECtFICAÌ|ON¡Type compliance w¡th BS 4533.rClass II electr¡cal protection (doubleinsulated-no earth requ¡red).
RANGE OF OPEBATIONFor i ndoor use on 240V nom i nal supply
Luminaires: Made in Holland.
OBDEAITG DATACalalogue No. Descr¡pt¡on Box Suitabielor Maxlmum
DBt¡ 1 01 /rODBN 101/42 Sw¡vel Downlight(brown) 4 R95, PêFs8E/PAR38' 150
' E""l,,dil S 1 sOW C""ßPlease order luminaires in multiples of the packing quantity.
12Omm
ø21O-22Omm
:
'l
i.
iì
i
t,¡
l
Note that lamps must be ordered separately.
134
's,r$
K
135
tssued7.33
-l
SQUANEIIflWNTIGHI$A complementary range of recessed,semi-recessed and surf ace-mounteddownlights for use with reflectorlamps and pressed glass lamps.
RAT'GEFully-recessed, semi-recessed andsurface-mounted downlights, avail-able in white or brown, and in threesizes to take the following lamps:-
R63 895 PAR38E/PAR38tully-recessed DBS420 DBS421 DBS422
Sem i-recessed DSS420 0SS421 DSS422
Surface-mounred Dcs420 Dcs421 Dcs422
aPPLtCAttOltSiHotel reception areas, entrance
halls and foyersrShops and boutiquesrBallrooms and d¡scothequesrExhibitions and museumsrBars in public houses and clubsrBoardrooms and executive otficesrDomest¡c work surface light¡ng
ttt
-t-lroreorderrh,soarasheerquore Pt1861/6
=eì,Þ=Filv,C:I
SQUARE DoWlltlGHTs
l
l
FEATUNËSRecegsed and semi'recessedvefsions:r Lumìna¡res are s¡mply pushed throughce¡l¡ng apertures and are secured bystrong concealed leaf springs whichadjust to ceiling thìcknesses up to50mmt no fix¡ng screws are visible.rQu¡ckly connected to Pre-wiredterm¡nal block with cable clamps andheãt-res¡stant wir¡ng in covered box..L¡ght weight.Surlace-mounled vers¡ons :
r Easy installation - once the ce¡l¡ngplate is secured, the other componentsare fixed by a patented lock¡ng system.
rÇolour-niatched to recessed range,with contrast¡ng black slotteddiaphragm.rNo visible fixing screws.rQuick electrical connection bY
means of heat-res¡stant pre-wiredterm¡nal block.General leatures:rMatching styling throughout therange.rDistinctive cove design to ceiling/bezel plate.¡Mark-resistant, tough PolY-carbonate/polyam¡de materialsensure easy cleaning and a long,trouble-lree life.rPopulaf white or brown body colouris set off by black detachable groovedd¡aphragm which minim¡ses rellectedglare.r Supplied in individual cartons forprotection.Downlight fittìngs are also ava¡lable inmatch¡ng square and round vers¡onsw¡th optional wallwasher attachments.Details of Round Downl¡ghts are givenin Data Sheet PL 1 862.
HATERIAIS & FIT{ISHMain bodli: Sell-coloured poly-carbonate, white or brown.Diaphragm: Black ultramide,removable.Connector box: Noryl,Lampholder: Porcelain ES.
SPECTFTCAIlONrType compliance with BS 453i.rRecessed and sem¡-recessedversion: Class I electrical protect¡on(earth required).rsurface-mounted vers¡ons: Class IIelectrical protection (no earth requ ired)
BANGE OF OPEBATIONFor i ndoor use on 240V nom¡ nal supply
irl
1lt
Ceiling ApertureCeilinq Aperlure
T-I
I
g¡:niål
1..*"",,.tl.- ¡Be2'lrss -+rll_ Õc.¿¡,r5.
-+
Ivlaximum ceiling thickness 50mm
Dimens¡ons in mm
--l
__r
ORDERIIIG DATA
Calâlogue Descrlplion gox Suitabletor Ma¡imumWattageOty. lamp typeNo.
DBS421 /20 White square f ully-recessedDBS421 /20 White square fully-recessedDBS422/20. While square fully-recessedDBS42O / 42 Brown square f ully-recessedDBS421 /42 Brown square fully-recessedDBS422/ 42 Bt owî square Íully-recessed
4 R63 60W4 R95 100w4 PAFì38E/PAR38', ..l20/1sow4 R63 60w4 R95 100W4 PAR38E/PAR38' 120/150W
4 R63 .60w4 Fì95 100w4 PAR38E/PAR38- 120/150W4 R63 60w4 R95 100w4 PAR38Ë/PAR38'*',l20/150w
4 R63 6ow4 F95 100w4 PAR38E/PAR38. 120/150w4 R63 60w4 R95 100w4 PAR38E/PAR38" 120/150w
DSS420/20DS5421 /20DSS422/20DSS420/42DSS421 /42DSS422/42
Whìte square semi-recessed downlightWhile square sem¡-recessed downlight
downlightdownlightdownlightdownlightdownl¡ghtdownlight
downlightdownlightdownlight
White square sem¡-recessedBrown square sem¡-recessedBrown square semi-recessedBrown square sem¡-recessed downlight
DCS ?O /20 White square surf ace-mounted downlìghtDCS421 /2O White square surface-mounted downlightDCS422/ 20 White square surface-mounted downlightDCS42O / 42 Brown square surface-mounted downlightÐCS421 I 42 Brown square surface-mounted downlightDCS422/ 42 Brown square surf ace-mounled downlight
' Exclud¡ng 1 50W Cool Spot lamp.Please order lum¡naires and accessories in multiples ol the packing quantityNote that lamps must be ordered separately.Luminaire: Made in Holland.
136
137
lssueds/83 B€placss PL l8ô215
RflUIUIIDflWNTIGA complementary range of recessed,semi-recessed and surface-mounteddownl¡ghts lor use with reflectorlamps and pressed glass lamps.Clip-on wallwashers are ava¡lable forthe recessed and semi-recessedversions.
RANGEFully-recessed, semi-recessed andsurface-mount¡ng downl¡ghts,available in wh¡te or brown, and ¡nthree d¡ameters to take the followinglamps:-
R63 R95 PAR38E/PAß38Fully-recessed Ð8S430 08S431 08S432
Semi-recessed DSS430 DSS43l 0SS432
Surface-mounted DCS430 oCS431 DCS432
0ptionalwall-washers GGZ430 GGZ431 GGZ432(fully- and semi-récessed versions)
aPPLtCAltOltS¡Hotel reception areas, entrance
halls and foyersrShops and boutiques¡Ballrooms and discotheques¡Exh¡þ¡t¡ons and museumsrBars in public houses and clubs.Boardrooms and executive offices!Domest¡c work surface lighting
=Cì'Þ=F'lu,cìtFFI
rE
-l-lroreo¡de¡rhisDårasheorquore PL1862/6
l
l
ROUIID DOWIITIGHTSFEAÎUBESRecessed and semi-recessedversions:rSimple lixing by strong concealedleal springs which will adjust toce¡ling th¡cknesses up to 50mm; novisìble fixing screws.rQu¡ckly connected to pre-wiredterm¡nal block with cable clamp andheat-resistant w¡ring ¡n covered box.rwallwasher attachments si mplyclip ¡nto pos¡tion, and can be rotatedthrough lull 360".rLight weìght.Surlace-mounted versions :rQuick electr¡cal connections bymeans of heat-resistant pre-wiredterminal block.¡Colour-matched to recessed range,w¡th contrasting black slotted gallery.rNo v¡sible f¡x¡ng screws.General lealures:r Matching styling through the range,whicfrincludes the usef ul miniature R63size.rD¡st¡nctive cove des¡gn to ceil¡ngbezel/plate.rlnterest¡ng wallwasher attachmentgives excellent glare cut-olf and isideal for shelf or counter display, orgeneral wallwashing.rMark-resistant tough polycarbonate/polyamide mater¡als ensure easycleaning and a long, trouble free life.rPopular white or brown colour ¡s setoff by black detachable grooveddiaphragm which mìnimises reflectedglare.¡ Luminaires are suppl¡ed ¡ndividuallywrapped for protect¡on.Also available in Square and Swivelversions.Details of Square Downlights aregiven in Data Sheet PL 1861.Details of Swivel Downl¡ghts aregiven in Data Sheet PL 1 860.
XATERIALS & FII'ISHSurf ace-mounted luminaire:Aluminium body, white or brownlacquerêd f inish, polycarbonate base.Recessed littings; White or brownpolycarbonate body.Diaphragm: Black polyam¡de,removable.Wallwasher attachment: White orbrown polycarbonate.Connectot box: Noryl.Lampholder: Porcela¡n ES.
SPEC|FtCAïtOilrType compliance with BS 4533.rClass I electrical protection (earthrequ i red).
BAXGE OF OPERATIOI{For ¡ ndoor use on 240V nomi nal supply.
CatalogueNo, Descr¡pt¡on
DrtEt{sroxs
H
BECESSEO V€FSIONCeiling Ape(ure
SEMI RECESSEO VEÊSION SUFFACE MOUNTING VERSTONceiling APeilu¡e
T-I
Mûmúæ¡arhdn*tu
SEMI BECÈSSED VERSION FUILY RECESSEO VERSIONwlrH waLL wasHEn ÀiratHr¡ENf wtrH waLL wasHEa arracHMENT
t r ''lT- g
ORDERIIIG DATABox SuilablelorQty.. lamp type
M ax¡mumWattage
DBS430/20 Whitefully-recessedDownlightDBS431 /20 While fully-recessed DownlightDBS432/20 Wh¡tefully-recessedDownlightDBS430/42 Brownfully-recessedDownlightDBS431/42 Brownfully-recessedDownlightDBS432/42 Brownfully-recessedDownlightDSS430/20 Wh¡tesemi-recessedDownlightDSS431/20 Whitesem¡-recessedDownlightDS5432/20 Whilesem¡-recessedDownlightDSS430/42 Brownsemi-recessedDownl¡ghlDSS431/42 Brownsemi-recessedDownlighlDSS432/42 Brownsemi-recessedDownlightDCS430/20 Whitesurface-mountedDownlighlDCS431 /20 White surface-mounted DownlightDCS432/20 Wh¡tesurface-mountedDownlightDCS43O/42 Brownsuface-mountedDownlightDCS431/42 Broúnsurface-mountedDownlightDCS432/42 Brownsurface-mountedDownlightOptional wallwasher atlachmentsGGZ430/20 WhitewallwasherGcZ431/20 Wh¡tewallwasherGGZ4g2/2O WhitewallwasherGGZ420/42 Brown wallwasherGGZ431/42 Brown wallwasherGGZ4\2/42 Brown wallwasher
4 R634 Fì954 PAR38E/PAR38-4 Fì634 R954 PAR38E/PAR38'4 R634 R954 PAR38E/PAR38'4 R634 R954 PAR38E/PAR38'4 R634 R954 PAR38E/PAR38'4 R634 R954 PAR38E/PAR38'
863R95
60w100w1 20l1 50W60w100w1 20l1 50W60w100w1 20l1 50W60w100w120/150W60w1 00w120/'t50w60w100w1 20l't50w
60w100w1 20l1 50\i/60w100w't20l150\41
444444
PAR 38E/PAR 38'R63B9sPAR 38E/PAR 38-
*Excluding 150W Cool Spot lamp.Please ord€r fittings and âccessor¡es ¡n mult¡ples ot the pack¡ng quantity.Note that lamps must be ordered separately.Luminaire: Made in Holland.
138
J-
139
lssu€d 8/83
PLAlllïTIGHTIIIIG $ETKflMBIPIKPLS 160Pendant luminaire foill 60W MLR mercuryblended rellector lamp, for the displaylighting of indoor Plants.
The Plant Lighting Set includes a pendantlumina¡re, and the 160W MLB lampwhichhighlights the green tints ofthe plants, andassists growth.
RANGEPLS 1 6OW - Soft white luminaire completewith 160W MLB lamp
PLS 1 608 - Dark brown lumináirecomplete with 160W MLB lamp
APPLICATIONSPlant displays ¡n locat¡ons such as:
r Officesr Exhibitionsr Public buildings¡ Hotel reception arêas¡ Leisure centresr Shops¡ Bars, public houses and clubs¡ Residences
ro,oode,rhisD6rashê€tquore PL183112
rñ
--{-l-
P1AIIT TIGHTIIIG SET KOMBIPAKFEATURES¡Mercury blended reflector lamp requiresno control gear; combines the highluminous efficacy of mercury tluorescentlamps with the warm light of tungstenfilament lamps.r lnstallation and ma¡ntenance costs arelow -the absence of control gear makesthe luminaire easy to install, and the ratedaverage lamp life is 6000 hours.r The reflective internal coating of thelamp concentrates the light where it isrequ¡red.r Supplied as a Komb¡Pak ready forinstallation, complete with lamp, 2 metresof cable, cable hanger, suspens¡on hookand ce¡l¡ng cone.r Attractive easy to clean design with softwhite or dark brown linish to complementmost decors.
MATERIALS & FINISH
Body: Spun aluminium, soft white or darkbrown external fin¡sh, matt black internalfinish.Lampholder: Heat-resisting phenolic.
SPECIFICAT¡ONr Type compliance with BS 4533.r Class ll electrical, no earth required.
To specily state:Pendant luminaire to take Philips 160WMLR lamp.Philips PLS 160 Plant L¡ght¡ng Set orequivalent.
RANGE OF OPERATION240V 50Hz suppl¡es.Normal indoor operat¡on.
iîTr¡"t'AMetres 1.0m d¡am
Lux
700
2.Om diam 175
-t269¡¡¡
_lþrez" I
DtMtstolts
2
Nominal beam angle measured between50% intensity values.
xoultTlllc
1 metre
The luminaire should be mounted so that lhe distance between the bottom ofthe luminaire and the average height of the plants is approximately 1 metre.Note: ln common with other discharge lamps the MLR 160 takes up to 5 minutes tore-start if swìtchted off when hot.
ACCESSORIES (Included ¡n Plant Light¡ng Set)
CeilingCone
Cable Hanger
SuspensionHook
ORDERI¡IG DAIA
Catalogue Descrlpt¡onNo.
Soft White Plant Lighting Setwith lampDark Brown Plant Lighting S6t w¡th lamp
Calalosue No. Dêscrlôllon Vôllâoê Walts Cap Control gear
Mercury blendedreflector lamp
OuantltyBox
PLS t60WPLS 1608
Replacement lamp
24Ol25O 160 ES None required
{-
Lamp: Made ¡n Holland.Luminaire: irade in U.K.
MLR 16OW
140
7
Directional Iuminaire
Ultra-sl¡m luminaires designed aroundPhilips PL single-ended miniaturefluorescent lamps. The screening headsrotatethrough 360'in relat¡on tothe bodyl0 permit the light to be directed asrequired. The luminaires incorporatePhil¡ps Direct Contact System whichpermits instant mounl¡ng to baseplates0r lighting track adaptors, and allowsunlimited rotation for easy beam aiming.
F0il 305Directional LuminaireFor PL Lamps
i
_t,
RANGE
FCN 305/109 White directionalluminaire for PLg (or PL7) lamp,supplied without lamp or base plate
FCN 305/1 1 - White directionaìluminaire for PL11 !amp. Suppliedwilhout lamp baseplate or trackadaptor.
APPLICATIONS
! Hotels (bedhead, decorative andreading l¡ght¡ng).
r Shops and stores (display lighting).r Offices and execut¡ve suites(decorative wallwashing).
an4DilìE(;ifi)hrz{(;is¡YÍär=rl/r
=tr¡Þztr,mct)trtrnz-{TJ{
=c)u,
304213PLfo reo¡der ìhis Dala Sheel auola
t-
141lssued 7/83
¡
tcÎt305FEATURES
r Highly energy-effective - PL1 1
provides more light than a 60W GLSlamo tor a total circuit power of onlyl Swaltsr Long lamp life - f ive times that of cLSequivalent - reduces maintenancecosts.¡ SupeÊslim profrle and clean linesblend with any decor.r Rotating screening head and DirectContact System feature provide fingertipadjustment of light in any direction.r Integral starter is automaticallyd¡scarded at lamp replacement toensure reliability.r Lamp phosphor uses componentsfrom Ph¡lips Colour 80 Series tocombine high efficacy with good colourrendering and a colour appearancesimilar to that of a GLS lamp.
r Direct Contact System providescomplete versatility of l¡ghtingi allluminaires in the system can be¡nterchanged betlveen baseplatesupplied and l¡ghting track in secondsand without wiring changes.
DIRECT CONTACT SYSTEM
A un¡que patented mounting system,now standard throughout Phil¡ps displaylighting range. All Direct Contact Svslemluminaires lerminate in a male co-axialplug which simply pushes into a base-plate or l¡ghlrng track adaptor. and issecurely held in place by a locking ring.
r Co-axial connection perm¡ts unlimitedrotation of luminaire.r Sprinq ho¡ds luminaire securelv in setposition to provide accurate. ling'en¡padlustment.r Luminaires are freely interchangeablebetween baseplates and track adaptors,perm¡tting complete llexibility of d¡splaylighting arrangements.¡ Baseplates are quickly and simplyinstalled on wall or ce¡ling: lhe system isClass II and the luminaires prew¡red, sothat there are only two push wireconnections to make.¡ lnterchangeab¡lity of bodies,baseplates and adaptors s¡mplifiesstockholding; enables wholesalestock¡sts to offer a wider range ofluminaires from a reduced storesinventory.
SPEGIFIGATION
r Type compliance with BS 4533¡ Class II electrical protection (no earthrequired).
To spec¡fiy state:
Directio¡al lum¡naire for single-endedminiature f luorescent lamp with integralslarter. lhe luminaire lo have inteqralballast and Direct Contact Svstemco-axial termination. Substant¡allv asPhil¡ps FWN 305/FCN 3Os
DIMENSIONS
Catalogue
RANGE OF OPERATION
For use on 240V 50Hz suppl¡esFor indoor use only.Not for use with dimmers.Baseplate ¡s not a lighting point.
LWHNo.
FCN 305/109FCN 305/1 1 1
285x115x95'300x115x95'
To height add 2Bmm for baseplate60mm fo¡ ìrack adaptor
LAMP AND CIRCUIT DATA
Catalogue L¡ght¡ng OesignNo. Lumens'
Circuit Power(Watts)
Circuit Current(mA)
PL7PL9PL1 1
370510800
11
1315
180170160
Measured under reference condilions at 2.000 hours.
ORDERING DATA
Catalogue Descr¡pt¡on Packingotv.No.
Luminaire only
FCN 305/1 09
FCN 305/1 1 1
While directional lum¡naire lor PLg (or PL7) lamp.Supplied without lamp or baseplate.
While directionâl luminaire for PL1 1 lamp.Supplied without lamp or baseplate.
White DCS baseplate (round)Black DCS baseplate (round)White DCS baseplate (square)Black DCS baseplate (square)DCS l¡ghling track adaptor (black only)DCS lighting track adaptor (clamp)
Single-ended f luorescenl lamp (7W)Single-ended f luorescent lamp (9W)Single-ended lluorescent lamp (1 1W)
4
4
505050
Accessor¡es
zzx010/20zzx010/40zzxo20/20zzx020/40RCS 655/15zzx006LampsPL7PL9PLl 1
Please order jn the form given ¡n the following example, ¡n multiples of thethat lighting track adaptors must be ordered separately. Also for FWN 305
4 Philips luminaires FCN 305/11 1
B Philips DCS lighting track adaplors FìCS 655/1 5
packing quantity. Notelum¡naires.
142
Lumina¡re and lamps-l\¡ade in Holland
t
I
L143
lssued 6/83 FeplacesPL 1844
Gc
uur 300hef-Aid
KombiPakCopper-f inish luminaires for heetlamp, for keeping cooked food hot.
The Chef-Aid is invaluable forkeeping cooked food hot andappetis¡ng. lt includes a hard glassheat lamp which gives a bright,warming beam to maintain thetemperature of the food and toprovide a good display light.
RANGE
CWF/300 luminaire comPlete with300E/06 hard glass heat lamP.
APPLICAT¡ONS
For use over food distribut¡on points,in situations such as:-rPublic housesrBars and clubs¡ReslaurantsrSelf -service caf eteri as
rStalf canteensrHotelsr Buffet areas
FEATUBES
rKeeps cooked food and plateswarm, reducing wastage andenabl¡ng more cooking to be done inâdvance.rD¡scourages the formation of skinson soups, sauces and gravies.rGives ¡nstant heat when switchedon; heating ceases immediatelywhen switched off .
rSimple to install, either singly or inmultiple units, to cover anyappl¡cation from a hot food counterin a pub to a large cafeteria area.rcan be suspended either fromcable ortubing.
cont¡nued
fo reorde¡lh¡s Oôla Sheelquole 184411
cttlF õ00 - MtsoEttAilEousFeatures continued
rsafe to use - Philips hard glass heatlamps are res¡stant to thermal shock(caused, for example, by accidentalsplashing w¡th water). lt ¡s essentialto ensure that only hard glass heatlâmps are used as replacements.
rAttractive easy-clean desi gn withpolished copper finish matches mostdecors.
rBrightly illum¡nates the food todisplay it in an appet¡sing and eye-catching light.
TIATEBIALS & FINIS¡ICanopy and lop cap: Spun andpolished alum¡nium, anodisedcopper finish.Lampholder: Porcelain ES.
SPECIFICATIONrType compliance with BS 4533.Class I electrical (earth requ¡red).
To specily state:Polished coppetrcoloured foodwarming luminaire complete with300W hard glass heat lamp with EScap. Ph¡lips Chef-Aid CWF/300 orequivalent.
lYPICAL RESULTSThe graphs below are taken from aseries of tests to measure how thePhilips ChetAid mainta¡ns food
temperature. They also show hovtemperature drops ir no neat¡nn"il
thè
used.
212
t5a
122
a6
ao
70
60
50
30
212 tOO
194 90
154
122 50
86 30
20 30 ¿0 50 60 70 a0
fIME IN MINUfES
Steåk & k¡dnoY Pie
-
- Under CheiA¡d
toì
350
FIG.2
Mounting:(1) By means of suspênsion hooksuppl ied.(2) By means of tube, e¡therscreweddirectly on to + in. threaded nipplerevealed when suspension hook isremoved, or fixed to top cap bysuitable nuts after removing cablegrommet.The fitt¡ng should be mounted so thatthe d¡stance between the bottom andthe food is 330-450 mm (see F¡gure 2).lf large areas are to be heated,additional Chef-Aid f ¡ttings should beinstalled such that the edoes of theheat/light c¡rcles merge.
WEIGHT
Complete with lamp: 0.4S kg.
10 20 30 40 50 60 ?o
IIME IN MINUTES
Cup of collee
-
, u¡der chef.aid
--- - No he.rino
90
RANGE OF OPEFAIIOilSupply voltage as for lamp.300W maximum.For indoor use only. Use only hardglass heat lamps.
DITENSIONS
280
l* " ,ao, .---.---*l ,,o.,
ONDEBING DATA
Catalogue Descr¡ption
CWF/300 Chel-Aid KombiPak Food Warmìng Unit (complete w¡th heat lamp) 1
Replacement lamp data
Catalogue Descr¡ption Walls Cap Volts Finlsh Box
BoxNo. quanllty
No. quanlity300E/06 Hard glass heat ¡amp 300 ES 23OI2SO Cleü 9
Please order in the form given in the following example.25 Philips Chef-A¡d Komb¡Pak CWFi3O0 (complete with hard gtass heat lamp).
Lamp: Made in Holland
144
INDUSTRIALDISCHARGE tËmËiã FËskrc Da,a
F lTTl N G S $x"g'gç:::''" Bav rndustria'
Low Bay Photometric lnformation
Please seê Daoes lland lll of Genorallnlroductlon fõr informallon o¡t hou lo u6elhl¡ Handbook.
.. j
Page
147151157
163167169
I ¡+5
146
É-=:-
t
t
¡'.ã\
147
lssued 6/83 Beplacos PL 1867/6
-
ct)
HERMES 3High.bay luminaires forl5OW-4OOW dischargelamps
A high-bay luminaire whichaccommodates SON, HPL-N or HPIdischarge lamps in ratings from 150W to400W. An adjustable lampholderassembly permits the user to set anyrequired light distribution fromWidespread through dispersive toconcentrated, using the same reflector.
BAI{GEThe luminaires which includes theadjustable lampholder accommodatethe following lamp types:-lSOWSON 2sOWHPL-N25OWSON 4OOWHPL.N4OOWSON 25OWHPI/BUS
4OOW HPI/BUS
ReflectorWireguard for reflectorDust-resislant cover for ref lector
TÕ rê.ôrdêrlhis Oâlâ Shêêlouoìe PL186717
(tl
HERMES 3 _ DISCHARGE FITTINGSAPPLICÄT¡ONSFor use wherever h¡gh-bay dischargelighting is appropriate, particularly at¡uminaire mounting heights over 5m and¡n high amb¡ent temperatures, forsituat¡ons such as:-r Stores and warehousesr Foundries and drop forging plants
¡ Factory product¡on areasr Ra¡lway and bus terminir Loading baysr Hypermarkets and Cash & Carriesr lndoor sports halls and complexes
FEATUFES¡Simple lampholder adjustment inthe gear box permits the user toaccommodate a wide range ofdischarge lamps in the same reflector,and to set any required l¡ght d¡striþution.r S¡nce the lampholder moves withrespect to the reflector and gear, theadjustment can be made at any timeafter installat¡on to suit changingrequiremenls.r The variable spacing/mounting heightratio provided by the adjustabled¡str¡but¡on eleminates compromise. ltpermits the lighting designer to specifythe correct number of luminaires for therequired illuminance level and then setthem to give the optimum un¡formity ofillumination. No more luminaires areused than are strictly necessary, thussaving energy, and the design of theinstallation ¡s greally simplif ied.
r Removing the knock outs ¡n thelampholder housing allows a throughcurrent of air lo render the lum¡naireself-cleaning. An optional dust coverand dust-resisl¡ng lampholder ga¡ter canbe used to seal the universal reflector invery dirty environments.
Knock OutsFìemoved
Knock OulsReta,ined
tP22 lP54 With Dust Cover
tP22 lP22 No Dust Cover
r Maximum ambient temperature 30"Cfor 400W rating, 35"C for other ratings.
¡ Two part gear unit with handle for easycarryingr Low profileto keep lumina¡re heightto aminiumum.r Simple, speedy ¡nstallation; allcomponents are positively supportedbefore any wir¡ng has to take place.
r Optional wireguard protects the lampagainst knocks.r Very few components complete theent¡re range, helping availab¡lity andgreatly simpl¡fy¡ng ordering by means ofan easily-understood code.r Mount¡ng bracket enables reflectorswith gear to be suspended from a single20mm conduit drop.
SPECIFIGAIIONType compliance with 854533 Section102.1 .
Degree of Protection: See table
To specify state:Industrial high-bay luminaire withadjustable lampholder to permit any lightdistr¡bution to be set before or after¡nstallation and pre-wired gear box.Similar to Philips Hermes 3.
RANGE OF OPERATIOI{240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor applicat¡ons.
IIATERIALS & FINISI{Gear box: Pre-wired potted ballast.housed in corrosion resistant alumin¡umalloy casting with capacitor and ¡gnitorw¡red ¡nto rugged phenolic hous¡ng.Bellector: Aluminium.Lampholder: Porcelain GES.Dust cover: Toughened glass.
DAÎA SHEET REFERENCEPL 1869 - Photometric information onHermes 2: 1 50W - 400W lamps.
148
Note: Mercury lluorescenl lampsuK marking MBF = Phll¡pslnternat¡onal marking HPL-NMetal hallde lampsUK marking MBI = Phillpslnternal¡onal marking HPl.
-T157
I-ï
I
363
Alldimensions in mm550
56s571
w0007w0001
r170-1
PHOTOIIIETRIC INFORÙIATION
in th¡s table is included to enabie lhe spec¡f¡erlo gauge the general perlormance of
Delailed photomelr¡c¡nformalion on Hermes 3luminaires includ¡ng utilisationfactors
CUruES, is given in Data Sheet PL 1869.
SHR Max' LORL Recommended Lampholder Posit¡ons
Concentrating O¡spersive Widespread
0.68 - 1 360.72 - 1 451 10- l700 71 - 1.551 13-2061.01 - | 92
071 -0810.76 - 0.830.79 - 0.80o79-OA70 79 - 0.800.78 - 0.81
;5755
752623
330301
oust cover
Hermes 3 lum¡naire is ordered by meansadd¡tion of the catalogue numbers of
for sodium; HD for mercury).
sD 4000R 0070w 0007
ol a lour-digil code number made up bythe componenl parls. A prefix denotes the
Catalogue Numbers given
of SHFì Max given in this Data Sheel are calculaled in accordance with CIBS Techn¡cal
No. 5.
& DtitENstoNs
6.9 Kg9.1 Kg98Kg54Kg63Kg1.9 Kg06Kg35Kg
l0 1500
þ2500þ40oo102500r04000
m070llv0001
ltt007
L
Gear UnitGear UnitGear UnitGear Un¡tGear UnitReflectorWire GuardDust Cover
149
HERMES 3_ DISCHARGE FITTINGS
I
HERMES 3 - DISCHARGE' FITTINGSORDEBIIIG DATACatalogueNo. Dèscrlpt¡on Pâcklng Oty.
Gear UnllssD 1500sD 2s00so 400HD 250HD 4OO
Acces3orlesw0001w 0007
Ëor,lsow SONFor 25OW SONFor 400W SONFor250W HPI-NFor400W HPL-N and HPI/BUS
Supplled completewith suspensionbracket
RellsctorgF 0070 Unlversal r€flectorfor 150-,100w lamps 3
W¡reguârd for 150-400W ratlngsDust Cpv€r for 1 50-400w fatlngs
System (Gær Box & Rellector) lamps to be order€d separately
soN 150w sD 1570soN250w sD2s70soN400w sD4070HPL-N2sOW HD257OHPL-N4OOW HD4O7OHPI/BUS2sOW HD257OHPI/BUS4OOW HD4O7O
150
Mado ¡n UK.
HERMES 2Pre.wired gear box l5OW -400w
A range of 5 pre-wired cast alloy gearboxes, containing potted ballasts, foruse with h¡gh-pressure sod¡um lamps1 50W-400W, mercury f luorescèntlamps 250W-400W and 250W-400Wmetal halide lamps.
RANGE
S.1500 (1 50W SON, 1 50W SON/T andsoN/sT)
' s.2500 (250w soN,250w soN/T)s.4ooo (4oow soN,4o0w soN/T)H.2500 (250W HPL-N, 250W HPL-R)H.4000 (400W HPL-N, 400W HPL-R andHPI/BUS)H.2500 + lgnitor Kit P0000/2(250W HPr/T)H.4000 + lgnitor K¡t P.0000/2(400w HPr/T)
APPLICATIONSFor use with remote-gear luminaires in aw¡de range of applications, including:-rArea floodlighting (with HNF001,HNF003 and NNF010 luminaires)rStadia floodl¡ghting (with HNF 001,HNF003, HNF206 and NNF010lumina¡res)rSecurity light¡ng (with HNF001,HNF003 and NNF0l0 luminaires)rBoad Iighting (with MA30 luminaires)r Replacemenl lor old low loss gear.
To .eo.do. rhis Dâta Sheel quote Pt 1868/4
151
lssued 7/83 : nephc€sPL 18æ/3
lln
I
ìl
l
.
I
I
1
I
¡i
i
Ít:,t
lii
l,
HERMES 2FEAÎURESrsturdy, aluminium alloy housing forouldoor and indoor environments.The gear box is designed to complyw¡th Degree of Protection 1P54.
rPre-w¡red and factory tested foreasy, labour-saving ¡nstallation.rLow wattage losses from high-quality'components reduce energywaste.rRated for ambient temperatures upto 45'CrEasy ¡nstallat¡on-the h¡nged lid glvesready access to the s¡mple w¡ring wh¡ leconnections are being made,
rAvailable for use with Philipsmercury fluorescent (HPL-N) lampsup to 400W and high-prêssure sodium(SON) lamps upto 400W; also for metalhalide lamps (HPl/T and HPI/BUS) upto 400W.
f{atEBtaLs & Fll{lsl{Gèar box housing: Aluminium alloycast¡ng with ìntegral cooling lins.Componenls: Pre-wired, with potledballast and hi gh-quality components.
SPECTFtCAïrOt{Degree of Protection designed to1P54.
240V 50Hz suppl¡es.Normal indoor and outdoorappl icati ons.
rl
*rilF¡+
Wall mounted Hermes 2 gear box f or use with f loodlights. etc. Shown open togive details of condu¡t entiles. eafthing and internal wiring.
¡fur {t '?Nr'"
Hatmes 2 geat boxes can be used with many ot the Philips' range olI I oodl ì g hti n g I u m i n a h es.
152
ll
HERMES 2
Gearbox Plan Underside
9A
Side Elevalion Eñd Elovstion All diñ€nslons ìn mm
WEIGHÎS & ELECTBICAL DATA
No. For lamp type LampVoltage
LampCurfenlA
C¡rcu¡tCurentStart
CircultCuûenlRun
Tolal WêlghlClrcu¡lWåtls
1 50W soN, soN/T & 100100105135140125125125
'1 830442.03.23.4
lV4280440268427427268427
8.75.26.0615.262
+ lgnitor K¡t+ lsnitor K¡t
P.0000/2P.0000/2
250W SON, SON/T & SON/R400w soN, soN/T25OW HPL-N & HPL-R4OOW HPL.N & HPL-R4OOW HPI/BUS25OW HPI/T4OOW HPI/T
153
2.13.4
121.8301.93.0
'1.9
3.3
1.32'2'1.2
1.819
'1.9
ilENMES 2
Cable length llmllallonsln circults using ignitors, the maximumcable length between lamp and conrolgear is limlted by thé capacitance ofthe cable. This is obtained by addingtogether two values obtained in test.The capacitance of the 'high'condqctor (i.e. the oonductorconnècting the ballastto thè lampcentre contact) and all otherconductors bonded together,The capacltance betwêen thê 'high'conductor and earth (usuallY theprotectlve hous¡ng of the cable)'Tables glvlng max¡mum permisslblecable leioths using typical cables incommon applicatlons are containedln Customer lnformation Sheet No.80.N.B. M¡nerallnsulated cables are notrecommended for use ln thêse Partsof the ignition circult.
ORDEBINODAÎA
Catalogue No.
s.1 500s.2500s.4000H.2500H.4000H.2500 +H.4000 +
lgnltorlgnitor
Kit P.0000/2Kit P.0000/2
Notes.' All ltsms are indlvldually packed.
Please order in thê form glven ln thê followlng examplê:-6 Phlllps pr€-wlreidrj¡gar b'oxes S.2500'
Descrlptlon
Goar box for 150W SON. SON/T & SON/ST Lampscear box lor 250W SON, SON/T & SON/R lampsGoar box for 400W SON, SON/T.lamPsGear box for 25OW HPL-N & HPL'R lampsGear box lor400W HPL-N, HPL-R & HPI/BUS lampscear box lor 250W HPI/Tilampcear box for 400W HPI/T lamp
Clrcult dlagrams
3
25OW HPI/T4OOW HPUT
25OW HPL.N & HPL'-R4OOW HPL-N, HPL-R & HPI/BUS
1 50W SON, SON/T & SON/ST250W SON & SON/T400w soN & soN/T
164
Madê in UK.
155
lssued 6/83
-Êllñ
HERMES 3PHOTOMETRICINFORMATION
Photometric information - 150w -400W discharge lamps. Polardiagrams, utilizat¡on factor tables andother essential photometric ¡nformationfor discharge lamps ¡n the Hermes 3h¡oh bav svstems. The data included ¡s
chäsen io meet tne needs of the light¡ngdesiqner.
Nole: Metcury lluorescent lampgUK marking MBF: Phll¡pslnternational marklng HPL-N
lnternallonal marking HPI
RANGE
Photometric information is included tocover the following lâmp types in'10 lampholder posit¡ons whereappl ¡cable:
250WHPL-Nand 250WHPl/BUS400WHPL-Nând 400WHPI/BUS150W SON
250W SON
400w soN
Calculations based on Cl BS Techn¡calMemorandum No.5 and TechnicatReport No.10.C I B S Stand añ Prc sentat¡on -
roreo¡do,lhisDarasheerquo,s PL 1869i15
v,C':t
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATION - DISCHARGE FITTINGSPHOTOMETRIC DATA
HERMES 3-150W SON
WITH UNIVEFìSAL REFLECTOR ROOTO
Mounting: SUSPENDED
GLARE DATA
Position No.3 0,86SHR
i
I
;1, '
i
i
,1,
LUMINOUS INTENSITIES cd/1000 lm
Añgl6Lamp Position
0 3 5 6 7
0 1236 905 513 370 2715
10
1170
1 004
880804
522 381 283
_94526
406 30515 809
588715 437 341
20 q0z
479516 465 401
43325 384 477 46230 230
131
91
F7
3016
11
344 396 415 42035 222 ?q? 330 363
40 143 29? 240165
28045 94
53
2l14
200
50 79
40
20
101 12455
60
68
32
65 7 11 13
70 6 6 7 8 I?Ã
3
5 5 5 6
80 3 3 3 3
3
3
2 2 2 2q0 2 2 2 2
Lamp Type: High Pressure Sodium
'The maximum spacings (SHB f.4AX) Shown in botd type arerecommended forall high,bay lighling appticalions. To avoidengineersextapolatingincorêctly, lhe.esultsforotherseflingsareshown ¡n lìghlertype. These are not iæommended for normat design
Tlhe BZClass¡fical¡on is bâsedon lheæsùmption thailhe jnslallalionwillusuallyemployalampposilion (henceaspæificSHRtv,lAx)whichis ¿ppropriate to lhe room propodrons. lfhe âpp,icaton is diterent. theBZClassilicaton may þe drferenl lo lhâtshown.
Pos¡t¡or No.5
Pos¡tion No.6
SHR 1.I3
sHR 1,26
sHR 1.36
Ut¡lizat¡on Factors UFIFI
Room lndex1.O0 1.25 't.50 2.00 2.50 3.O0 4.00 5.00
70 50 2030 2010 20
!'M3010
2020
50 56 5955_ ffi52 57 6050 55 58
67 70 7264 67 7062 65 6Adl----õre62 65 6760 63 66
73 15 7671 73 7569 72 73rc m69 70 7167 69 70
30 2010 to
51 56 59 61 63 65 66 6a 6a
o 4A 52 55 57 59 60 61 63
Urilirsrion Factors LJF(F)
Refloctanc€ Room lndex
q w.|_70 50 20
30 20
0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00
61 6156 62
126764it6663
53 59s'__ 6555 615t 5A
75 79 A211 75 196A 73 76
a3a68a1a381A81q
505023021õ t
69 73 7671
6817A ao
30 2010 20
s8 64 6855 60 6552 58 62
7068
74 1671 746q 72
77 7975 7A74 16
50 56 60 63
8265 8266 82678263 82648261 8262 8268No.
2713179BS 5225 Pail 1 1975
4 5 6 71 8
0.97 1.'13 1.26N/A
1.36
'osition No. o
3l E ^".d'Flùx Numb.r cs'-
SHR MAX 0.6sSHR MAXTR N/A
0.73
3
0.78 0.9S
0.03o.75o.1a
0.04o.140.78
0.030.76o.79
0.o20.75o.77
0.020.760.78
0.03
'|
0.03
1
0.01o.710.78
0.01
1
0.020.790.Bl
0.03
1
Rat¡o
L
LORL 0.040.67o,71
0,06
1
0.01
0.0io.710.78
0.010.05
1
0.04
N/A
1
0.04
1
cm.l 22OO
Reflodanc. Room Indsx
n.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.OO 2.50CWF 3.00 4.0073 17 7970 74 7767 72 74
70 50 2030 2010 20
A1 g378 a]76 79
71
70
74726a
767472
50 50 2030 201Ô 20
56 62 6553 59 63
61 67 7157 63 6154 60 64æ65-9
167.4
10 29-ooo
30 2053 _.5a A251 57 6J
5A 63 6755 61 64 67 7270
65 68 70æ6561
ta/6Èi3 ts l'.72 14 ;;6a 70 -ìì
Util¡¿at¡on Fâctors UF{F}Room l¡dexBofl6ctance
cw F70 50 20
30 207973 77
70 7483al
10
7560 66 1056 62 67
61 6559 63
6a66
7270
7677
75
o
60 6496256 60
72
6a
67 7065 9C62 65 69 70
Util¡zât¡on Factors UF{F}
R€il6clanc€ Room lnd€x
1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0[CWF ).75 1.00 ',I.25
811a
8381
8{83
70 50 2030 2010 20
73 77 7969 74 7767 71 14
1O2L.30 50 20
30 20
30 20 60 65
64
51 60
49. ._]S 1L6S 72 74
70 72qL 7166 6a
716A 72
7775
66q462
7A aO 8176 18 80t4 ,u -lL75 77 7874 16 71
7Z 14 16
69 71 12
Position No.0 sHR 0.68
156
Position No.7
;lux:råct¡on Rat¡o\CG:lå$il¡øtion,z:lasif¡øl¡on
0.04
1
0.04
'I
l
0.04 0.02I
N/A I
N/A
111
o.o2
1
o,o2 0.o2
1
o.02 0.02 0.02
-uminous Areã {so. cm.l 2200
0 3 4 5 7
1220 751 n3, 4RÂ )^41.
1 166 181 632 I 488 2685
1 035 746 618 454 293r0
864 695 601 506 31q
650 617 572 5l ?74435 510 513 496 417
265 379 413 432 4)430
153 252 254 330 341
i l0 167 't99 23'40
70 111 133 16R
30522345
32 61 15 s2 14650
14 27 3455 43 75o 12 15 18 3160
65 6 I o 11
4 4 5 5 7i0tà 3 J 3
2 2 2 2 )80
85 2 2 1 1
90 2 i 1 1
Room lndexF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2,50 3.00 4.00 5.00
2020
61 66 7057 63 6655 6ô 6¿
7269
75 77 7977
8179
82ao
56 62 657067 70 72
59 63 6656 61 64
68 7066 69 70
76 77 7874 76 77]L 7L ]L73 74 7572 73 747î
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATION - DISCHARGE FITTINGSDATA Þos¡tion No, 0 2 4 5 6 7 I 9
9rEFlux Numbor
ìHR MAX I o.zz;Hn u¡xrn | ru/¡
o.77 0.84 0.92N/A
1.06 1.19 1.34N/A
1.45N/A
't.03 1.05
GLARE DATA
vloasured: BS 5225 Pârt 1 1975)ated: 6/3/79
ersr lers: R1 R¿ 8185 8186 R 147 Ê18R Bt89 f8190 B1 91
Pos¡t¡on No. 3 sHR 0.92
INTENSITIES cdl1000 lm. Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF(F)Reflådânc.
cwF ).75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0010 50 20
30 2010 20
M30 2010 20
63 70 7459 66 7056 63 67æ---æ n5a 65 6956 6' 66
76 AO a373 77 aO70 15 78u- ß -Bti'71 75 7aÂq 73 7È.
84 86 88a2 a4 a6qg as a4al a3 a479 al a3
30 20 58 6461
106765
72706A
7573
77
74
7A7776
ao al7e 7977 19
t5
1É
Position No. 4 sHR 1.06
Ut¡l¡zåtion Fåclors UF(Fl
R6llectånço Room lndoxCWF ).75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.oo 5.0070 50 20
30 2064 70 7459 66 7056 63 6a
77 a1 8474 78 al71 75 79
a5 a1 a983 85 A1ao 83 a5
50 6259
6965 69 12 76 78 ao a2 a3
30 50 2030 2010 20
6t
55
67 7964 6862 66
716
787676
79 a1 a277 79 AO
Posit¡on No. 5 sHR 1.19
Type: High Pressure SodiumUt¡l¡zst¡on Factors UF{F)ndledancâ Room lndax
CWF 0.75 t.o0 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 2Q
30 2010 20
EO-6õ-ar30 2010 20
63 70 7459 65 7056 6) 67
77 a118
a381
8582
87a5
a9a7
58 6462
6966
751269
7A
73
ao7876
aa7
a4 a5a2 s3ao At
30 57 63 6755 61 6570 74 76 77 79 ao
lositioñ No. o sHR 0.72
Facrors UF(F, Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF{F)nofledanc6 Room lndexGW o.75 I.OO 1.25 1.50 2.00 2,50 3.OO 4.O0 5.0070 50 20
30 2063 69 745A 64 7055 61 66
7370
7B 8178
a5a3ao
aaa5a4
oI6
50 503010
202020
68 71 7A ao 82 8481
30 2010 20
mo'5154
3-250W soN
UNIVËFìSAL REFLECTOR ROOTOtVlfH
SUSPÉNDEDJLORL)LOR LLORL
0,030.730.76
0.03o,750.78
0.030.780.81
0.020.790.81
0,020.80o.a2
0.o20.800.82
0.020.810.83
0.020.810.83
o,o2o.820.84
o.o20.810.83
30 20
157
Posit¡on No. 7 sHR 1.45
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATION _ DISCHARGE FITTINGSPHOTOMETRIC DATA
HER¡/ES 3-4OOW SON
WITH UNIVERSAL REFLECTOR ROOTO
Mounting: SUSPENDED
GLARE DATA
BS 5225 Part 1 1975
LUMINOUS INTENSITIES cdl1000 lm. Pos¡t¡on No. 1
Lamp Posit¡onAnglo 0 2 3
0 570 470 372 JU¡ 18C
5 570 474 371 307 19210 562 476 387 320 20515 546 478 403 343 23120 515 467 413 369 271
25 461 434 4fl6 381 31030 aal 378 370 33035 2S8 318 324 32840 214 245 265 286 30545 148 175 200 226 26350 88 109 132 156 202
55 44 57 74 oâ 134
60 21 27 35 4565 10 13 16 20 33
70 o 7 7 I 14
75 4 4 4 Ã 6
80 2 J 2 3 3
85 2 1 2 2
90 1 1 1
Lamp Type: High Pressure Sod¡um Pôsirion No.3
Posit¡on No. 5
SHR I .23
Pos¡t¡on No. 2 sHR 1.o
Ut¡l¡zât¡on Fsctors UF(F)
Roflætanc€ Rooñ lndex
C WF 0.75 1,00 1.2s 1-50 2_OO 2.50 3.00 4.00 S.00
70 50 2030 20
6055
6662
7066
73 71 AO70 74 77
82 84 S6'79 82 8¿77 80 a,50 50 20
203010
5955
64 696563
716866
75
701573
/9 A1 8277 79 8l75 78 80
30 50 2030 2010 20
5a5452
636057
6/6462
67 71 7473
7675
7877
50 55 60 62 66 6a 70 12 73
sHB r.49
SHB 1,7
Ut¡l¡zatiôn Factors UF(F)
Rsllodânc€ Room lnd6x
CWF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3-O0 4.00 5,00
70 50 2030 2010 20
60 61 7156 63 6753 60 65
74 1A al71 75 7A
a2 a4 a6a0 a2 a47F AO A2
30 20
20
56 62 6653 59 64ffi55 61 65
^) 5q 63
697673
71 7472
79 81 A277 79 A116 78 797? 78 7975 77 7a
4 5 6Pos¡t¡on No. 0 1 2 7
ctEFlux Numbår
1.49 1.59 1-7 1.36 1.45SHR MAXSHR MAXIR N/A
1.1 1.23 1.37 t.56NiA
0.00.80o.80
0.010.790.80
0.00.800.Bo
0.01o.790.80
o.010.810.82
ULORLÞLORLLORL
0.01o.780.79
o.020.780.80
0.010.740,79
0.010.800,81
0.01
1
0.00
N/A
2
0.0'l 0.010.0'l
1
0.00
1
FluxFrsct¡o¡ Rat¡oACGClassificat¡onBZClasif¡cât¡on
o,o2
1
0.01
1
0,010,01
tllA
827 7 8278 8279B2't2 827 3No.
Fåctors UF(Fl
Råflæiânc€ Room lndêx
0-75 1.00 1.25 1,50 2.O0 2.50cwF60 67 1156 62 6753 59 6459 65 6955 61 66a) 59 63
68 72 7672 76 1A
a178
74 7A70 75
69 73 1630 20
70
77
a583
2020 55
6360
6865
7067 71
7574
30 53I
7775
Ur¡l¡zårion Factors UF(F)
R6fledanco Room lndsx
CW F ).75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
7875
6967
1674
67 72 76Þ76ß
7471
a118
7371
83 a5 87ao a3 8578 81 84ilr -¡a7A a0 83
50 50 2030 20
70 50 2030 2010 20
60 66 7156 62 67s3 59 64æ -¡re55 61 6653 5A 63
30 20 55 60 651674
716a
74 78 7976 7A
a¡8079
Ut¡l¡zat¡on Factors UF(F)
Refl6cta¡c€ Room lndox
CWF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.OO 4.OO 5.d
70 50 2030 2010 20
60 64 6956 60 6552 56 61
73 17 8069 74 7766 71 75
a2 a5 86
;i á; 83
30 20 55 757917
&8280
30 50 2030 2010 20
5a54
6158
6662
6966
7370
757371
77?9!7571!7A761
Pos¡l¡on No.0 sHR 1.1
158
rHERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATION - DISCHARGE FITTINGS
DATA
INTENSITIES cdl1000 lm
npfype: High Pressure l\4ercury
dr¡on No, O
Posil¡on No. 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 sctE
"'*+]SHR MAXSHR MAXTR
o.71 0.76 0.83 0.87N/A
'1.o1 1.15N/A
't.24 1.55 1.52 1.6i
ULOR LDLORLLORL
0.030.76o.7s
0.030.78o al
0,030.810.84
0.020.830.85
o.o20.830.85
0.020.850.87
0,02o.850.87
o.o20.850.87
0,020,850.87
o.o20.840.86
GIARE DATA
Veasurod: BS 5225 Part 1 1975Dat€d: 6/3/79faÍ No. 8201 18200 B 199 B 198 8197 B1 96 81951 Brs4 lBrqs B1 92
Por¡tion No. 3 sHR 0.870
Ut¡l¡zation Factors UF(F)R€fl*lånce Room lndexCW F t.75 1.00 1.25 '1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 60 20
30 2010 20
ffi--30 2010 20
3m-.o-30 20
66 736a
70
71
66 70
ao 84 a776 A1 8473 78 a1--8 Bre74 79 al72 76 79-7s ß .-- B-73 16 7971 75 17
8A 90 9286 8a 90a3 86 aA8nt- æa3 85 A781 A4 a5Br --sA- B-ao a2 83
6a 72 74
Pos¡t¡on Nô. 4 sHR 1.010
Posit¡on No. 6 sHR 1.240
Ut¡l¡zat¡on Factors UF{F}Rsflærancâ Room lnd€x
CWF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.(x) 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 20
30 2065 72 7760 67 7356 64 69
ao a5 8876 al A5a9 92 94a7 90 9284 87 90
bo 50 2030 2010 20
6
5
706663
7571 74
72
a27976
a582ao
8a86
90aa
30 2010 20
ooo65 70
76 79 A273 77 8070 75 786a 72 74
81 a3a4
sHR 0.710
Roflådance Room lndexcwF 0.75 1,00 1.25 1.50 2.O0 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 20
30 206a 74 7A64 69 7460 66 71ü--m63 68 7360 65 70
al a6 a878 g2 A575 79 A3ilaæ76 AO 8373 7A A1
so 92 9487 90 92a5 8a 9t8t89sa5 a7 a9R3 A5 gA
30 503010
6662
7061
7471 74 78 ao 82 a4 a6
5a 62 66 69 75 77 79 ao
3-250W HPL-N
UNIVERSAL REFLECTOR ROOTOl¡/ITH
SUSPENDED
FluxFrsct¡on RatioACGCls$ificat¡ongzClå$¡f¡cât¡on
0.04
1
0.04
1
0.04
1
o.02
1
o.o2
1
0.02
1
o.o2
1
0.02
1
0.02 0.02
Luminous Area {sq. cm.) 2200
Lamp Position30 6Ml.
909 721 431 3241281
881 7131 196
1 029 809 672 442 338855 725 624 452 360
626 574 469656 400510 505 469454 429
284 385 410 433 42330
165 265 300 379114 177 21'l
360
276 30811674 141 199 23265JO 80 124 154
16 30 38 62 8310 13 17 27 36
7 o I 12ô5 l5l0 4 5 5 o 7
34 3 4 4380 2 22!5 1 1
90 2 1 1 1
Ut¡l¡zôrion Factors UF(F)
Reflætance Room lnd6xcw F 0.75 1.00 't.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.m 5.oo70 60 20
30 2010 20
65 72 7660 68 72
79 A4 a676 80 8313 ?8 81
8a 9085 8aa3 a6
30 2010 20
aõEõæ30 201õ tõ
59 67 7156 64 6Aæ 6e- 1-59 66 70
77 al 8374 78 a171 76 79retÈil72 76 7970 74 77
a5 a6a4 85
83
Fåctors UFúhclônc€ Room lndox
F 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3,00 4.00 5.006359
6865
75 18 aO75 78
a5E3
82 8479 A277 AO
20 58 63 6765 71
7067
71 ao
666562 6a 71
697311
7773
7776
64
159
Posit¡on No. 7 sHR 1.550
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRrc INTORMATIOil - DISCHARGE FIÍÍII{OSPHOIOIUIETRIC DATA
160
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC INIORMATION _ DISCHARGE FITTINGSOATA Pos¡t¡on No. o 1 2 4 5 7 8 I
ctEFlux Number
SHR MAXSHR MAXTR
1,13 1.23 1.36 1.49 1.60 1.11 't.81 1.91 2.02 2.06
ULOR LDLORLLORL
0.02o.770_79
o.o2o,77o79
0.o2 0.02 I o.ot0.78 0.78 | 0.79o.Bolo.Bolo.so
0.010.780-79
0.01o.78o.79
0.o10.74o.7s
0.010.78o.79
0.010.780.79
GLARE DATA
Position No.2 sHR 1_36
Pos¡t¡on No.5 sHR 1.71
Iype: High Pressure l\,4ercury Position No.7 sHR 1.91
Utilizåtion Facrors UF(FlRoflsctanc( Room lndexCWF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 20
30 2010 20
5t 61 6552 56 6149 52 57
696561
7167
771411
77 a0 8274 7a 80
30 2010 20
5249
5551
635956
6360
6966
7270
7472
7775
7977
30 20 514A
5451
5a 6259
fo6165
72706a
72 7570 73
7675
00 47 49 53 71
No. 0 sHR 1.'13 Posit¡on No.9 sHR 2.06
¿1/2.(Ø'|
t
1'--1-',
tl
,:.../.
INTENSITIES cd/1000 lm.
3,400w HPL-N
UNIVERSAL REFLECTOR ROOTOtVlfH
¡¡g: SUSPENDED
Lamp Position20 5 7 IIin"
160 132160 132165 132
"t40175
i95 152
173229
263 208
243
i49218
268
299
212
214
26'l
381
397
399
313307
387
359
3¡4 281280 262
251 262 262
544
437
371
296
524490
550
540
200 227 24445
0
l0
15
204
140
83 173 20355
14611
41
18
138
81
4060
65 89
45I19
7
3
l0
c0
7
2
2
16
2
113
t1
5
3
2 2
74
71æ
69 1266 7064 6a62 66
76 77 7874 76 7112 75 7669T72
i
FluxFract¡on Rar¡oACGCla$ificat¡onBZCla$ifierion
0.03
1
o.03
1
0.03
1
0.03
1
0.01
1
0.o1
2
o,o1
2
0.o1
2
0.01
213
o.01
3
No. B2A3 8285 8288 82898286 8287
29t3/19: BS 5225 Pa¡r 1 1975
Ut¡l¡zåtion Fsctors UF(F)Reflectance
I Room lndsxcwF 0.75 1,00 1.25
59 65 7054 61
91. , 575a 6454 6051 5756æ53 5950 56
66636a6562
636l
1.50 2.00 2.so 3.00 4.00 5.oo70 50 20
30 20L -?o-50 50 2030 2010 20
¡3 77 aO69 74 7766 lL, 7171 75 7768 72 7565 70 73
a2 a4 a679 82 8477_ 80 8379 a1 A277 79 8175 77 RO
30 20 66 10 7371
7473
7675
797877
o
UΡl¡zation Facrors UF(FlRsflsctancs Room lndsx
2.O0 2.501.00 1.2A 3.00 4.00CWF70 50 20
30 20
3010
7672
70
69
635854
575!5956
61
6259
585451
1
65
6764
7915
7371
71
ao a3 8578 81 8375 79 al78-- m75 78 8073 -,76 7875 17 7873 15 77
WF 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 20
30 20
0.75 1.005A5349
1.25635A54
Room lndsx'1.50 2.o0 2.5067 72 7662 6a 725a 65 69
7A 81 a375 79 a172 76 79
-E'Eõ73 76 7870 74 76
54 57 6149 52 56
777574
72706a
75731210 20
õo30
30 2010 205bÆ 52 55 5948 5t 5546 4a 52
44 46 s¡
60 66 10
5- s-
59 65 6856 62 66
161
HERMES 3 PHOTOMETRIC II{FORMATION - DISCHARGE FITÏI
,/
ìl
PHOTOMETRIC DATA
HEHIVIES 3-4OOW HPL-N
WITH UNIVEBSAL REFLECTOR ROOTO
lVìountins: SUSPENDED
LUMINOUS INTENSITIES cdl1000 lmLamp Posit¡on
Angl€ 0 2 5 7 I0 548 387
388
212 160 132
5 550 214 160 132
10
15
20
30
35
540 391
397
218 165 132
524 236 175 140
490 399 , 268 195
437
371387 259
359 313
229 173263 204
296 314
261
307 241 243
40
45
50
227 245 280 262
159
95
204 251 262 262
140 200 227 244
55 49 138 203
60 24
11
41 81 113 146
65 18 40 6i 89
707C
aq85
--90
I 16't1
45
5
3
7 19
4 5 7
2
2
2
2
3
2
3 3
2 2
Lamp Type: High Pressure Mercury
Pos¡tion No. 0
GI-ARE DATA
Msasurêd: BS 5225 Pâri 1 '1975fated: 29/3/79fd Nô- 8283 lB284l B28s 8286 8287 B28A 8289 Bt90
Pos¡tion No, 2 SHR 1.3ô
Posit¡on No. 5 sHR 1.?1
Ut¡lization Factors UF(F)Rafledanco Room lndsx
cwF c.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 stu70 50 20
30 2010 20
5A 63 6754 58 6351 54 59
71 16 7967 12 1564 69 7369 73 7665 70 73
71
ao7A75
8179
30 201õ tõ
57 61 6553 57 62
_50 54 5956 59 6453 56 60
7513
7A76
a180?a
30 50 2030 20
6764
71 75 1773 75
7871
71 746a 70
Position No. 7
PÒsir¡ôn No.9
sHR 1,91
Ut¡lization Factors UF(F)
R€flsctanc{ Room lndex
CWF 0.75 1,00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.s070 50 20
30 2010 20
57 61 6552 56 6149 52 57
69 74 7165 71 7461 67 71
ao a2 a471 A0 A274 78 80
30 2010 20
5249
5551
5956
63 6966
7210
7412
7775
7971
2,55514A
5A545l
625855
6259
6765
7068
7270
7573
7675
sHR 1.13 sHR 2.06
0.010.78o79
0.010.78o79
0,0'l0.78o79
JLORL)LORLLORL
o.02o.1't0_79
0.02o.77o7q
0.0210.0210.010.78 0.78 I 0.79oßo 0.80 | 0.80
0.010.780.79
5 6 7Pos¡t¡on No. 0 'I 2 3 4
ctEFlux Number
1.49 1.60 1.71 1.81iHR MAXìHR MAXTR
1.13 1.23 1.36 ü_lit
2
0.01 0.01
2
0.o1
N/A
2
Fluxtråction Råt¡oACGllas¡ficåtiontz:låsif ¡øtion
0.03
I
o.03
1
0.03
1
0.03
1
0.01
1
0.01
213
0.ol
N/A
3
Ut¡l¡zâtion Factors UF(F)
Rofl€ctancr
CWF 75 1.OO 1.25 3.00 4.00
Room lnd€x
1.50 2.00 2.5070 50 20
30 2010 20
55 58 6350 53 5a46 49 54
67 tz taita at 83âu 6a tzl ls 79 81s8 65 69 72 76 79
10 20:]l]M
2020
3010
30 20 49 52 60
6562
6a66
76
706a
7372
Rôôm lnder
1.s0 2.00 2.50CW F 0.75 1.O0 1.25 3.00 a.00 s.oì7369
777471
8077
70502302
706663
595451
656157
84a2 8419 82
7572
7168
50 50 2030 2010 20
58 64 6A54 60 6551 57 62
82-81a0
79 a177 7975 71
30 205653
6663
72106A
696664
7371
7ó-787l73 75
74 76
69 71 7-
l,rtil¡zal¡on Factors UF( F)
3.00 4.o075't.OO 1.25CWF70 50 20
30 2059 66
627066
5a54
6461
ao77
75
1.507370
2.001714
a4a2ao
16 ao
7776 7774 7672 75
66 70 7364 6a 71
2010 20¡-
50 50 2030 20
54 60 6457 62s59
162
I
I
HN
tr
1
BRITISH OKYGEN COMPANY, SHOREHAN'
The BOC Edwards plant at Shoreham, Sussex enioys the benefits oISONlighting despite headroom restricted to 4.5 metres by using 400W SON/flamps in Philips Lowbay luminaires. Average illuminance is 500lux.
!
T
PflWERSTIMMERSIIK HIûH BAYKflMBIPAKS
High-bay lumina¡r€s for250Wand¿lütwsoNdischarge lamps
High-bay luminaires supplied asKombiPaks, ready for instailation.Each KombiPak contains SON lâmp,lampholder, pre-wired gear box,reflector, and suspension hanger.
RANGEPowerSlimmer High Bay KombiPak SDK250: lum¡naire complete with 250W SONlamp, control gear and fixingaccessories.PowerSl¡mmer High Bay Komb¡Pak SDK400: lumina¡re complete with 400W SONlamp, control gear and f¡xingaccessories.
APPLtCATtOtìtSFor use wherever SON lighting ¡sappropriate, particularly at mount¡ngheights over 5m, ¡n s¡tuations such as:-a Stores and warehousesa Factory production areasa Foundriesa Ba¡l and bus termini. Loading bays. lndoor sports halls
I:
l
Iro,eorde, rhid Dausheerquore Pt ¡0õ1/õlssued S/82 Replacês PL 3031/2
l
.,'j
IPOWERSTIMMER SDK . DISGHARGE FITTIIIGFEATURES
. Low profile to keep luminaire height toa minimuma W¡thstands amb¡ent temperatures upto 40'c.a Knockouts in the housing enablethrough vent¡lat¡on over the reflector tominimise dirt deposition.
. Simple, speedy installation; allcomponenls are supported before anyw¡ring has to take place.a Two part gear un¡t with handle for easycarrYing.. Degree of proteclion 1P22.
o Supplied as a Komb¡Pak ready forinstallation; lamp and all necessaryaccessories are included.. S¡mple instructions for designingl¡ghting schemes are incorporated on thepackaging; full installation instructionsare enclosed.
EI.ECTRICALDATAFor operation on 240V 50Hz suPPlY
Lamp Walts. Circuit Walls Clrcuil Current(amps)
LAMP COMPARISON TABLE
The Powersl¡mmer High BayKombiPaks are availabl€ withcontrol gear lo operate 250W and400W high-pressure sodium (SON)lamps. These generate a warm whitelight with colour renderingpfoperties that are suitable for most¡ndustrial applications.The table below gives the wattage ofHPL-N and SON lamps ofcomparable lumen output, andshows the s¡gnilicant savings inenergy consumption that can begained by changing to high-pressuresodi u m.
Gear box - Pre-wtred potted ballasl, housedin corrosion-resistant alum¡nium alloycastinq, with capacitor and ignitoÍ w¡red inlorugged Phenolic hous¡ng.Ref lector - AluminiumLampholder - Porcelain GES
SPECIFICATIONrType compl¡ance w¡th BS 4533Section 102.1.
To Specify State:lndustrial high-bay luminaire for SON lamp,
with pre-wired cast two part alum¡nium andblack phenolic gear box w¡th the Degree ofProtection 1P22. To be supplied as aKombiPak complete with lamp, gear andfix¡ng accessories. S¡milar to PhilipsPowerSlimmer lndustrial KombiPak.
RANGE OF OPERAT]ON240V 50Hz suppliesNormal indoor applicat¡ons.
280440
250400
1.32.2
25OW SON4OOW SON4OOW HPL_NTOOW HPL-N
Lamp Wâtts LDL
24,00045,0002 1,30040,000
Note: Mercury fluorescent lamPs UKmark¡ng MBF : Phil¡ps lnternat¡onalmarking HPL-N.
l'
I
Weight25OW 8.6 Kg4O0W 9.3K9 -T
157
,_Lt
327
I
Alldimensions ¡n mm
164
POWER$LIMMER SDK - DISCHARGE FITTIIIG
[fÉP BY STEP DESIGN
-^ dctermine the number and type
, lí,ì'i-nu¡l'ut required to achieve 300u'.^n lux:
åi4; :,'rtrl,ll" aPPro'riate rabre
tlJii z tocute the square which5l.i""oonds with your bay width andú'iiãire mount¡ng height lf Your
ft , I *: r:::l;"'.Î i #: 11"" åî""
112)p sfi fie square is shaded use a
lriiW lum¡naire. if unshaded use a:;ñú./ lum¡nalreläo ¿tne number on lhe topl-'¡lcates the number of rows ofilir¡naires across the bay. These'1.." chould be equally spaced, The
liliã*" to the walls should ¡deally:;half that between the rows.
iiEp S fr'" lower number is theinacing in metres between
iímina¡res down lhe rows.
STEP 6 D¡vide the bay length(metres) by this spacing and roundUP to the nearest whole number.lvlultiply th¡s by the number of rowsto arr¡ve al the total luminairesreq u i red.STEP 7 Space the luminaires equallydown the rows. The distance fromthe end luminaires to the end wallshould ideally be half the spacingdown the rows.
EXAMPLEAn assembly shop has a bay width
of 10m, a mount¡ng height of 8m anda bay length of 42m. An illuminanc(Jof 300 lux is required on the floor.STEP 'l Refer to table 1.STEP 2
27.2
10
STEP 3 250 Watt lum¡naire.STEP 4 2 Rows.Spacing between rows = 10/2 = 5.0mSpac¡ng to wall = 5/2 = 2.5mSTEP 5 Spacing down rows(taÞle) = 7.2mSTEP 6 Number per
= Bav lenoth = 42 =Spacing 7.2
5.83
Round¡ng up, number per row = 6No. of lum¡na¡res required= 6 x No. of rows (2)
=12STEP 7 Spacing down row (practical)= lenoth of tow = 42 = 7 .Omñõ:är- 6-
luminairesper row
Spacing to wall= 3.5m
0m
Typical Work Area Lighling LovolsMachine and Fittlngs ShopsRough bench and machine work -300 fuxÀ¡edium bench and machine workOrd¡nary automatic machinesBuffing and polishing - 500 Iux
Assembly ShopsRough work e.g. frame and heavymachine assembly - 300 luxMedium work e.g. engine assembly,vehicle body assembly - 500 lux
I nspectionRough work e.g. counting, roughchecking of stock parts - 300 luxMedium work e.g.'go'and 'no go'gauges, sub-assemblies - 500 luxA wider range of recommendedlighting levels is contained in theCIBS code for lnterior L¡ghling.
15
im
KEX-E-)ON
TABLEl-3OOLUXHeiOht (m)
678101215
TA8LE2-5OOLUXHe¡qht (m)
678101215
10
15
17
20
e
td
E
s1
ó
25
30lJpper Number : No. ol nowsLower NumberShaded
Spacing Down Rows
Unshaded : SDK 250Shaded : SDK400
THE ABOVE DESIGN METHOO IS BASED ON ACCEPTED DESIGNPROCEOURES. PHILIPS CAN ACCEPT NO RESPONSIBILITY FOBLIGHTING SCHEMES WHICH WHEN INSTALLED DO NOT CONFORMl0 AccEpTÊD oEStcN pRAcTlcE. FoR FUHTHER AovtcE PLEASECONTACT PHILIPS LIGHTING.
165
Upper Number : No. ol RowsLower Number : Spacing Down RowsShaded : 400WUnshâded ; SDK250Shaded : SOK400
I
1t'
27.8
28.0
27.2
28.0
27.2
26.5
27.2
27.2
26.5
26.5
26.0
25.5
26.0
26.0
26.0
25.5
29.0
29.0
37.8
38.0
38.0 9.0
28.0
28.0
3 37.2
37.2
28.0
)7.2
36.5
36.5
36.0
310.3
310.3
310.3
47.8
472
47.2
39.0
39.0 9.0
25.1
25.1
24.8
24.5
3 27t2
8.02
8.02
8.02
7,22
6.å2
8.0-
27.2
a7.2
26,5
28.5
2ð.9
2_.O.f:
26.0
26.0
26.0
¡&0 t2 9.:r¿.
38.0
38.0
38.0
af2 3
37.2
37.2
372
36t
3ö.3
¡.'Éf
36.5
s6.5
36.5
36,0
36.0
a?2
47.2
47,2
17,2
10.ó
46.6
a,J.8.t,!
POWERSIIMMER SDK - DISCHARGE FITTII{G
ORDEBII{G DATA
Ftxtxc & wlnltcF¡xing is by means of a 20m.m conduitdrop or chain suspension. Wiring ¡",'be taken through or alongside the -'conduit and into the gear unit via acable gland.
Catalogue No. Descr¡plion Packing quantily
sDK 2s0
SDK 4OO
250W SON400w soN
Powerslimmer lndustrial Komb¡Pak complete with 250W SON lamp, control gear andf¡xing accessoriesPowerslimmer lndustrial KombiPak complete with 400W SON lamp, control gear andfixing accessories
lndiv¡dually pâcked
lndiv¡dually packed
126
Spårs lamps
Ptease order in the lorm given in the following example. Spare lamps must be ordered in multiples ol the packing quant¡ty.
12 Philips Powerslimmer Industrial KombiPaks SDK 250
Lamp: Made in BelgiumLum¡naire: Made in Holland.
166
I
t-
167
lssued 8/83 BeDlaces P13048/2 U'
tOW BAY
TUMINAIRESA series of low bay I umina i res incl ud i ngSON/T and H PllT lamps in ralings f rom'1 50W to 400W.
RANGEILB 15OS 15OWLB 25OS 2sOWLB 40OS 4OOW
LB 250H 250LB 400H 400LB 250tvl
r Warehousesr Factories¡ Engineering
Workshops
SON/T luminaires
l\¡letal halide luminaires.
[/ercury comfortluminaires
GaragesLoading
APPLICATIONS:For use at mountjng heights in the region3m to 5m for ¡ndustrial and commercialareas such as:-
bays
r Sports Hallsr DIY premisesr Shopping centresr Hypermarketsr Entrance HaJls
FEATURESr Welded zintec treated steelfrabricat¡on primed and painted whitefor attractive appearance and corrosionresistance.r Removablê ìntegral control gear onhinged l¡d for ease of wiring and mounting.r Suitable for mounting on 20mmconduit, BS pendant dome, chain hook,trunk¡ng and on 600mm x 300mmexposed T ceiling mountìng.r Brightened and anodised high puritydimpled aluminium ref lectors.r High eff¡ciency reflectors givingwidespread distribution providingextended spac¡ngs for economiclighting solutions.r Dimensions su¡tab¡e for recessedceiling mount¡ng.r Appropriate lamp included in theluminaire.r Attachments include wire guard,alumin¡um louvres (for more commercialdecoralive presentation), polycarbonatedust cover suspended within the opticalchamber.
roreo,dcrrhrsDâr¡shcerclore PL 3048/3
tr,v,c)
m
tOW BAY LUMINAIRESSPEGIFIGATION¡Type compliance w¡th 8S4533 Section102.1
To specify state:-Low bay ¡uminaire w¡th integral controlgear and wìdespread distribution. S¡milarto Philips LB series.
BANGE OF OPERAÎION:240V 50Hz supplies.Normal indoor applications.
MATERIALS AND FINISH:Luminaire body: Sheet steel white
pa¡nted.Ref lector: Anodised and brightened
drmpled hrqh purity aluminium.
ORDERING DATA:Catalogue No. Descr¡ption Packing
Lum¡naires (including lamp)LB 1 5OSLB 25OSLB 4OOS
LB 25OHLB 4OOHLB 2501\¡ 2s0l\¡ HpL Comfoil
AccessoriesLB OO1
LB OO2
LB OO3
Replacement GearLB 1 sOSGLB 25OSGLB 4OOSGLB 25OHGLB 4OOHG
1 5OW SON/T25OW SON/I4OOW SON/I
25OW HPI/I4OOW HPI/T
Wire GuardPlastic CoverAluminium louvres
1 50W SONÆ25OW SONÆ4OOW SON/T250W HPtÆ4OOW HPI/I
I
i
Side Elevation End Elevation Top Elevat¡on
l- *'--lN
Slot Accepts 20mm conduit
4oo ___f
-Aïv
I
WIREGUARD LOUVRE IN POSITIONPLASTIC COVERIN POSITION
For Photometrics see Data Sheet pL 3074
168
LOW BAYPHOTOMETRrcINFORMATTOilI
Photometric information - '150W -400W discharge lamps. Polardiagrams, utilization factor tables andother essential photometric informationfor discharge lamps in the low bayrange. The data included is chosen tomeet the needs of the lighting designer.
Note: Mercury fluorescent lampgUK mark¡ng MBF: Ph¡lipslnlernal¡onal marking HPL-NUK mark¡ng MBI : Phllipslnlernat¡onal marking HPI
Photometric information is included tocover the following Iamp types:-25OW HPI/T4OOW HPYT1sOW SON/T25OW SON/T4OOW SON/TTogether with the followingattachments:
LB 001 wire guardLB 002 plast¡c coverLB 003 aluminium louvres
Calculations based on Cl BSTechn¡calMemorcndum No. 5 and TechnicalReport No.10.C/8S Standard Ptesentation.
To reordorthls Datâ Shætquoto PL 3074
r69l8su€d l0/84 NEW
I
l\¡ounting: SUSPENDED
Nadir lntensityCIE Flux Code
224cd/ lOOOlm43 84 98 100 84
SHF I\,IAXSHR I\,IAX
(Axial)(Transverse)
ULORLDLORLLORL
0.000.840.84
Glare Data
Correction Factors
Dust Cover
Wire Guard0.89
0.91
PHOTOMETRIC DATAf 50 SONiTWITH LOUVRE LOWBAY
SUSPENDED
Nadir lntensityCIE Flux Code
1 48cdl100olm51 8697 100 66
SHF IVAXSHR ¡,44X
(Ax¡al)(Transverse)
1.32.3
tOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INrcRMATIONPHOTOMETRIC DAIAI5O SON/T LOW BAY
Utilization Factors UF for SHR 2.20
Luminous lntensities cdll OOOIm
I ransverse Ax¡al224224 224
10230 220
2253 zDA
35 303 147170
45 332 1AA
12455 286 t00
13/65 ß5 51
41 2A75 1/ 21
I 153U o
Util¡zation Factors UF for SHR 1.80
Luminous lntens¡ties cd/l OOOIm
Test No. C923 Daled:84.05.22
l\reasured in accordance withBS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBSTN,l5 and TR10
i
I
Tesl No. C923 Datedi 84.0s.22
¡/easured in accordance wilhBS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBST¡/5 and TR10
Room Reflectances
F 0.75 1.00 1.25 't.50Room lndex
7030
202020
NANANA
NANANA
706561
736965
797571
827975
85B1
8BB5
87
202020
503010
NANANA
NANANA
686360
7167
767370
7674
827976
8482BO
B4
202020
503010
NANA
NANA
747l
7774
7977 79 8j
000 NA NA 57 61 69 71 74 7ô
Luminous Area (sq cm) 1015
Room Reflectances Room lndexcwF o75 1m 1)E 1.50 2.00 2.50 3-00 4.0070 50 20
30 2010 20
NANANA
504643
545047
575350
61
5855
u5A
666361
686664
706866
202020
50 503010
NANANA
494543
534947
565250
595754
62
5761
666462
676564
202020
30 503010
NANANA
4B4542
5148
545149
575553
605B56
61595B
636260
64
62000 NA 41 44 47 51 53 58 59
ULORLDLORLLOFìL
0.000.660.66
Glare Data
170
SUSPENDED
DATASON/TLOWBAY
21 3cd/1 000Im41 83 97 100 82
Data
Factors
0ust Cover
l,lire Guard
0.89
0.91
PHOTOMETRIC DATASON/TWIÎH LOUVRE
t0tll BAY
240cdl10001m50 85 97 100 64
Rat¡o 0.00
101 5llminous Aroa (sq cm)
tOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATIONUt¡lization Factors UF for SHR
Luminous lntensities cdl1 0001m
Ax¡elo 213
213 213
t5 214 211219 207
5 230245 192
18040 319
321 144121
294144 80
50 31
0 I 169
9{J 1
Tesl No. C471 Dated:84.05.18
Measured in accordance wilhBS 5225
Ca¡cu¡ations Based on CIBSTN/5 and TFì10
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR 1.BO
Luminous lntensities cd/1 000lm
240 240235
214
250 180I ti0
112
305 77
6042
31 24
a5 1
0
Test No. C915 Dated: 84.05.18
Measured in accordance wilhBS 5225
Cålculations Based on CIBSTM5 and TR10
Room Bellèctances Room lndexF 0.75 1.00 1.25 1.50 2.OO 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
70 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
NANANA
676157
70 76726B
B5a280
a78482
7g76
827A76
202020
50 503010
NANANA
NANANA
656057
686461
7067
83B1
80
777471
797674
a27977
I
202020
30 503010
NANANA
NANANA 56
6360
71
68747269
7472
797775
807977
000 NA NA 54 5B 63 66 69 72
¡
1.52.9
MAXMAX
0.000.82o.a2
í-6t!actioô Ratio
ÞminousAreâ (sq cm)
0.00
1015
Mounting: SUSPENDED
SHR IiIAX lAxial)SHRMAX ilranóverse¡
1.3
ULORLOLORLLORL
0.000.640.64
Room Rellectances Room lndexcwF 0.75 't.00 1.25 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50 20
30 2010 20
NANANA
4BM41
4845
55
4S
605654
625957
6461
6664
68
6450 50 20
30 2010 20
NANANA
474441
514A45
54514A
58
52
605855
62
5B
646260
656462
30 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
464340
504744
525047
565351
585654
605B56
626059
636260
000 NA 39 43 45 49 52 54 56 57
ûlare Data (CtBS)
171
Mounling: SUSPENDED
Nadir lntensityClÊ Flux Code
208cd/10001m41 82 97 100 81
SHR MAXSHR IV1AX
(Axial)(Transverse)
1.52.9
ULORLDLORLLOFL
0.000.810.81
Glare Data
Correction Factors
tOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INK'RMATIONPHOTOMETRICDATA4OO SON/T LOW BAY
Utilizat¡on Factors UF for SHR 2.20
Luminous lntens¡ties cdl1 0001m
Ax¡el0 2o4
1 207206
25 221 196
2? 175313
14232 123
7A
ti5
75 21 26
3 '10
90
Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR 1.80
Luminous lntensities cdlf 0001m
0 234
233212
241 1
2AA
11345
30tt 7
134
5'1
2o 20
11
)
TestNo.C925 Dated:84.05.22
¡,4easured in accordance withBS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBSTM5 and TR10
Dust Cover
Wire Guard
0.89
0.91
PHOTOMETRICDATA4OOW SOH/TWITH LOUVRELOWBAY
Mounting: SUSPENDEÞ
Nadir lnlensityCIE FluxCode
234cdl10001m49 85 97 100 64
SHF I\4AXSHR I\,IAX
(Axial)(Transverse)
1.3
ULORL O.OODLORL 0.64LORL 0.64
Flux Fractlon Batio
Luminous Area (sq cm)
0.00
101 5
Test No. C926 Daled:84.05.22
Measured ¡n accordance w¡thBS 5225
Calculãt¡ons Based on CIBSTMs and TFì10
Room lnder1.25 1.50 2.OO 2.50 3.00 4.00
7571
787571
B1
7774
202020
3010
NANANA
NANANA
666056
6964
84817A
83
50 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
NANANA 56
6360
6966
7270
7573
7B76
807S
30 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
NANANA
625855
6562
706765
737168
7371
78
747B
7653 65 68000 NA NA 56 71
Room Relleclances Ræm lndexc F o.75 1.(X) 1.25 1.50 2.OO 2.50 3.OO 4-00 5.00
70 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
484441
524845
555148
5956
625956
63 66u62
676564
50 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
474340
514744
53504A
575452
6057
61
57
636260
656362
30 50 2030 20'10 20
NANANA
464240
494644
524947
5351
585654
5756
616058
626t60
000 NA 3B 42 45 49 51 56 57
Glare Data {CIBS)
172
LOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATIONETR¡C DATA Utilization Factors UF for SHR 2.10
HP¡ITLOWBAY
Luminous lntensities cdl1 0001m
iÍi[,lll"Æx:
208cdl10001m44 85 97 100 80
Eleval¡on Ttensvêrse axtal204 20P,
5 zr.JE212 2U9
15 2072t) 23rl 204
244 1qR30 190
31740 325 15945 3-12 138
29055 91tio 119
5570
13 2A80 l985 2
0 1
Tesl No. C930 Dated:84.05.25
Measured in accordance w¡thBS 5225
Calculat¡ons Based on CIBSTN,ls and TR10
IVAXMAX
1.52.7
lóatiLoRL.NRL
0.000.800.80
Ala¡e Data
corfection Factors
Oust Cover
Wire Guard
0.89
0.91
PIIOTOMETBIC DATA,iOW HPI/T LOW BAY
Utilizat¡on Factors UF (F) for SHR 1.7S
Mounl¡nq: SUSPENDED
Luminous lntensities cdl1 0001m
ladtrlntensityllEFluxCode
22Bcdl10001m52 86 97 100 62
IranSversê Ax¡ãl224
224217
242 19325 253 1/4
271130
316295 85
72175't 04 506441
75 2217
a5 6o
Test No. C931 Dated:84.05.25
[/easured ¡n accordance withBS 5225
Calculat¡ons Based on CIBSTM5 and TFì1 0
ilare Data (CtBS)
SUSPENDED
Room Rêllêclânces Room lndexcwF o75 loo 1.2s 1.50 3.00 4.O02.00 2.50202020
70 503010
NANANA
NANANA
666157
7065
757168
7A7572
817775
838178
85B381
202020
50 503010
NANANA
NANANA
646057
686461
73ô9
767370
7A7573
BO
7876
82807g
30 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
NANANA
63
566360
706865
737169
757371
777674
7876
000 NA NA 54 57 66 68 71 72
1015(sq cm)
Room Rellectances Room lndexcwF 0.75 1.00 't.25 '1.50 2(n 2ffi 3.00 4.00 5.0070 50
3010
202020
NANANA
474340
514744
545047
57u52
6057
62
57
M62
656362
50 503010
202020
NANANA
464240
494644
524947
56
51
58
535755
61605B
636160
30 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
4542
4A4543
5148
54
50
5654
575654
595857
60
58000 NA 3B 41 44 48 50 54 55
1.32.2
IJLORLDLORLLORL
0.000.620.62
Lumìnous Aroa (sq cm)
0.00
10f 5
173
-ttOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INFORMATIONPHOTOMETRIC DATA Utilization Factors UF (F) for SHR 2.004OOW HPI/T LOW BAY
Mount¡ng: SUSPENDED
Luminous lntensities ã7cdl1 0O0lm
Nadir lnlensityCIE Flux Code
217cd/lOOOlm46 86 97 100 B0
SHR MAXSHF N'AX
(Axial)(Transverse)
1.52.5
DLORLLORL
0.000.80
Glare Data
Correction Factors
Dust Cover
Wire Guard0.89
0.91
PHOTOMETRIC DATA4OOW HPI/TWITH LOUVRELOWBAY
l\rounting: SUSPENDED
Nadir lntensityC¡Ê Flux Code
238cd/10001m54 87 97 100 62
SHFì MAX (Ax¡al)SHF l\4AX (Transverse)
1.32.1
ULORLDLOBLLORL
0.000.62o.62
Ratio 0.00
1015Luminous Area (sq cm)
Elêvâl I ransvêrsê ÂY¡âl217 217217
1 219 2162)4234 213
5 254 20/30 29i 198
323 tub167
303 14ti123
55 161 102
6 52 50
11 27a0 5
90 0 I
Utilization Factors UF for SHR 1.70
Luminous lntensities cdl1 O00lm
TestNo.C933 Dated:84.0525
¡,4easured in accordance w¡thBS 5225
Calcu¡alions Based on CIBST¡,45 and TR10
lestNo.C934 Dated:84.0S.2S
l\4easured in accordance withBS 5225
Calculations Based on CIBST[45 and TR10
Room Room lndex
F 0.75 .50 2.OO 2.50 3.00
706562
757168
797572
B1
7775
70 50 2030 20
NANANA
5753
61
8481
798t
50 50 2030 20
6864 70
67 70
787573
NANA
6056
6460 78 80
2020
30 503010
NANANA
595552
635956 60
716B65
7371
6g
757371
7A7674
7B
76000 58 63 6B 71NA 50 54
Luminous Area (sq cm) I015
Balio
Room Rellectances Room lndexcwF 0.75 1.00 1.25 2.00 2.50 3.00 4.00 5.00
202020
70 503010
NANANA
4A4441
514A45
54514A
5B ô05B55
626057
64
60
666462
50 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
464340
504744
535047
565451
585654
605856
60636260
30 50 2030 2010 20
NANANA
454240
494644
514947
u5250
565553
585655
605857
61
6059
000 NA 42 45 4B 51 52 54 56
Glare Data (CIBS)
174
BAY PHOTOMETRIC INHTRMAT¡ON
175
I.II
tOW BAY PHOTOMETRIC INKIRMATION
174
I
178
MA SflIÍ RAIIIGERoaülighting Lantenns
Group A roadl¡ghling lanterns withGRP canopies and acrylic refractorbowls for use w¡th Iow pressuresod¡um lamps.
BAT{GE
Side entry lanterns for SOX-866 and90W SOX, SOX-E91 and 135W SOX,SOX-E131 and 180W SOX lamps withor without NEMA socket and wilh orwithout jntegral control gear. Alllanterns can be adjusted to provide'cut-off'or 'semi cut-off ' Iightdistribution in compliance w¡th BritishStandards requirements.
APPLICAT¡O]{SMajor roadsMolorwaysRoad junctions
ro ¡eorderthis Darå sheorquore PL 126617
179lssudT/& BeplacesPL 1266/6 É?
rl
MA $OX RAI{GE - ROADTIGHTII{G TAIITERIISFEÀTURESOpt¡calr Un¡que dual purpose oplics prov¡djngboth'cut-off' and'semi cut-oif.distribution from one Iantern.A s¡mple lampholder and lamp supportbrackel prov¡de both distr¡bulions withno add¡t¡onal components.r lnjection moulded acrylic reflectorwith h¡gh quality ¡nterioi prisms andsmooth outer surface for easvmaintenance.
Electricalr Removable qear trav forSOX-E66/9OW SOX áNd SOX-E91 / 135W SOX and removable andhinged gear shoe for SOX-E1 31 /1 80W SOX.
! High quality control gear componentsand heat resistant wiring.r For SOX-E66/90W SOX andSOX-E91/135W SOX qear is in lheoptical chamber to maintain aeslhelicappearance.
Mechanicalr White glass re-inforced polvesler(GRP) canopy. UV stab¡tidedio resrstchemical and weather influences andwith excellent strenqth andpropert¡es.
r Smooth canopy for easymarntenance.¡ Low proJile to provide low windagearea and force coefflcient propertiðs soreductng column stress.I Stainless steel bolts, screws andclips to resisl corros¡on. The clips allowtne þowl to be hinged for easvmaintenance.r D.ie.cast alum¡nium side entry spigotsuitable for 42mmr48mm entrú for ãltbut SOX-E131 lBOW SOX inrâsratgear lanterns, g¡ving improved 'strength and corrosion resjstance.r Die cast alumin¡um qear shoe for42/48mm entry in SOI_E 131/tBoWSOX integral gear lantern withexcellent strength and corros¡vepropert¡es.
r Extruded neoprene gasket betweenthe bowl and canopy for long liferesrirence and excellent sealinq g¡vinga degree of protection to Ip54.
Modula¡ Conceptr The.canopy, bowl and skeleton spigothave been designed on a modularconcept to help in schemestandardisation.r Removable gear trays help reducemaintenance costs.
DIMENSIONS
rSpigot entry module, made from d¡e_cast non-corrosive alum¡nium alloy,desrgned,for s.ide entry mount¡ngcontrguration for 42 to 4gmm spigots.¡Extruded neoprene gasket between:3!9pf u.nd bowt provides resitientsear. òpíng clips ensure an evenpressure all round.rKite marked to BS 17g8. TvDecompt¡ance with BS 4533 Sé¿tion 102.3rDepartment of Transpol t acceptancerererence TE/AD/6
ÍIATEBIALS& FIìISH
Relractor bowl: lnject¡on mouldeOacryl ic.
Canopy: Glass f¡bre re-inforcedpolyester (GBP) pressing.
Spigot: Die-cast non-corrosive ¿¡¡o,Gasketfor housing: Extrudedneoprene rub¡ber.
F¡xing clips.: Spr¡ng sta¡nless stee¡.lnlernal w¡ring: Heat resistant pVC-
rThe Lantern shall have, as anintegral part of the design,adjustment for both 'semi cut-off ' lightdistribution and'cut-off ' l¡ohtd¡stribut¡on.¡ The Lantern shall have lnternationalProtection category lp54.rThe Lantern shall be sim¡lar toPhilips ¡,44 SOX range.
SPECIFICATION
To speclly state:rLanterns shall be certilied bv lheBr¡t¡sh Standards lnst¡tution a; typecompliance with BS 1798.rLanterns shall be suitable for use ingroup 410, 412 and B8 jnstallationsas specilied ¡n BS S4B9: part 2 andPart 3.
rLanterns shall be of a type currenilyacceptable to the Department ofTransport.rThe Lantern shall be totallvenclosed, side entry mountino on42l48mm o.d.spigots 100 mrñ longandsu¡tablefor usew¡th SOX and SOX-Elow pressure sod¡um lamps.
All dimensions in mm
1594 (180W)
W¡lh cea.
1066 (90W) 1411 (
(90w) 1066 (135W) i411 (180W)
284
Geat
Gear
180
MA SOX RAilGE - ROADTIGHÏII{G I.AI{ÏERI{SDATA
Ral¡ng D¡mensionsLength Deplh
Weight W¡ndage Force Lighl Oulpul RalloPlan m'z Elevation m2 Coefficient LOR DLOR
gOW SOXgOW SOXgOW SOX
S gOWSOX135W SOX
S 135WSOX135W SOX
S 135WSOX18OW SOX
s 180wsox.180w sox18OW SOX
81 9mm81gmm
1 066mm1 066mm1 066mm'1066mm
141 1mm141 1mm141 1mm141lmm1 594mm1 594mm
180mm180mm180mm180mm.lB0mm
180mm'180mm
180mm180mm180mm180mm180mm
5.2k9 0.20 o.12 0.40 0.78o.78o.780.78o.7a
0.76
o
5.4k98.4k98.6k96.6k96.8k9
'l0.7kg10.9k98.5kg8.7k9
17.2kg
0.200.270.270.27o.270.37o.37o.37o.370.42o.42
0.'t20.1 60.1 60.1 6u. to0.22o.220.220.22o.27o.27
0.400.500.500.500.500.450.450.450.450.460.46
0.0.0.0.0.0.0.
781d79
7979
0.760.760.760.76o.76o.77o.77o.77o.770.770.7717
photometric data, refer to Sheet No. PL 8204.
DAÏA
LamPBallast Capacllor lgn¡lor Ma¡ng
VollageMains LampCurrenl(amps) Guaenl(amps) Wattg
BSX 90BSX,13514135BSX 90BSX 13514135
1401015007L5020140101500715020
SX76SX74
240V240V
0.500.671.000.400.570.80
0.950.950.900.620.620.62
'104w
159W220W83't29'176
SX74
220/240V240V240V220/240V
Iamp data, refer to Sheet No. PL 1757
For full control gear data, refer to Sheet No. PL 1 777
ORDERING DATA
For 90W SOX
[/490-oosMA90-Oo.1 S
MAgO.GOSMAgO-GO-1 S
For l35W SOX
f/A50-oost A50-oo.1s¡/A50-GOS¡¿.l450-GO.1S
For l80W SOX
MA60-oosMA60-oo-1 sMA6O.GOMA60-GO.1
LanternLantern with NEMA socketLanternLantern with NEMA socket
)ro,
)"'\ro,ljtor
)ro'
)'o,
loose gear
integral gear
LanternLantern with NEMA socketLanternLantern with NEMA socket
loose gear
integral gear
LanternLantern with NEMA socketLanternLantern with NEMA socket
loose gear
integral geart
twhen order¡ng integral 9eår lantern, gear unit must be orderedseparately as follows:
88021 135/180W gear unitExample: 24 MA60-GO*1 lanterns
+24 R8O21 gear units
Spare Relraclor Bowls
CatalogueNo. Descr¡ption Packing Qty,
R8154R8155R8156
Bowl for 90W lantern with clipsBowl fo|135W lantern with cl¡psBowl for'180W lantern with clips
101010
See Road lantern spares sheet lorother replacemenl parts.
181
IIIA SOX RA]IOE- ROADTIGIITIIIG [AilTERilS
182
l-
MA 30Group A RoadlightlngLanterns
Roadl¡qhting lantern for Group A and
area liõhting for use with high pressure
sodium and mercurY fluorescentlamps.
Note: MeÍcufy lluolescanl lamPs
UK marklng MBF : Phil¡Pslnternât¡onal marklng HPL-N
RAI{CERemote control gear operated lanternwith or w¡thout NEMA socket for usew¡th SON 150W, 250W or 400W orHPL-N 250W or 400W lamPs.
aPPLICAI¡Ot{sPossible applications includerMotorwaysrHighwaysrSecondary roadsrArea lighting¡Security lightingrFactory perimeter lightingrGaragè forecourts
PLß?,/6
I
i
183
To reorderrhis Dala shéslquole
AodaæsPL 182215
lr
il
I
rl
i
il
l
ril
iti
Ll
mA 50 - R0ADUGflTHGFEAIURESrLightweight lantern canopy. of spunalUmtnrUnì construction. pre_treatedstove-enamelled white, both outs¡deand inside.¡Sp¡got entry corros¡on res¡stantdie-cast aluminium alloy (LN.46L4).
rOne piece acrylic bowl attached tothe body w¡th stainless steel clips.
730100
Entry fora 4248mmo.d. spìgot
640
1
L310
Alld¡mensions in mm
LANTERN DATA
t.No clips on bowls ensur¡ng eâsystorage without scratching õowls.rNylon bowl reta¡nino straos _unclip easily to allowlull access lormat n[enancetNeoprene gasket ensures dust andweatnerprool seal.rLanterns pre-wired with heatreststant cables to terminal block andutS tampholder with seoaratecable clamp.rLantern to accept NÉMA sockets orrw_o part photocell supplied if required.roptical system uses h¡gh¡y Þol¡shedstÕe reilectors, made from suoerp.'urity aluminium alloy, chemicallybfl ghtened and anodised.rCut-off and semi cut_ofl liohtdistribution achieved by siñoleadjustment of the lampholder pos¡tionand the mirrors.rDepartment of Transport acceDtancereference TE/AD/6 June 1 979.
MATEBIALS& FINISH
rCanopy: Spun aluminium finishedwhite stoved enamel.rBowl: Acrylic plastic.rSealing gasket: Neoprene searSpigot entÌy: Cast aluminium Li\i16il¡.rReflectors: Super purity aluminiunt'alloy. Chemically br¡ghtened andanod¡sed.
SPECIFICATIONrKite marked to BS 1788. Typecompliance w¡th BS 4533 Section i0A.l.rLantern shall be suitable for use ingroup 88, 410 and 412 installationsas specif¡ed in BS 5489 Part 2 and 3.r Degree of protect¡on 1P23.
To specily stale:Roadlighting lantern which fultycomplies with the requirements ofBS 4533. The lantern shall have, as.^integral part of its construction, the
-"fâcil¡ty for providing either cut-off orsem¡ cut-off l¡ght distribut¡on by simor^adJUstment of the lampholder and ' "mirror and shall be philips tVlA 30or sim¡lar.
OrderingCode
Rat¡ng Dlmens¡onsLength Depth
Weight W¡ndagePlan m'1 Elevalion m,
ShåpeFactor
Light Oulput RatioLOR DLoR
MA 30 15OW SON250W SON4OOW SON25OW HPL.N4OOW HPL-N )
730mm 310mm 5 okq 0.32 m, 0.17 m,78Vó to Ssyo 740Â lo 84%Depend¡ng on lamp typeand d¡stribution
0.34
For full photometric data refer to Data Sheet No. pL 8202.
l
i
ll
rl
ELECIRICAL DAIÄLamp Ballast Capacitor lgnitor Mains Malns
Currenl(amps)
CircullWallsVoltage
LampCurrent(amps)
1sOW SON25OW SON4OOW SON25OW HPL-N4OOW HPL-N
140162 x 140162 x L4020L4020L4025
09IJ
1.218
183.0442032
2BOW440W268W424W
BSNl 50BSN250BSN4OOBHL250BHL4OO
505050
SNSNl
240240240240240
For full famp data refer to Data Sheet Nos. pL I 776 _ SONPL 1768 _ HPL-N
ORDERING DAIA
Calalogue Descriplionnumber Packlng
OuantltySide entry lantern for loose control gear .l
Side entry lantern with NE¡,4A socket for ¡oose control gear ì
MA 30¡,llA 30*1
184
Mâde in Great Britain.
i
I
Ml 50 tllil 55Lanterns fo¡ Group Broadl¡ght¡ng
Group B roadlighting lanterns withaluminium canopy and vandalresistant bowl, for low and hlghpressure sod¡um lamps.
RAilGEFor 35W SOX, SOX-E26, side or topentry lanterns with or w¡thout NEMAsocket and with or without'integralgear.For 70W SON, side entry lanterns withor without NEMA sockel and with orwithout integralgear.
APPLICATIOIISThe lantern is suitable for:rGroup B roadlightingrSecurity lightingrResidential lightingrCar parks¡Hotel forecourtsrShopping precinctsrRailway stations
FEAÎURESrCanopy is in high pressure die-castaluminium to provide rigidity anddurability.rBowl is vandal res¡stant, and iseasily removable for maintenãnce.¡lgn¡tor circuit in SOX integral gearlanterns provides fast re-lgnit¡on andminimisès watts losses.rcontrol gear in ¡ntegral gear types ismounted on a hinged tray for easyaccess.rTop and side entry, ¡ntegral andloose gear versions have same
. external appearance.
ro.cordorrh¡s D6rå sheotquoro PL 177 416
185
I
I
i
i:l
II
,'ll
;
i
i
ilr 50 Mr 5õ - RoADUGHTHGTATIF¡AL3& FIIIISH
Canopy: High-pressure d¡e-castaluminium LMôM.Eowl: Vandâl resistant material.Bowl clips; Stainless stedl.Gear lray: White precoated sheet steel
sPËctFtcattollType cornpliance with BS 45gosection 102 3 and '103 1.
Degree of protection 1P54.
To specify state:Group B roadlighting lantern whichaccommodates with one housingversions for 35W SOX, SOX-E26 or70W SON lamps wlth integral or forremote control gear, with or withoutNEMA sockel.Top entry lanterns rétain the sameappearance.
For use in Group 85/6 ¡nstallations
LAI{IÊRI| DAIÀ
Ml 50 and Ml 55 side entry
Ml 50lop entry
3zl-esp sp¡so¡
Alld¡mensions in mm
Alldimensions ¡n mm
rno
163
Orderlng RatlngCode
Dimens¡onsLenglh Depth
Welght W¡ndage L¡ghtPlan m2 Ëlevat¡on m2 LoR
Output RatloDLOR
Ml 50-ooMr 50-GOMl 55-OOMr 55-GO
410mm410mm4'10mm410mm
'l72mm172mm'l7zmm172mm
2.6k94.5k92.6k9
0 0670 0670 0670 067
0 0630.0630 0630 063
35W SOX, SOX-E2635W SOX, SOX-82670w soN70w soN
> 0'65>0.65
0690,69
>0.63>0.63
063063
For lull photometr¡c data, refer to sheet no, pL g201
ILECTRICAL DAÎALamp Ballasl Malng
CurrontCircuICapacilor lgnltor Malns Lamp
Current (amps) Watts
35WSOX,SOX-E26 BSX355TOWSON BSNTO
L4008L4010
SX72lntegral
o.22o.4
0.61.0
4885
?40240
For full lamp data, reler to: pL 17S7 - SOXPL 1776 _ SON
ORDENIXG DAIAFor 35W SOx
Side entry lanternS¡de entry lantern with.NEMA socketTop entry IanternTop entry lantern w¡th NEMA socketSide entry lanternSide entry lantern with NEMA sòcketTop entry lanternTop entry iantern with NEMA socket
Side entry lanternSide entry lantern w¡th NEMA socketSide entry lanternSide entry lantern with NEMA socket
There are various versions of eachlantern type available against a staledlead time, which can be identified froñtthe ordering codes. The following suff ixeshave the follow¡ng meanings.
No Asterisk.. No PhotocellOption-1 NEMA Socketfitted andwired-2 14mm holefortwo oartcell
"3 NEMA Socket with Fog Overridefitted and wired-4 2 part cell fittêd and wired.5 Hole for single part electronic cell
'6 Single part electronic cell f¡tted
Mt50-ooMl 50-oo*1Mr50-oTMt 50-oT*1Mt50-coMr 50-GO* 1
MI5O-GTMt 50-GT*1
lor loose gear
with ¡ntegral gear
lor loose gear
with ¡ntegral gear
For 70W SON
Ml55-OOMt 55-OO*1Ml55-GOMt 55-GO*1
Lanterns are ¡ndiv¡dually packed
186
.Made in u.K.
I
l;
L*1.
r
L
187
lssued 9 82 Feplâc€s PL3003/2 Él
Mt80Lantorn for Group Broadlightlng
croup B roadlighting lantern withaluminium canopy and vandalres¡stant bowl lor low pressuresodium lamps.
RAIIGEFor SOX-E36 and 55W SOX, side entrylantern with or without NEMA socketand wilh or without integral gear.
Top entry version available onrequest.
aPPLtCAltOllSThe lantern is suitable for¡Group B roadlight¡ngrSecurity lightingrResident¡al lightingrCar parks¡Hotel fdrecourtsrShopping precinctsrRailway stations
rorcorde,rhisDa!åshsetquors P[3003/3
I
:]
MI sO - ROADTIGHTII{GFEATURES
rCanopy is a high-pressurealuminium die-cast¡ng to providerig¡d¡ty and durability.rBowl is vandal resistant and easilyremovable for maintenance.rlntegral control gear is mounted ona hinged gear tray for easy access.rlgnitor c¡rcuit on integral gearlanterns provides fast re-ignition andmin¡m¡ses watts losses.rlntegral and loose gear types havethe same external appearance.
Canopy: H¡gh-pressure die-castalumin¡um LM6M.Bowl: Vanda¡ resistant mater¡al.Bowl cl¡ps: Sta¡nless steei.Gear lray: Pre-coated sheet steel
SPECIFICAÏION
Type compliance with BS 4533Sect¡on 1 02.3 and 1 03.1 .
Degree of protection 1P54.
To specily slale:Group B road¡ight¡ng lantern for55W SOX lamps which accommodateswith one housing vers¡ons with¡ntegral or for loose control gear, topor side entry mounting with or withoutNEMA socket.For use in Group 86 installations
LANTERN DAÎA
Dimensions in mm Entrv for 3OD Spisot
4mm
t-90
172 Il-82
{514 l- lao*l
Orderlng RallngCode
Dlmens¡onsLength Depth
We¡ghtPlan m' Elevat¡on m'?
Light Oulput RatioLOR DLOR
Windage
N¡t B0-ooMl80-GO
SOX-E36 and 55W SOXSOX-E36 and 55W SOX
514mm514mm
182mm'182mm
2 gkg4 8kg
0 0930.093
0 0830 083
0.68068
0630.63
For ful I photometric data, refer to sheet no, pL 8201.
ELECTRICAL DATA
Lamp Ballast Capacitor lgn¡tor MainsVoltage Current (amps)
LampCurenl (amps)
CircultWalts
Mains
SOX-E36 and 55W SOX55W SOX
BSX355BSX 355
1400814008
SX72sx72
240240
0.220.3
0.35 516806
Forfull lamp data, referto PL 17S7
ORDERIIIG DATA
For 55W SOX
Mt80-oot\,,il 80-oo*1Mt80-GO¡,4t80-GO*1
Side entry IanternSide entry lantern with NEMA socketSide entry lanternSide entry lantern with NEMA socket
ìIfor loose gear
with integral gear
For top enlry lanlerns, address enquir¡es lo Ph¡lips Lighilng.
Lanterns are individually packed.
\ìl188
Made in U.K.
L189
MISILantern for SOX-E|8
Lantern with aluminium canopy andvandal resistant bowl lor SOX-E1 I low-pressure sodium lamps.
RAI{GE
Lanterns complete with integralcontrol gear for SOX-81 I lamps,available in side or top entry versionswith or without NEMA socket.
APPLICATIONS.Side roadsrFootpathsrSecurity l¡ghtingrCar parksrResidential lighting
Availablê to special order only
ro,eode'rh¡soarâshesrquore Pt3004/2
MI51 - ROADTIGHTIIIGFEAfUNESrCanopy is in high-pressure die-castalum¡nium to provide r¡gidity andd urabi litY.
rBowl is'/andal resistant and is easilyremovable lor maintenance.loontrol gear ¡s mounted on a traywhich hinges downwards for easymaintenance.¡ SOX-E1 I circuit ¡s highly energyeffective, dissipating only 25 watts.r Top and side entry versions havesimilar appearance and overalldimensions.
Canopy: H¡gh-pressure die-castaluminium LM6M.Bowl: Vandal resislant material.Bowl cl¡ps and h¡nges: Stainless steel.Gear ùay: White precoated sheet steel.
SPECIFICATION
Type compliance with constructionalrequirements of BS 4533 Section 1 02.3.
Degree of Protection 1P54.
To spec¡ly state:Aluminium lantern for use w¡thSOX-E1B lamp with inlegral controlgear rn top or stde enlry versions eachw¡th s¡milar appearance.
LANTERN DATA
Ml 51 s¡de êntry
Ml 51 lop entry
'l
I
I
l
I
il
I
I
1
l
Cal No. Ral¡ng Dimens¡onsLength Depth
Welght W¡ndaqePlan m'z Elevalion m,kg.
N,il 51 SOX-E18 410mm 172mm g.s 0.067 0.063
ELECTRICAL DATA
Lamp Ballast Cãpac¡tor lgnitor Ma¡ns Voltage Ma¡ns Current (Amps) Lamp Current (Amps) Circult WahSOX.E18 BSX18 L4OO5 N/A 240 0.14 0.35For full lamp data, refer to PL 17S7
ORDERING DATA
Cat. No. Descrlplion
Mr s1-GOMl 51-GO*1MI 51-GTt\,4t 51-cr* ,
Side entry lantern w¡th integral control gearintegral control gear andSide entry lantern with
Top entry lantern with i ntegral control gearTop entry lantern w¡th
NEMA socket
NE¡,44 socketLanterns are in¡vidually packed.Lamps must be ordered separately.
Lanlern: l\,4ade in UKBallasl: Made ¡n Holland
integral control gear and
190
scs 203Lanterns for groupA and B roadlightingBAl{GElntegral gear luminaires
50w 70w 100w soNlOOWSON/T l5OWSON/ST25OW SON/T80W 125W HPL-N lamps.
Side or post top entry, wilh or w¡thoutNEMA socket.
APPLICATIOIISr Major Roads¡ Minor Roadsr Road Junctionsr Secur¡ty Lighting
FEAIUFESOptical
r Patented 'POT'faceted one D¡ecereflector in high purity chemicâltyanod¡sed aluminium lor prec¡se conlrol ofSONÆ lamps,r Two high pur¡ty chemica¡ly anodisedaluminium reflectors for elipt¡cal lamps.r Light distribution des¡gned to takemaximum advantage of the lum¡nancedesign system.r Optional NEMA socket available.r Toe in angle 10'for SONÆ, tS.or20"for el¡ptical lamps.
Mechanicalr Sturdy die cast aluminium bracket frame.r Die cast aluminium rotatable sp¡gotentry forside orpost lop entry and su¡tablelor 34/42t48mm.rOpt¡onal 76mm spigot for post topmounting.r L¡ght we¡ght glass flbre reinforcedpolyester hous¡ng.r Vandal proof polycarbonate bowl f¡ttedwith high quality rubber gasket.I Stainless steel screws.
lo rsord€r this Dats Shæt quots P[ 3050/1
E--
191lssud 9.43
:!
scs 203
MAINTENANCE
r I P54 degree of protection for extendedmaintenance per¡ods.¡ Easy access to optical and gearchamber by sjngle quick release clip.¡ Lockable hinged up canopy action for"work bench" installation and servjcing¡n situ.r Smooth surface bowl for easy cleanrng.r Bowl easjly removed.r Snap fixing gear tray incorporatinglampholder for easy seruicing.
Reflector: H¡gh purity alum¡niumCanopy: Glass reinforced polyesterBowl: lnjection moulded polycarbonateFrame: Die cast aluminìum
LANTERN DATA
Windage
- Plan 0.17m,Elevat¡on 0.096m,
Weights_ 35W SOX/SOX-E 26
sOW SON7OW SONlOOW SON/SON/T1 sOW SONi SON/ST25OW SON/T8OW HPL-N1 25W HPL-N
SPECIFICATION
Type compliance with 854533 section1 02.3 Class I Electrical Protection (earthrequired).
5.3k95.8k96.0k96.6k97.1k97.3k95.8k95.8k9
DIMENSIONS
ELECTRICAL DATA
Lamp Ballast Capacitor lgnitor Mains Circu¡tCurrent Wâtts(lamps)
Ma¡nsVoltage(volrs)
50w soN7OW SON1 OOW SON/SON/T1 sOW SON/ST25OW SON/T8OW HPL-N1 25W HPL,N
240240240240240240240
BSNSOBSNTOBSNlOOBSNF,150BSNF25OBHLSOBHL125
14008140101401 0L40202x140161400814008
SN55SN5O
SN5O
61851151742bo8B'137
0.38o.40.60.91.30.40.64
ORDERING DATA
SideFìetlectors
POTOptics
W¡th NEMASocket
Without NEMASocket
For 50W/SONsçs 203/050 GsGS 203/050 G'1
For 70W SONsGS 203/070 GsGS 203/070 G'1
For 1 00W SONsGS 203/1 00 GsGS 203/1 00 G'1
For 1 00W SON/TSGS 203/1 OO GTsGS 203,/100 GT-1
For 1 50W SON/STSGS 203/1 50 GTsGS 203/1 50 GT'1
¡
T
¡
I
For 250 SON/TsGs 203/250 GTsGs 203/250 GT'1
For 80W HPI -NHGS 203/080 GHGS 203/080 G'1
I
For 1 25W HPL-NHGS 203/1 25 GHGS 203/1 25 G'l
For 35W SOX/SOX E 26xGc 203/035 GxGS 203/035 G'l
Enlry spigol for 34mm and 42l48mm spigots
alldimensrons tn rm
610 315
224
192
193lssúd9.82 Rsdaæs PL 1 z5l5 g,
xG$ zn/!iscs 2út70HG$ 2u/125Lanterns for group BroadlightingGroup B roadlighting lanterns withglassJibre reinforced polyestercanopy and polycarbonate bowl forlow or high pressure sodium or highpressure mercury lamps.
Note: Mercury fluorescent lampsUK marking MBF = Phll¡pslnternãtional marklng HPL.N
RAilGEOne housing for side or bottom entryuse, available with reflectors and¡ntegra¡ control gear for 35W SOX,70W SON or 125W HPL-N.
APPLICATIO¡{SThese lanterns are suitâble for use ¡ñrGroup B roadlighting¡Residential lightingrSecur¡ty lightingrCar patksrHotel forecourtsrShopping prec¡nctsrRa¡lway stationsrSite light¡ng
FEATURES
rStrong, lightweight glassJibrereinforced polyester canopies.rVandal-Íesistant polycarbonatebowls.¡lntegral control gear simplifiesmaintenance.rSpecial bracket provides the opt¡onof bottom entry or side entrymounting.rSuper high purity aluminiumreflectors ensure high reflectiv¡ty andlight output ratio.rAva¡lable with NEMA socket forphotocell control.
ro reorder rh¡s Dara she6r quoro PL 117516
XGS HGS SGS
KEYTO ILLUSTRATION
1. Housing2. Clos¡ng cliP3. Gasket4. Reflector (2x)
5. LamP suPport (XGS onlY)
6. Bowl7. LamPholderB. Cover-PIateL lvlast.J¡xing bracket
MÃTEHIALS & FINISII
canopy: Lightwe¡ght glassl¡brereinforced polyester (GRP) grey
Ëowl; Polycarbonate (vandalres¡stant)Rellectors: Super high purityâluminium.Bowl clips: Stainless steêlControl gear covêr: Anodisedaluminium.
RANGEOF OPËHATIOT{
240 volts 50 Hz.
SPËCIFICATIONGroup B roadlighting lantern w¡thgrey GRP canopy and f itted withintegral control gear. The ¡anternhous¡ng is designed to accept 70WHigh Pressure Sodium,3SW LowPressure Sodìurn and 125W MercuryFluorescent lamps with theappropriate control gear. The lanternhas the facility for accepting bottomor s¡de entry spigots of 76 mm o.d. or42148 rîm o.d. respectively.Degree of Protection 1P23.
Type conrpliance with BS 4533Section 102 3,
Meets the requirements lor Group85/6 installation as specified inBS 5489 Part 3.
To specity stäte:Group B roadlighting lantern for useWith 35W SOX/125W HPL-Ni7OW SONwith integral gear. The lantern shallhâve the facil¡ty for mounting as apost top or on side entry spigots.Philips Type XGS 201/035, HGS201 /1 25, SGS 20 1 i 070, or s¡ rn i lar.DrtËHsroNs
j
I
il
.
LANTERI{ DATA
Ordering RatingCode
O¡mens¡onsLength Depth We¡ght
Windage LightRalloElevat¡ohPlan
m2 m2 LOR DLOR
xGS 201/035sGS 201/070HGS 201/125
35W SOX7OW SON125W HPL-N
0.150.150.15
0090.09009
0.680.740.75
520mm 190mm 5.Bkg520mm 190mm 5.5k9520mm 190mm 5.5k9
0.690.770.77
For fu I I photometric data refer to sheet no. PL 8201.
ELECTRICAL DATA
Lamp Ballast Capac¡tor lgn¡tor Maíns MalnsVoltage Current
LampCurfent
ClrcultWails
35W SOX BSX 3557OW SON BSN 70125W HPL-N BHL 125
L4OOB14010,L4OOB
sx72lnternal
o.2204064
0.6'f012
240
240
Forfull lamp data referto sheets: PL 1757-SOX PL 1776-SON PL 1768- HPL-N
ONDERII{G DATA
Catalogue No. Descri
For 35W SOxXGS 201/035 Side or bottom entry lantern with ¡ntegral control gearXGS 201/035*1 Side or bottom entry lantern with integral control gear with NEMA socket
FOR 7OW SONSGS 201/070 Side or bottom entry lantern with ¡ntegral control gearSGS 201/070*1 S¡de or bottom entry lantern with integral control gear w¡th NEMA socket
For 125W HPL-NHGS 201/125 Side or bottom entry lantern with ¡ntegral control gearHGS 201/125.1 Side or bottom entry ìantern w¡th integral control gear with NEMA socket
Lanterns are ind¡vidually packed.
Nofe. Mercury fluorescent lamps:UK marking MBF - Philipslnternational marking HPL-N.
Lamp: SOX l\4ade in UK.SON/HPL-N Made ¡n Belg¡um
Lantern: ¡,4ade in U.K.Control gear: Made in U.K.lgnitor: Made in Holland
4885
137
240
290Irìo -l
All dimensions in mm
520
194
M5 MOTORWAY, AVON
The energy-saving potentialof Phrltps SOX-E lamps ts clearly shown bythis motorway conversion of 200W SL1 lamps fo SOX-E 131 tamps nMA60 lanterns. Average illuminance is more than doubted, and measuredload is reduced from 504kW to 370kW
i
I
ll
il
:
I
II
,
I
jl
1i
l
1
i
i
t,
i
I
l
WANDSWORTH
Pl|ips SGS203 Group B roadtighting tantern, with patented high-efficiency optics, not only improves kerbside iltumination but cãn reducethe cost of roadlighting by up to 40 per cent.
RofftuÊHTtrllGtAIUTERtU$GENERALPHOTOMETRIC¡NFORMATIONLisl of lãnterns coveredlnleÌprelatlon ol dataRoadl¡ghtlng releJence documentsTabulated dala and polaÍ curves
Separate data sheets are availablegiving specil¡c dêlails ot lanternpedormance obla¡ned lrom lhevarious pêrmulations ol lampingand conligurat¡on possible wlth thePhilips range ol roadlighting lanterns.To order lhese data sheels relêr tol¡st overleal quoting lhe approprialePL No. shown in bold lype.The dala is chosen in accordance withB.S. and CIE recommendalions togive lhe user adequale lanterninlormatlon for lhe design of completeroadllghling schemes. The tabulaleddata and polar curves contain lheinformalion câlled lor ln B.S. andCIE documents.
io,eo¡do,rh¡sDarashesrquors Pt8180/3lssu€d 9/82 Rep'acssPL8l8o/z
G E T{ E RA T PII OTO M ET R I O I I{ FO R tII AT I O II - ROA D t I G HTI IIGL¡ST OF LANÎERNS COVERED
PL No. Sheet Lanlern Lamp Conl¡gu.ation PL No- Sheel LanternNo. No.
Lamp
90w sox90W SOX
135W SOX135W SOX]BOW SOXlBOW SOX
1
2
3456
820r
Ml 55
Mt50Mt80xGs 201/035sGS 201/070HGS 201/1 2s
7OW SON
35W SOX55W SOX35W SOX
70w sotl125W HPI,-N
l\,1A 90N¡A 90
MA 50
MA 50
tvlA 60
N4A 60
8204
27
28to3031
coscocoscocosco
8202
7
I9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
tvlA 30MA 30
MA 30
tvlA 30
MA 30
¡,44 30
¡,¡A 30
t\,44 30
MA 30
t\,4A 30
15OW SON
150W SON
250W SON
25OW SON
400w soN4OOW SON
25OW IIPL-N25OW HPL'N4OOW HPL.N400w HPL.-N
co
co
co
co
sco
sco
sco
sco
SCO
33 SGS 203/050 50W SON34 SGS203/070 70WSON35 SGS203i100T 100wsoN/T36 SGS203/150T 150WSON/ST37 SGS203/250I 250WSON/T38 SGS2O3/15OTFG lsOWSON/ST
C=90"
c=21tC = 180' C = 27O" 180' __-----'-.lo
lo
C=0o C=0'
? =0'
Fig. 1 Principal Conical Polar Curve Fig. 2 Principal Vertical Polar Curve
..ii
C = 180'C = 27Oo
?=90'
C=0o
o'
C=90"
C=90'
Fig, 3 Polar Curve at 9Oo to Street Ax¡s Fig. 4 Polar Cu¡ve Parallel to Street Ax¡s
196
GEIIERAT PHOTOM ETRIC I ]I FORMATION . ROAD TIGHTII{G
IilÍËRPRËTATION OF DATA
The tâbu¡ated data gìves a briefdescr¡ption of the lantern togetherwith the type of light source' mirror and
lamÞholder settirìg posit¡ons whcreaooiicable and rnounting olientationlôrwhich the data was câlculated Thisis followed by details of sPecificdistr¡but¡on Perfôrmânce
The flux in the lower hentisphere ¡sdiv¡ded into roadside and kerbsicie,in order to give the user a guide to thepercentage of flux the lantelñ directson to the road. Total light output ratiois determined by adding the totalupper and total lower hemisPherelight output ratio.
The BS data given enables theperformance ol a lantern to becompared with the d¡stribut¡onrequ¡rements of BS 4533, Section102.3. This dislribulion is required lorcertain classes ol installat¡on asdescribed in BS 5489.
¡n thê latest edit¡ôn ol CIE 12-12.2 1977the concept of cut-off and semi cut-offd¡stributions for l¡miting glare ¡s movedaway lrom. They are replaced byparameters that deternì¡ne disabilityand disconlfort glare d¡rectly. l"odescribe the luminous ¡ntensity
distribution, three teilîs have beenintrodur:ed. fhrov/, Spread and Control.
l HROW can be classitred äs shori,¡nternìeci¡ate or long and is cletetmiiledby the extent to which the ljght fromlhe lantern ¡s distributèd along therÕad.
SPRËAD can be classitied as narrowaverage or broad and is determinedfrom the sideways spread ol lightacróss the road.
CONIROL can be classified as l¡ntited,moderåte or tight and depends cn theamount of glare contról the lanterng ives.
Throw ând Spread can be cleterminedfrorï the ¡socande¡a diagrant. Oontrol¡s determined frorn the SpecilicLanterfl lndex (SLl). fhis is the part ofthe glare mark (G) lormula whichrelates only to the lâ¡ltern performånce.
A sumrrary of the paranleters used inthe CIE design method ¡s given below.Lav - Average Road Surlace
[-uminance
Uo .- ovelâll Uniformitv l-fi'Ú-
TI -Threshotd tncrernentoS.ffiI mitrUl - Longitudinal Un¡foìmity ñã;
G - Glare Control Mark :SL.l l. 0.97Log Lav + 4.41 Log h' -- 1 .46 ¡og pwhere h' : d¡stânce betweeneye ¡evel and lantern mountinglìe¡ ght.p - No. of lanterns per km.
Perfoilnance tables which list lheabove parameters for lour standardroad surface classif ¡cations R'l *R4and two mount¡ng he¡ghts are ava¡lableon request. The lântern, l¡ght sourceand distribution should be spec¡fiedtogether w¡th one of the standard roadsectìons, and one of the stañdardcolumn arrangements shownoverleaf.
'T he ro-ordinate systenì olmeasurementforthg glaphical plots isC*t, C being vertical planes inaz¡rnuth ancl y being angles ofelevation within these planes asshown in Figure 5. FiEUres 1-4 showin lhree-dimens¡onal lolm lhe planesused lor the four polar curves on theindìv¡dual sheets in lerms oftheC-y system.
The contours on the lsocandelad¡agrâms are at 90o/o, 70o, 50o/o30%, lOYo and 2% of the peakintensity. These values vrere chosento provide âdequate inlormalionwhile retaining the clarity of the plot.
I
Axir ol rot€t¡onof C.planer
Fig. 5 C--7-System of Coord¡nates
o/øo\
./"1,ro
o
lload sidù
V Korb ride r- \
7=90.
?*0.
c.
7. t80.
197
ii
GEl{ ERAI PIIOTOM ETRIC I il FORI¡I ATIOI{ - ROADTIGIITI IIGCode StandardL¡ghtingArrangements
01
CENTRAL TWIN BRACKETS
02
OPPOSED
03
CENTRALLY SUSPENDED TWO ROWS
04
STAGGERED
{'.:1I
05
STAGGERED SUSPENDED
06
CENTRAL NO BRACKETS (|NCL. HtcH MAST)
07
CENTRAL CATENARY SYSTEM
08
CENTRALLY SUSPENDED ONE ROW
09
S|NGLE-S|DED,LEFT' (tNcL. HtcH MAST)
10
StNGLE-S|DED,RtcHT' (tNCL. HtcH MAST)
198
1m zxJ,þm2x3,6m0t
2x3.6m 2x3,6m..... 6 m02
03
%3x3,6m jJl 3x3,6m04
3x3,6m 6m 3x3,6m05
06
07
08
09
t0 I x6m
2\45ñ
2Y6mt3
2xBm14
't5
17
l8
DUALCARRIAGEWAYS
SINGLECARRIAGEWAYS
TYPE A:
TYPE B:
f9
ûEilERAt PHoToM Elnlo I ll F0RM 4il011 - RoADuGltTt ilcSchemes Code Standard Cross Sections of Road
ROADLIGHTIIIG RIFEBEXGE DOCUTEIITS
Documents relevant to the ¡nformation conta¡ned in this Data Sheet are:_
BS4533Sect¡on102.3and103.1 Road lighting lanterns.8S5489 Parts 1 to 9 Code of Practice for roadlighting (formerly Cp1OO4).clE Publication No. 12 Becommendations for the light¡ng of roads for motorised tralf¡c.CIE Publication No. 30 Calculation of luminance and illuminance in road lighting.CIE Publication No. 31 Glare and uniform¡ty ¡n road lighting instâllations.CIE Publication No.34 Boad lighting lantern and installation data - photometrics, classification and performance.Further information on Luminance Calculation is given in the technical section at the rear ol this handbook.
199
Lante¡n type lvlA 50Lãnrp tvpe l35w soxFìef'actor type
inlectlon Moutded AcrylicFeÍ ecto¡ lype NATrll anqleI amÊrho rler posrtron Pcsrtron No1[1 ror aNqle l]AL¡ghi drs',,b!t o^ Cul-otf
Peak rnlens¡ty 285 cd/l00lm
B.S. DATA
ln plaile ol princtfJal poiar curveBeaE ltnils upper 6f .0.Beam l;mrls lower 58.8"
ln plane parallel tO streel axts
EleYatron wher-"I - 130 cdll000l!¡ 72.6"lntensily at 80o elevation
38.0 cdl1 000{mlotensily at 90o elevation
15 0 cdl10001m
ln cone lrom downwarcJ verlicaf to30o elevalionlvnx 173.0 cd/10001ml¡;r l050cd/10001m
lntens¡tylnte0sity at aoelevation
Flashed areaColour laclor
Specif¡c [-antern lnciex
KEY
I,la-F.c-SL-I -
3nb
Llqht outpul ralros
L.lpper hemrsplìereTotal
Lower hemrsphereRoadsideKerb,qlcle
Tolal
CIE DATA
Glare co¡trol
38.0 cdl10001ûr
2.11
01190m2I 04
Distr¡bLrtron-ll
r¡14
Spread
Control
lnlermediale
Broad
37 .5 .e',.
1..
,s(, /'ls¡.
F
C
GEI{ERAI PHOTOMETRIC I I{FORMATIOI{ . ROADTIGIITIIIG l(EXAMPLE OF PHOTOMETRIC ÞATA AVAILABLE ON REOUEST )
330¡000 lm
r0Ô
KerbS rde
0.
Roa cl
S ide300
Principal conicat potar curye e00 00 pr¡ncipatat 62 I elevation at 3600
vertrcal pola¡ cufvea z imuth
I
900cd/1000 ln1
900
F!^600
300
Verticâl pola90óto slreet
r cL¡rve âtaX ìs
00 0' Vertical polar curveparêllel to street ax¡s
'
I
Ij
i
I
I
ii
I
rl
l
'{)( (
l0
3C
30Ô
60¡
Measured 1or BS 5225 parl I í9/5 (;onpties withr BS 5489 pad 2 for group A1 0 A12Data supplied in accordance wiil) recom,nerìctalions in Brit¡sh StanàãriJs an¿ ctf0ublicalierì No 34
Test No 8454 Photosel direct fronì Compuler output Date 31107/79
200
201lssred 10.44
Pt
IIISCHARGETUMI]IAIRESBoadlighting Spare PartsA range of spares and accessories forPhilips roadl¡ghting lanterns.
RÂNGE
Replacement BowlsReplacement Cl¡psReplacemenl LampholdersSpares packsi MA SOX with photocell.
MA SOXwithout photocell.Sp¡got adaptorsPhotocell.Short¡ng plug.
=,oÞÞEC'
=zø)
3062lo reorderlhis Oala Sheerquole
it
ROADTIGHTING SPARES
Type No.
scs 201 070 sA
XGS BOWL
sGS 201 150 BOWL
scs 201 400 BowL
MSB 18 BOWL
MSB 18L BOWL
Ml 50 BOWL
Mt 55 BOWL
Ml 80 BOWL
MA 30 BOWL
MA5O BOWL
MA 90 BOWL
i
l
I
I
i
I
I
t,
ili
l
1l
1
Descript¡on
Spigot adaptor to use onSGS 201 /070 on a 34mm sp¡got.
Bowl for XGS 201 /035Bowl for XGS 201 /070Supplied with clips
Bowl for SGS 201 /1 50Supplied w¡th cl¡ps
Bowl for SGS 201 /400Suppl¡ed w¡th cl¡ps
Ditfuser for MSB 18
Diffuser for ¡/SB 18L
Vandal Resistant Bowl for Ml 50Supplied with 1 set of clips
Polycarbonate Bowl for Ml 50/Ml 55Suppiied with 1 set of clips
Vandal resistant Bowl for i/l 80Suppl¡ed with 1 set of clips
Bowl for MA 30Suppl¡ed with 1 set of clips
Bowlfor MA 50. Supplied with 1 set ofclips.
Bôwl for MA 90. Supplied w¡th 1 set ofclips.
Bowlfor MA 60. Supplied w¡th 1 set ofclips.
MA6O BOWL
202
rfYPe tlo'
ilA sox LHR
ilA 30 LHR
irA sox cllPs
ifl 50 cllPs
iil 80 cLlPs
MA SOX SPARES
MA SOX -1 SPARES
ROADTIGHTING SPARES
R\N
A cearshoescr€ws
d- ,'.",0"n,
W'æ
Lamp holder
MA SOXLamp holder
NomaSocket
Dèscript¡on
BC Lampholder tor MA SOXand MISOX lanterns.
E40 Lampholder for MA 30lanterns.
Pack of 12 hinge and 24 closing clipsfor MA SOX lantern w¡th clip seals.
H¡nsedclips
^Öw Clos¡ng clips
Pack of 20 clips for Ml 50and MlSS lanterns.
Pack ol20 clips for Ml 80 lantern
Spares pack for, withoutPhotocell MA lantern:I xMASOXCLIPS6x MASOX LHR6 x Harnesses
1 2 x Gear Shoe Screws12 x Spigot Bolts
Spares pack for, wlthPhotocell MA lantern
1 x MA SOX CLIPS6 x MA SOX LHR6 x Harnesses6 x Nema Sockets
'12 x Gear Shoe Screws'12 x Sp¡got Bolts
203
Scrèws
ßOADTIGHTING SPARES
lype ilo.
ZGP76
SH PLUG
ss4
Descr¡pt¡on
76mm Spigot for SGS 203 lantern
Shorting Plug
Photæel¡
204
206
$ffi.r1'"
207
DEGflRATIUE
Pfl$ TflPTAIITERNSlnternational decorat¡vefangeVandal resistant posþtop lanterns fordecorative and residential lighting for usewilh high pressure sodium and mercurylamps tungsten filament lamps andSL Lamps.
Nole: Mercuryfluoresmt lampsUK marklng MBF = Phlllpslntemallonal marklrE HPL-NUK mar*lng MBTF = Phlllpglntemallonalmatklng ML
RANGE
Three decorative units and eleven bowlstyles compat¡ble w¡th electrical units for50W and 70W SON, 80W and 125WHPL-N, HPL-B comfort, mercury blended,tungsten filament and SL lamps.
APPLICATIONSSuitable for use whereverlheenvironment demands a high standard oflantern des¡gn, with particularapplications ¡n:
r Resident¡al areasr Shopping precincts
r Public parks and gardens
¡ Le¡sure cenlresr Hotel forecourtsr Hospitalsr Car parks
FEATURESr Bowls, gear units and decorative unitsare designed to combine aestheticallywith each other.¡Acrylic bowls are vandal-resistant andallow high light transmission.r Elegant shape of base continuescontour of bowls.¡ Bowls are easily removed formaintenance and replacement.
rAll bowls and decorative units areinterchangeable (except Agate).
ro,æderrhisDarashærquore Pt1889/6
lssudg.& Replãces PL 1æ9/5
Þ=
I
DECORATIVE POST TOP TANTERNS - BESIDENTIAT & AMENITYUNITS
For use w¡th clear, frosted orsmoked bowls
BOWLS WI{ICH CAN BE WITHOUT Â DECORAT¡VE UNIT
accEssoBtEs
All dimens¡ons in mm
Features cont¡nued
r-Lanterns are designed to fit directly onto60mm poles. or to 76mm poles by meansol a sp¡got adaptor which ¡s almostinv¡sible in use.r Gear tray is glass reinforced polvar,lidebody coloured black.
For full data on electrical units refer to pL1890.
MATERIALS& FINISHBase plale: Black glass reinforcedPolyamide.Lampholders: Porcela¡nGear components: Standard philipsrange (see Lighting Handbook forcatalogue Nos. of replacement spares).SPECIFIGÀTIOìr Type compl¡ance w¡th BS 4533, Section102.1r Degree of Protect¡on lpS4.To specify state:Post-top lantern with cho¡ce of elevenbowl styles and three internal decoral¡veun¡ts, all to be interchangeable w¡thcontrolgear and elætr¡cal un¡ts (exceptagate) for HPL, SON, cLS or i/L tamps.Similar to Phi¡ips Npp, Hpp or Spp.
Tulip
480 Ø
480
Grille
Ø 450
II
\
I
I
OpalCyt¡nder(in smoked Cycar)
Ø 502 Ø 450 Ø 490 Ø 450
411 450
Mushroom Frosted Sphere Opal Sphere w¡th r¡m Opal Sphere
Ø 3BO Ø 500
Ø600 Ø 600
380320
365
Opal Cycar Opal Ellipse Agate Sphere Opal Cone
SpigotAdaplor
450 _l
Ø
I
II
7660
Eracket
204
I
DECORATIVE POST TOP LANTERNS - RESIDENTIAL & AMENIWUNITS
G>
tDR 70S IDR E27
'A typical IDR Electrical Unlt'
WEIGHTS, üATER|ALS & ORDERtl{c DATA
Calalogue No. Descripl¡on Weight kg Materlals
BowlsH/N/SPP 131
H/N/SPP 133H/N/SPP 134H/N/SPP 136H/SPP 137H/N/SPP 133/ACCH/N/SPP 133/ACTH/N/SPP 133/ACSH/N/SPP 133/PCCH/N/SPP 133/PCIH/N/SPP 133/PCS
Opal sphere with rimOpal sphereOpalellipseOpal coneMushroom bowlClearsphereFrosted sphereSmoked sphereClear sphereFrosted sphereSmoked sphereOpal cyl¡nderSmoked cylinderRibbed sphere
2-420
2332'1 .1
11
1-71.71.82.45060
Low pressure polytheneLow pressure polylheneLow pressure polytheneLow pressure polytheneGRP and polycarbonate
IIttttttttt
:i
AcrylicAcrylicAcrylicPolycarbonatePolycarbonatePolcarbonale
CycarCycarAgate
OpalCF
AcrylicAcrylicOroglass DR
Decorative UnitsTulip Black Pajnted Sp¡nning
CylinderLouvre
031205
Alumin¡umGlassAlum¡nium
Opal CylinderGrille
Electrlcal UnltsIDR 50SrDR 70SIDR 8OHIDR 125HIDRÊ27Agate 70SAqate 80H
For 50W SON lampsFor 70W SON lampsFor 80W HPL lampsFor J25W HPL lampsFor GLS, ¡/L and SL lampsFor 70W SON in Agate BowlFor 80W HPL in Agate Bowl
2.62.82.52.70.82.4
0.34.6
AccessorieszPP/O8zPP/O9
Spigot adaptorWall bracket
Cast aluminiumCoalêd steel
All items are ¡nd¡v¡dually packed.
Made in HollandMade in UK¡/ade ¡n France
I
209
DEGOßATIVE POST TOP I.ANTERNS - RESIDENTIAT & AMENITYELEGTi¡CAL & OBDENIXG D^TÂ
EloclrloalUnlt
L¡mpTypo
Ballsst Capac]þr ltlalngVolt ga
¡lalnrCuftrnt(ampa)
ChrultWstt!
Agate 7oS/|DR 70S TOWSONAgateSoH/tDR80H 80wHPL-N
IDR 125H 125W HPL-NlDRE27 cLSmaxtSoW
MLmil.t60WSL ZS max
|DR5oS sowsoN BSN 50BSN 70BHLSOBHL 125
L4008L40f0L4008
:4008
240240240240240
0.380.420.40
618588
!",
All ltems are lndlviduatlv oack€d.For full lamp data refor id pl I no - SON, pL 1768- HPL-N, pL
1 7Bg _ GLS. pL 1zl2_ ML.Fortullcontþlgsardqta r6ferto pL 1Z7O-SON, pL 1r/9-HPL-N
210
#sffit:r*r.&
ÈiI1i
i
I
211lssued 7/83
=
HPP, NPP& SPPELECTRICALUNITSlnternational decorat¡vêfange
Electrical Units for lnternationalDecorat¡ve Range of Post TopLa nte rns.
Note: Mercury lluorescenl lampsUK mark¡ng MBF: Phil¡psInlernalional marking HPL-NUK marklng MBTF: Philipslnternatlonal marking ML
RANGE
Electrical units complete with controlgear (where applicable) for 50W and70W SON, 50W,80W and 125WHPL-N lamps and GLS or ML lamps.
APPLICATIOI{S
For use in the H/N/SPP range ofpost-top lanterns, in situat¡ons suchAS:
rResidential areasrShopping prec¡nctsrPublic parks and gardensrLeisure centresrHotel forecourtsrHospitalsrCar parks
roreorderrbisoå,asheerquore Pt1890/5
2-,EIrt-
='
r
ttt
IE
Dt--r"=fñ
rHPP, ilPP & SPP - RESIDEI{TIAI & AMEI{ITYILICTFICAL UHIÎS
FEATURES
rAll electrical units lit any of thedecorative units in the range.rEasy to assemble and install.rStandard Philips control gearcomponents ensure good ava¡lab¡lityof replacement spares.¡Elegant shape of base continuescontour of bowls.rDesigned to f¡t d¡rectly to 60mmpoles, or to 76mm poles with spigotadaptor which is almost invisible inus e.
XAÏERIALS& FIIIISHBase plale: Anodised aluminiumLampholders; Porcela¡nGear componenls: Standard philipsrange (see Lighting Handbook forcatalogue Nos. of repìacement spares)
i
I
li
Electrical unit for SON Electrical un¡t lor GLSand ML lam psand HP L-N lamps
ELECIRICAL & OBDERING DATASPEGIFICATIONrType compliance with BS 4583,Sect¡on 102 2 CIass I. This f¡tt¡ngmust be earthed.rw¡th appropr¡ate bowls Degree ofProtection ¡s 1P54.
To specily slate:Post-top lantern with choice o f eightbowl styles and three internaldecorative un¡ts, all to be inter-changeable with control gear andelectrical un¡ts for HPL, SON, cLS orlvlL lamps. Sim¡tarto phitips Npp,HPP or SPP.
Made in Holland.Ballasts made ¡n UK.
Electr¡calUn¡t
LampType
Ma insCurrenl(amps)
ClrcultWalls
Ballasl Capac¡tôr MainsVollage
SPP-5OWSPP-7OWHPP-5OWHPP.SOWHPP-125WN)P/00
50w soN7OW SONsOW HPL-NBOW HPL-N125W HPL-NGLS max 150WML max'160WSL 25 maxGLS max 100WÌ\4L max 100WW¡th sp¡nning
BSN 50BSN 70BHL 50BHL 80BHL 1 25
L4OOB14010L4OOBL4008L4OOB
0380.420.370.40
i'240240240240240240
240
61B5628B
137
NlrP/01
All items are ¡ndividually packed.Forfull lampdatarefertopLlTT6-SON pL176g-HpL-N pL17g9_cLS pL1772 MLForfu¡l control geardata referto pL 1779-SON pL 1779_HpL_NFor full data on decoratjve unit ând bowls for lnternational Decorative Range post -topUnits. reler to PL 1889.
ø
Electrical u nit for SoNand HPL-N lampswith cylinder
Electrical unit for SONand HPL-N lampsup to 80Wwith dome
Electrical unit for SON Electrical unit for GLSand l\,4L lampsw¡th spinn¡ng
and HPL-N lampswith louvre
212
i
PI{AROPROFIUTilG
tnternat¡onal Dccorat¡YeRangc SL and PL amcn¡lylumlnalres
range of stylish, vandal-resistantmlnaires for decorative and amenityghting. The luminaires utilise PhilipsLand PL compact fluorescentúnps, wh¡ch provide light whichìatchès f ilament lamps in colour anduality, and provide equivalênt lightutput for one quarter the energy0nsumption and f ive timês thê life.or Pharo a range of attachments isllailablè for ground or wall mounting,rfor mounting two luminaires back-).back on a bracket.
RANGEPha¡oFGP 510n09 - Luminaire
supplied as aKombiPakcomplete with2xPLg lamp.
- Luminâìre withES lampholderfor up to sL18lamps.
LGP 510/118
GGP 510/Ground - Pillar for groundmounting.
GGP 510/Wall - Backlo-backwall bracket.
ProlilongFGP 500/209 -
FGP 50f/209 -
Wall-mountingslimline luminairesupplied as a Kombi-Pak complete with2xPLg lamps.Floor-mountingslimline luminairesupplied as a Kombi-Pak complete with2xPLg lamps.
F¡Ð
To rsordôr th¡s Data S h €ei quote Pt 3065
213
ll|-
PHARO PROFII¡]{GAPPLICATIONSFor outdoor use, where a stylishluminaire is required for energy-ef fective low-level li ghting:r Building env¡rons.r Camping grounds.r Parks and gardens.r Pr¡vate gardens and drives.r Footpaths.r Pool surrounds.r Car parks.
FEATURESPharo¡ Die-cast alumlnium bodies, paintedblack, for stylish appearance andresistance to vandalism andco rros i on.r Thick pressed glass refractorscomplement styling and strength.r Modular concept: Bulkheads andbollards of various heights can beassembled f rom only two basiccomponents.r Die-cast aluminium wall bracketprovides attractive tandem bulkheadarrangement.¡ Both bulkheads have fixingrawlbolts, PL includes lamp.
r Fixing plate for anchoring groundmount¡ng pillar.
Profilongr Slim-line die-cast aluminiumbodies, pa¡nted black, combineexciting desiOn with vandalresistance.r Tou gh, vandal-resistantpolycarbonate ref ractors.! Bulkhead Profilong has wallbracket and cable gland for easyinstal lation.¡ Slimline bollard has integralsquare base with anchoring holes.r Both Profilongs are supplied asKomb¡Paks, complete with 2 x PLglamps and fixing rawlbolts.
MATERIAI.S & FII{ISHBody: Die-cast aluminium, paintedblack.Refrâctors: Pharo - Pressed glass.
Profilong - Polycarbonate.Lampholdêrs: SL - Porcelain ES
PL - Pocan 4235(glass-reinforced poly'ester, special type).
SPECtFtCAïrOilr Type compliance with BS 4533Section '102,3 Class I.r Degree ol Protection: Pharo lP 44
Profilong lP 44
I
.l
füG I
Prolilong
FGP 500/209FGP 501/209
ORDERII{G DATA
CatalogueNo. Description
Pharo
FGP 510/109 Bulkhead lumina¡re KombiPak with 1 x PLg lamp and rawlbolts.LGP 510/118 Bulkheâd luminaire with ES holder for up lo SL18 lamps.
GGP 510/Ground Bollard assembly with anchoring plate.
GGP 51o/Wall Bracket for back-to-bâck mounting of twin units.
Wall.mounting sl¡mline lum¡naire KombiPak with 2 x PLg lamps.
FlooÊmounting slimlìne luminaire KombiPak with 2 x PLg lamps.
Please order lumina¡res in the torm given in the following example. Note that SL lamp
must be ordered separately (packed in boxes of 6):
6 Philips bulkhead luminaires LGP 510/118
6 Philips lamps SL18
DtMEllSTOIIS & WEIGHTS
Catalogue No. RatingD¡mens¡ons (mm)
oepth Width Hsighl weight (kg)
Pharo
FGP 510ñ09 1 x PLg 230 120 'l4o
LGP5'10/1'18 1 x SL1B 230 12O 140
GGP s1o/Ground - 230 300 120
GGP 510/Wall - 230 '120 570(see diagrams lor dimensiorìs of bracket and ground plate)
Prolilong
FGP 500/209 2 x PLg 98 57 540FGP 501i209 2 x PLg 98 57 651
ELECÏRICAL DAÏALamp Ballast Lamp Watts Watts
3.6
7.8
1.4
SLlB1xPLg2xPLg
BPL'1OL
BPL 1OL
13
18
'18
t:il
l
I 214
215NEW
LUCEMAI{DOLIilEInternat¡onal Decorat¡vêRange aesthet¡c lum¡nâ¡res
Lanterns of good appearance, withintegral gear for SON and HPL-Nlamps.
RAI{GELuce - Decorative lantern withreflector and glass cover.Mandoline - Decorative lantern withreflector and acrylic bowl.Both avai¡able with integral gear for70W SON and 125W HPL-N lamps.
APPLICATIONSResidential and Amenity in locationssuch as:¡ Avenues and drives.r Commercial olfice surrounds androads.r Parks.r Town squares and malls.r Car parks.r Communily and sports centres.
To ¡eord€rthis Datå Sheetquol€ Pr 3066
ÞFno
l
LUCE MANDOLIì¡EFEATURESLuce
r lmpact-resislant UV-stabilisedpolypropylene housing for vandalresistance and aesthetic appearance.r Alluminium spigot for 60mm entry.r Chemically polished and anodisedpotted reflector for good lightco nt ro l.
. Toughened flat glass covercombines good sealing withattractive appearance.¡ Cover is retained for easyrelamping.r lntegral gear for ease ofinstal lation.
Mandol¡ner Chassis of injection-moulded GRBself-coloured black, forms racquet tointegrate gear assembly and spigotentry.r Canopy of injectign'mouldedpolypropylene, self'coloured whìte, isUv-resistant and hinges uPwardsfrom the racquet for easy gearmai ntenance.r Opal vandal-resistant acrylic bowlhinqes downwards from racquet foreasy relamPing.I Chemìcally Polished and Pottedoptic for good light control.r Die-cast aluminium spigot entry for60mm side or Post toP entryrSlainless steel bowl clips ensurethat all exposed parts are corrosion-res ¡ stant.¡ lntegral gear for ease ofinstallalion.
MATERIAU¡ & FINISHCanopy: UV-stabilised polypropylene,self-coloured white.Châssis (Mandoline): lnjection"moulded glass-reinforced polyamide,sellcoloured black.Ref leclor: Chemical ly-polishedanodised aluminium.Bowl: Luce - Toughened glass.lvlandoline - Acrylic, opalfi n ish.Sp¡got entry: Die-cast alur¡inium.
SPECIFICATIOt{¡ Type compliance wilh BS 4533Section 102.3 Class I.
r Degree of p-otection: Luce lP44Mandoline lP54
ø soo
All dimensions in mm
37lJ
345t-l--ut
LUCE
All dimensions in mm
53Ox35O
MANDOLINE I
ORDERING DAÏA
Calalogue No. Description
Luce 70
Luce 125
lviandoline 70
Mandolìne 125
with ¡ gear lamp.
Lantern with integral gear for 125W HPL-N lamp
Lantern with integral gear for 70W SON lamp
Lantern with integral gear for 125W HPL-N lamp
Packing Ouanllty
ple. Note that lamps must
Windago
Please order lanterns in the form given in the following exam
be ordered separately, in multiples ol the packing quanlity:
40 Philips lanterns Mandoline 7040 Philips lamps 70W SON.
LUMII{AIRE DATA
Catalogus RatingNo.
Luce 70 70W SON 480Luce 125 125W HPL'N 480N4andol¡ne 70 70W SON 530¡/andol¡ne 125 125W HPL'N 530
ELECTRICAL DATA
Lamp Ballast Capac¡tor Mains
Ws¡ghtkg
Dimensions(mm)Lenglh Dspth
- b.J6.3
350 5.0350 5.0
(spherical)(spherical)
0.180180.0550.055
0.180.180.0550.055
0.61
0.12
0,38
0.37
BSN 70BH L '125
Mains LamPCufrenl Cufrenl(A) (A)
Voltage
1.01.2
0.40.64
(v)
240240
('¡/)
85
1377OW SON125W HPL"N
216
1401014008
i
llI.
BOLLARDSAr{D MtillBOLLA
lrandal.r.¡¡ltant dccorat¡uclumlnaircs for usc w¡th SOI{,HÞbll, tL, SL and GISlampc.
Reinforced polyester bollards andmini-bollards in choice of threecolours (green, brown and þlack) andtwo types (opal cube and clear cubewith louvre). Available for 50W and70W SON, 80W and 125W HPL-N,100W ML, SL up to 25W and cLS upto 150W.
Beinforced concretê bollard withdiffuser, for 70W SON and 125Wlamps.
opalH PL.N
L
APPLICATIOXSLow-level lighting in areas such as:¡ Parks and greens.r Footpaths.r Pedestrian walkways.r Car parks.
r Feature gardens.r Prestigê premises.r Private gardens and drives.
To rsordor th is D atå Sheet quote Pt 3067
217
133!6d 9.84 NEW
F
BOLLARDS AI{D MIilI BOLLARDSFEATURËSMechanicalGRP RangeI GRP body in choicê of threecolours, giving stylish appearancewith resislance to corrosion andvandalism.r Modular construction for easymaintenance.I Securely anchored by studmounting into concrete (4x1smm ODfor bollårds; 3x10mm OD for mini-bol lards).r Uv-stabilised polycarbonate l¡ghtcubes in opal or clear with louvresfor long life.r Allen-key entry in top plateprovides easy servicing and detersvandals.r Opt¡onal black lacquered die-castaluminium wall bracket for mini-bollard.
Concrelè bollard¡ Smooth reinforced concrete bodyw¡th integral Uv-stabilised opalpolycarbonate cylindrical dìtf usercombines extreme vandal resistancewith stylish appearance.¡ Four-point fixings for diffuser areeasily removed for sêrv¡cing.¡ Stud anchoring using 4x10mm ODholes.
Technicalr lnterchangeable gear trays: SON,HPL-N ML. SL and GLS for GRPrange;70W SON and 125W HPL"Nonly for concrete bollard.
MATERIATS & FI}IISHGRP RangeColumn and top louvre: Glass"reinforced polyester.Lighl cube: Polycarbonate (opal orclea0.Lighl conlroller: Aluminium louvrês,white lacquered finish.Lampholder: Porcelain ES.
Concrete bollardColumn: Reinforced concrete.Dilluser: Opal polycarbonate.Lampholder: Porcela¡n ES.
SPECIFICAÏIOI{r Type compliance with BS 4533Section 102.2 Class I.r Degrees of protection:
GRP range lP43Concrete bolla',1 lP44
To spècify stale:(GRP range) Vandal-resistant low-levellighting bollards with non-corrosivefinish and choice of opal diffusingl¡ght cube and clear cube with Iouvrecontrollers. Degree of Protection 1P33.
Similar to Philips HGC 130/131 series.(Concrete range) Vandal-resistant low-level lighting bollard of reinforcedconcrete construction with opaldiffuser. Degree of Protection 1P44.Similar to Phìlips CBD series.
5OW SON7OW SON8OW HPL.N125W HPL-N¡,41 100W
240240240240
DTHEilSIOllS
GRP Range
WALL AAACKET FOBHGC 133/1&
MINI BOLTARD BOLLARD
I- .lL.
i T-fI
l-HGC/WB
HGC IS 8GC l3l
*213-
T
Concrete Range
ELECTRICAL DAÎA
Ballast CapacilorLampType
MainsVoltage
MainsCufrenl(Amps)
LampCurrsnt
CircultWatts
(Amps)
BSN 50'BSN 70BHL 80BHL 125
L4008L4010L400814008
0.380.420,40.70.45
618588
100
0.75'1.0
0.81.20.45240t250
I
I
For full lamp data refer to PL 1776 - SONPL 1768 _ HPL-NPL 1772 - MLPL 3001 - SLPL 1789 _ GLS
ï580
I
H.-350* +350+
218
BOTLARDS ATID iIIIII BOTIARDSoßDERtilG DATA - BOLLARDS
^XD t[il.BoLLARDS
No. DêscripllonWetght
(ks)oxcl. gea¡
Pack¡ngolv.
ABP Rangs
HGc 130102
HGc 130/03
HGc 130/06
HGc'13'tl"HGc 133/"HGc 1341"
Concrolo range
oBD 70s
Bollard with opal cube - ollve greenBollard with opal cube - blackBollard w¡th opal cube - metall¡c brownBollard wlth clear cube and louvre.Mini-bollard wilh opat cubs*M¡ni-bollard with clear cube and louvre.
Bollard with Gear for 7OW SONBollard with cear for 125W HpL
6.56.56.57.O
3.0
65.065.0
'125H
,Colours for all GRP bollards and mini-boltards are designated by the two dlgit codes shown above.
ONDERIXG DATA - GEAF UXIÎS
Calslogus No. Descriptlon Welght PackingQtv.{ks)
sxcl. gsafûRPHGC
Rangs't30/13'1 50W SON
HGC 130/',131 70W SONHGc 130/l3l 80w HPL.NHcc'130/131 125W HPL.NHcc 133/134 50W SONHGc 133/134 70W SONHGC ',133/134 50W HPL.NHcc 133/134 80W HPL.N
0ptlonalHGC/WB
wall brackol - minl.bollards
Gear unlt including bailast and capacitor for SoW SON.Gear un¡l for bollard inctudlng baliast and capacitor for 7OW SONGear unit for bollard including ballast and câþacitor for BOW HÞL_Ncear unit for bollard including baltast and capacitor for 125W HpL,Ncear un¡l for mlni-bollard ¡ncludlng ballast a;d capacitor for 5OW SONGear unit for minl-bollard including ballast and caþacitor for 70W Sóñcoar unit for mini-bollard including ballast and capacitor for SOW HpL-NGear unlt for mini-bollard including baltast and caþacitor for BOW HpL.N
1.701.701.901.901.85t.õc't.85
1.80
Wall bracket for HGC 133/134 0.6Pleaso order bollards in the lorm given in thê followiorder€d separatolyi
ng example, in mult¡ples of the packing quanilties. Note that tamps must be
40 Philips bollards HGC 130/02
40 Philips bollard g€ar untts HGC 130/131 Bs40 Ph¡lips lamps 80W HPL-N
219
BOLTARDS ATID itIIII BOLLARDS
I220
H/SPGLanterns for municioallightins
A.range of post-top lanterns consistingof electr¡cal un¡ts for lSOW and 2SOWh¡gh-pressure sodium lamps or 250Wmercury fluorescent lamps, and achoice of three bowl styles to fit theelectrical un¡t-
Note: Mercury fluorescênt lampsUK mark¡ng MBF: Ph¡l¡pslnternational marking HpL-N
RÂNGE
SPC 150/250 -- Electrica un¡t w¡thconlrol gear for 1 50W SON, 1 90W SON,250W SON or HPC 250 250W Mercury,H/SPC 143.-H/SPC t44*
Spherical bowl.Ellipt¡ca¡ bowl.
HlSPC 1 45 - H¡gh cone bowt.
APPLICAÏIOilSSuitable for use in situat¡ons whereappearance and high light output isimportant, such as:rResidential areasrShopping precinctsrWalkwaysrLeisure cenlresrPublic parks and gardensrHosp¡tals and industr¡al premises
/
Ðl.llu,IEr*-ttl-=¡----F
¡o
To reorde¡ thls Oata Sheet quote PL182714
¡r-*-=Fl.l-I-f**
221
lssued 7/83
H/SPC tAllÏERllsFEATURES
rPrec¡sion-made electrical unit withhigh-pressure die-cast bodY.
rGear consists of ballast, Powerfactor correction capac¡tor(s), (¡gnitoron SON lamPS onlY) lerminal blockand porcelain GES lamPholder.¡Bowls are made from vandal-resislant low-pressure polythenewilh spun-aluminium canoPìes; theunderbowl material resists UV light.Canopies are lacquered white inside'grey outside to resist corrosionrLanterns are rain-proof and insect-proofi chloroprene gaskets seal thecanopy to the under bowl and thecomplete bowl assemblY to theelectr¡cal unit. A foam plastic sealingring surrounds the incoming cableswhere the lantern is mounted on thepost.
rSimply ¡nstalled on Post-toPcolumns w¡th 76mm o.d. spigots. Theneck of the electrical unit isaccurately aligned by means of tworidges and the assembly is securedlly two lock¡ng screws.
DITENSIONS
ø aso
6926ro 620
61 6t 61
H/SPC 250+H/SPC 143All d¡mensions ¡n mm
H/SPC 250+H/SPC 144Lanterns lo lit 76mm
WEIGHlS
Catalogue No. Welqht (kg)
rcanopy ¡s f¡rmly secured by meansof a single centrally-mounted cap nut.The canopy can be inverted andrested on the cap nut stud to giveample working clearance for serv¡c-ing or relamping.rldeal for higher mount¡ngs of B-10metres.
MATERIALS & FINISH
Eleclrical unil: Hi gh-pressure die-castaluminium, corrosion-resistant greyf¡nish, complete wìth control gearcomponents.Lampholder: Porcelain GES.Bowls: Spun aluminium canopy,lacquered white inside, grey outside,sealed to low-pressure polytheneunder bowl with chloroprene gasket.
RANGE OF OPERATION
240V 50Hz supplies.Normal outdoor operatìon.
ISPECtFtCAT|OrlrRes¡dent¡al post-top lantern withchoice of three vandal-resistantþowls.rlntegral control gear for 150W or250W h¡gh-pressure sodium la¡¡ããöw ;å;;;iliñ¿;;;;iìå;; P''''rBowls are Uv-resistant; all mslq¡oarts afe corrosion-resistant.r Type compliance wilh BS 4539Section 1 02 1 Classlf electricalappliances (earth not required).
To spèc¡ly state:Post-top lantern w¡th choice ofthree bowl styles and integral controlgear for use with 150w or 250W high.pressure sodium lamps or 250Wmercury fluorescent lamp. Lanternmust be ¡nsecttight, and must be builtf rom vandal-res¡stant and corros¡on.resistant materials. Substantìally asPhilips H/SPC.
sPc 150sPc 250HPC 250H/SPC 143
H/SPC 144H/SPC 145
80895.4506.55.1
LATÞ DATA
Lamp type ClrsultCurrenl
r olalCírcultWalls
Cap Packinqquantlty
GES1742BO268
GESI
150W SON25OW SON2sOW HPL-N
091.31.3 GES
222
L¡ghrt D¡str¡butaon D¡agramsZonal lum¡nous llux d¡agrams lllum¡nance diagrams
I
HiSPC 1/ 3oo 2d 40p 600 tooo 12o. t$o t6d tæ 12 l5 241ñ127
H=6m
H/SPC 144oó 20p ¡loo 60ó 80ô rOO. 12Oo r€o l€oe 1æ 36912 ß 21 24lrl27
H=7m
lm%
H/SPC 14soó 20p 4e 60p 80" roop r20p rso roæ raop 12 15 r8 21 2alñ127
H =6ñ
H/SP0 rAr{TERilS
llr
H/SPC 143 H/SPC 144 H/SPC 14s
223
rlusPo LAI{TEHi{S
I1. Cap nut
2. CanoPY
3. Chloroprene rúbbergasket
4. Spacer and nut
5. Fixing boll
6. Dilfuser
7. Unit-bracket
B. E40 lampholder
9. Built-in ballast
10. Capacilors
11. Chloroprere rubberg a sket
12. Electrical unil
13. Terminal block
14. Post fixing sÇrew
sPc250 + H/SPC145
Cut Away V¡ew
{.:'IDEñING DATÀ
i:ìear Units Descr¡ption
ÊPC 1 50liPC 1 50lìfrc 250l.rPc 250
Elect¡ical unit for 100W SON LamPEleclricai unit for 1 50W SON LamPElec(ical unit for 250W SON LamPElecìrical unit lor 250W HPL'N Lamp
Pr:,ìwls
I l/sPC 1 43i.ltsPc 144i.t/sPc 145
Spherical BowlEllipticalBowlHigh Cone Bowl
Note: Mercury fluorescent lamPSl.JK marking I/BF: PhiliPslnternatìonal marking HPL-N
Please order lanterns in lhe form given in th following exalrple:25 Philips lanlerns SPC 250 + H/SPC 1 45 + 250W SON
rlote that larrps should be specified with elecirical units to ensure that the correct control
ùe,ar is supPlied.Lânterns and components are supplied individually packed
224
Made in Holland
fliù,
-l¡llr
225l$ued 984
LAI¡IPADATAKEO B
iDccorat¡ye post.toDIumlnalrcs
Conical post-top lanterns fordecoratìve lighting, with integral gearfor SON and HPL-N tamps.
RATGELampada - Conical decorativelantern with non-overlapping topcanopy.TakeoB - Conicaldecorativelantern with overlapping top canopy.Both available with integral oear fôi70W SON and 125W Hel.ru Émps.
APPLICAT¡OTSSuitable for use whgrever theenvironmsnl demands a high standardol lantern design:r Residental areas.r Shopping precincts.r Public parks and gardens.i Leisure centres.r Hotol forecourts.r Hospitals.r Car parks.
I
FF¡D
To Ì€ordorthls D¿ta shsotqùoto Pr.3064
(il.1'j
¡
lll
ii
LAÍIIPADA TAKEO BFËATURËSr Vandal'resistant acrylic opaldiffusêr with ¡ntegral spun aluminiumcanopy for good appearance and longlife.r Diffuser assembly is secured bY abayonet catch; a simPle twist givesaccess for relamPing or gearmaintenance.r Aluminium spigot for 60mm Post'top entry.r lntegral gear for ease ofinstallation.¡ All exposed Parts are corrosion-res¡ stant.r Choice of styles: LamPada hasnon.overlapping canopy; Takeo B hasoverlapp¡ng canopy.
tÀTERtALs & FlxlsHD¡lluser: Acrylic, opal f inish.Canopy: Spun aluminium, paintedþlack and crimped to diffuser in thecase of Lampada.Lampholder: Porcelain ES.
Spigot enlry: Die-cast aluminium.
SpEGIFIC^ïlOflr Type compliance with BS 4533Section '102.3 Class 1.
r Degree of protection: Lampada lP44Takeo B lP44
ORDERIlIG DATA
CatalogueNo. DEscrlption
Lantern wlth ¡nt6gral gear for 70W SON lamp.
Lantern with integral gear for 125W HPL'N lamp
Takeo B 70 Lantern with integral gear for 70W SON lamp'
Takeo B 125 Lantern with ¡ntêgral gear for 125W HPL-N lamp'
please order lanterns in the form given in the lollowing example. Note that lamps must
oJòi¿"i"à separately, ¡n multiples of the packing quantitv:
40 Philips lanterns LamPada 7040 Phil¡ps lamps 70W SON.
LUHIIIAIRE DATA
Lampada 70
Lampada 125
¡
I;lI
.ìIl
'i
Calaloguo Ratlng DlmEns¡ons(mm) Ws¡ghtDsplh Dlam. kg
WindagePlan m'? Elevat¡on m'¿ DLORNo.
Lampada 70 70W SONLampada 125 125W HPL'NTakeo B 70 70W SONTakeo B 125 125W HPL'N
ELECTRICAL DATA
370370496496
0.0910.0910.1340.134
0.0870.0870.1960.196
0.760.760.770.77
340340500500
4.04.0
3.75
Lamp Ballast Capacitor Ma¡nsVoltage
Ma¡nsCurfenl(a)
LampCurfsnl(A)
CircultWatls(vl}(v)
7OW SON125W HPL.N
BSN 70BHL 125
L401014008
85137
1.01.2
240240 0.64
0.4
i ìo:t6.-500--
340
oF(')
496
ø76
226
:l'
iÈ
rl
D ECO RAT M P OST -TOP ¿/qfvrEF vSThe striking smoked cycar opat cylinder is one of a choice of threedecorative units for use inside the bowts of phitips lnternational DecorativeRange. The. permutations of bowt, cytinder and tamp type permit a vastrange of effects for decorative and residentiat tighting.'
l-t
,.a$@
.:i":*--'
3
Illih\+
D ECO R AT IV E P OST.T OP T.AilTER'VS
The lnternational Decorative Range includes eight bowls which can beused without decorative units. This is the Agate Sphere (see Page 164).
L.
lll,432tllu4326Heavy.duty bû¡khead-luminaires
Two heavy-duty bulkhead luminairesfor ¡ndoor or outdool use, one fofnormâl industrial use and the ótherfor use in zone II hazardous areas.The lumina¡res use high-elficacymercury fluorescenl lamps, and aresupplied complete with integralcontrol gear.
Note: Mercury lluorescent lampaIJK marklng MBF : Ph¡l¡pslnternatlonal mark¡ng HPL-N
BAIIGEW4321 - Standard luminaire for 80Wmercury f luorescent lamp.W4326 - Division 2 luminaire for 80Wmercury f Iuorescent lamp.A heavy-duty galvanised steel wire-guard is suppl¡ed with both luminaires.
APPLICATIOIISFor use wherever a heavy-duty bulk-head Iuminaire for wall or ceilingmounting ¡s required, in s¡tuationssuch as:-rlndoor and outdoorfactory areasrlndustrial liÍtsrPedestrian subways and walkwaysrPublic lavatoriesrPetroohemical industriesrMarine applications
Top: W4321 standad fittingBottom: W4326 Division 2litting
roreorde¡th¡sDaråsh€€tquoto. PL1845/4
t:no
AeplacesPLl&5/3
w 4õ21, W 4326 - RESIDEilTIAL & AM EI{¡TYFEÀTURESrDie-cast corros¡on-res¡stantalum¡nium body with epoxy res¡nstoved f¡nish gives excellentprotection against arduousenvironments.rDouble wall construction providesan open fixing channel and anenclosed control gear compartment.rBallast, power factor correctioncapacitor and two-way porcelainterm¡nal block are securely fixed tothe base ofthe casting and areprotected against the heat ol thelamp by a 20 SWG anodised alu-min¡um reflector.rRibbed glass diffuser is carr¡ed in adie-cast aluminium front f rameassembly, hinged to the body andsecured by means of four stainlesssteel socket head captive screws. AU-shaped s¡l¡cone rubber gasketseals the lum¡naire against dust andmo¡sture.rLuminaire for use in Zone II areasincorporates Klippon two-wayterminal blocks for looping lwo 7/ 029cables, and spark-proof lockinglampholder.rHeavy-duty guard made from14 SWG galvanised steelwire suppliedwith both types.rHigh-eff iciency mercury f luorescentlamp gives h¡gh lumen outputfor low energy consumption; lamplife can be six times that of tungstenequivalent.
HAIERIALS & FINISHBody and front lrame: D¡e-castcorrosion-resistant LM6 alumin¡umalloy, epoxy resin stoved finish.Cover tasleners: Two stainless steelwire retaining hinges; four 6mmstainless steel socket head captivescrews.Sealing gaskel: Silicone rubber.Lampholder: Porcelain ES (spark-proof locking type on D¡v¡sion 2luminaire).
No.Calalogue Ove¡all d¡mensions (mm)
ABC
297297
189 157199 172
MaximumAmb¡ent ü;p"
Lamphorder
6.36.3
w4321w4326
ESES
35
lemp.
DrüEllslol{s
C
CI t_ "__lLAMP DATA
Lamp lypè LightingDesignLumens
Lamp Vollage Lamp currentA
Total c¡rcu¡lWatts
8OW HPL.N 3650 '115 0.8 BB
ORDERING DATA
CatalogueNo. Description Packing quantity
w4321w4326
Bulkhead luminaire for 80W HPL-N lamp 1
Divis¡on 2 bulkhead lum¡na¡re lor BoW HPL-N lamp 1
w4331Prismat¡c glass d¡ff userHeavy-duty w¡reguard
Please order luminaires ¡n the form given in the following example.Note that lam ps should be ordered separately:-25 Ph¡lips heavy-duty bulkhead lum¡naires W432640 Philips 80W HPL-N mercury fluorescent lamps
Sparew4330
SPECIF¡CATION
¡Heavy-duty bulkhead luminaires forindoor or outdoor use, complete withintegral control gear for operatingmercury fluorescent lamps. ïype foruse in Zone II areas is approved byHM Factory lnspectorate for use inthese areas as defined by BS Codeof Practice CP 1003: 1964.
Degree of Protection 1P54.
To spec¡fy slate:rHêavy-duty bulkhead luminaire forindoor and outdoor use, withcorrosion-resistant d ie-castaluminium body and integral controlgear for mercury fluorescent lamp.Substantially as Philips W4321 series.
BANGE OF OPEBATION
240V 50Hz continuous operationFor indoor or outdoor use.
Luminaire: Made in UK.
Lamp: Made in Belgium.
224
t229
lsuod s/82 I Replac€sPL 1882/4
-
Mrilr soxIIllMBIPIII
rGG00rLantern/bulkhead luminaire
A high-quality Iuminaire, suppl¡ed asa KombiPak complete with SOX-E18lamp and all fixing accessories, loruse as a ceiling or wall-mounledlumina¡re for security or amenitylighting.
APPLICATIOI{SSuitable for use in domestic, public,commercial and industrial premises,in situations such as:-rParking areasrFactory gatesrBanksrPerimeter areas¡Loading baysrBu¡lding sitesrFootpaths¡SchoolsrSupermarketsrFarmyardsrMuseums
FEATUREA
r Gives 407o more light than a typical100W GLS bulkhead;yet lhe totalcircu¡ldissipates only 25W.rVandal-résistant pr¡smat¡c controllerenhances light distribut¡on, enablingthe luminaire to þe usêd as aneffective mini-lantern.rwhen used as a bulkhead lum¡naire,a detachable side reflector directslight downwards, further improvingelficiency.rModern, smart appearance.
roroordsÌrh¡sDaiâsheâtquoto PL188215
-t'lrvt
¡o
Features continued
rSuitable for indoor or outdoor use.rHi gh-eff iciency low-pressuresodium lamp with low-loss integralcontrol gear permits all-nlghtburning, all the year round, for aslittle as 10p a week.rSuppl¡êd as KombiPak, completewith all flxing accessories ¡ncludinglantern þracket.rFamiliar yellow sodium light givesexcellent visual acuity and logpenetration.r Three position cable entry side top orback wiring.
IATERIALS & FINIAH
Body: Black polyam¡de.Prlsmalic conlroller: PolycaÌbonate,UV stabl I ised, vandal-resistant.Goar lray: Steel, stove-enamelledwhite, with anodised alumin¡umreflector.Seal¡ng gasket: Silicone rubber,labyrinth type.
SPEC|F¡CAΡOilrType complianco with BS 4533Section 102.2.rDegree of Protection 1P54.
To speclly stale:Luminaire with pr¡smatic controller andintegral control gear, suitable for PhilipsSOX-E18 lamp and supplied asKomb¡Pak for wall, ceiling or bracketmounting. Similar to Philips XGC 001 .
RAI{G: OF OPIRAÎION240V 50H2.Su¡table for ambient temperaturesup to 30"C.
wEtcHTLum¡na¡re 1.8 kg (complete withpacking, bracket, accêssories, etc.)Bracket 0.2 kg.
Nofe.' When mounted vertically, theprismatic controller must be at thebottom so that the lamp cap ¡s upper-most.
Lamp: Made in Belgium.Luminalre: Made in Holland.
XGC OOl KOMBIPAK _ RESIDEI{TIAL & AMEIIITYDITENSIONS
ELECIßICAL DATALamp Bâllast Capacllor lgnitor Ma¡ns Ma¡ns currenl C¡rcuit Watts
sox-E18 BSX]8 L4005 0.14 25
ORDEBII{G DATANo.
XGC controller complet6 w¡thand all accessor¡es
Plêase order in the form given ¡n10 Phll¡ps KombiPaks XGC 001.
165
I290
T90I
þ__ 180
Wall bracketand fix¡ng Detachable reflector mo Cable gland
and washer
screwse ==OO0
< OO*r-0.
Rawlplugs Wall screwsand washers
All d¡mens¡ons in mm
EO@4 E@@'18W SOXlamp
230
exampls;-
MSBISMilU SoXBUUfiiElltI(flMBIPIKA sturdy, high-quality lum¡na¡re,supplied as a Komb¡Pak complete withSOX-E18 lamp and all fixingaccessories, for use as a ceiling orbulkhead luminaire for security oramenity l¡ghting.
aPPLtcArtoltaSuitable for use in domestic, publ¡c,commercial and ¡ndustrial prem¡ses,in situat¡ons such as:-rPark¡ng areasrFactory gatesrBanksrPerimeter areas¡Loading baysrBuilding sitesrSchools¡supermarketsrFarmyardsrMuseums
ror€odsrrh¡sDarash66tquots Pt188l/5
231
lssu€d6/83
¡o
FEATURES
rGives 40% more light than a typical100W GLS bulkhead; yet the totalc¡rcuit dissipâtes only 25W.
rSturdy cast aluminium body paintedþlackwith a matching vandal-resistantcover and reeded dilfuser combinêsmart appearance with durability.rHigh-etf iciency low-pressuresodium lamp with integral controlgear permits all-night burning, att theyear round, for as little as 10p a week.rSupplied as KombiPak, completewith all fixing accessories.rFamiliar yellow sodium light giveseicellent visual acuity and fogpenetration.rCover secured by hexagon screw toprevent unauthorised tamPeringrldeal for indoor use, e¡ther surfacemounted or recessed.
TAIERIALS & FINISH
Eody: Die-cast corrosion-resistantaluminium alloY.
Dlftuser: OPal acrylic, vandal-fesistant.Gear lray: Steel, zinc-plated.
SPECIF¡CAÏIONrDegree of Protect¡on 1P23.
rType compliance with BS 4533Sect¡on 102'2.
To speclly slale:Luminaire with die-cast aluminiumhousing and integral control gear,suitable for Philips SOX-E18 lampand supplied as KombiPak forceiling or wall mounting. Sim¡lar toPhilips MSB 18.
RAIIGE OF OPERAÏ¡O]{
23O1250Y 50 Hz.lndoor or outdoor operation.Su¡table for ambient temperaturesfrom minus 20oC to 20oC.
WEIGHI2.3 kg.
Nole. When the luminaire is mountedvèrtical ly, the gear tray must be at thetop so that the lamp cap is upper-most. Cable entry is provided fromeithèr end or from the underside.
Lamp: Made in Belg¡um.Lumlnalre: Made in uK.
MSB 18 Mrilr SoX BUTKHEAD KoMB¡PAK -- |
KOTIB¡PAK COI{TE1{TS SHOWING DITYIENSIONS Iil ilIM
Lamp Ballasl Capac¡tor lgn¡tor Ma¡nsvollage
Ma¡nscurfenl
Chcult Wåtts
--f94I
360
_T
1 1 2t All dimensions in mm
rrrr üVüü B @
End plug
g:J4 Fixing screws 4 Fìawlplugs Cable gland 18W Allen key
and washer SOXlanrp
(
sox-E18 8SX18 L4005 240 0.14 25
ORDERII{G DATA
CatalogueNo. Description Packlng quant¡ty
MSB 18 Lumina¡re w¡th opal d¡ffusors comp¡ete w¡thSOX-El 8 lamD and all accessor¡es
Please order in the form given in the following example:-10 Phil¡ps KombiPaks MSB 18.
232
lnd¡vidually packed
4 l+:
233lssued 9.83
no
FGG |flflPL* Bulkhead LuminaireAn elegant bulkhead luminaire. usingPhil¡ps PL single-ended fluorescentlamp. Supplied as a Kombipak.complete with lamp. control gear andfixing parls.
RANGE
FGC 1 00/1 09 - KombiPak luminairewith one PL9 lamp.
FGC'100/'111 - Komb¡pak luminairewith one PL11 lamp.
APPLICATIONS'For use indoors and outdoors, surface-mounted on ceil¡ngs and walls. Fordirection lighting, secur¡ty and s¡gnlighting ¡n situations such as:
r Parking areasr Office buildingsr Shops & Supermarketsr Schools and colleqesr Passageways and corridorsr Publ¡c sta¡rwaysr Factory buildings and warehousesr Pedestrìan underpassesr Precincts and public enclosures ofall kindsr Homes - Porches, drives, garages
P[ 3045
-r'ñvl
To reorder this dãta sheet quote
.,
FGC 100FEATURES
r PLg lamp has light output betweenthat of40W and 60W filament lamps, buttotal c¡rcuit power ¡s only l3W. It laststyp¡cally five t¡mes longer than filamentlamps. PL1 t has light outputcomparable to a 75W filament lamp:circuit power 15W.
r New PL lamp combines high efficacywith good colour rendering(Ra8 = 82) and warm colourappearance. Small size has led to slim,elegant luminaires.
r Polyester housing and vandal-resislant polycarbonale opal difusercombine durab¡lity and corrosionresistance.
r Lum¡naire enclosure has Degree ofProtection lP 54 (dust-proof; splash-proof).
r Cover with d¡ff user is easily opened forrelamp¡ng; is secured wilh hexagon-head socket screws lo deler tampering
r FSC 1 00/1 09 also takes PL7 lampw¡thout mod¡f¡cation to give light oulputequivalent lo 40W f¡lament Iamp for atotal circuil power of 1 1W.
r KombiPak formal simplif ies orderingand stdbkholding, and ensures that allparts are on site when needed.
MATERIAL& FINISH
Body: Polyester, self -coloured black.
Cover: Black polycarbonate trame withopal translucent polycarbonate diff user.Neoprene gasket. Cover ¡s h¡nged, andis secured by staìnless steel screws.
Reflector: Steel, galvanised andpainted white.
SPECIFICATIONr Degree of Protect¡on lP 54
r Designed to comply w¡th BS 4533Class I (eleclrical) - Earlh requ¡red.
To spec¡fy state:Bulkhead lumina¡re with control gearand lampholder for PL lamp. To besupplied as a kit, with all fixingaccessories and lamp. Similar to Phil¡psFGC 100.
KombiPak KitTwo zinc-plaled wood screws and twomasonry plugs are included in kit; alsopolyam¡de sealing gland for s¡de hole,and hexagon key.
Lamp: lvlade ¡n HollandLum¡na¡re: l\y'ade ¡n Holland
Fix¡ng and wir¡ngCable isfed through hole intoporsideofhousing and connected to three-terminal screw terminal block.
ELECTRICAL DATA
RANGE OFOPERATION
240V 5OHz.Enclosure degree of Prolection lp 54lndoor or ouldoor operalionHorizontal or vertical fixing
t
l
I
.l
:l
!¿l
'11
!:l
rli
ìr.il
:11
Descript¡onLampWalts
LampLumens2000 hrs
Total circuitWatts
Circuit currentAmps
FGC 100/109 (wilh PL7 7 370with PLg I 510
FGC100/1,l1 withPLll 11 800
Data refer to average lamp and to standard conditions
0.18o.170.16
11)1315
293
DIMENSIONS&WEIGHT
Weight with lamp: 1 .2k9.136
ORDERING DATA
Catalogue No. Descr¡ption Packing Oty
FGC I0O/1Og t uminalre *ith PLFGC 100/111 Luminairewith PLl l lamp in KombiPak lndividually packed
Spare lamps
PL1 Fluorescent lamp 50PLg Fluorescent lamp 50PLl 1 Fluorescent lamp SO
Please order in the form g¡ven in the following example. Spare lamps should be ordered inmultiples of the packing quant¡ty:
25 Ph¡lips bulkhead luminaires FGC l00/109
234
!
Itt
i
235lssued9.8 NEW
no
PLB IIIPLB 2IIP[*KombiPakbulkhead luminairesSturdy lumjnaires with Degree ofProtection lP 23, l¡tted with Philips PLl ilamps. Low operat¡ng costs and long lamplife. Both luminaires are suppl¡ed asKombiPaks, complete with PL11 lamp(s)and f¡xing accessor¡es. Light matchesfilament lamp ¡n colour and qual¡ty.
RANGE
PLB'I 1 1 - PL butkhead Komb¡pakcomplete with one PL1 1 lamp.PLB2l 1 * PL bulkhead Kombipakcomplete with two PL1 1 lamps.
APPLICAIIONS
Domestjc, publ¡c, commetc¡al andindustrial premises, for long lamp life andlow operatinq costs:-r Parking areasrOffice buildingsrShops and supermarketsrSchools and co¡¡egesrPassageways and corr¡dorsrPublic sta¡rwaysr Factory buildings and warehousesrVehicle and pedestr¡an underpassesrPrecincts and public areas
To reorde¡ lh¡s Data Sheetquore PL 3051
PLBl11/PtB211FEAIURÊS
rEnergy-effect¡ve: Twô lamps have lightoutput comparaþle w¡th a 150W filamentlamp for total consumption of 30W; onelamp has light output comparable with a75W filament lamp for total consumptionof 15W.
rLight matches f¡lament lamp in colourand quality.
rRated lamp life f ive times that of f ilamentlamp equ¡valent.¡Sturdy cast alum¡n¡um body pa¡ntedblack with a matching vandal-res¡stantcover and reeded d¡ffuser combine smartappearance with durabil¡tY.
I Enclosure rated lP 23; indooror outdooruse.¡Can be recessed or surface-mounted.rCover secured by hexagon screws lodeter tampering.rSuppl¡ed as a KombiPak, complete w¡thfix¡ng accessories.
MATERIALS& FINISH
Body: Die-cast corrosion-resistantalum¡nium alloy, painted black.D¡ffuser: Opal acrylic, vandal-resistant.Gear tray: Steel, zinc-plated.
SPECIFICATION
rDegree of protection lP 23rType compliânce with BS 4533Class I (electrical) - Earth required.
To specify state:Luminaire with die-casl aluminumhous¡ng, control gear and lampholde(s)for one (two) PL1 1 lamp(s). SimilartoPh¡lips PLB luminaires.
BA¡IGE OF OPERAÏION240V SOHZlndoor or outdoor operation, in ambienttemperatures from minus 5.c to plus30'c.
Lamp: Made ¡n HollandLumlnaire: Made in LJK
KOMBIPAK CONTENÎS SHOWING DIMENSIONS IN itlfI,l
DIMEI{SIONS&WEIGHIS PLB111 1.5k9 PLB211 2.0k9
LAMPDATALamp typè Lamp Watts Lumen output
(100 hours)Rated l¡le(hours)
PI 11 11 890 5000
LUiIIilAIFE DÀTAType Circult Watts C¡rcu¡t current (A)
PLB 11,IPLB211
1530
0.160.32
lf PF corecl¡on is required in large inslallalions, lumina¡res may be bulk-corrected at approximately2mfd per lampway.
All data are averages, measured under slandard conditions.
ORDERING DATA
Catalooue No. Descr¡otion Packlnq quant¡tv
PLB 1'11
PLB 21 1
PL bulkhead KombiPak, completewith PL 1 1 lamp and accessor¡es.PL bulkhead KombiPak, completew¡th two PL 11 lamps andaccessories.
lndividually packed
lndividually packed
Spare lamps PL 1 1 are packed in f¡ftiesPiease orcier in the lorm given in the following example, ¡n multiples of the packing quantity:-1 0 Philips KombiPaks PLB 21 1
(
ffirrrr ürüü õ
4 Fixing screws 4 Wall plugs Cable gland PL1 1 Allen keyandwasher lamp
also cable retainer and sleev¡ng
112All d¡mensions ¡n mm
End plugs
€S
-f94I
360
_T
_t
J
236
PtlllflflP[* Wall Lig
An attractive, indoor/outdoor lumina¡relor mounting on vertical surfaces.Supplied as a KombiPak, complete withPL.1 1 energy-saving lamp, prewiredcontrol gear and fixing accessor¡es.
BANGEPLW 0.1 1 - Wall light KombiPak, redfinish.
APPLICATIOI{SFor use indoors and outdoors whereveran attract¡ve, and econom¡calwalllight isrequired:¡ Hotelsr Theafesr Shops and officesr Patios and porches¡ Garagesr Alleys and passageways
To rcorde¡ lhis DataSheel quote
Ðm2Efrt
==FneÞ=frt={
PUt061
NEW237
PLW 011 WALI TIGHTFEATUFESr PL'1 1 lamp gives more ¡¡ght than anordinary 60W light bulb for a circuitpower consumption of only 15 Watts.
I Light colour and quality matchesfilament lamp; PL lastsfivetimes as longas f¡lament lamp, saving onma¡ntenance costs.
r Fled polypropylene body is bothanraclive and robust.
t lP 23 enclosure classification("rainproof ") permits use ins¡de or out ofdoors.r D¡tfuser is locked with a single screw;is easily removed for installat¡on orrelamPing.r KombiPak fomat s¡mplifies order¡ngand stockholding, and ensures that all
parts are together when needed
TAÎERIALS& FIIIISH
Body: PolYProPYlene, red finish.
Diffuser: Polycarbonate, opal finish.
SPECIFIGAI|OX, Enclosure classif¡cation lP 23
I Dêsigned to comply with 854533Class I (electrical) - earlh required.
To Specify State:WalFmounting decorative luminaire forinside or outsidê use, w¡th control gearand lampholder for PL lamp. To besupplied as a k¡t, with allfixingaccessories and lamp. Similar to PhilipsPLW011.
RANGE OF OPERATIOI{
240V 5OHz.
lndoor/outdoor operat¡on.
Classification lP 23.
For mounting on verticalnon-combustible surlaces.At tempêratures below freezing, startingmay be slower and light output reduced.
Luminaire: Made in UKLamp: Made ¡n Holland
270
T112
_l_l.-uo Alldimens¡ons in mm
DILENS|OTS & WETGHTS
CatalogueNo. Lampwatts Lamp(20o0
lumenshours)
Circult curronl(Amps)
Total circultWatt8
PLW 01 1 11 800 0.16 15
WeiEhl:27.029.
Catalogue No. Descript¡on Packing Ouanilty
PLW011
Spare Lamp
PL'1 1
lndiv¡dually packed
Pleaseorderin thefomgiven ¡nthefollowingexample. Spare lampsshould beordered in multiplesofthe pâck¡ng quantity:
25 Philips lum¡naire PLW 0'11 .
Walllight KombiPak, red f¡n¡sh (complele withPL.1 1 lamp and f¡xing accessories)
Compact lluorescent lamp 50
23A
239lssu€d4/84 R6plac€s PL 1883/6
$ffi36-ESecurity Kombipak
SOX-E36 lantern with integral controlgear, supplied as a pack completè withlamp, photo cell and all fixingaccessories, for most basic securitylighting needs.
APPLICÄIIONSldeal for outdoor security light¡ng insituations such as: -r Public house car parksr Perlmeter fences and wallsr Factory gatehouses and approachesr Churchesr Building entrances and exitsr Schools and youth clubsr Transport cafes and lorry parksr Farms and isolated buildingsr Sports and social clubsr Building sites and plant hire depots
FEATURESr Supplied as a packaged kit completewith lamp; absolutely no extras neededfor installation.r Low-pressure sodium lamp gives20o more light output than a 300W GLSlamp. The total circuit dissipates only S1Watts.r Lamp service period can be six timesthat of GLS lamps, greatly reducingmaintenance costs.r lntegral photo cell switches lanternon at dusk and off at dawn, effect¡ngfurther savings in energy.r Ra¡nproof and resistanl to rust andvandal¡sm.r Bracket supplied ls suitable formounting on flat surfaces or corners.r Prlsmatic þowl gives l¡ght distributtonto Group B roadlightlng standards.r Vandal resistant refractor bowlhinges downwards for easy lampchanging and is simply removed forcleaning.¡ lntegral control gear is mounted on asteèl tray which swings downwards forserv¡cing.
Toreord.rrhisDåtashostquor€ PL 1883/7
EIrt
noD-rn-
$ffi 36-E SEGUR ITY I(OIIIBIPAK . RESIIIE]ITIAI. & AIIIE]IITYKOMBIPAK COIITENTS SHOWII{G DtMEllStOilS ¡n mmPI{OTOMETRIC DATA
Light oulput ral¡osDownward l¡qht outPut ratro: u orLight output;al¡o: 0'68
Canopy: High'Pressure die-cast
aluminium Ll\46M.
Bowl: Vandal resistant material'
Bowl cliPs and hinges: Stainlesssteel.Gear lray: Pre'coaled sheet steel
SPECIFICATlONr fype compliance with BS 4533
Section 102 3.
r Degree of Protect¡on 1P54.
To specifY stale:
Security lantern for outdoor use, withintegral control gear for SoX-E 36 lamp.Supplied as a completê package withlamp, mounting bracket, fixingaccessories and photo cell.Substantially as Philips SXK 36-Esecurity KombiPak.
OVERALL WEIGHI 4.8 kg.
RANGE OF OPEFATION
23Q|25OV 50 Hz supplies.Normal outdoor operat¡on.
Lamp: Made in BelgiumLum¡naire: Made in UK
LAMP & CONTROL GEAR DATA
How lo get lhe best lrom yourSecurity Komb¡Pak
This simple table shows you how tomount your KombiPak lanterns to gainthe maximum spread of l¡ght andtherefore lhe most cost-effective¡llumination. For straight runs, forexample along a wall: -
Therefore, as a general rule, for anymount¡ng height, the spacing between¡anlerns ¡s approx¡mately 4H and thedepth of effective illumination fromthe wall at ground level is 2H. Forcorner siling, ¡t is important toremember that half the spacind will benecessary on either side of the corneÌ.For example, if a lantern ¡s corner-mounted at 5m height, the lanterns oneither side will need to be at a'l0m spacing.
Mounting SpacingHeight AH
D¡stanco from wallollect¡vely¡lluminated B
1214
1820
24
0m5m0m5m0m5m0m
0m0m0m0m0m0m0m
6.0m'70m80m9.0m
10.0m1'r '0m12.0m
a. H
SXK 36.E SOX-E 36 lamp
Êntry tor 34mmOD Sp¡got
T182I T
F-'*-'lWâlrbracker lot rrar sudaceor@rne.ñounùñg
r'*--l
+ffi # rrrr il ffilfl
Lamp type Lum€ns Mains volls Clrcu¡t currênl(A)
C¡rcullWalts
Ballast Capac¡tor lgnltor Lampcap
sox-E 36 5700 240 0.23 5'1 BSX 355 14008 sx72 BC
PHOTO CELL DATÄ
Descrlplion Voltage Sw¡tch'onLevel
Sw¡tch.ollLevel
Conical, wilh 3.pin twist socket 24A250 70 lux 140 lux
oRDERI{O D^tÂCalalogue No. Descriplion Pack¡ng quanlltySXK 36.E 36W SOX-E lantern complete with photocel¡ lndividually packed
and fixinq accessones
lleg:g.ord9J in the form given in the foltowing example: -20 Ph¡lips SXK A6-E Secui¡ty Kombipaks
240
sr$( 70Secur¡ty KombiPak
70W SON lantern with integral controlgear, supplied as a pack completewith lamp, photocell and allfixingaccessor¡es for security I ighting nèedswhere colour discrimination isimportant.
APPLICATIOilSSuitable for use ¡n commerciâ1, publicand industrial areas such as:-¡Secur¡ty fences and boundariesrGatehousesrPrecinclsrForecourtsrCar parks¡Loading baysrBus and railway stationsrAccess roadsrSports and Soc¡al Clubs
FEATURES¡Supplied as a kit complete with lamp;
'absolutely no extras needed forinstallat¡on.rH¡gh-pressure sod¡um lamp g¡ves25% more l¡ghtthan a 300W GLS lamp.The total circu¡t dissi pates only 85 watts.rLamp service period can be threet¡mes that of tungsten halogen lampsgreatly reducing maintenance costs.rlntegral photocell switches lantern onat dusk and off at dawn, effectingfurther savings in energy.rRainproof and resislant to rust andvandalism.rEas¡ly mounted on walls, on flatsurfaces or corners, w¡th bracketsupp¡ied.rPrismatic bowl g¡ves d¡stribution loGroup B roadlightinO standards,rPolycarbonate bowl is h¡nged foreasy relamp¡ng and ma¡ntenance.rlntegral control gear ls mounted on asteel tray which swings downwards atthe sp¡got end for easy ssrvicing.
roroorderth¡sDårashêorquor€ P[1892/6'
-
lssu€d 6/83 RoplacasPL 1892/5
¡o
241
S]IK 70 - RESIDEIIÏIA¡. & AMEilITYFeatures continued.
r70W SON lâmp gives accèptablecolour discrimination.
Canopy: High-Pressure d ie-castaluminium LM6M
Bowl: PolYcarbonateEowl clips and hinges: Stainless steel
Gear lray: Precoated sheet steel
sPlcrFrcarroxrType còmpliance w¡th BS 4533Section 102.3.rDegree of Protection lP23
To specily slale:Security lantern for outdoor use withintegral control geartorToW SON lamp.Supplied as a complete package withlamp, mounting bracket, fixingaccessories andSubstantially as
photocell.Philips SNK 70
security KombiPak.
RÂIIGE OF OPERATIOIIr240V 50 Hz suppliês. Normal out-door operation.
PIIOÏOTETRIC DAÏA(see PL 8201)
Llghl Outpul RatlosLight Output Ratios: 0 69
Downward Light Output Rat¡o: 0.6i
OVEFALLWEIGHT 4.1 Kg
Lamp: Made in BelgiumLumlnalre: Made in UK
KOIIBIPAK CO¡{IENTS SIIOWING D¡tEilSlONS in mm
SNK 70
70 walt SON lamp
*3å'$,ff"
l-*ll"I
-T
F_410 f.-ræl
r'"--1 * -1 PbrÞr srô
I1
â 1rrrrffilililHow lo get lhe besl lrom yourSecur¡ly KombiPak
This simple table shows you how tomount your KombiPak lanterns togain the maximum spread of lightand therefore the most cost-effectiveillumination. For straight runs, forexample along a wal¡:-
Therefore, as a general rule, for anymounting he¡ght, the spacing betwóe¡lanterns is approximately 4H and the
'
depth of effective lllumination fromthe wall at ground level ¡s 2H. Forcorner s¡t¡ng, ¡t is important lorem6mber that halT the spacing willbe necessary on either side of thecorner. For example, if a lantern iscorner-mounled at 5m he¡ght, thelanterns on either side wlll need to beat a 10m spacing.
MountlngHelghtH
SpaclngA
Dlstance lrom wallellecllvelylllumlnaled B
3.0m3.5m4.0m4.5m5.0m5.5m6.0m
12.0m14 0m'16 0m18.0m20.0m22.Om24 Om
6.0m7.0m8.0m9.0m
10 0m11 0m12.0m
LATP & GOTTNOL CIAR DATA
Lamplype
LlghllngD€slgnLumo¡a
MalnsVolts(v)
C¡rcultCurenl(A)
ClrcultWålls
Ballast Capacllor Lampcap
70wsoN 5510 240 0.4 85 BSN70 L4010 ES
PIIOTOCELL DAÎA
Descrlptlon Voltâ96 Swllch-onLevel
Sw¡tch-ollLevel
Con¡cal, with 3-pin twist sockêt 240t250 70 lux 140 lux
ORDEBIXG DATA
CalaloguoNo.
Descrlpllon PåcklngQuantlly
Lumlnaire complete w¡th ¡ntsgral control gear, mountingâccesso¡l€s and 70W SON lampSpare lamp
1
40
SNK 70
70w soN
242
l
_¡
244
isi¡l
245issùed3 84
fltllt 00tFloodlight proiector
A general-purpose high qualityltoodtrghl with wide or narrow beamlight distribution,lor use w¡th metathal¡de or high-pressure sod¡um lamps.
Nole: Metal halide lamps UK markingMBI : philips Intefnat¡onâtmarking Hpt
RAIIGE
Available in narrow or wide beam formsto take two 400W metal halide lampsType HPliT, two 400W high.pressure
99giy.m_lqmp Type SON/T or a singte'1000W SON/T tamp or IOOOW Hpt/Tlamp.
For two lamp opt¡ons m¡xed lamp typesmay be used to achieve attract¡vesolut¡ons.
Pre-wired control gear boxes enclosedto lP54 are available to operale the400W SON/T and 400W Hpt/T tamps (seeData Sheet PL1868).
APPLICATIOI{S
General-purpose f loodlighting, insituations such as: -r Sports groundsr Ra¡lway marshall¡ng yardsr Uar parks: Buildings¡ Major road constructions (h¡gh mastwork)
r Sh¡pping yards
r Skating rinks
ro,eorde¡rhisDãrãsheerquore PL 176114
HNF flfll-FIOODIIGHTINGFEATURESrHioh-orade alumin¡um ref lectorqive"s a"ccurate beam control'
rEasv-to-operate stainless steel clipsp"r.ít ,""r'"ou"t to be hinged downto fac¡litâte lamP changrng.
rCast-on beam aiming s¡ght andprotractor scale Permit quick andsimple daylight adjustment.rReflector hous¡ng and rear cover arestrong cast alumin¡um; low coppercontent ensures excellent corros¡onresistance even in coastal andindustr¡al areas.rOzone-resistant neoprene gasketsg¡ve dust and jetproof seal of frontglass and rear cover.rFloodlight supplied with 1 x PG11and 1 x PG16 cable glands.
MAIERIALS & FINISH
Reflectof housing and rear cover:Cast aluminium.Fronl glass: Toughened glass platesecured w¡th stainless steel cl¡ps.Sealing gaskets: Rubber. Ethylenepropylene.Mounling brackel: Stainless steel.
NATGI OF OPERATIOIITemperature range (lamp) - 18"C to40'C 240V 50H2.
SPECIFICATION!Type compliance with BS 4533Section 102.5 Class I FloodlightLuminaire Degree ol Protection lPss'Dustproof ''Jet-proof '.
To specily state:Floodl¡ght lum¡na¡re for metalhalide or h¡gh-pressure sod¡umlamps, corros¡on-res¡stant castaluminium housing, degree olprotect¡on 1P55, hinged rear cover foreasy access to lamp, substantially asPhilips HNF 001.
705 250
I
I5
432490
ADJUSTMENTPOSSTBILIïÉS
602PG 16
DIMENSIONS 250
431
Weight ol luminaire complete w¡th lamp - 13'5 kg.
Further ¡nformation on Phil¡ps lamps and control gear is contained in the lollowingData Sheetsr-
Planes usod for Dlôtrlbullon Dlagrams
Lamp type Lamp Dala Sh€el Conlrol Gear Dala Sheel
HPI/TSONi T
PL't767PL 1776
PL 1779PL 1778
I
B
A
246
aHNF flfll - FTOODI.IGHTING
Light Distribution Diagrams
i
HNF 001 2 X 400W Hpt/T Narrow beam HNF 001 2 X 400W Hpt/T Wide beam
HNFOOl IKWHPI/T Narrow beam HNF 001 1kW HPt/TWide beam
HNF00t 2x400w SONÆ Narrow beam HNF00t 2x400w SON/T Wide beam
HNF001 IkWSONÆNàrrow beam HNF 001 lkW SON/TWide beam
Floodlight HNFO0T/42 x 400WSONT/TWlde beem
HNF 001/42 x 400WHPIIfWldåbeâm
HNF001/21 x t000WHPIÆWido beam
HNF001/2t x 1000WsoN/rWld6 beam
ltNF 001/32 x 400WsoN/t
HNF 00t /32 x 400WHPI/INarrowbêåh
HNF001/11 x 1000WHPVf
HNFMI/11 x 1000WSONÆ
Peak inlensúycd/1000 ln 619 579 2090 2062 17aO 1986Beam eficiencylolal beam 71% 670/o 67"/. 76% 71% 70% 68% 76%Beam angles(10% peak)
Hor¡zontâl2x57'2x 56'
2x57'2x58
2x 5756r57 12 1
46,54
58'53
12'1142x53
12'14 l3 14
49t548
Beam angles(50% peak)Ven¡ca¡Horizontal
2 x25'2x34'
25'/242x 37
2x2342'143
2 x24'2x40
Absolute ¡ntenslty (cd) = lnlens¡ty (cd/1000 tm) x Ligilmg Desrgn bmms
247
2x52x30
5/62x29
4339 .41
452x37
l 0 on scale represents peak ¡ntensity/1000 tm.
HNT flfll-FLOODLIGHTING
E¡plodod V¡ew
12
ll
5
9
WIrIDAGE DATA
(r !r þe Qt
KEY 1() ILLUSÎRATIOÎI1. Houslñg
2. Front"glass clamp (4x)
3. Reflêctor
4. Lampholdêr brack€t
5. Bracket
6. Tormlnal block
7. Lampholder
8. Closing olip (4x)
9. R€fleotor roar cover
10. Rear cover
'11. Gasket
12. Lamp support
13. Clamp
'14. Slde 16flêctor
Proiected (m') AreaShape Factor
0.279o.s6
'082.04
0.279o.74
0.2460.83
accEasoRrEsLouvre for screening the lamp from direct view for limiting glare.Conslructlon: matt-black silicone lacquered sheet-aluminium.Weight: 2.6 Kg.
ELECTR¡CAL DAÎA
Lamp Ballasl Capacilor lgn¡tor Pre-w¡redGearbox
,lOoW HPI/Î400w soN/TlOOOW SONiT
2x2x4x2x
BHL 4OO
BSN 400BSN 1000BHL lOOO
s15tsN50sN53s152
H4000t2L4016L4020L402514025
s4000
1000w HPI/T
ONDERIIIG DATA
CalalogueNumber
For lamp lypeg Distribullon
HNF OO1¡HNF 001/2HNF 001/3HNF 001/4
1 kw SON/Î and HPI/T'l kW SONr and HPI/Î400W SON/T and HPI/T400W SON/T and HPI/T
For spares see Floodlight Spares Data Sheet
NatrowW¡deNarrowWide
244
Pack¡ng quantity
Made ¡n Holland
t-
249
HrllF 002Floodlight pro¡ector
A range of general-purpose flood-lights w¡th wide or narrow beam l¡ghtdistr¡bution, for use w¡th metalhal¡de lamps.
Nole: Metal hallde lamps UK markingMBI : Ph¡llps lnternatlonalmark¡ng HPI/T
RATIGE
Ava¡lable ¡n two modeis for 2kWmetal halide lamps, with wide ornarrow beam light d¡stribut¡on.
APPLICATIOIIS
General-purpose f loodlighting, insituations such as:-'rSports groundsrRailway marshalling yardsrCar parksr Build ingsrMajor road construction workrShipp¡ng yardsrSkat¡ng rinks
ro.eoderrh¡sDâtasheetquoro Pt1760/6
I
lilF fl02 - Fto0D[lGHTIllGFEATURES
rHigh-grade alum¡n¡um ref lectorgives accurate beam conlrol.rEasy-to-operate stainless steel cl¡pspermii rear cover to be h¡nged downto lac¡l¡tate lamP changing..Cast-on beam a¡ming s¡ght andprotfactor scale Perm¡t qu¡ck andsimple daYl¡ght adjustment.rReflector hÕusing and rear cover arestrong cast alumin¡um; low copperconteit ensures excellent corfos¡onres¡stance even ¡n coastal andindustrial areas.rOzone-resistant neoprene gasketsgive dust and jet proof seal of frontglass and rear cover.¡Floodlight suPPlied with 'l x PG11
cable gland.
ralEnlals& FlxlsllReflector housing and rear cover:Cast aluminium.Front glass: Toughened glass Platesecured with stainless steel cl¡ps.Sealing gaskels: Rubber ethyleneÞropylene.Mounling bracket: Sta¡nless steel.
Mounting Ad¡uttmont
Weìght ol luminaire complete with lamp - 19 0 kg.
tt¡crrlcAl Dlra
FAIIGE OF OPENAT¡OX
Temperature range (lamp) -18oC to40'C. 240V 50Hz or 41 5V 50Hzdepending on lamP.
sPEClFlcaTlollrType compl¡ance with BS 4533Sect¡on 102 5 Class I FloodlightLuminaire Degree of Protection lP55' Dustproof "JetProof '.
To spêcily slate:Floodl¡ght lum¡na¡re for metalhal¡de lamp, corrosion-resistant castalum¡nium hous¡ng, degree ofprotect¡on 1P55, h¡nged lear cover foreasy access to lamp, substant¡ally asPh¡lips HNF 002.
Lamp lyps MalngVoltg
Ballasl lgnltor PFCCapscltot
2KW HPI/T2kw HPI/T
415240
BHL 2OOO
2 x BHL 1000st54 4 x L4020
4 x L4025sl52
Further ¡nformat¡on on Phil¡ps lamps and contlol gear ¡s contained ln the followingOata Sheets:-
Lamp lyp€ Lamp Dala Shsot Control Gear Dals Shool
PL 1779
295--
Alldimensions in mm
_ __ __ 7O5
250 _,1
llI'i'
ri
767
HPI/T PL 1767
250
lillF 002 - tt00DuGltTtltctght Distr¡bution Diagrams
a
HNF 002 Narrow beam 24OV HNF002 Narrowbeam 415V1,0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
o.4
0.3
0.2
0.t
0
\lìr-
1.0
0.9
0,8
o,7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
I
II
T
7d tr 5f-40o-30p-2f-1e 0 +10o+2æ+f+4æ+5d+6r+?d
HNF 002 Wide beam 24AV
7f 600-5æ-4(P-30o 2fro-tc 0 +10.+2r+3oo+4d+s(P+6æ+7r
HNF 002 Wide beam 415V1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o,2
0.1
0
\tI I I
A Bl\ D
I I t\
I
1.0
0.0
0.8
o.7
0.8
0,5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0-7d-tr 5æ-{P-3r-2d-l0o 0 +l0o+2æ+3f+40o+50p+6{P+7e 70P-60o 5æ-40o-3f-2oo-1oo O +lfp+2æ+3r+4tr+Sr+6æ+ff
Floodl¡ght HNF 002/1 HNF 002/1 HNF 002/2NarrowBeam NarrowBeam WldeBeam240V 415V 240V
HNF 002/2W¡de Beam41 5V
Planes used lor Dlslr¡butlon Disgrams
Peak lntens¡ty cd/1000 lm. 1 375 1279 625 620A
c
B
Beam Eff¡ciencyTotal Beam 62% 67% 660/" 640/"
Beam Angle (10%peak)VerticalHorizontal
1A"121"42"/39"
17'/20"42'/43'
63'/64'52"/55"
6s'/63'52"155"
Beam Angles (50% peak)VerticalHorizontal
2 x8'32"/29"
9'l8"30"/32"
22"/21"32"/36'
19'/21"31"/35"
13":î,ì:îlî#3ffi ì:lj"Jiå:Rlïi¿'Ji1333,,g; " L¡gt'ting o".rer r-,'"n"
t
\
frI
B D
\tL
ililF 002 - FLooDuGHTlllGWINDAGE DÂfA
(r !t )t ØtProjected Area (m")Shape Factor
0.345107
0 12311
0.345 0 303
Exploded view2
1
14
13
12
5
t1 10 6
Catalogue Number For LamP TYPes Dlstr¡bulion Pack¡ng quanllty
1. Housing2. Front glass clamps (6x)
3. Front glass
4. Reflector5. Bracket6. Term¡nal block
7. Lampholder bracket
L Lampholder9. Rear cover
1 0. Reflector rear-cover11. Clips (4x)
12. Clamp1 3. Lamp support14. S¡de reflector
Conslruction : maltblack si lconelacquered sheet-aluminium.
Weight:3'5 kg.
OBDERITG DAIA
HNF 002/1HNF 002/2
2KW HPI/T2KW HPI/T
NarrowWide
N.B.-Please specily supply voltage of circuit 240V or 415V,
For spares see floodlight spares data sheel.
accEssontEsLouvre for screening the lamp lrom d¡rect view and for lim¡ting glare.
DIMENSIONS
|-'i"----_l
358
'r'I
Al¡dimensions in mm
252
Made in Holland
HilF 003Floodlight ProlcctorA range of floodlights that comb¡nosboth efficiency in performance w¡thversatil¡ty in application whereoptical êflic¡ency and mechanicaldurability are required.
RAIIGE¡váitable in both narrow and widebeam versions for 1 x 400W SON/T,1 x 250W SON/T, 1 x 250W HP|/T or1 x 400W HPI/T lamps.A pre-wired control gear box enclosedto lP54 is available to operate theabove lamps, See Oata Sheet PL 1868.
APÞLICATIOIISApplications include:rSports groundsrMarshalling yardsrCar parksrSkating rinksrHigh mast roadl¡ghting¡lndoors sports hallsrShi pyardsrFloodlight¡ng bu¡ldings¡Security lighting
ro rôodo,rhis Dara shsôtquorô PLl26716
-
lssu€d 8.44 noph@9p11æ7/s
!tl-FctctE'I
-g,---l-
-gÐ
253
7
:
HllF 005 - FtooDucllTlllcFt/tlt RlErCareful choice of materials ensuresa non-corrodible luminaire to givea long life in fa¡rly arduousconditions.rA si l¡cone rubber gasket for jet-proof and dustproof sealing of frontg lass.rThe floodlight housing and rearcover are high pressure die-castalumin¡um..¡The castings have a low coppercontent for excellent corros¡onres¡stance in coastal and industrialoutdoor conditions.rRellectors made of high gradealuminium for precise beam control.rA cast, beam-aiming sight andprotractor scale lor accurate daylightadjustment.ÍSupplied complete with 1 x PG11cable glând.rAccess for lamp installat¡on andreplacement made simple by theremoval ol the rear cover.Particularly important when thefloodlights are mounted on a gantry.rLuminaire is dustproof and jetproofto 1P55.
rA symetric beam for oPtimuminstalled peformance.
KtY 10 rLLUSlFAlrOt{1. Front glass clips (4 x )
2. Housing3. Front glass4. Parabolic reflector5. Side reflector6. Brâcket7. Gasket rear cover8. Lampholder bracket9. Lampholder
'10. Rear cover'f 1. Rèar reflector12. Closìng clip top (2 x ).13. Terminal block14. Cable entry'15. Lamp support16. Closing clip bottom (2 x )'f7. Safety bracket (2 x )
ILECÌF¡CAL DAÎA
FAXOI OF OP!¡^TlOilsupply voltage:240V 50Hz nominal.Control Gear is required to run thelamp.
Earthing:HNF 003 has Class I electricalprotection. An earth is thereforerequired.
Amblent Temperature:Max. 40o C.
Houslng and rear cover: Highpressure die-cast aluminium.Rellectors: High grade aluminium.Cllps: Sta¡nless steel.Fronl glass: 5.5 mm thick toughenedplate glass.Gaskels: S¡licone rubber.
TPICIFICATIOXrType compliance with BS 4533,Section 102.5.
¡lnternational Protection categorytP55.
rClass I electr¡cal protection (th¡slumina¡re requires an earthconnection).
To specily stale:A die-cast aluminium luminaire for1 x 400W SON/T, 1 x 250W SON/T,1 x 250W HPUT and 1 x 400W HPI/Ilamps, similarto Ph¡lips HNF 003.
The luminaire shallcomply withBS 4533, Section 102.5 and shall mêetprotection requirements lP55 andclass I electrical.
Lamp Ballasl Capacltol PrewlredGear Box
lgnitor ol
sN50 s4000stsi- H2500t2st51 H4000t2
SNSO s2500250W SON/T4OOW SON/T250W HPt/T4OOW HPI/T
BSN25OBSN400BHL250BHL4OO
2 x L40162 x 4O2O1 x L40201 X 14026
25,4
HltF 00¡ - Ft0oDucHTHG!ight D¡stribution Diagrams
a-
400W SONÆ Narrow beam 400W SONÆ Wide beam1.0
0,9
0.a
0.7
0,6
0.5
0,3
o.2
1.0
0.9
0,8
o,7
0.6
0,5
0.4
0.3
0,2
0.1
0
0.1
0.-70' 6tr 50.-4q-30.-20' 10 0 +10 +20.+30.+40.+50.+60.+70.
400 HPIÆNarowbeam
-70' -6f -50'-40'-30. 20 10. o + 10' +ztr +30.+40.+s0+60.+70.
400W HPIÆWide beam
0.9
0.4
o.7
0,6
0.5
0.4
0.2
0,t
0
1.0
0.9
0,8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.3
o,2
0,¡
0
-70. 60' 50' 40.-30.-20. t0 o +1ü+2r+30.+40.+5q+6ü+?0. -70' æ' 50' 4C-30. 20. ld o +10+201+30+40.+50.+6f+70.
Floodllght HNF(XB/2400wSONÆWld€Beam
HNF003/r/¡00W
SONÆNarrcwBeam
HNF {Xr3/24(X,wHPIÆWideBæm
HNF 003/1¡OoWHPII.rNarrowBæm
Plâne3 u3ed lor Dlslrlbullon Olegrams
Peak lntensitycdl1 000 lm 1627 820 1 417
leam Eff¡ciencylolal beam 66% 65"/" 63% 62./"
]eam Anglês (10% peak)¡erticallorizontal
52't31"42"t44"
41ó/18"40"/4't"
52't32"40it43'
37"120',39't40"
¡eam Angles (50% peak)/erlicallor¡zonlal
27"/1t26"/29.
9"/6"2"t2A"
24"/18"23"t30.
9"/8"29't31"
'0 on scale represents peak intensity/1000 lm.
\bsolute intens¡ty (cd) : intenstry (cd/tooo tm) x !þ¡ii%å8Égmfls
B
c
A
255
Hilt 00õ - Fto0DtlGHTlllG
Mounting Ad¡u3tmsnt
350 ¿3sr 1750
PG II
All dimensions ¡n mm
238495 -*ì
100
l-i
UIIOHÏWeightof luminairecompletewith lamp-7'3kg (16.081b.).
W|IIDAGE DATA
(r [eþtØProjected Area (m")Shape Factor
0.127106
.051
.130.1270.83
0.1 190.88
lcGrssoRlEsLouvre for screening the lamp from d¡rect v¡ew and for limiting glare
Construclion: Matt-black silicone lacquered sheet-alumin¡um'
Wêighl: l'4k9.
426
27.5
Alldimêns¡ons ¡n mm
ONDEßIT{G DAÏA
Catalogue No. For Lamp types Dlstrlbut¡on Påcking quantlty
HNF 003/1
HNF 003/2
250W SON/Tlloow sorurr I250WHP|/T I400w HPI/T J250W SON/Tl4OOW SON/T I
zsownevr I400w HP|/T J
Narrow
Wid€
HNF OO3LU Louvre
Further informat¡on on Ph¡lips lamps and control gsar is contained in the follow¡ng Data
Sheets:
Lamp type Lamp Data Conlrol Gear Dala Sheel
1779PLPL 1774
HPI/TSON/T
PL 1767PL'1776
Sheet
286
Made in Holland
-
257
issued6/83 R€placêsPL l7Sl5
liluF20sFloodlight pro¡ector
A high-performance and very durablelloodl¡ght projector w¡th a spun-aluminium reflector held in a castring, to which the cast aluminium rearhousing is attached by means oTstainless sleel cl¡ps. For use withmetal halide lamps rated at 2kW,mercury f luorescent lamps rated at1 kW and 2kW, and high-pressuresodium lamps rated at 1kW.
Note: Mercury fluorescenl IampsUK marking MBF : Phil¡psInternational marklnq HPL-NMelalhal¡de lampsUK marklng MBI : Ph¡llpslnlernatlonal marklng HPI
RANGE
HNF 206 floodlight projector availablein narrow beam and wide beamversions, with lampholder assembliesfor the following lamps:- .
Metal halide 2kWMercury fluorescent Powerwhite 1 kWMercury f luorescent Powerwhite 2kWHigh-pressure sodium 1 kW SON/T
APPLICATIONSGeneral-purpose f loodl i ght¡ng,particularly in such arduous environ-ments as:-rSports groundsrBuildingsrRailway marshalling yards¡Large road constructions (high mastinstallations)rFoolball and sports stad¡a¡Shipping yardsrQuarries
ro,eode,rhisDarash€srquore P[1758/6
Hlrt 206 - Fl0oDtlcllrltlcFEAÎURESrslurdv construct¡on and excêllentoerformance make lhe luminairesuitable for many outdoor applica-tions.rsoun oarabolic reflector housing ofhiq'h-pJrity aluminium also acts as
thé specular ref lector.
rAva¡lable in narrow or wide beamversions, and with a wide choice oflamps, to suit most needs.
rlamp is very s¡mPlY changed, bY
releasing toggles holding reflector torear housing.tToughened front glass is secured tothe reflêctor by means olfourstainlesssteel brackets.rSi Iiconl gasket between front glassand reflector housing renders theluminaire jet and dust Proof.
rFloodlightsuPPlied wilh 1 x PG16cable gland.rBuilt-¡n a¡ming sight and protractorscale permit simple dayt¡me adjust-ment.tThe reflector housing itself issupported on the mounting bracketiits setting is therefore not alfected bylamp changìng.rCast-on handle simplifies removalof rear casting.rCastings of low copper content(0.05%) ensures high resistance to.corrosion.rLuminaire linished ¡n grey lâcquer.
sDlcrFrG/tTtoxrType compliance with BS 4533,Section 102.5.rDegree of protection 1P55.
Ref lector hous¡ng: SPun aluminium,black lacquer finish.
Rear Housing: Die-cast from lowcopper content aluminium, blacklacquer finish.
Lampholdèr: GES, Porcêlain.
Rear covef: High Pressure die-castaluminium, black lacquer finish.
Front glasa: Toughened glass Plate,sealed with silicon gaskel.
Retlector housing clips: Stainlesssteel.
Mounting bracket: Steel Plate, hot-dipped galvanised.
Alldimensions in mm.Mounling Adluslment
þøso
903
57820" 120
þtt mm þtt mm 276 164
100
WEIGHTWeight of luminalrei 14'2k9.
ETECTRICAL DAÎA
Lamp Ballasl Capacilor lgnllor Prow¡redgear box
Note: HPlll 415V lamps lor use wlthln+ 20o ol horlzontal only.
lKW SON/T1KW HPL-N2KW HPL-N 415V2KW HPI/T 24OV2KW HPI/T 415V
BSNIOOOBHLIOOOBHL2OOO2xBHL1000BHL2OOO
XXxX
42
44
L4025¡L4025L402514025
y'sl52st54x.L4020
Further informal¡on on Phil¡ps lamps and control gear is contained ¡n the followingdatâ shêets:
Lamp lype Lampdela shêel
Conlrol gealðata sheet
't76717681776
PLPLPL
PL 1779PL1779PL 1778
HPI/THPL-NSON/T
254
JJtiìl
il'l;l
B RAN DON SP EEDW AY, COV ENTRY
The computer-aided facilities of Philips Lighting Design and Engineer¡ngcentre produced the design for this advanced scheme of 92 HñF01s andHNF002 floodlight projectors. 2kW HPt/T tamps are used to give cotourrendering suitable for TV coverage.
FRIGATE DRY DOCKS, DFyONPORT
A new Philips installation of 90 HNF003 floodlight proiectors fitted with400W SAN/T tamps not only improves illuminance, particularly on thevertical plane, but has reduced energy consumption by 70 per cent.Previously, mercury fluorescentlamps in high-bay luminaires were used
HilF 206 - FI.OODTIGHTIIIG
Light Distribution Diagrams
lOOOW HPL.NNarrow beam
lOOOW HPL.NWide beam
1000w soN/TNarrow beam
1000w soN/TWide beam
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.ô
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.t
0
t.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.ô
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0 +1f+20'+3f+4tr+5tr+6c+70' 0 +10'+2ü+3o+40'+5o+60. +7ff 0 +1o +20'+3u+4f+5f+6f+7c
2OOOW HPL-NNarrow beam
2OOOW HPL.NWide beam
2000w HP|/TNarrow beam
2000w HP|/TWide beam
1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
o
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
\
1.0
0,9
0.8
9.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
0 +tü+20.+3tr+4e+str+ú+7tr 0 +tf+20o+3f+4f+5f+6tr+7t 0 +10'+20'+30'+40"+50+60'+70' 0 +10'+20'+3d+40'+s0!+60'+?oq
Floodllght HNF 206/22000wHPI/TWldeBeam
.HNF 206/t2000wHPI/TNarfowBeâm
HNF 206/41000wSON/TwldeBeam
HNF 206/3't000wSON/TNarrowBêam
HNF 206/41000wHPL.NW¡deBeam
HNF 206/31000wHPL.NNarfowBeam
HNF 206/42000wHPL.NWideBeam
HNF 206i 32000wHPL.NNarfowBeam
Peak lntensitycd/1000 lm 6484 9750 5276 9585 788 807 587 589
Beam Effic¡encyTotal beamBeam to 100¿ peakBeam to 50% peak
620/o
14V"
59%32yo11yø
60%55yo29%
62%31%11V"
57%
4%
5648
57 yo
51%29%
560/o496/ø
27V"
Beam Angles (10% peak)VerticalHor¡zonlâl
2x11ô2 x1'1"
2 x43õ2x43o
2 x43ô2x43"
2 x49"2 x49o
14014.
xX
XX
XX
48"48.
2x2x
'16ô
16.
Beam Angles (50% peak)VerticalHorizontal
2x3o2x3"
2x24"2x6"2x6'
2x4"2 x4o
2x5"2x5o
260260
2x2x
259
2 x24"2 x22"2 x22"
2x27"2x27o
1 0 on scale r€presents peak ¡ntens¡ty/1000 lm.
Absolute intens¡ty (cd) : lntensity (cd/1000 lm) XLightinq Design Lumens--_iooo
-tHilF 206 - FLooDuGHTlilG
Exploded View
2
1
3
4
12
5
611
7
WINDAGE DATÂ
(r!tþØt
Key to illustration:
1 . Bracket assembly (4x)
2. Gasket
3. Front glass
4. Reflector
5. Vent screw
6. Vernier scale
7. Chain (2x)
8. Mounting bracket
9. Gland
10. Cover plate
11 . Terminal block
12. Rear housing with griP
13. Clip (2x)
14. Reflector ring :
Projected Area (m'1)
Shape Factor0 3461.16
o.2120.79
0 3460.77
0.282'1.10
ORDEFIIIG DATA
Catalogue Number For lamp types Dlstrlbutlon*HNF 206/5 - Lampholder Assembly
*HNF 206/6 - Lampholder Assembly
2KW HPIi T 24OV2kw HP|/T 415V1KW & 2KW HPL.N1 kw soN/ï
*HNF 206/7 Narrow reflector*HNF 206/8 Wide reflectorHNF 206/ 1
NarrowWideNarrow
HNF 206/2
HNF 206/3
HNF 206/4
2KW HPI/T 24OV2KW HPI/T415V2kw HPI|T 240V2KW HPI/T 415V1 KW & 2KW HPL-N1KW SON/T'IKW & 2KW HPL-N1kw soN/T
Wide
Narrow
Wide
*Please notelloodl¡ghtscomplete: HNF006/1 : HNF 206/5+ HNF006/7HNF 006/2 : HNF 206/5 + HNF 006/8HNF 006/3 : HNF 206/6 + HNF 006/7HNF 006/4 : HNF 206/6 + HNF 006/8
complete luminaires and component parts individually packed.For spares see floodlight spares data sheet.
Please order in the lorm g¡ven in the.lollow¡ng example:'1 6 Philips floodlight projectors HNF 206/ 1
16 Philips metal halide lamps 2kW HPI/T32 Phil¡ps ballast un¡ts BHL'l00016 Philìps ignitors Sl5264 Philips PFC capacitors L4025
260
Made in Holland.
261lssuod 9/82 F€plaæs PL 17æll
-
HtllFot3Flood¡aght for 2kW HP|/TMetal Hal¡de lamp
A cast alumin¡um f loodl¡ght for onezkw HPI/Î 24OV or415V metat hat¡delamp. The luminaire haS an asymmetricdistribution, and ¡s ideal for theside-lighting of sports and tra¡ningfields and Iighting high buildings,
Note: Metal Hallde lamps UK mark¡ngMBI : Phllips lnternationatmârk¡ng HPI
aPPLtCAllOilSSu¡table forthe s¡de-lighting of targeareas both ¡ndoors and outdoorssuch as:rFootball groundsrRugby and hockey f¡eldsrRunning tracks and training fieldsrSports and le¡sure centres¡Tennis courtsrskating rinksr High Buildings.r¡/arshalling yards¡Ship yards
FEATURES
rSpecially-designed optical systemwith built-in louvre reduces numberof luminaires required in s¡de-lighting installations.rHigh-grade anodised aluminiumreflector givès accurate beam control.rBu¡lt-in louvre provides excellentglare control.rAsymmetric optics give good l¡ghtcoverage from a low mounting height.
roreordorthisDaråshoorquore Pt30il9/2
llllF 01õ - ttooDuGllTll{GFeaturês continued
¡Thè lampholder casting is attachedto one side of the rellector housing bymeans of three stainlèss steelscrews. A hinged door is provided onthe other s¡de of the rellector housing,¡mmediately oPPosite the lamP-holder, to allow easy lamP changing(see diagram). The pos¡tions of thehinged door and the lamPholdercasting are intèr-changeable to allowfloodlights to be mounted side-by-side (see diagrâm).tLampholder casting, hinged doorand front glass are sealed withsilicone rubber gaskets to provde ajetproof and dustproof seal.¡Cast-on beam aiming dev¡ce allowsdaytime adjustment.¡Mounting bracket can be l¡xedeilher below or above the floodl¡ght.rBef lector housing, lampholdercasting and sidè door are castaluminium; low copper contentensures excellent corrosion rèsistanceeven in coastâl and industrial areas.rFloodlight supplied with 1 x PG16cable gland.
HATtBtALt & FDatSt{
Rêflector houslng, lampholdercasllng and slds doof: Low pressuredie-cast aluminium.Fronl glass: 5mm toughened glassplate secured with stainless steelcl ips.Seallng gaskels: S¡licone rubber.Mounllng brackêl: Steel, hot-dippedgalvanised finish.
sPtctFtcaÏtoìrType compliance w¡th BS 4533,Section 102.1.Class I Floodl¡ght Luminaire.rDegree of protect¡on lP55'Dust-proof" 'Jetproof"
To speclfy slale:Floodlight lum¡na¡re for 2kW metalhalide lamp, with asymmètr¡c lightdistribut¡on, corros¡on-resistant castaluminium housing, substantiallyas Ph¡lips HNF 013.
NAilGE OF OPERAÏIONTemperature range (lamp)
-18oC to
40.c.240V 50Hz (HPl/T lamp).41 5V 50Hz (HPUT lamp).
LIGHT DISÏNIBUTIOII DATA
Floodllghl HNF OI3
Peak lntensity cd/1000 lm 600
Beam Eff¡ciencyTotal BeamBeam to 10% peakBeam to 50% peak
Beam Angl€s (10% peak)
Further information on Philìps lampsand control gear is conta¡ned in thefollowing:
Lamp type HPI/T PL1767Control gear PL 1779
54%5Ùo/o
27%
V€rticãlHorlzontal
1S00/50ô2x680
Beam Angles (50% p€ak)VertlcalHorlzontål
10./1902x50o
Plane containing peak lntsnsity makss ananglê of 28o abovê the normal to the frontglass.
IIGHI¡NG OAIA A
c
WIIGHT (including lamP):23'6 kg.
WI¡D OEDATA
(rfc)eØProjected Arèa (m'z)
Shape Factor0.262t.5
0.1981.1
ILTCTRICAL DATALamp Malns Volts Ballast lonllof
2KW HPI/T2kw HPt/T
415240
BHL2OOO2 X BHL1OOO
4 x L40204 x L4025
st54st52
OTD:iIXG DATA
HNF 013 2kW HPI/T240V Asymmetlic 1
2KW HPI/T 415V
For spares see floodlight spares data sheot.
HNF 013 41 5V
Made in Holland
262
7
263
lssuadS/83
---l-
rlltllrfnoFlood¡¡ght Projector
A general-purpose floodl¡ghl pro-Jector with a spun-aluminiumreflector fixed Þy means of sta¡nlesssteel clips to a cast aluminium rearhous¡ng. Degree ot protect¡on 1P54.
For use w¡th PowerWh¡te mercurYfluorescent lamps HPL-N up to 400Wratìng, h¡gh-pressure sodium lampsSON and SON/T of 250 and 400Wrat¡ng, Metal halide lamps HPI/T andHPI/BUS of 400W rating./Votej HPI/T lâmps for use with¡n +20'of horizontal only.HPI/BUS lamps for use within :t150ol vert¡cal only.
Nole: Melal hallde lampsUK mark¡ng MBI:Phlllpslnlernalional marklnq HPI
Mercury fluoresc€nl lampgUK mark¡ng MBF = Phlllps
.
lnlernatlonal marklng HPL-N
RANGENNF 010 floodl¡ght projeclor - ava¡l-able ¡n narrow beam and w¡de beamversions.
APPLICATIONSGenerâl-purpose f loodl¡ghting, ¡nsituations such as:rSports groundsrBui ld¡ ngs¡Ra¡lway marshalling yardsrLarge road constructions (high mastinslal lations)rDocksrSecurity light¡ng
Pre-wired gear boxes enclosed to lP54are available for 250 and 400W lamps.(See data sheet PL 1868)
loraordorthisD¿lashee¡quot€ P[ 1765/8
Il{l{F 01 0 Ft00DtlGHTll{GFEATURESrspun parabolic retlector housing ofh¡gh pur¡ty aluminium also acts asthe specular ref lector.rFocussing dev¡ce enables the lightd¡stribution to be controlled veryprecisely.rAvailable in narrow or w¡dê beamversions for a w¡de range ofappl ications.rLamp is very simply changed, byreleasing toggles holding reflector torear housing, without affectingfocussing adjustment.rFloodlight supplied w¡th 1 x PG 13.5cable gland.
rToughened front glass ¡s sealed toreflector housing by means of aethylene-propylene joint to render thelum¡naire dust and splashproof,1P54.
rlhe reflector housing itself ¡ssupported by the mounting bracket:its sett¡ng is therefore not affected bylamp changing.¡Aluminium rear cover, held by onecaptive screw, is eas¡ly removed togive access to mains connectionblock and focussing device. Themains entry is sealed by means of agland.
ìIAIERIALS& FIN¡SHRefleclor housing: Spun high purit,alum inium.Rear hous¡ng: Cast aluminium.Lampholder: GES, porcela¡n.Rear cover: Alum¡nium.Fronl glass: Toughened glass platesealed with ethylene-propylenegasket.
Rellector housing cl¡ps: Stainlesssteel.Mount¡ng bracket: Steel plate, hot-dipped galvan¡sed.
SPECTFICATIOI{rType compìiance w¡th BS 4533Sect¡on 102.5 Class I floodlightluminaire.rDegree of plotection 1P54.
Mounting Adjustment
753
576
Alld¡mensions in mm
WEIGHTWeight of luminaire complete w¡th lamp:-I 5 k9. (18 72 lb.)
Further ¡nformation on Philips lamps and control gear is conta¡ned in the followingDâta Sheels:
Lamp Type Lamp Dala Sheel Control Gear Data Sheet
HPI/f +HPI/BUSHPL-NSON
PL 1767PL 1768PL 1776
PL 1779PL 1779PL 1778
264
ililF 01 0 FLoolluGllTlllcht Distribution Diagrams
250W SONNarrow beam
250W SONWide beam
400w soNNarrow beam
400w soNWide beam
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
1.0
o.é
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o,2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
o.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0 +lf+20'+30'+4f+50"+60'+70" 0 +tf+2f+30'+4f+5tr+80"+70' O +tû+20'+30!+40.+s0.+60.+70' 0 +10'+20'+30'+40'+5t+60'+70"
4OOW HPL-NNarrow beam
4OOW HPL-NWide beam
1,0
0.9
0.a
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0,4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
0 +1tr+20'+30+4ü+S"+8tr+70 0 +1t+20'+30'+40"+50'+6C+70'
soNÆ250wNarrow beam
soNÆ250WW¡de beam
soNÆ400w soNÆ400wNarrow beam W¡de beam
1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0,4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
1.0
0,9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
1.0
0.9
0,8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
i.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.1
0
0 +10'+20'+3f+40'+50"+tr+70' 0 +lü+20'+30+4ü+50'+ú"+70' 0 +10'+2f+3c+40"+5tr+6d+70'
\
\
\
\
Floodllght NNFfiON NNFOlO/2 NNFOIO/I NNF 0t0/2250W SOilWideBo¡m
NNF 010/1400w soN
A6åm
NNF 010/2400w soNWldeBeâm
NNF010/t NNF010/2 NNF0r0/1 NNF0r0/2250W SONÆ 250WSON/T 400WSONÆ 400WSONÆNlrrow Wlde Nârow Wl(leBeem Beam B€am BsamBeem
WldeBeâñ 8e¡m
Peak lnÑty
-cdl10001m 1141 1040 2334 2016 1455 1416 20500 7585 16571 8173
Beam Ef¡ciencyTolal BeamEeam to 10% peakEeam to 50% peak
57%47 r/.
210/õ
56048%200/"
65%4SVo
6Ao/.56%
67Vo4SVo
76o/o 60%
27%
62"/. 5A% 69%620/d
Beam Angles (10% peak)2 x27"2x27'
2 x29'2 x2æ
2x39'2x39oHor¡¿ontal
2 x31"2x37o
2x 14'2x 14'
37.37ô
39'39.
8'8"
2x2x
2x 13'2x13'
1 0on scale r€pr€senls peak inlênsity/1000 lm.
265
2x4"2x4"
Beam Angles (50'/. p6ak)
Hor¡zonlal2 x17"2 x17'
2 x17"2 x17'
2x12o2 x12'
2x13'2x13'
2x15o2x15'
2x17'2 x17'
2x2x
x2'x2o
2'2"
Absolure ¡ntef,sily (cd) = lntensily {cd/1000 lm) . tfg¡llq#!ry
Explodêd View
6
7
8
I
10
2
5
t{ilt 0l 0 FtooDtlcHTltlc
WI}IOACI DATA
(r!rþrØProjected Area (m')Shape Factor
0.260118
0.1470.86
0.2600.70
0 209'1 01
ILECÏNIGAL DAÏALåmp Ballast Capac¡tor lgnltor orPrewirsdgearbox
BSN25OBHL4OOBSN4OOBHL4OOBHL4OO
2 x L4016L4025
250W SON & SON/T4OOW HPL.N400w soN & soN/T4OOW HPI/BUS400w HPI/ï
14020L4025L4025
sN50
SN5O
s2500H4000s4000H4000H400012
2\1x,I
X st51
ORDENIXG DAIACalalogue No. For lamp lypeg Dl8lrlbullon Packingquantlty
*NNF 010/3 - lampholder assy
r2sOW SON/SON/TI ¿oow ¡pr-lr'rJ ¿oow sorulsorurtI ¿oow rpyausL¿oow Hprlr
'NNF 010/4 - Retlector +'NNF 010/5 Rellector+
glassglass
NarrowW¡de
'Pleasenote NNF010/1 complete : NNF010/3 + NNF010/4NNF 010/2 complete : NNF 010/3 + NNF 010/5
For spares see floodlight spare data sheet.
IKEY TO ILLUSTFAIIOII
.1. Reflector; anodised alumin¡um2. Housing w¡th grip; die-cast
alu miniu m
3. Lampholder GES; porcela¡n4. Adjusting knob; brass n¡ckel-
plated5. Rear cover; aluminium plate6. Gasket; ethylene-propylene7. Front-glass; toughened glass8. Clip (2x ); stainless steel9. Gland; brass nickel-plated
10. Bracket; steelplate, hot dipped,galvan¡sed
266
Made in Holland.
5
R l( i"Á,..,"t.
267
R7788Area floodlighta
An inexoensive. self-containedfloodlioùìt luminaire complete with allcontroioear secured and wired insidethe bodv, for use with low and highpressure sodium lamPs and metalhalide.
NÀXGE
Ava¡lable complete with universalmounting kit which enables lheluminaire bodyto be mounted on feet, orsecured to 2in., 3in. or 4in. diameterpoles. Built-in control gear is suppliedfor SOX-E66 low pressure sod¡um,400W high pressure sodium and 400HPI/l lamps.
aPPLlcallollsSuitable for all external lloo¿llight¡ngapplications for wh¡ch a w¡de beam isappropriate, such as:-rBuild¡ngstLarge ground âreasrcar parks
twork yards
rMarshalling and s¡ding areas
¡Outdoor storage areas.
R?788 - FI00DUGHTItlcFEATURESrThe body ¡s a welded steelfabr¡cation, pr¡med and Paintedgreen for high resistance tocorrosion.¡CompletelY seltconta¡ned, withintegral control geâr - inslallation ¡s
s¡mpl¡fied, since the lumina¡re onlyneeds connection to a suitablesu pply.
¡Luminaire is wired to 3-way terminalblock above cable gland with 20mmbushed cable entry.rlnd¡v¡dually fused. The gear tray ¡sretained by eight bolts and supporledby lour captive bolts for easy accessto fuse and gear components.rLamp replacement is s¡mplif ied byremoval ol the lampholder cover,wh¡ch allows the lamp lo be with-drawn w¡thout disturb¡ng the front olthe lumina¡re.
Body: Steel, welded, primed andpa¡nted green.
Trunnion atm and universal mountingkil: Wrought iron, galvanised fin¡sh.Fronl glass: Toughened sheet glasssealed with spec¡al rubber str¡p.
SPECIFIGATIONTo spec¡ly state:Ph¡l¡ps area floodlight with integralcontrol gear for SOX-36, SOX or 400WSON/T and 400W HPI/T.
RANGE OF OPERATION
For normal outdoor use.
ORDERING DAÏA
Light Distributiort Diagrams
cd/1000 lm
600
400
200
60.40' 20' 0" 20'40" 60'
SOX gOW lamp
l''8\ D
I \
\
ÞtMENSrOt{S
Su¡table for use on columns of 2, 3 or 4in. diameter.
A (F77BB)
4x6mm dia. gmm dia.
10mm dia.(x2)tt̂r-U
G
.f
H
1ommdia.
L
K
D
E
F
CatalogueNo, Oescriplion Packing quanlity mm mmA-578 G-190R7788tE
F'7759R7799
Luminaire with control gear for SOX-E66 lampLuminaire w¡th control gear for 400W SON/T lampLuminaire with control gear for 400W HPI/T lamp
lndividually packedlnd¡v¡dually packedlndividually packed
BcDEF
453472604336268
H -456J -166K-190L -222Please ord€r in the lorm given in the following example:
10 Phi¡¡ps area f loodlights R7788/U.Lamps should be ordered separately.
WEIGHTS, ELECTRICAL & TEC'INICAL DATA
BodyCat- No.
Lamp lype Weight completewith lampkg
Circultcurfenl(Amperes)
Totalc¡rcultWatts
PFCcapacltor
Lamp lgnilor Ballastcap
R778atÊ
Fì7759
Fì7799
16.7
21 .9
18.7
BC
GES
GES
SX76
SN5O
sl51
BSX9O
BSN400
BHL4OO
L401 0
2xL4O2O
L4025
SOX-Elow pressure sod¡umSON/T 4OOWh¡gh pressure sodumHPI/T 4OOWmetal halide
0.4
2.2
1g
83
440
4.27
Lumina¡re: Made in UK
268
Lamps: Made ¡n Belgium and UK
269
out430,431,432Floodl¡ght Pro¡ectorThe Philips range of corrosion resistant,
haloqen iloodlights combines oplical
etficiéncy with ease ot installation and
light weight conslruction
RAT{GE
The standard lloodlight fitting is available¡n three sizes suitable for 300 or 500W'750 or 1 OooW, 1 500W tungsten halogenlamps.
APPLICATIONSApplications ¡nclude:¡ Sports f¡eldsr Sports hallsr Secur¡ty lightingr Facadesr Advertising signs¡ Pedesk¡an crossingsr Factory perimetersr Building sitesr Sound and light showsr Skating rinksr Sw¡mming poolsr Car parksr Golf linksr Foundationsr Statues¡ Racecourses
fo reord€rlhis Dâla She€l qùolo PL303//2nepþc€s P13032/1
FEATURESI Hous¡ng of high pressure die-caslaluminiuri withlow copper content for
high corros¡on resistance
r H¡gh-grade alumin¡um reflector syslemfôr accurate beam control.
I Heat and ¡mpact resistant front glass.
r Simple maintenance
I Heat resistant silicone rubber gasket.
I The light weight permits the use ofinexpensive poles of simple construct¡on.
¡ ldeal floodl¡ght¡ng for areas whereheavy duty systems are not obligatory.
MATEBIALS & FINISH
Floodlight body: High pressure die-castaluminium.Front glass: Heat resistant glass.
Front glass seal: S¡licone rubber.
SPECIFICATIONr Type compl¡ance to 854533 Sect¡on10251981.r lP category 1P54, splashproof.r Class I electrical protection (thisluminaire requires an earth connection).
To spec¡fy state:Tungsten halogen lum¡naire with lightwdight aluminium body giv¡ng asymmetric beam. The luminaire shallmeet protection requirement lP54 andClass I electrical. Similar to Philips QVF43O,431 or 432.
ORDERING DATAPlease order by catalogue number ¡n theform given ¡n the follow¡ng example. Notethat lamps should be ordered separately.Luminaires are individually packed.6 Philips f loodlight projectors QVF 430ô Phil¡ps tungsten halogen lamps 500W240/250V Type7785B.
Made ¡n ltaly
DIMENStONS, WEtcltTs & LAMP DATA
-rOVF Iß0, 431,432- FTOODTIGHT PROJECTOR
165 1
l
175
I ovF 430
È68¡3 x Ø9 holes ooo
175 345
QVF 431
*68r3 x Ø9 holes
175 -] |. 410
ovF 432
3 x Ø9 holes All d¡mensions in mm
CatalogueNumber Watts
LampVolts
Weightlype Cat, No. cap kg
QVF 430
QVF 431
QVF 432
300500750
1 000
1 500
240/250120,240/250240/250120,240/250
240/250
K9K1K3K4
K5
121 13R7785R
12117R12013R
13021 R
R7s-15R7s-1 5R7s-1 5R7s-1 5
R7s-1 5
1.5
3.4
4.4Details of lunslen halogen linearlamps are o¡ven on Data Sheet pL 1770.
270
ovF 430, 431, 432- Ft0oDtlGHT PRoJECT0R
Light Distribution Diagrams
QVF 431ovF 430QVF 432
ovF 430 500w
L D
B
ovF 431 1000w ovF432 1500Wt0
o9
o.8
o7
o6
o.5
o3
o.2
o1
10
o9
0a
o7
o6
o5
o4
o.3
o.2
o¡
Floodlight QVF 430500w
QVF 4311000w
ovF 432't500w
Peak lntensity (cdl1000 lm) 557 817 617
Beam EfficiencyTotal Beam 64% 73%
Beam (1 0% Peak)VerticalHorizontal
40'/44'50'/47"
38'/33"49'/54"
2 x 39'57"2 X
Beam (50% Peak)VerticalHor¡zontal
32"/34" 32"/24"39'/43"
1 .0 on Scale represents peak ¡ntensity/1 000 lm
Design Lumens1 000
Absolute intens¡ty (cd) = lnt"n.'" ,.Or1 000 lm x Lighting
22"/17"35"/39"
271
._a
OVF ¡ß0, ß1, É/l2- FLOODTIGHT PROJECTOR
272
AP0u0Tungsten Halogen Floodl¡ghts
A h¡gh-quality open-body f loodlight,designed for use with PhiliPs 300Wand 500W tungsten halogen linearlamps. lts high design standards,makes the luminaire a ready solutionto månv lloodlighting Problems incom mércial or industr¡a I env¡ronments
NANGE
Both Apollo 5OO and 300 KombÌPaks areavailable cornplete with rated lamp,wall mounting bracket, Plugs andscrews.The lollowing optional accessoriesare available:-rWireguardrspigot cap lor mounting on the endol polesrU-bolt clamP for 48mm (1+in GAS)diameter pole.rUniversal nlounting bracket
APPLIGAlIOI{SSuitable for most floodl¡ghtingapplications, Part¡cularlY whereappearance ¡s ¡mPortant, ¡n
siluat¡ons such as:-rFloodlighting gardens and statuesrsecurity li ghting around factories,building sites and offices¡Outdoor sPorts comPlexesrShop facia lightingrCar parksrFarm yardsrwork lighting on scaffoldingrSchool playgrounds
lô reorder lhrs Oala Sheel quole PL1lü12
-gÐ273
lssued 6 81
APotto - FtooDucllilllcFËAlURESrAttractive new-styled body, die-castfrom corrosion-resistant alum¡niumalloy; Body painted with polyester-based paint, to prov¡de full protectionagainst all outdoor weather condit¡ons.rOpt¡cally-designed alum¡nium alloyreflector, chemically brightened andanodised.rSprlng-loaded porcelain lamp-holders have heat-resist¡ng leadswelded to highlemperatureterminals; the mètal lampholderhousings are designed to ensureadequate heat dissipalion. The simpleintegrated lampholder design avoidsexcessive temperatures at the lamppinch.rLarge frlct¡on area between flood-light body and knuckle joint enablesadjustment to remain f ixèd.rwiring is taken through knuckle jointto low temperature mains wiringchamber.rMains wiring chamber conta¡ns aterminal block with an insulationshield; a tapped boss provides aneasi ly-accessi ble screw-down earthterminal.rCover for mains w¡ring chambersealed with a Neoprene gasket.rEntfy is tapped for 20mm threadedconduit.¡Designed in compliance with BS 4533,and suitable for ambients up to 25oC.
Body: Aluminium alloy (LM24) die-casl, finished black, heat resistingand wealherproof gloss paint.Mains wirlng chamber: Aluminiumalloy die-casling, fin¡shed black heat-resisting and weatherproof pa¡nt.Lampholders: Porcelain R7s-1 5,spring-loaded and fitted with heat-dissipating covers.
LATP DAÎACalaloguoNumber
Type
7785R'12113R
K1 Tungsten halogenKg Tunosten halooen
ORDERITG DATACalåloqusNumbof DescriDtlon
450043004101410241034104
DttEl{SrOt{S
WEIGHTLuminaire complete with lamp: 0.55 kg
Lamp: Made in BelgiumF¡tting: Made in UK
500 Apollo KombiPak FloodlightTilt 0o (Horizontal)R€laΡve ISO-Lux d¡agr¡m
INSTRUCTIONSThe Lux f¡gures shown apply to a r,nountingheight (H) ol 5m.Figures for other mount¡ng heights can beobta¡ned by multiplying the Lux figuresshown by a correct¡on factor given below.
Mounllno helqhl Correcllon laclof
Voltâge Wattage
240t2502401250
500300
Apollo Komb¡Pak complete w¡th 500W lamp and mount¡ng bracketApollo KombiPak complete with 300W lamp and mounting bracketW¡reguard
pole mounting)
GAS) pole
20mñ Conduil
EE
I
WireGuãrd
.- ConduitBush Cable Cleat
4103 Universal Mount¡ng Bracket
46mm
'U'Bolt ClampA1ô4
A'.o2oap Spigot Cap(Su¡table lor 2in.
scaflold polemounting)
FloodlightBase
l\¡ountingPlate
Please order in the form g¡ven in the following example:-24 Philips Apollo floodlights 4500 KombiPaks24 Ph¡l¡ps Apollo floodlights 4300 Komb¡PaksApol¡o packs and accessories are individually packed.
I7654
0.390.510.691.001.56
l274
DUF IO2Floodlight Proiector
Corrosion resistant f loodli ght,
Darticularlv suitable for areas where a
weatherpróof fitting lP34 is required'
RAI{GEFor use w¡th PAR 56 Narrow SPot'Medium f lood and Wide f lood lamps.
APPLIGAlIOIISAÞplications include:r"sound and light" sPectaclesrPark lightingrPostér hoard¡ngs!Festive lightingrFloodlighting of buildingsrMonumentsrAdvertising signsrStatues¡Gardens êtc.
FIAfl,RT3rHigh-pressure die-cast aluminiumhouôing with cooling lins for heat-dissipation.rHigh-pressure die-cast alum¡n¡umreaicover with a cable-entry gland'rHioh-Dressure die-cast aluminiumrimi¡n wtrlch the toughened front-glass ¡s fixed.¡Galvanised mild steel brackêtallowing all Possible mountingpositions..Silicone gaskets to withstand h¡ghoperating temPeratures.¡lnner-wlring : silicone-covered andglass-libre Protscted.rGLX/16D lamPholder'¡Quick release cl¡Ps for ease ofma¡ntenance.r Supplied with 1 x PG1
.l cablegland.
To roorderlhis Oâla Shæl quolô PL12æ14
275lsud9.82 Rsplå6s PL 1 2æl3
DVF 102 - F[ooDuGHTll{GIA1ERIALS& FIXISHHous¡ng: High pressure die-castalumin¡um.Rear cover: High pressure die-castaluminium.Front glass: H¡gh pressure die-castrim holding a tough€ned front glass.Trunnlon arm: Galvan¡sed mild steelCllps: Stainless sleel,Gaskels: Silicone rubber.
SPTGIFICAT¡OXr Type compliance with BS 4533Section 102.5 Enclosure: 1P34.rClasslelectrical protect¡on (thisluminaire requires an earth connec-tion).
To 3peclty slale:Floodlight of pressure die-castalum¡nium for PAR 56 larÍprt similarto Philips DVF 102 floodlight.
Flttlng: Made in Holland
nlxcr oF o?rR^TtoilDeterm¡ned by range of lamps.
2re
I
DEÎAILED DRAWING
1. Frontolass2. F¡ontþlass rim3, tlinge cl¡p4. S¡licono rubber
gask€t
5. Safêty r¡ng6, Lampholdêr
ad,ustlng scrow7. Spj¡ng to keop
lamp ln pos¡t¡on
8. Cl¡p9. Hous¡ng
10. Rearcov€r11, F¡x¡ngscr€w'12. Gland13. Bracket14. Sll¡cono rubber
gaskel
15, Eârth screw16. lerm¡nal block
DtrtLstoÈs, wttcËTt & ELtcTRtcaL DATALamp Dala
lype Wefls B€amPaltern
Voltâgs cap
PAR 56PAR 56PAR 56
Narrow spotMedium floodWlde llood
GLX/16OGLX/16DGLX/16D
300300300
240240240
For spares see floodl¡ght spares data sheet.
OiDIRIIIG DATA:Cataloguo WelghtNumbsr kg.
PacXlng Dlmonglona, mmWldth Helght
DVF 102 3.0
*Lamps should be ordered separately
PAR-56 Nârrow 5pol 24Ov
20000
30'
5ôoO IOOOO cd5O0O 1OO0O I5OOO 2OOOOcd
2sO0O 3OOOO 35OOO 4O0OO cd
PAF - 56 Wrde riood 24OV
5000 loooo 15000
-
Ho.rTont¿i
PAR-56 Mediurñ tlood 24OV
)
ADJUSTMENl POSSIEILITIES
276
otv.
277 385
DHF 016Floodlight Proiector
A corrosion resistant and weather-prool floodì¡ght to 1P34, designed forapplications where variation ¡n
colour and intens¡tY ¡s required.
FANGE
For use with:'I x PAR-E 38 80W1 x Blown bulb Reflector lamp
100/150w.1 X HPL.R
APPLICATIONS
Applications include:r"sound and light" sPectaclesrPark lightingrPoster hoardings¡Festive lightingrFloodl¡ghting of buildingsrMonuments¡Advertising signsrStatuesrGardens etc.
FEATURES
rHigh-pressure dìe-cast aluminìumhousing with cooling fins lor heatd issi pation.rHigh-pressure die-cast aluminiumrear cover with cable entry gland.
rHigh-pressure die-cast aluminìumrim, in which the toughened frontglass is fixed.rGalvanised mild steel bracketallowing all Possible mountingpositions.rsilicone gaskets to withstand highoperating temPeratures.rlnner wiring: Silicone covered andglass fibre protected.rES (E27) porcelain lamPholder.rstainless steel cl¡ps and fixing material
rsupplied with 1 x PG11 cable gland.
PL 1289/3
277
,.¡dl&
lssued9.82 Bêplac€s PL 1289/4
DHF 016 FTOODTIGHT PROJECTOR
Hous¡ng: High pressure die-castalum¡n ium.Rear cover: H¡gh pressure die-castalum¡n ium.Fronl Glass: High pressure die-castr¡m hold¡ng a toughened front glass.Trunn¡on arm: Galvanised mild steel.Cllps: Sta¡nless steel.Gaskels: Sìl¡cone rubber.
SPECtFrcAÏlollI Type compl¡ance with BS 4533Section 102 5 Enclosure: 1P34.
rClass I electrical protection (th¡sluminaire requ¡res an earth connec-t¡ on ).
To spec¡ly statô:Floodlight of High pressure die-castaluminium for PAR-E 38 Lamps BlownBulb and lamps similar to Philips DHF016 floodlight.
RANGE OF OPERATIOI{Determined by range of lamps.Lamp and Filting: Made in Holland.
LIGHl DISIRIBUTIONRefer to data sheet of relevant lampfor photometrìc inlormation.
l- ''e
216 --1
DEIAILED DRAWING
1. Front glâss
2. Fronl glass riñ3. Hinge-clip4. Silìcone rubber
gasket
5. E27 porcela¡nlamphotder
6. Ctip7. Hous¡ng8, Rear coverL Fixing screw
,|0. Glând11. Eracket12. S¡licone rubber
gâsket
13. Earlh scrêw14. Ìerminal block
oaI
- ---- o
ÞrMENS|OI{S, WETCHTS & ELECTRTCAL DATA
Lamp DalaLamp Descrlpl¡on Waltage Voltage cap Flnlsh
PAR-E 38 SpotPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 SpotPAR-E 38 FloodPAR-E 38 SpotPAR-E 38 SpotPAR-E 38 SpotPAR-E 38 SpotR30 Blown BulbR30 Blown BulbR30 Blown BulbHPL-R
ClearClearBlueYellowGreenRedClearClearYellowGreenRedBlueD¡ffusedDiffusedDiffusedDiffused
100'100
100100100100150150150150150150
75100150125
ESESESESESESÉsESESESESESESESESES
240240240240240240240240240240240240240240240240
See Floodlight Spares Data Sheet for Spares
ORDENIilG DETAILSCatalogue No. Woight Packing quantlty
tg.D¡monsions, mmlvldth Helght
DHF 016 3.0
*Lamps should be ordered separately
PAF-3A PRÉSSED GLASS BLOWñ AUra RtÉttcfoR,¡./250v rírw \rDi,r hdi P¡r
ADJUSTMENT
278
216 385
{r
{lJ
þ
I279
hud 9.42 R€places P18162/1
DHF 01rll(DHF 017/Sl(Outdoor f loodl¡ght lumina¡teKombiPaks for use with8OW PAR.E38 flood oi spotlamps
DHF KombiPaks are suitable for use inany small floodlighting applicationwhere toughness, durability andversatility are important. Eachluminaire is supplied as a kit, completewith PAR-E38 spot lamp and allnecessary f ixing accessories.
RAilGETwo KombiPaks, each supplied withlamp and accessories for hard or softsurface mounting:DHF 01 7/SK-Floodlight body,alum¡nium stem, baseplate for hardsurfaces, 80W PAR-E38 spot lamp andgaskel.DHF 01 7/K-Floodlight body,alum¡nium stem, ground spike,80WPAR-E38 spot lamp and gasket.
lPPLtCAltOltSApplications include:rFloodlighting bushes and shrubs ¡ngardens!Floodlight¡ng statuas¡Light¡ng building facadesrOriveways and patiosrHoardings and noticesrFootpaths, pedestrian cross¡ngs andbridgès
lo reord€r lh¡s DaÞ Shost quole PL81Ë¿12
-EÐ
DHt 017/K, nltF 017/SK - tLo0DLlGHrlllGFEAii,RtSrCorrosion-proof black polycarbonate
[ã¿ì'¡i toush "no
resistant to vandals'
rVersatlle fixing arrangements permit
easv installation in most situat¡ons'
rConvenient KombiPak kit contains
everything needed for installat¡on'¡ncluding lamP.
r SuitaÞle for use with white or
ãolãuieo PAR-38 lampsl(max 100W)
or PAR-E38 (max.80W).
rLight weight ensures easyi nstallation..ãàãm ìj easitv adjusted to point in
any d¡rection.rClass II insulation eliminates thenãed for earthing; floodlight has the
Degred of Protection 1P55.
rTw¡n cable entr¡es permit through-wiring.
tllERlALS'& FlrltllBody: Black PolYcarbonateGfound sPlke: Black PolYcarbonateBase plate: Black PolYcarbonateSlem: AluminiumGasket: Silicone rubber
sPrGlFlclr¡oìTvDe comÞliance with BS 4533 Sectiont'o'Z.S Class I etectrical protection(double insulated - earth not required)'
Degree of Protection 1P55.
To specily state:PAR-E38 lamp luminaire for outdoorf loodliqhting, w¡th vandal-res¡stantoolvcaibonate body. SuPPlied as a
koÉrbiPak comPlete w¡th lamP and
accessories. Similar to Philips DHF
017.
NATO! OF OPEBATIOII
For use on 24OV 50Hz suPPlies'
Normal outdoor conditions.
Weight:Floodlight comPlete with lamP andspike or baseplate: 0'6Kg
Cable entry: PG9 (Suitable for double¡nsulatêd cable of circular crosssêction with a diameter between4.5mm and 7 omm)
PAR 38 SPof 100wll se¡rú ¡¡lcLe,\ 2x8o
4000
METRES
- /\
r 1OO0
? /."JLUX.
250
Lamp: Made in Holland
Lumlnalro: Made ¡n West Gelmany
LAIPDAÎACalaloguoNo. Walla Volts CaP
BeamFlnish angle
B€am Cenlro lntênslly(Candelas)
PAR 38 spot '100 240 ES Clear 160 4000
For details of other PAR 38 lamps rsfer to P11790
ONDIRITIO DAÏA
CataloguoNo.
PacklngOuanlltY
017/SK
DHF 017/K
For spares s€e floodl¡ght spares data shset'
Floodlight KombiPak complête wlthPAR 38 lamp and baseplateFloodlight KombiPak complete wlthPAR 38 lamP and ground splke
2AO
Dimensions in mm.
0
15 ø
t-ADJUSTMENT POSSIBILITIES
r 230'
þ,
þ
\.,Soo ¡¡¡rt rz S
)
i
þ
I
II))
IiI
It
,t
s1lH00-AREAFlflflIITIGHTKfl]IIBIPAKSelf-containêd f loodlight completewith orewlr€d control gear for 100W
SONfi lamP. The luminaire has high'ef f iciency asymmetrlc ref lectors, andis supplied wlth lamP and trunnionarm mounting.
RAXGE
SNF 100 - KombiPak floodlightcomplete with lamP.
aPPucarloll3Suitable for floodlighting where a low-glare economic lighting package lsneoded: -Securltyr Factory perimeters.r Car parks.r Gatehouses.r Loadlng bays.
Decofatlvôr Facades.r Statues and monuments.r lnfill.
lndoorr Churches and halls.r Gymnasia.r Dêep freezes.
Extendlng worklng hoursr Buildlng sltes.r Outdoor work aroas.r Roadworks.
PL 3056
2A1
1o rèordorthìs Då16 Sheotquot6
sllHflfl-AREAFEAIURESr Sturdv housinq in lnjection-mouldedPolvcarbãnate: f unctional black f inish'
r í{lnoeable 5hm toughened glassrronr oiate hêld by four stainless steel
clios ior easy lamP rePlacement'
r HofdiPPed galvanlsed trunnionarm: btack finish'r Éermanently-attachod control gear
box in glass-reinforced nylon; accessvia four stainless steel screws'r Asymmetric light distribution.r Clàsstrelectrical wirlng (no earthneeded) wlth PG 16 gland and stressrelief clamP.r Sillcone gaskets on both opticaland gear compartmsnts provide lP55Degree of Protection.r Aiming protractoron bracket andaiming sight on optical sèctionpermlts daylight setting.
ilalERlALs ^l{D
FllllSllBody and gearbox: Housing isinj6ction-moulded polycarbonate withthe gear box in injection-mouldedglass-roinforced nylon; both matt blackfinish.Ffonl covôn 5mm toughened glass.Mountlng bracket: Hot.dippedgalvanised mild stssl; black finish.Exlgmal screws and clips: Stainlesssteel.
tr00 IIUGHT l(0tllBlPAl(SPECtFtC^llOtr Designed to comply with BS 4533102.5 Classll(no earth required).r Degree of Protection 1P55.
To spocllly state: -Area floodlight with asymmetricoptical control and pre-w¡red integralgsar, supplied with a 100W SON/Tlamp. Similar to Philips SNF 100.
RANOE OF OPERAIIOI'240V 50Hz supplies.lndoor or normal outdoor operation.
KOMBIPAK COTlENTS
One area floodlighlSNF 1OO/O2K
One 100W SONffhigh pressure sodiumlamp.
DltEt{ttoNs & ^DJusTMEl{1
POSSIBILIIlES
Dimensions 20191
79
Ad¡ustmentposs¡bil¡t¡es 244
'150"180 40
355 All dimensions ¡n mm
Ìl.++l-]+'HÊ16 ø13 16
242
silt |00-AREA FL00lruGHT t(0itBtRAK
Philips First Choice Floodlights - Design Guide/Application Guide
SNF 1OO
(100 w soN /ï)9,500 Lumens
Low Running CostWeather ResistantVandal Resistant
Reasons to ChooseSummary
ThrowSpacing(Metres) (Metres)
lllum¡nance(Lux)
AIMING ANGLEMounting
He¡ght(Metres)
5 24 22 10-20
6 24 24 10-20
26 10-157 24
I 27 28 10-15
Car ParksStorage Aréas
Security
10:1 Uniformity..
10-30 lux.
4 12 13 45-65
50-705*** 1B 14
45-655 B 14
14 17 50-70 Aiming Angle: 65"
65'occfo
Building SitesHigher Risk Areas
30-80 lux-5:1 Uniformity-"
oDistance
lrom facade(Metres)
Spacing(Melres)
Height otcoverage(Metres)
llluminance(Lux)
4 9 I 85-105
80-905 I 10
12 90-110
FacadesDecorative Floodlighting
Restaurants/Pub Facades80-120 lux-
5:1 Uniformity--
o 12
Aiming Angle: 50" irorn
û)ogooo
.lux CIBS Code recommendations-. Uniformity ralio of minimum to average illuminance recommended
..- Floodl¡ghts mounted in pairs at each point.
243
sllF t00-AnEA tt00llLlcllT KllfllBlPAK
Light Dislr¡bution Diagfam
WEIGHl & ELEGTRICAI DAÎA
Catalogue Lamp type W6ight completsw¡th lamp
Total circultWatts
Lamp capC¡rcultcuffsnl(A)
No.
sNF100/02K 100wSON/T
5.6k9 0.6 115 GES
ORDEBINO DETAILS
CalalogueNo. Dóscr¡ptlon Packing Qly
SNF 1OO/O2K Floodlight luminaire with control gearand 100W SON/T lamp
lnd¡v¡duallypacked
Please order in the form given in thefollow¡ng example: -10 Philips area floodlights SNF'100
Lamp: Made in BelgiumLum¡naire: Made ln Holland
Planes used for Dlstr¡but¡on Diagrams 6m
D
120
-B
AB: Verlical
CD = Horizontal900 600 30" 300 +60" s00
Floodl¡ght SNF 100102
Peak lntensity (cd/1000 lm)
Beam Eff¡ciencyïotal Beam
Beam (10% Peak)VerlicalHorizontal
Beam (50% Peak)VerticalHorizontal
591
77%
730/66.530/580
't90t22õ
350/39.
Absolute intensity (cd) = lnlensity (cdi 1000 tm) x Light¡ng Design Lumens1000
284
åII
I
285
lssued 7/83
$Nr 200Mttt200Area f loodlight KombiPaks
Self -contained f loodlight luminairescomplete with pre-wired control gear f or1 50W or 250W high-pressure sodium(SON/T) lamps or 250W mêtal halide(HPl/T) lamp, and fìxingbolts. The luminaires teaturehigh-eff iciency asymmetrìc oplics andversatile mountinq arrangements.
Note: Melal hal¡de lampsUK mark¡ng MBI : Philipslnternal¡onal marklng HPI
RANGESNF 200/01 - KombiPak complele withfloodlight, 150W SON/T lamp andfix¡ng bolts.SNF 200/02 - KombiPak complete withfloodlight, 250W SON/T lamp andfìxing bolts.N¡NF 200/02 - KombiPak complete withf loodlight, 250W HPI/T lamp andlixing bolts.
APPLICATIONSSuitable for all floodlightingapplications for which a well-controlledbeam is appropr¡ate, includ¡ng:rAreas and bu¡ld¡ng sites¡Marshalì¡ng yardsrBuilding facadesrCar parksrlndustrial preniìsesrFloodlighling of bu¡ld¡ngsrStatues and fountains
ro,eord€rrhisDarasheetquore PL3033/2
SNF z()fl MNF 20flFEAIUFES¡sturdy housing indie-cast aluminiumblack finish.
high-pressu rew¡th ant¡-corros¡ve
rLight-controll¡ng front cover is madeof vandal-resìstant polycarbonatewhich also resists Yellow¡ng fromUV radiation.rAccurate asymmetr¡c l¡ght controlby means of h¡gh-grade aluminiumreflectors and refracting coverensures high eff iciencY.
rSilicone rubber gasket seals lrontcover to housing w¡th the Degree ofProtection lP 55 (jetProof anddustproof),rReversible cover permits pole, wallor ceiling mounting.rChoice of lamp types (SON/T foreconomy; HPI/T for excellent colourrendering) makes the luminairesu¡table for most aPPlications.¡lntegral control gear, prew¡red tothree-way terminal block, Permitssimple connection to standard mainssuppl i es.rCable entry through sealing glandwith built-in cable stress release.rSimple lamp changing by removingfront cover does not disturb l¡ghtthrow adjustment.rFloodlight supplied with 1 x PG 13 5cable gland.
r Supplied complete with lamP, andfixing bolts.r Simple step by step des¡gn guìdeincluded with eâch komb¡Pak.¡Optional pole clamp see floodlightspares data sheet.
TIATERIALS& FII{ISH
Body: High-pressure die-castaluminium, black f¡nish.Front cover: High-pressure die-castalum¡nium, black f inish, withUV-res¡stant etched polycarbonalecontrol ler.Mounting brackel: Mild steel, hot-d¡pgalvanised and painted black.
SPEGIFICATIONrDesigned to comply with BS 4533102.5 Class I electrical (earthrequired).rDegree of Protection lP 55.
To specily stale:Area lloodlight with precise opticalcontrol and prewirod integral controlgearfor HPI/Tor SON/T lamp, suppl¡edcomplete with lamp and f¡x¡ngaccessories. similarto Philips sNF 200.
RANGEOF OPERATIOII
240V 50Hz suPPlies.lndoor or normal outdoor applicat¡ons.
KOTIIBI KIT
DttEl{slol{s
246405
149
262
T-130
dimens¡ons mm
346
c
I!-:---::-
1701øe
BB
F¡x¡ng BoltsLampFloodlþht
I
t
286
SNF zflfl MNF zflo
Philips First Choice Floodlights - Design Guide/Application Guide
sNF 200/01MNF 200/02 sNF 200/02
-/_--.LUMENPACKAGE
1 6K Lumen 25K Lumen
Reasons to ChooseSummary
Low Running CostWeather ResistantVandal Resistant
LowRun--ñTñQ.Cõl-Weather ResistantVandal Resistant
MounlingHeight
Spac¡ng widrhllluminated
llluminance Mount¡ngHeight
Spacing W¡dthllluminated
lllum¡nance
5 12 12 29
6 14 14 20
7 17 17 15 7 17 17 23
I 19 19 11 I 19 19 18
10-30 lux -
'10:1 Uniformity.-
1
Car ParksStorage Areas
I 21 21 14
4 8 I 58
5 10 10 37 5 10 10 58
2. Buitding SitesHigher Risk Areas
30-80 lux.5:1 Uniformity "- 6 12 12 40
4 6 6 111
5 I 7 71 5 8 7 111
3. FacadesDecorative Floodlighting
Restaurants/Pub FacadesB0-120 lux -
5:1 Uniformity.. 6 10 8 77
lux *-CIBS Code
recommendations
Uniformity -.-Ratio of minimum
to averageilluminance
recommended
AIMING ANGLE
3. 500
1. 65'
2. 65'
AIMING ANGLE
1. 65'
2.
3.
65'
500
287
-SNT 2()O MNF 2OO
LIGI{Î DT9ÍFTBUTIOil DIAGBATS
WEIGHTS & ELECÎRICAL DAÎA
Catalogue LamP tYPe Weight comPletewith lamP (kg)
Totalc¡fcuitWalts
Lampcap
No.
C¡rcuilcuflent(A)
sNF 200/01sNF 200/02MNF 200/02
,150W SON/T2sOW SON/T25OW HPI/T
174280268
GESGÊSGES
7.58476
0.901 .30
130
ORDEBING DAIAPack¡ng quant¡tY
Catalogue No. DescriPtion
sNF 200/01sNF 200/02MNF 200/02
Luminaire with control gear and 150W
Lumina¡re w¡th control gear and 250W
Luminaile with control gear and 250W
SON/T lamPSONiTlamPHPI/T lamP
lndividuallY PackedlndividuallY Packedtndividually Packed
Please order ¡n the lorm g¡ven in the following example:-'10 Philips Area floodlights SNF 200/02
SPABES AND OPTIONSPacking quantltY Lamp: Made in Belg¡um
Lum¡naire: Made in Great Britainõataloguexo. DescriPtion
Pole clamP tor 60 & 76mm sP¡gotsBallast for SNF 200i 0'1
Ballasl for SNF 200/02Front cover for SNF & MNF200
SNF 200/01 -l x l50W SON/Í SNF 200/02-i x 250W SON/T
Planes used lor Distribution D¡agrams
sNF 200/01 sNF 200/02
Floodlight 150W soNi T 250W SON/T
Peak lntensity 939
cd/1000 lm889
B Beam Angles(50% Peak)VerticalHorizontal
AB : VerticalCD : Horizontal on -Sovert¡cal
plane lor SON/T
'15./13'
2 x27'5o1 5"/1302x275"
SNFPC
-
BSNFl 50BSN250SNFFG
248
t
289lssued 10.84
¿-{
DISCHARGETUMHAIRESFloodlighting Spare Parts
A range of spares and accessories forPhilips Floodlights.
RAI{GEFront GlassesGasketsFront Glass ClipsLampholdersLamp SupportsPole ClampsWall Brackets
APPLICATIO]ISFor use as replacemenl or spares forPh¡lips f loodl¡ghting range.
G'
To rsorder lhis Dâla Shêel quole PL 3063
CatalogueNo. Descript¡on
Front glass:for round corneredlor square cornered
Sealing gasket:for round cornered*for square cornered
Front glass cliPs:for round corneredfor squale comered
Lampholder:for allwattages
Lamp suPPort:for 1000W lampfor 400W lamp
Front glass:for lound corneredfor square cornered
Sealing gasket:for round corneredfor square cornered
Front glass clips:for found corneredfor square cornered
l"ampholder:for allwattages
Lamp support:foræ00Wlamp
Floodlisht HNFql3
Front glass:for round corneredfor square cornered
Seal¡ng gasket:fôr round corneredfor square cornered
Front glass clips'for round corneredf{)r square cornered
ILOOIITIGHTING SPARES
Floodlisht Hl{F (xtl
nescriPlion
Floodl¡ght HNF006
Front glass:
Lampholder:
Floodl¡ght HllFOI2
Front glass:
Front glass cliP:
Front glass:
Sealing gasket:
Front glass cliP:
Lampholder:for 2000W
Floodl¡ght llilFO1O
Front glass:
Sealing gasket:supplied in two Pafts each 2 metresand with fitting tool.
Lamphold€r:for allwattages
Floodl¡ght OvF 4lO
Front glass:¡ncl udes sealing gasket
Lampholder:supplied as a Pair
Floodl¡ght OVF 4l I
Front glass:¡ncludes seal¡ng g asket
Larhpholder:suppl¡ed as a Pa¡t
HNF (x}1 OT FGHNFOOl FG Sealing gasket:
supplied ¡n tvvo patts each 2 metres
and w¡th Í¡tt¡ng tool.
Front qlass cliP:
suppíed as screw, bracket and Plate
Catalogue No.
HNF 006 FG
HNF OT SG
GC006
HNF LHR
HNF 012 FG
GC 012
HNF LHF
HNF OI3 FG
HNF OI3 SG
GC 013
HNF LHR
NNFOlO FG
HNFOTSG
HNF LHR
QVF4O FG
QVF4O LHR
ovF411 FG
" Supptied ¡n tuvo parts each 2 metres and with f¡tting tool' Lampholder:for 2000W
Floodlight HNF lxl2Floodl¡sht HNF Ol3
HNF OOf OT SGHNFOOI SG
GC 001/RGC 001/5
HNF LHR
HNF LSlOHNF LSO4
HNFæ2OTFGHNFæ2 FG
HNF OOl SGHNFæ2 SG
GC(x)2/RGC002/s
HNF LHR
HNF LS2O
HNF OO3 OT FGHNF OO3 FG
HNFæ3OTSGHNF OO3 SG
GC0Û2/RGCO0-2/S
Lampholder:for allwattaggs HNF LHB
Lamp support:for400W lamp HNF LS{I4
Pole clamp:suitable for 60 x 76mm poles SNF PC
' Suppt¡ed in two parts èach 2 metres and w¡th l¡tt¡ng tool.
290.
OVF 410 LHR
SAT'SBURY CATHEDRAL
T h e d iffe rent colou rs of metat h at ¡ d e an d w arm and cool fl uorescent I am ps,
each individuatly controtted and dimmable, permit an infinite .variety of
lij nt i ni g- eff ects.'Slx t i g hti n g' sce n e s.'. a re p re.set A po rtab l e p l u g.- i n co nt ro l
áånioi" ," used to giíe thõatrical effects ln Servlces and other functions.
DVF 102 FG
DVF GC
DVF 102 LHRDHF LHR
FTOODLIGHTING SPARESFloodlight OVF4l2 Floodl¡ght DHF Ol7
Descr¡Ption CatalogueNo. Description Catalogue No.
Front glass:
¡ncludes seal¡ng gasketSeal¡ng ring: DHF SR
ovF 4t2 FG
LamPholder:suppl¡ed as a pa¡r
Seal¡ng glass assembly:suitable lor 4.'mm to 7.00mm double
QVF4IO LHR ¡nsulated c¡tcular sect¡on cable PGg KIT
Lampholdêr: DHF LHR
Floodl¡ght OVF 42O
Front glass: QVF 420 FG Floodl¡ght DvF lO2IDHF Ol6
LamPholder: QVF 420 LHR Front glass:supplied with r¡m
Ftoodlisht OVF 421Front glass clip:one only
Front glass: QVF4z.I FG Lampholder:for DVF 102for DHF 016Lampholder: OVF 421 LHR
Floodlight OVF 422 Floodlight Apollo
Fronl glass: QVF422 FG Wireguard:to ¡nhibit vandalism
Lampholder: QVF 422 LHR4101
Spigot cap:for 2 inch scaffold poles A1 02
Floodl¡ght R77 SeÌ¡es/TvFlood
Front glass:suppl¡ed with gasket
Universal bracket:for fixed or adjuslable wall mounting al03
TvFGLASS
Lampholder:for all wattages MA3O LHR
Pole clamp:'U' bolt clamp for 48mm (1lz ¡nch GAS)pole 4104
Lampholder: A5OO LHR
Floodlisht SilF 2oollt]{F 2OO
Front assembly:polycarbonate moulded total frontpainted as or¡g¡nal
Floodlight W4321 & W4326
SNF FG Front glass diffuser: wtil30
Lampholder:for all wattages
Wire guard: w4331HNF LHR
Spare ballast:for SNF 200 02Kfor SNF 200 01 Kfor MNF 200 02K
BSNF 250BSNF 1 50MSNF 250
Pole clamp:suitable lor 60 and 76mm poles SNF PC
Floodlight SNF IOO
Front glass: SNF FG
Front glass clip:supplied as a set of 4 SNF FGC
Lampholder: HNF LHR
Pole clamp:su¡table tot 60 and 76mm poles SNF PC
291
q
TTOODLIGHTING SPARESWall Brackets and Pole Clamps
Floodlight Appl¡cat¡on Catalogue No.
SNF2OO 01 K, SNFzOOIO2K,MNF200 02K; SNF100 02K; HNF003
mountedon60&76mm SNFPCpoles
4300 and 4500 mounted on 48mm(1% inch GAS) poles
A'104
DIAGRAMS
f--lSNF PC
DHF SF A tol
a102Su¡table for 60 & 76mm poles
I98
I A 103
YA 104
Suitable for48mm (11/z inch GAS) poles
All dimensions in mm
PGg KIT
292
INCANDESCENTLAMPS [;'i:F¿ËiruTI*o.
Display Lamps I ncanbescentPAR 38-Epjspl?y famps HatogenFloodlightingLight Póint
Page
295299303307311313315317
Please see pagos ll and lll of Generallntroductlon for information on how to usethls Handbook.
293
294
295
GrsGeneral l¡ght¡ng aerv¡celncande8cent lampg
RANGE
This Data Sheet covers pear-shapedlamps in clear, pearl, co¡led-coil,single-coil and low-vol!age versions,K-Mushroom, Superlux, Fireglow andNightlight lamps.
APPLIGATIOIISrClear bulbs: Used to create sparklein glass fittings, etc.rPearl bulbs: Lightly diffused toreduce filament glare and to softenshadows.rArgenta bulbs: White internal coatingto give a high degree of diffusion andreduced glare.
FEAÎUBESrQuality: Str¡ngent quality controlprocedures and meticulous attent¡onto cleanliness result in a high degreeof uniformity to specil¡cation.rSalety: Test and inspection pro-cedures are geared to the safety oflamps in service. All GLS lamps of25 Watts or greater, rated for supplyvoltages of l00V or more, are inter-nally fused.¡ New Packaging:60mm & 68mm pearshaped lamps and 60mm mushroomshaped lamps have a new high qualltysleeve spec¡fically denoting the lampwithin in a new pictorial style.
ro reorderrh¡s data sh€erquore PL I 789/5
ïGrs - IAMPS llloAl{DESCEIIÏ
F-A-|{GLS Coiled-coilFating Dlmenslons (mm)
AB25W-100w 60 103150W 68 125
GLS Colled-co¡l - hlgh elficlencyFor oeneral use, with more lightoutp-ut than single-coil and long lifeequivalents.c
10s0
IB
Ic
IGLS Coiled Coil ---
F--A--l
GLS Single-coilRatlng Dlmensions (mm)
AB15W-100W 60150W,200W 80300w,500w 1101000w 130
GLS Single-coil - normal elllclencyA range ol high and low wattage and
low vóltage tyPes, lor use where thebenefits of coiled-coil filaments are
not applicable.103160233290
c70
120178225
I
IB
IGLS Single Coil-
K-MushroomRatlng Dlmensions (mm)
40w-100w 60 100
150W 75 120
K-Mushroom - Modern, attractive'compact shaPe with internal white'Argènta'f inish for maximum diff usion.Givès a softer light and looks neaterand more modern when not in use.coiled-coil f¡laments. Smaller boxsizes.
F--A__--_¡ SuperluxRatlng Dlmenslons (mm)
B
60w-100w150W
100120
Superlux - Directional muslrroomlaóp giving a diffused wide (2 x 35%)downward beam while retainingsome upward light. A useful workinglight and possible economicalalternative to wide beam reflectorlamps.
A6075
B FireglowA60
Flreglow -A durable red lacquercreales a warm, glowing flame alfectfor use in fuel effect fires.Rallng
60w
(mm)B
Dlm€nslons
103
Night light Night lighl - Gives a sense of securityto ¿hildien and elderly people whenused in bedrooms, nurseries,stairways and hospitals' Has a lowpower consumPt¡on for economY.
Rating
8W
Dlmensions (mm)AB60 103
are nominal and lor BC caps. For ES caps add 1 smm toGLS Single Coil
296dimension B.
Gts - TAMPS lllGAl{DESoEllT
Wâ[age Vo¡tage Cap Flnlsh Packlng quantlty
25w40w40w40w60w60w60w75w
100w100w100w150w
240V240V240V250V240V240V250V240V240V240V250V240V
BCBCESBCBCESBCBCBCESBC
PêarlPearl, clgarPearlPearlPeârl, clsafP€arlPearlPearl
252525252525252525252525
F-A---Ð1
BC/ES
Pearl, cl€arPearlPearlPêarl
rB
Watlagå Volta¡ô Cap Flnlsh Packlng qu¡nllly
15w200w200w300w500w
1000wll0V lampt
25w40w60w
100w300w500w
25V and25W40w60w
100w100w
240V BC240V BC240V ES240V,250V GES240V,2s0V GES240V,250V GES
PsarlPoarl, clearClearClearClearClåâr
252525't0't0
10
K. Mushroom
Superlux
-----{A
BC/ES
BCBC
GES
50V lamps lor emorgoncy llghtlng25V,50V BC/ES25V,50V BC/ES25V,50V BC/ES25V,50V BC25V ES
110V110V110V110V1 10V'110v
BC/ES
GES
PearlPearlPsarlPearlClearClsar
25252525'10
10
2525252525
ïs
IPoårlPearlPearlPearlPearl
Wallage Voll8go CaP Flnlsh Pâcklng quantlty
40w60w
100w150W
240V240V240V240V
25252525
BCBCBCBC
ArgentaArg€ntaArgenlaArgenta
ts-A--+l
Wallage Vollage CaP Flnlsh Pâcklne quânllly
IB
I60w'100w't50w
240V240V240V
BCBCBC
Arg6ntaArgontaArgenta
252525
Fireglow
Wanage Vollåge CaP Flnl3h Packlng quant¡ty
60w 24O1250V BC,3-p¡n BC Amber 10x10|<-A-+l
1B
IwP¡cklng qu¡nlllyFlnlshWallåge Voltagð Csp
8W 2401250V BC Pea¡l
297
10x10
Nlsht Llght
Gts - TAMPS lllcAllDEs0EllTPERFORTIANCE. DATAFor General L¡ghting Service tungstenl¡lament lamps.
Lumen oulpullnitial rated lumens to BS 161
High ell¡ciency. Pear-shaped 240V
Walls Lumens
Normalelliciency. Pear-shaPed
240Vì/Valts Lumens
l10vWatts Lumens
254060
100150
225420710940
13602180
'15
200300500
1000
1152900465083001840
254060
100150200300500
1000
445770
14202360330052009400
20200
Lighting deslgn notesLighting design lumens are usuallytaken at about 947o of initial ratedlumens.End of life lumens are typically 90%ol initlal rated lumens.
Elfect ol supply voltage onperformanceThe lile expectancy and light outputof tungsten f ilament lamps are highlydepenclent on supply voltage, asshown in f ig. 1 and lig. 2.
These curves may be used as a guideto average performance, but factorssuch as frequency ol sw¡tching,vibration and temperature exert agreater influence on expected resultsas voltage deviates lurther fromnormal.
GLS lamps may be operated in anyposition, but life expectancy may bereduced in posit¡ons other thancap-up.
sÞEctFlcaTloNGLS lamps are designed to conformwith BS 161 (lEC 64) and related Br¡tishand European Standards whereapplicable. Also with BS 5971 Safelyand lnterchangeability of TungstenFilament Lamps for domestic andsimilar General Lighting purposes.
I
Figure 1 VARIAIIOÑ OF LIFE WIÍH APPLIÊD VOLIAGE
b9IÈ
t
ð EE6EdEEã r Ëå
Figure 2
g
t:
o
¡6t
3É
I
VARIATION OF ELECTRICAL ANÞ LIGHTCHARACTERISTICS WITH APPLIÊO VOLTAGE
/ //
4 -' ,/,
z//7,,r'
|il
üil ilil
|il\ lilt
lJll--
ilil llil
294
Mâde in Great Britain
259
lssued 6/83 Replåces PL 1 788/3
IIEGflRATIUEincandescent lampsA range of tungsten filament lamPsfor use on normal mains supplìes, foreffect or decorative lighting.
NANGE
This Data Sheet covers internally-coloured pear-shaped GLs lamPs,plain and twisted candle lâmPs,round bulb and tubulartypes.For coloured pygmy lamps see datasheet PL 1787, Special ServiceLamps.
APPLICAÌIONS /¡Clear bulbs: Used to creatdsparkle¡n glass fittings, chandel¡ers, etc.!Pearl bulbs: Lightly diffused toreduce glare and filament images,and to soften shadows.rArgenta bulþs: Whitê internal coatingto give a high degree of ditfusion andreduced glare, hav¡ng an attractiveappearance when switched off.rArgenta rose: Plnk tone for restfulwarmth,
FEAÏURES¡Ouallly: Stringent qual¡ty controlprocedures and met¡culous attentionto cleanl¡ness result in a high degreeof uniformity to specif ication.!Safely: Test and inspection pro-cedures are geared to the safety oflamps in service.
ro,êorderrh,sDârasheerquore PL178814
-
DECORATIVE - LAMPS II{CA]IIIESGE]IT
Coloured GLS Coloured GLS - LamPs for moodlighting and parties available in sixstandard colours: Red. Blue, Green,Yellow, Amber, and Pink. 15W and 25W
rating" can be use!þUldQors.uithweatherproof lampholders.
ïB
I
Rat¡ng
15W €OW
Dlmens¡ons (mm)AB60 103
Coloured GLS-Argenla Rose
Argenta Rose60w,100w 60 103
Argenla Rose - Gives a soft pink lightfor an intimate atmosphere.
IB
I
Plain CandleRatlng Dlmens¡ons (mm)
ABBB(Bc) (sBc) (sEs)
25W,4oW, 60W* 35 89 95 5 97
60w 45 125 127
*Clearversion onlY
PIain Candle - Attractive, sl¡m oliveshape in clear and White Argenta.Clear candles are frequently used inglass chandeliers to create sparkle.All types have coiled-coil filamentslor improved light outPut.
Plain Candle
1B
I
Twisted CandleRat¡ng D¡mens¡ons (mm)
Tw¡sted Candle- Decorative,.sl i m
twisted shape in clearfinish; analternative to the plain candle lamp.
ABB(Bc) (sBc)
25W 35 97 100-4ow,60w 47 125 127
Twisted Candle-¡-n-*l
Argenta Lustre __-
Argenta LustreBatinE D¡menslons (mm)
ABBBB(Bc) (sBc) (Es) (sEs)
25w,4ow 45 68 5 73 5 70 75
Argenta Lustre - A small, round bulbwith an internal.white Argenta coating,ÍÍequently used where the bulb ¡tselfforms part of the design of the fitting.
IB
i Striplite Str¡plite - Double cap, clear or opal,in two lengths. Useful for concealedlighting or for low glare (opal), overmirrors, bedheads, aqualia, etc.
-*l o l*-Ratlng
30w,60w
Dlmensions (mm)AB25 221ot284
D¡menslons (mm)AB38 303
nColorenta
Philinea 1
Rating Dlmensions (mm)
Philinea 2Rallng Dlmensions (mm)
AB35W 26 300 (12160w 26 500 (20")
Dimensions are nominal
300
Colorenta - Single cap, inside white,giv¡ng a uniform soft, diffuse lightover the whole lamp:
Ph¡l¡nea | - Architectural Straightlamp with concealed Peg or new f lat(S14s) caps in several lengths, withsimilar surface brightness. OPalWhite finish.
Philinea 2 - Architectural Strai ghtlamp with single central concealedflat cap. Opal finish.
Raling
60w
BAB26 30026 5002ô 610
35w60w75W
ISlriplite
DEOORATIVE - IAM PS IIIOAI{IIESCE]IT
F¡nish
GLS
ExternallyExternallyExternallY
15w25v',1
4ow'60w*
100w*
2401250v Bc2401250v Bc240t250v Bc2401250v Bc240t250v Bc
colouredcolouredcolouredcolouredcoloured
10x10'10 x 1010x10'10 x 1010x10
ExternallyExternallY
AjÍlltt" to"" ,oo,ruov Bc Arsenta
.åöä 24ot2sov Bc Arsenta
*lNot suitabte lot outdoot use unfess proleolôd against rc¡n'B
Watiage Voltage CaP Flnish Pack¡ng quantlty
25w
40w
60w(47mm dia )
60w(35mm d¡a )
240t250v
240/250V
240/250V
240t250V
Clear, ArgentaClear, ArgentaArgentaClear, ArgontaClear, ArgentaArgentaClear, ArgentaClear, ArgentaClearClear
50 (5 x 10)50 (5 x 10)60 (5 x 10)50 (5 x 10)
50 (5 x 10)50 (5 x 10)
50 (5 x 10)
50 (5 x 10)
50 (5 x 10)
50 (5 x 10)
BCSBCSESBCsBcSESBCSBCBCsBc
Wattage Voltage CâP Fln¡sh Pack¡ng quantltY
-1 o l* --l o l--
- Phil¡nea 1
-Colorenta -(Pes)
25V,1
40w60w
240t250v240t250v240t250v
BC, SBCBC, SBCBC, SBC
ClearclearClear
50 (550 (550 (5
0)0)0)
x1x1X1
Watlage Voltage CaP Fínlsh Packlng quantlty
25W40w
2401250v240t250v
BC, SBC, ES, SESBC, SBC, ES, SES
ArgentaArgenta
50 (5 x 10)50 (5 x 10)
Watlage Voltage CaP Flnlsh Packlng quantlly
30w60w
2401250v2401250v
S15sS15s
2525
Cléar, oPalClear, opal
B
Flnlsh Packlng quantllyWallage Voltage CaP
2401250v BC Argenta 2560w
Watage voltage CaP Flnish Packlng quantlty
35W60w75W
35W60w
240t250v2401250v2401250v
PegPegPeg
240v240V
S14sSl4s
OpalOpalOpal
25
OpalOpal
2525
F¡nlsh Packlng quåntltyWattage Voltage CaP
35W60w
25 nF-Ph¡linea I
-tnF-Philinea 2
240V240t250v
Central Peg 514d OPalCentral Peg S14d OPal
301
Sl4s)
IIECORATIVE - tAM PS I]ICATIIIESGE]IT
Ellecl of suPPIY voltage on
pedormance
ffii':i'"*'::ä#":'"rff ;täi:itii:;J,"9',"*' *"tr'l åli!3.n"i' n"" "'il*ï :
glil":""rgR ff ?:lâËiàìfþtius, untess otherwise stated'
The data shown may be used as a
oulde to âverage Performance, but
iâctors such as frequency of switch-lno. vibration and temperature exerta ãieater inlluence on exPectedreéults as voltage deviates furtherffom the nominal.GLS lamps may be operated ln anyposition, but life expectancy may bereduced in positions other thancap-up.
PEnFOntAilCE DATA tor Tung.t.n F¡lament Decoretlve Lamps
l
it
cuFrrË 2Figure 1 VARIAIION OF LIFE WlÌH APPLIED VOLIAGE
T
It
Ê!åd¡4 Ë äiE¡Ëãg
Figure 2t
;!ã:6
g
t:ãto3
t
CURVE IVARIATION OF €LECTRICAL AND LIGHTCI{ARACTERISTICS WIlH APPLIED VOLIAGE
toEÃcffMqTS
{
/ /
z<4 r 71 t
Lamps: Made in UK unless otherw¡sêstated on packaging,
302
SPEGIATSERUIGElncandesccnt lamPe
A ranqe oftungsten filament lamPs
manu'íactured for specific applica-tions, or for sPecial conditions ofservice.
BANGE
This Data Sheet covers lamPs forrough service conditions; sign andcoloured sign, Pilot and ¡ndicatorlamps, traflic signal; aPPliance;baker's oven and tungsten ballastlamps.Details of traffic signal and infra{edheat lamps are given on Data SheetsPL 1898 & PL 1805.
FEATURESr Oualily: Stringent quality controlprocedures and meticulous altentionto clèanliness result ¡n a high degreeof uniformity to specif ication.r Salety: Test and insPêctionprocedures are gêared to the safety oflamps in service.
Tô rcorderthìs Dala Sheelquole PL178712 !v,303
lssued 8/83 Roplaces PL 1787/1
TSPEC¡AL SERVICE TYPES - IIICAIIDESGEIIT IAMPS
Rough ServiceRating D¡mens¡ons (mm)
B
Rough Service-Reinforced internalconstruction qives ¡ncreasedresistance tolilament breakage dueto iolts and vibrat¡on. Suitable for usein'hand insoection lamPs, forindustrial machine light¡ng andsimilar applications.
A B(Bc)'103
125606B
40w,60w100w
(És)'104.5
SignRaling
'15W
Sign-A range of pygmY sign lamPswith many applicatìons.
Rough Service
Dimens¡ons (mm)ABBBB
(Bc) (sBc) (Es) (sEs)
28 57 63 60 5 64.5
mTI
I
lnternally ColouredSignRating D¡menslons (mm)
AB(Bc)
'15W 28 57
lnternally Coloured Sign-Red, blue'white, green, yellow, Pìnk and amber.The lamps may be used externallY insuitable holders.
Sign PilotRat¡ng
6/10W
Pilot-Small indicator lamps for manyapplications.
F-|f..\Ìi r'...l.i.l
ffiIB
I
Dimensions (mm)ABBB
(sBc) (sEs) (Er2)
20 (max) 40 46 44
lnternally Coloured Sign
-
Switchboard lndicatorDimensions (mm)AB28 57
Switchboard lndicator-SPecial-purpose lamp, for telePhoneswitchboard indication.Baling
10wA
/l
ffi B
1ts
ITraffic Signal
Dimensions (mm)c62
Rating
65W
A
60 104.5Pilot
F\
WIB
t
ApplianceRating Dlmenslons (mm)
ABB(Bc) (Es)
25Wtubular 28 5 61 (max) -25W round 45 - 71
40W pear 45 - 90 5
Appliance-Special-purpose lamps'for use ¡n cookers, and otherappllances.
Switchboard lndicator-
F_A_ +l Baker's OvenRaling Dimens¡ons (mm)
AB60w 60 103
Baker's Oven-SPecial design towithstand temPeratures uP to450'F (232'C).
IB
II STOP PRESS: Additional Appliances and Oven- Lamps are bè¡ng introduced into ourrange. Please enqu¡re for details.
Dimensions are nom¡nal
Traffic Signal
304
a-
SPEGIAT SERVIGE TYPES - I IIGAIII¡ESGEIIT
Appliancevoltage Cap Flnlsh Pâcklng quantlty
40w60w
1oow40w60w
100w
2401250V240t250v200t250v'I 10/120V1'10/1 20V1 10/120V
BC, ESBC, ESBC, ESBCBCBC
PearlPearlPearlPearlPearlPearl
252525252525
þ-A¡
Ë
TB
tcap Fin¡sh
15w15w15w15w15w
25V50v
1 10V1 20/130V200/250V
BCBCBC, SBC, ES, SESBCBC, SBC, ES, SES
ClearClearClearClearClear
'100
100100100100
Pear
cap F¡nlsh Packlng F-A--)i
15w 200t250v Bc lnternallycoloured 100 giF¡nlsh Packlng quantlly Round
Wailage voltage CaP
6W10w
100/130v2001250v
SBC, SES, E12SBC, SES, E12
ClۉrClear
'100
'100
Wattage voltage cap Flnlsh Packlng quanlltY
AF.-N
mTB
t10w 200/260v Bc Clear 100
Tubular
Wattage Voltago CaP Flnlsh Packlng quantlty
65W 240V ES Clear 25
F-¡--l
Wattaqs Voltage CaP Flnlsh Packlng quanllty
25W tubular25W round40W pear
230/250v Bc230/250v ES230/250V ES
ClearPearlPearl
10050
100
Oven
wattage Voltag€ Cap Finish Packlnq quanllty
60w 240V Clear
305
25
SPEGIAT SERVIGE TYPES - IIIGAIIDESGE]IT LA]5PS
EÍlecl ol suPPlY vollage on
Performanceln common with alltungsten filamentlamÞs, the life expectancy and lightoutput of special service lamps areh¡ghly dependent on supply voltage'The data shown may be used as aguide to average Performance, butfãctors such as frequency of switch-ing, vibration and temperature exert agreater influence on expected resultsas voltage deviates further from thenominal.
GLS lamps may be operated in anyposition, but li{e expectancy may bereduced in positions otherthan cap-up.
pERFOBTANCE DATA lor lungslen lltament speclal service lamps
cuñr'Ë 2Flgure I V RIATION OF LIFE wlTH ÆPLTED VoLtAcE
Ë
!pt
E Eò dã5s Ë [ÊtBtEÊ
Fisure 2 :3
;¡3e
6
T
ô
?
I
CURVE I
VAAIÂTIÔN OF ËLECTRICAL ANO LIGHTCHARACIERISlICS WITH APPLIED VOLTAGË
r¡o*¡ cÊNt rcil[813
il
+l,l il
il
I 1{
//z4 = 4t
LarñÞs: Made in UK unless otherwisestated on Packaging.
306
DISPLAYREFLECTORLAMPSlncandescent lamps
A comprehensive range of lamps fordisplay and effect lightino incommerce, industry and the home,including pressed glass lypes alsosuitable for exterior lighting.
RANGEThis Data Sheet covers internallysilvered reflector Iamps rated from30W to 300W in various beam w¡dthsand colours and crown silvered lampsf rom 30W to 100W.
Details of tungsten-halogen displaylamps are given on Data SheetPL 1898.
FEATUBES
rOuality: Stringent qual¡ty contrólprocedures and close attention tof ilament posit¡oning result in a highdegree of uniformity to specification.rSalely: Test and ¡nspection pro-cedures are geared to the safety oflamps in service. All GLS lamps of25 Watts or greater, rated for supplyvoltages of 100V or more, are ¡ntern-ally fused.
-vl-Cì'Þ
To rêord€Ì rhis Data Sheetquore PL 1790/6
307
lssued8.83
IDISPLAY REFLECTOR LAMPS
Crown Silvered Max. Dlmenslons (mm)
ABBB(sc) (Es) (sEs)
36 73545 77'560 103.5 105 0 -68 '123.0 124'5 -
defined narrow beam of high intens¡tyfor accent disPlaY work'it'" gow tamb ¡s'un addition to the 40W
anã has the säme dist¡nctìve po¡nted'
reflectorised crown which gives a
briohter and more homogenous beamf ro"m oarabolic dishes by directing more
lioht önto the dish. Cap temperature r¡se
is"also reduced.The 3oW has the same
light centre length and can therefore be
substituted in the same lumtnatres
Ratlng
I30w40w60w100w
IB
IIB
I Crown Silvered - bowl rellectorPrincipal use is in coniunction withexternal reflector to give a sharply
3ow-40w-60wl100w
¿í\T'\'71lleHI tffii
lnternally Silvered Rating
Rsg (30w)R5o (40w)R6s (40,6ow)R80 (R080)(60,75,100w)RB0-30(75, 1oow)R95(75, 100w)F125 (150w)
PAR 38.E(60, 80, 120)
PAR 56(300w)
Max. Dlmens¡ons (mm)
ABBB(Bc) (Es) (sEs)
40 - 66564 101 102 5 -80 113 114'5 -80 -
.112'0 -
s5 140 141'5 -
lnternally Silvered-blown bulb ref lêclor
A comorehens¡ve range from narrowsoot to wide f lood in various voltagestó suit lighting applications such as
disolavs. exhibitions, task' readlnganå inãoor spotlighting. Especiallyeffective in Phil¡ps display fittlngs'Also available is the R80 'Disco lamp' in
sparkling transParent colours
New introduction: 839, 30W reflectorfor miniaturised luminaires in many
applications.- R39- R50
-
R63
-A---l
1B
125 182 183 5 -r.- A--'1
þ- A---l-
R80
-R125-
r-A------i
I
TB
R80-30- R95
Pressed Glass
F-- A----{
-PAR
38 E-l.--A---l
56
Ratlng Max. Dlmenslons (mm) Pressed GlassPrecision-made, eff icient lamps ofrobust constructlon to glve high beam
intensity with 2000 hours nominalaverage life.PAR38.EFull ranoe includes Colour and Cool
Soot veisions. 12OW coloured lamps
ñåvé sta¡neo qtass for permanence of
ãàtour. ¡tl PA-R 38 lamps except Cool
óoót ano 12oW coloured lamps may be
used for outdoor aPPlications in
suitable fittings.PAR56Ávåiiaote ¡n ttrree beam widths with
ân elliptical pattern. Frequently used
in hioh-mounted long-throwaooli-cations and in purpose-builtf iitinos where it is located by meansof thã f ront rim. Protect f rom watersplashes.
TB
I
'136
12'l
ïB
lTB
t
A
179
i
(Notto scâle)308
D ISPI.AY REFTEGTOR 1-AII,I PS
D6scdPtion Watlage Voltage Cap Fln¡sh 8êamanglet
Beam c6ntre Packlngquanttylnteoslty
Candeles
Bowl reflectorBowl rsflectorBowl r€flectorBowl reflector
30w40w60w
100w
240t250V ClearClearClearClear
2401250V2401250V
sEssEsBC, ESBC, ES,3-pln BC
20202525
oescllPllon Watlâge Voltage Cap Flnl8h Beamanglet
Beam canlrelnlen8ltyCandelas
qu.ntlty
839850 30"R63 30"Ê80 (Ro80)R80 (Ro80)R80 (Ro80)R80 (Ro80)R80-30 30"
30w40w60w80w75W
't00w40w75W
100w75W
100w150W40w
240V240V240t250V240t250V,240t250V2401250V240V240t250V2401250V2401250V2401250V240t250V2401250V
: SES
Ph¡lux 80'Philux 80'Philux 80"'D¡sco lamp'
SESBC, ESBC, ESBC, ESBC, ESESESESBC, ESBC, ESBC, ESBC, ES
BC, ES
DiffusedDiflusedDifusedDltfusedDiflusedDiftusedTransparenl co¡oufstDltfusedDlftusedDiffusedDifusedDlflusedRed, bluê, green,y€llowRed, blue, green,yellow, amber
I 80cd425cd800cd27Ocd360cd530cd
42"30'30"80"80080.
30"30'30'30"35'-7
25252525252512252510101012
10
R80-30 30"R95 30'R95 30'R125 35'R63 coloured
895 coloured
'1000cd
1500cd1050cd2300cd2000cd
100w 240t250v
*Avâilable in
Descrlpllon Waltagå Vollage Cap Flnlsh Beamanglet
Beam côntglnlensllyCandoles
Packlngquant¡ly
PAR3&E spotPAR3&E floodPAB3&E spotPAR3&E floodPAR3&Enarrow spot
PARS&E spotPAR3&E flood
PAR3&E cool spot.PARS&E colourêd flood
PAR3&E coloured spot
PAR56 nailow spotPAR56 medium floodPAR56 wid€ ftood
120W 240V
ClearClêãrClearClearClearClearClearClearClêârCl€ârRed, blue, y€llow,gre€nRed, blue, ysllow,greenCl€ârClearClear
60w60w80w80w
120W120W120W'120w
120W120W80w
240V240V240V240V
24V1 10V240V1 tov240V240V240V
240V240V240V
340012û5¡t{)0'r800
2300010450930034003100:300
'15
'15
1¡i'15
1515151515't515
15
120
120300100'120
12030030012030"
16"
ESESESESESESESESESESES
ES
300w300w300w
GLX16dGLX16dGLX'I6d
15'x9'25'x 1 1"
40'x 16o
4000022000
9000'Dlchrolc reflector focus€s visible llght whi le permlttliìg heat content to pass through. Heat contont ol beam ¡s reduced by up lo7íVo.
I h¡s lamp may only be used in sp€cial h€at-res¡silng fltflngs.
lBeam ångle betwosn 50% lntenslty valuås. D¡ag¡ams ovsrleât.
309
666
DISPTAY REFLECTOR TAMPSPressêd Glass
lnternally Silvered
t,METRES
1052
I25
LU X,
M ETFES
75W1 1050 I
B EAM
100w
375I2 260
\,oo. ,,ul
o uul
LUX.
R50.40W
R63,6OW FLOOD
R95.75W & 100w
R'125. 150W
R80. 1 00w
PAR 3&E 12OW 24V SPOT
BEAM ANGLE'100
4
PAR 38.E FLOOD
PAR 3&E SPOT
PAR 56.3OOW NARROW SPOIMETRES
tr IIrt\
VERTICAL
4
/l I
8 /[i\PAR 56,3OOW MEDIUM
METRES Ã EEAM ANGLEf[t sonrzoHralr' lt
550 02
/1,!\ "' RfICAL
11"
4
/L,l \I
ILU x.l
\a 340
RB0.60W &75W
METRES /\BEAM ANGLE
,/ \,.* :i2 ,rr/ \ 90
A 40
LUX.
117 25
880,30.75W & 1 00W
Made in UK unless otherw¡se stated
PAR 56. 300W WIOE FLOOD
Using lhe GuideThe beam cones are drawn at theangles where the light intens¡ty is50% of the centre intensity. PAR 56lamps g¡ve an elliptical beam.The 'Lux' is a measure of theilluminance on a surface (lumens persq. metre), and the values given areat beam centre for the distancesshown.Lux is calculâted by divid¡ng intens¡ty(candelas) by the d¡stance squared(m2), for surfaces at 90o to the beam.Candela values are shown in thetable. The l.E.S. interior LightingCode recommends:Shop display 500 LuxDesk Lighting 500 LuxCasual Read¡ng 150 Lux
BEAMMETRES
1 I\I
I ILUX
\4 I
BEAM
2300
145
ANGLE3oo
80w 1
g5
s"***"METRES
/,2
80w
METR€S
60w3400
120
r".n i 2325
I 380 1 030
i*
BEAM ANGHORIZONfAL
400I2
MEIRES
4
160VERT
250LU
METR ANG L300
100w'1 500
,ra/ \rru2
" ,,ol \,.,LUX
4 "rl \
on packag¡ng
310
311lssued2.84 New
PAR 38.8TAMPSDisplay reflector lamps
A new range of pressed-glass lamps ofhigh luminous intensity; in reducedratings to save energy but producinglhe same useful light as conventionalPAR38 lamps.
RAHGE
Clear finish240V 60W, 80W and 120W spot andflood (replacing 75W, 100W and 150WPAR38 respectivety).110V 120W spot and flood.24V 120W spot.240V 120W cool spot.Colours (rod, grsen, yellow, blue)240V 80W flood.240V 120W spot.
APPLICATIONS
Energy.saving direct replacemenls forPAFì38 lamps, or for use in newinstallations: -lndoorsr Shop and window display tighting.r Hotels and restaurants.r Theatres and museums.r Commercial display work.r Domest¡c lighting.
Outdoorsr Floodlighting.r Advertising signs.r Statues and garden displays.r Sports pod¡a and activities.
TOP: SpotBOTTOM: Flood
ToroorderthisDatash€etqùote PL 3055
mR 38-E - tAtllPs lllcAllllEsGEllTFEATURESFlood.iÃ-nroueo reflector reduces the light
outsiãe the beam, giv¡ng performance
wlth¡n the beam matching the
convent¡onal PAR38 with 20% lower
enerqy consumption.r Prismatic front glass Provides ahomogenous f loodlight beam.
Spotr lmproved reflector reduces beamangle from 160 (PAR38) to 12o, andgives increased beam intensity for20% lower energy consumption.
Generalr Hard glass envelope g¡vesmechanical strenglh and protectionfrom thermal shock.r Physically identical lo PAR38; canþe used as direct replacement inexisting equipment.
DltEilSloHsPAR 38E
F-tzz.smm-l
ï136
ï
ORDERING DETAILSPleass order lamps quotlng spolorflood, voltage and watlag€, and llnlshln multlples of the pack¡ng quantlty.Lamps are box€d ¡n quantltles of 15.
e.g.80 PAF.E lamp3, 240V 80w clêarflnlsh flood.Note that all lamps have E27 (ES)
caps.
Typo Watlrgo Volt.gaSpol 60 240Flood 60 240Spot 80 24OFlood 80 240Flood û 240Flood 80 240Flood 80 240Flood 80 24OSpot 120 24spot 120 110Spot 120 240Cool Spol 120 240Flood 120 110Flood 120 240Spot 12O 240Spot 120 24OSpol 120 24O
Spol 120 240
FlnlshClearClearClearClearBIUe
YellowGre€n
RedClearClêarCl€arCloarClearClearRed
GroênY€llow
Blue
PROVISIOIIAL DATA PAR 36 EGOTIOTY LATPS
"...1
I
I i:l
*l
ì \
ì
\
)\
\
PAÊ 38 ECONOMY FLOOD
15
PAR 38 ECONOMY SPOT
5' 6'
aËcausE oF THE tcÞnov€OSffAPEOFTHE RE'TECIOALESS lrGHr TOSSES OUTS|OE
SAHE ÞÈFFONTA¡C€ ilN'ENSIIY,aÉAt sPRE^DtHOWEVaÂWrrff2OA TOWE¡ E*EBGY CONSU*PIION
EEcausÉoFrkE t[ÞÀovêoSHAPEOFNE NEfIECTO¡rHcc€ ÍAJon rIPÂovafl €Í¡s
HANROWER EEÁM9PÁEAD¡0f tow€R €NEFGv co¡s!ÍÞÍoN
I \
312
''!ì
rl;ìK'
II
t'. i
313
lssusd6/83 Replâc€s PL 189&5
DISPTAYTAMPSïUngsten HalogenSingle EndedA renge of low voltagc lampsfor spotllght¡ng
RANGE
6V lSW "Halogen Spot" (three bêamwidths) used in the Lightpoint (P13035)
6V 35W "Halogen Spots" (two beamwidths)12V 20W "Halogen Spot"12V 50W "Ha¡ogen Spots" (two beamwidths)M/28-12V 100W
M/32- t2V 50W
APPLICATIONSlndoors: Halogen Spols in var¡ous beamwidths for dlsplay applications andaccent lighting.M128,M132, in conjunction withpurpose-built f ittings for:!Shops and show windowsrBarsrD¡scotheques!Museums and exhibitionsrPrecision task lighting
FEATURES
rExcellent colour renderingrConstant light output throughoutlong life.¡Precision manufacture for correctbeam control.r "Halogen Spots" have strongbayonet fixing, protective front glassand bright aluminium integral roflectorsfor lastlng bright performance infittings.rM/32 and M/28 have platinumplated p¡ns for reliable contactthrough life, and good resistance torepeated switching.
roreorderrhisoarasheerquore PL1898/6
.ltv,
35 1256:t2
fI
ìE
I
I
+tF
M/28,M/32
All dimensions in mm
B
t-
Ic
15W Halogen SPot 4" & 14"35W Halogen SPot 60 & l4o50W Halogen SPol 10o & 25o
'l5W Halogen SPot 6o20W Halogen SPot
TITUN GSTEN HALOGEN TAMPS
EEA¡I ANGIE DATÂHalogen Spots 12 Voll 50 WalÎ Haloqen Spots 6 Volt 15 Watt Halogen SPot 6 Voll 15 Watt Halocren SPot 1 2 Watt
METRES
100 4\BEAM ANGLE
25" 1750
2500 I \\ 440
"rrl \\ 190
625I,"r\
\l\roo
MEfFES
1 10000 4
BEAM ANGLE
| 6 5ooo
2 2500 1250
3 1100 550
4 625
LUX
312
The beam cones are drawn at the angles where the li
For details of other single-ended halogen lamps seeght intensity is 50% of the centre intensityData Sheet PL 1810.
Life expectancY:ln common with other ¡ncandescent lamps, life expectancy is greatty influenced. by applied voltage The characteristic
;;;;;i";;;; pL izagll General Lishtins service lamps mav be used as a su¡de'
ORDERING AND GENERAL DÄTA
Bul bdiamaxA
Overalllengthmax
LlghtCenllelenglhc
AverageType
Centre Burning Packi ngCat. No, Watts volt Base Posltlon quanlityl¡fe
(hrs)beamintensitY(cd)
METF€S
1 200
AEAM ANGLE
li3.\/rux\/\ln\
BEAM ANGLE6
MEIRES
LUX
310
M/28Mi 32615 Halsp 4"615 Halsp 6"615 HalsP 14"635 Halsp 6'635 HalsP 14"
1220 Halsp 6"1220 Halsp 1B'1220 Halsp 32'1250 Halsp 10'1250 Halsp 25'
'13.5
12
3010.2530a0.2513512
6425642464266429643064336434643564386439
GY6.35GY6.35B1 5dB15dB15d81 5dB15dB15dB1 5d81 5dB15dB15d
Any
Any
Any
45445837585B5B3737
5B58
100 12
50 12
15 615 615 635635620 1220 1220 1250 12
-5012
20003000-t2000200020002000200020002000200020002000
2250'850'
1 200050001400
'15500
400070001 400
35011000
1900
100100
10101010101010101010
I Life at switching cycle 30s Lìt - 30s Unlit.Light output lumens
Please order lamps in multiples ol packing quant¡ty
314
Made in Belg¡um
315
tl00llLlGHIltlGIIMPS /
Tungsten HalogenA ranoe of longer life lamPs forhorizõntal burñing (+4o), suitable foruse in small, lightweight luminairesîor a wide variety of floodlightingapplicalions.
NANGE
Linear lamPs for oPèration from240l250V suPPliès:-K/1 1 - 200wK/9 -300wK/1 - 500w*K/3 -750wK/4 - 1000w*K/5 -1500wK/6 -2000w*Also available lor operation lrom
1 20V suPPl¡es.
APPLICATIOIISOuldoor appllcallonsrBu¡lding sites¡Sports groundsrParksrLargp gârdensrAgriculturerCar parksrAirport aprons
lndoor appllcatlonsrExhibitionsrShop windowsrChurchesrEfiect lightind
-
ro reodsrrhis Darã sh6etquote PL177018+ls6u6d 6/83 Ropl¡ces PL 1770/5
rTTOODLIGHTIIIG - TUTIGSTE]I HATOGE]I LAMPSFEAIURESrDouble Pinch f uses lamP for.extra
iãretv. (ivP"" Ki 1 , K/9 and K/ 1 1 )
rExcellent colour rendering of
tunosten halogen lamPS Pres€rvesìÃãLãtur"l cotou's of the environment¡n which the lamps are used'
¡Lum¡nous flux output is mainta¡nedthroughoul the life of the lamps due
to the halogen regenerative cycle.úp lo 2jok more eff ¡c¡ent than a GLSlamp of corresPonding rating.
rcompact, easi ly controllable lightsource, su¡table for use in small,lightweight luminaires.rEasy to instaìl and ma¡nta¡n.
rlnstantaneous l¡ght after switch on.
200 watt K/11lnterchanqeab'le w¡th the existing300W and 500W lamps, th¡s lampwidens the field of appl ication ofpopular, low costlloodlightfittings,giving a reduced energy costalternative where a lower illum¡nationlevel is acceptable.
"Double P¡nch" Fusing for SalelyAt both ends of the 200 watt, 300 wattand 500 wâtt lamps are fus¡ble l¡nkchambers. These are highly reliableand protect against excessive currentsurge at the moment of Iamp f a¡lure,in installaÌ¡ons having high currentrated external fuses.Unlike conventional fuses, thisPh¡l¡ps development does notinÌroduce a potential weakness whichcould shorten life expectancy. Thelilament lighted length of these lamps¡s not reduced.
TUNGSTEN I{ALOGEN IA}IPCHABAGÏËRISTICSThe theoret¡cal extended l¡fecalculated from the curves below ¡snot always realised in.practice asmany other causes influence thisfactor cons¡derably, e.g. Vibration,Handling, Cleaning, Frequency ofSwitch¡ng, etc.
These curves are based on averagesot many lamps and can only be usedas an approximate guide toperformance.
ORDERING DATA
Walts voltsBox Quantity
lnn€r Ouler
BURNING POSITION
-rtHorizontal 14'
a
200300500500750
1000'1000
15002000
240240120240240240120240240
12
12121212
12121212
727272727272t27272
Dimension B (above)of lamp. Dimension A
relates to the clea¡ance required between lampholders for ¡nsertionrelates to electrical contacl cenlres.
11)
\Ùt.:+)/
lr \1 )c4: l rt.l¡11
^af Pt,Íf a !)\ 1., r'r¡CIriÌÀaf rìil¡0 !oLrsPlease slate voltage when ordering.
ELECTRICAL DATA & DINENS¡ONS,
Type CatalogueNumbet
Rãllng(Watl3)
NominalLumlnousFlux
LampVolts
CorrelatedColourTemperature (K)
BurningPosltion
cap
(see d¡agram)A
D¡menslons (mm)B O¡ameter
Kt11K/9Kt1Kt1K/3Kt4Kt4K/5K/6
'12094R
121 13R7785R7785 R
12117R12013R'1 2013 B13021R121 10 R
3,2005,f00
't0,000
8.50015,50022,00022,00033,00044,000
3,0003,0003,0003,0003,0003,0003,0003,0003,000
Hori zo nta I
HorizontalR7s-15R7s-1 5R7s-l 5R7s-1 5R7s-15R7s-1 5R7s-1 5R7s-15Fa4
114.2 !1142!1142!1'14.2 !'185 7 t185 7 j:
'1 17 6 max117.6 max'117 6 max117 6 max189 1 max189.1 max189 1 max254.1 max322 4 max
200300500500750
1000'1000
15002000
240t250240t2501202401250240t250120240t2502401250240t250
Ho ri zo nta I
HorizontalHorizontalH o ri zonta I
Hori zontalHor¡zonta I
Ho ri zo nta f
'6.6
6.6.6
6
1111
11
1111
11
11
11
11
185.7 + 1 6250.7 J i 63344x21
Please order ¡n lhe form g¡ven in the following example, in multiples of the packingquantity:-72 Ph¡lips tungsten halogen lamps 240V 500W Type K/'1
316
Made ¡n Belg¡um
317
lssu€d 4/82 ReplaoosPLsNS
TIGHT PÍ|IIIITPencil-beam Spotlight wilh¡ntegral mains trangformorfor extra-low-voltagetungstcn halogen lamps.
Elegant spotlight with ES caP and¡ntegral transformer, suPPliedcomplete with replaceable tungstenhalogen reflector lamp- The spotlightcan be used to replace a mains voltagelamp in many commerc¡al displaYf ittings to provide the extremely narrowbeam, cr¡sp whi\e l¡ght and lowenergy consumplion associated wjthextra-low-voltage tungsten halogenlamps w¡thout the inconvenience of aseparate transformer or a new spotfitting.
NAilGELight Point complete w¡th 6V 15Wtungsten halogen lamp with 6o beâmangle. (HS 37)
Light Po¡nt complete with 6V 15Wtungsten halogen lamp with 4o þeamansle (HS 56).
APPLICATIONSFor use wherever a high-intensity,precise beam of light is required, insituations such as:rTask lighting of work ¡n precision
industryrAccent lighting in shop w¡ndows¡Light¡ng of p¡clures and exhibits in
galler¡es and museumsrRestoration workrJewellers' and diamond merchants'
premises
ToreordorthtsDarash66tquoto PL3035ri
I
I
,ii:'
FEATURESLioht Point
i.] *: #l gnl"J l; I 3å Í1,1,1'åi o''o
ri I i* I I ;l ;',"'l l?råì'Li i " "]Èieoánt matt black housing with blue
"ruliño ring blends well wrln
i.í-À"e,ciál display f ìttings Light
Éãint tits manY fittings without
modilication.rHioh-intensity Penc¡l beamllo.õoocd in 4o version) P¡cks outàetail even against high ambientlight.rCombines low energY consumPt¡onwith low heat generation; totaldissipation is only 18W.
¡Packed in distinct¡ve carton which¡ncludes simple stand for retail display
LamprTungsten halogen cycle combineslono servìce (2,00Ohrs), crisp wh¡teligh-t, excellent colour rendering andgood lumen maintenancerlntegral reflector and pre-set focuswhich never needs adjustment.rlntegral safety glass prevents fingercontaôt of hot quartz lamp: protects¡nner from dirt contaminal¡on.rstandard SBC cap; lamP can bequìckly changed.
TAÍER¡ALS & FIIIISH
Body: Polycarbonate moulding, mattblack with blue styling ring.Screening fing: PolYcarbonatemoulding, matt black f inish
wEtGHTSWe¡9ht (both tyPes): 5259
SPECIFICAl¡OtlType compliance with BS 4533 2.2Class II (double-insulated - earth nolrequ ired).
To specily state:Spotlight wìth ES caP and integraltransformer, for replaceable 6V 1 5Wprefocussed tungsten halogen lampwith beam angle 4" (6") Similar toPhilips Light Point.
RAilGE OF OPERATIOII
24oV 50Hz suppl¡eô.Contìnuous operalion.Normal dry indoor use.
Suitable for 6V lamps uP to andinclud¡ng 15W.
Not suitable for use with d¡mmers.
TIGHT POII{T HATOGEI{ SPOTTIGHT - II{CA]IDESGEI{T TAMPSDIMENSIONS
HS37 HS56
roNo
Eon
ñEo@
I
tr4 max
All dimensions in mm 64 max
-\T
Beam Angle Datâ6"
METRES
'1 10
BEAM ANGLE
c0
2 2
4
METRES
,15r
BEAM ANGLE6'
r0
2
3 '5
4
10,000 cd. 5,000 cd.
ELECTRICALDATALighl Poinl Replacemenl LamP
Calalogue Watls CaP Watts Volts LamP BeamCap angle
Mld-beam¡ntens¡ty(candelas)No.
6'Liqht Point (HS 37) 1B ES
¿'Liðt't po¡nt (¡ts so) le ESt515
SBC
140
5,0001 0,000
1 200SBC
ORDERING DATAplease order in the form given in the following example. spotlights are individually packed
complete with lamp in outers of four'
I Ph¡lips 4'Light Po¡nts.
SBC
Filting: lvlade in Belgium.
318
{NEW
M lN IATU RISED Êt t3nBew, 13w, 18w, 25w
FLU()RESCENTLAMPS
Page
321325
"rj
Please see pages ll and lll of Generallntroduction for inlormation on how to usethis Handbook.
319
Ì
320
st* rAtl,tPEnergY.6¿Y¡¡9 replaceñentfor the filament lamp
Compact f luorescent lamp withintegral control gear and BC or ES cap;direclly replaces convent¡onalfilament lamps w¡th cons¡derableenergy savings and greatly extendedservìce.
BAIIGESL9 (replaces 40W GLS)SL1 3 (replaces 60W GLS)SL1 I (replaces 75W GLS)SL25 (replaces 1 00W GLS)
Opal or prismatic f inish; with BayonetCap (822) or Edison Screw cap (E27)
SL18 Replaces:
- 75W GLS lamp; l¡ght outpul (prismat¡c)is comparable.
- 60W GLS lamp: light output (prismaticand opal) is greater.
APPLICATIONSBeplaces GLS lamps where the benefitsof energy saving and long service are ofimportance:tHotel foyers, bedrooms and corridorsrCommercial buildingsr Luminaires of difficult access onlandings, high ceilings, etc.rAmenity lighting fittingsr Public buildings, schools, etc.r Domestic applications
To reorder lhis Dala She€l quole Pt 3001/8
FD-!vttssud 7/83 BsplaæsPLm1ø
SL * IAMPFEATURÊSThe SL lamp successfully combinesthree majortechnical developments ofthe Philips research laboratories:-
The m¡niâlur¡sation ol lhelluorescent lampThe conventìonal fluorescent lamphas been lolded and min¡aturised,to produce a package small enouqhto fit into an enveloÞe of a slzeàorp"iáor" io t¡'ut of a conventionalf ilament lamp.
The integration of lamp and controlq earThe fluôrescenl ballast and starternàve ueen mìniaturised, and fit intothe base of the lamP.
New phosPhor technologYThe SL lamo uses PhosPhors¿"ueìooãã ior tr'e Philips Colour B0
series ãf fluorescent lamps These
"À"""r,"tt have narrow bands of
iôÁi ãriput ut "pucilic
wavelengthsThe wavelenoths have Deen
carefullv choãen for a high colourrenderinc index, and theconcentrãtion of energy ¡n thenarrow oan¿s gives å higher lightoutput than conventional 'high-
eff iciency' PhosPhors'
r LJses aoorox¡mately one quarter of
the poweiof a comParable GLS lamP
¡ Rated averaoe life ol 5000 hours is
tive times the åted lilament lamp llfe:
lamp chatìging costs are greatlY
reduced, particularly where lumlnarres
are of diff¡cult access
¡ lnteqral control gear and standardlamp ðaps provìde d¡rect replacement,w¡thout modil¡caliôn, ¡n su¡tableluminaires.rLamP starts and restarts within2 seconds.rPh¡l¡ps special phosphor combinesh¡gh efficacy with good colourrendering.
RANGË OF OPERATIOI{
240V 50Hz suPPt¡es.
Normal indoor conditions (see note).
Not suitable for dimm¡ng.Not suitable for AC or high frequencysupplies; e.g. in emergency lighting
Operating position :- Any (adequatelysupported).
Temperature of air inside lurninairesurrounding bul0 must not exceed75'C. Small luminaires and luminalresfor lamos with internal rellectors maynot be ðuitable. Thermal blankets must
be spaceci away f rom lum¡naires
1
2
1.2.3.4.5.o.
KEY 1() ILLUSTRATION
Outer bulb (Prismat¡c)Discharge tubePhosphorBallastElectrodeBi-metallic striP ¡n starler
StarterMounting plateHousi ngThermal cut-outStarter caPac¡torLamp cap
7.8.9.
10.11.12.
Note:Ooeration and start¡ng maY not bereliable below 0'C.ln cap-down operation, light outputfalls as ambient temPerature ls
reduced.Lamps operated outdoors, at users'discrelion. must be enclosed.
322
7-
IFdr'+---'..'---'
MOTHER HU BBARD RESTAURANT, OLDHAM
Philips SL compact fluorescent lamps not only reduce electricity costs offilament lighting by 75 per cent:they also give light match¡ng filament incolour and quality. This is particularly important in restauranfs. Ihe SL isused in all Broom House Group restaurants, including Mother Hubbard.
.1.
BENETTON, LONDON
PhtttpS PL COrnpaCt fluttrescent rtcst ttnly perttttts l/re clesrgri of new slt¡rt -lttte
lUmtrtAtreS. tt tS attract¡ve ttnenclosecl, as lhrs ttrtttsttal trtstallattort of PL1 I s
shows.
rLum¡naires
for SL lamPs
;h" SL lamp can be used as a d¡rect
üirrm:l l:: :s,iî'il;åliì*ir-vings in energy costs without
;odilicat¡on. However' slncelhe lamp
-^" lâroer dlmenSlons ano ls neavlerli'lã tilament tamp of equ¡valent light
liilut, the follow¡ng checks should be
ftäåe on the luminaires before installing
ln'Jl"T*tnu, "o"ouate space ¡s
" available ¡nside the luminaires to
accommodate the lamP.
r Check that the luminaires and w¡ring- 2¡s able to support a lamp of the
weight g¡ven below. Old or fraYed
wiriñg must be rePlaced.q Replace the lampholder ¡l it is" unóuitable or in poorcondition.
Lampholders for BC lamps should
be all-metal (earthed), or of ceramic
or of insulating material with a metal
insert
Nole: Edison Screw lamPholdersorovide better lamP location and
!upport, and should therefore beused ¡n new or refurbishingschemes. End support may beneeded for the lamp if it is mountedin BC holders either horizontally orvedicallY caP down.
str* IAMP
irrTiL,
DITEIISIONS, WEIGIITS & ELECTRICAL DAIA
slg SL13 SL18 SL25
Nom. overall length (ES) mm 148mm 72g 430W9mA 110
15872
460'13
1152
'168
560'18
180
2
17872
710
2502
Nom. overall diameter
Weight (aPProx)
Nom. power (incl. ballast)Nom. currentStad/restart time (aPProx)
IUTIIIOUS DATA
Average lumens at 100hr (pr¡smatic*)
Depreciat¡on: % per'1000 hrs (all ratings)Chromaticity co-ord¡nates (all ratings)
CoÍelated colour temperature (approx - all rat¡ngs)Colour rendering index (Rag - all ratlngs)llme to 90% output (approx)
425 6006x : O'462
Y : 0'4122700K80
1m¡n.
900 1200
The lumen output w¡th opal f¡n¡sh is approx¡mately 85% of pr¡smat¡c.
SEFV¡CE PERIODAverage lamp, with normal switching, lasts electrically at least 5000 hours. Preferably,lamps should be group-replaced at a predeterm¡ned percentage (e.g' 70%) of 100hrl¡ght output.
IÌANDARDSNo current re¡evant Standards ex¡st.The lamp compl¡es w¡th CISPR radio ¡nterference l¡mits for domostic appliances.
All ¡nformation refers to average lamps, measured under standard conditions, at 240V.
GLS lfllamentl LITIE]ISThe lumen output of GLS lamps of roughly equivalent light output ¡s tabled belowlorcompar¡son. Al fO00 hours the output is approx. 90% of lnitial.
GLS LumenssL9sL13sL18st2s
lampst
40w60w75W
t00w
323
420710940
'1360
St * IAMPSL INSTALLATION ECONOMICSOver 5000 hours, the total costof each SL18 point is:
S+A+(18x5U)penceWhere S - Purchase cost of SL 18 ¡n
pence (e.9. 600p)Á = laboui cost of lamp changing (e g'
sop)u ='cost of unit (lwh) of electr¡city (e g'
5.sp)Users should insêrt values appropriate to
their own conditions. With the values
shown, the total cost per 5000 hours ¡s
1 1 45p (Ê1 1 .45)For comoar¡son. the tolal cost over 5000
hours of'five GLS 75W lamPs of 1000
hours rated life is:
5G + 5Aì (75 x 5U) PenceWhere G = Purchase cost of GLS 75W(e.9.30p)A - labòur cost of lampchanging (e g
50o)u ='cost of unit (kwh) of electric¡ty (e g
5.sP)Users should insert vâlues appropr¡ate to
their own conditions Wilh the valuesshown, the total cost per 5000 hours is
2462p (î24.62')ln this example, the SL 18 whichorovides abòut the same amount of light
äs a 75W GLS lamp. has a tolal cost(init¡al olus running) of less than one half'This islalso true even if the labour cost is
n il.
TARIFFSWhere the tar¡ff ¡s wholly on a Unit (kwh)basis, SL Iamps offer a saving of about 4to 1 in electricity cost for a given lightoutput. Some tariffs include a VAcomponent but even so the Un¡t (kwh)component preponderates. The sav¡ng in
electric¡ty cost changes by only a smallamount, lrom about 4 to 1 to about3.8to1.
ORDIRIIIG DAÌ CatalogueNo. Descr¡Pllon
sL 18 BC-OSL 18 ES-OSL 18 BC-PSL'18 ES-P
18W lamp, Bayonet CaP, opal envelope18W lamp, Edison Screw, opal envelope18W lamp, Bayonet Cap, prismatic envelope18W lamp, Ed¡son Screw, Prism
For other ratings replace 18 by appropriate rating 9' 13 or
Please order lamps in the form g¡ven in the follow¡ngquant¡ty:60 Ph¡l¡ps SL lamps SL 18w ES-P
POWER&VAFor equal light output, SL lamPstake about one-quarter the power ofGLS lamps and about one-half thecurrent and VA. ln rare instances,SL lamps maY const¡lute themaioritvof the load atthe ConsumerTeiminãls of a building, and ¡t may
be wished to imProve the PowerFactor.
rPF = ][ ). Su¡table values of
capac¡tance for group correction are1 5-20 mfd perl0 lamPs.
Note that the Power taken cannot bemeasured by a current meter.
FREE-SPACE DRAWINGS
For designers of new luminaires,drawinqs are available showing therequireã Free-Space withìn theluminaires.
Pack¡ng
Lamps inindividual
fully-descript¡vecartons are
packed in boxes of six.atic envelope
25example, in multiPles of the box
324
Made in Holland
I
Pt*LAMPS¡ngle-endGd m¡n¡aturefluorescent lamPc
A range of single-ended miniaturefluorescent lamps w¡th integralstarters, for use with separate ballast.The range offers to designers ofluminaires.and equipment conta¡ninglighting a new light source withexciting design poss¡bilities. Theintegral starter and single capsimpl¡fy modif ications to existingluminaires: the compact dimensionsopen up the possibility of new sl¡mlum¡naires, includ¡ng decorativetypes.
BANGE
PL5-5lampWattsPL7-TlampWattsPLg-9lampWattsPL11-ll lampWatts
APPLICATIONSFor use in new luminaires, andmodified existing luminaires, ¡napplications such as:rBulkhead luminairesrWall-mounting luminâires,rTable lamps
And for bu¡lding into other forms ofequipment, such as:rLuminous displaysrCocktâil cabinets and similarfurn¡turerBu¡lt-in lighting in office furniture
ro '6ord€,rhis
oåra shêêrquorê Plfil?12lssuod 9.82 PLæ17/1
PLåç FLUORESCENT LAMPS
FEATURES
ii"l :ffli;i å 3 i.'Tffi ':"": å:å'i:iw¡ring.
::*?î'#lïli'iì lii : i3,: :iÏ . """.soaie; starter is automallcallYråplaced with IamP to lncreasereiiabilitY of luminatre'
rDouble limb reduces overall length,and gives lighting w¡dth of twominiature lamPs.
rPhosphor uses comPonents fromcolour B0 Series to combine h¡ghelficacy with good colour rendering.
r New compact light saurce using af raction of the power of a f ¡lament lampof comparablsoutput: need¡ng fewercomoonents than conventionalminiâture f luorescent lamps.r Overaoe. lasts at least f ive times aslong as ðonventional filament lamp.
Operating positlon - anY
LUTINOUSDATA
Catalogue No. Lumgn oulPutloohrs 2000hrs
PL5PL7PL9PL1'1
300410570890
260370510800
Deprecìation: Approx.4% per'1000 hrs.
Chromatìcity co-ordinates: x:0 460
' Y:O'414Correlated Colour Temperature: 2700K
Colour Renderìng lndex: (Rag) 81
Averages, measured under standardconditions.
ELECTRICAL DATA
Catalogue.No. LamPVolts(v)
LampCufrent(A)
Lamppowel(w)
PL5PL7PL9PL1 1
0.'190.180.170.16
496.98.7
11.4
456090
Averages, measured under standardconditions.
L
326
HousingCapacitorRetent¡on notch
4 = Two pin eìectricalconnection
DTTEilSIONS& ITEIGHÏS
3=
Catalosue No. L (mm) we¡ght (g)
PLs 90 41
Pt7 1'12 43
PLg 144 45PLl t 213 47
lvlaximum lamp outlinesava¡lable on request.
27
14
L
13
cap
22.3i
All dimensions in mm.
U
U
II
II
I
I
I
I
I
.!44
5 = Bi-metalliccontact6 - Slartersw¡tch7 = Alum¡nium capI = Elockodes
I = Brìdgewelding10 = Cool spots
Ballasts and c¡rcuitsC¡rcu¡t: Switchstart only, with integral
starter. PLs, PL7 and PLg Lamps may
be operated two in ser¡es.
Not suitable for use on d¡mmers or on
DC or on high-frequency supplies(capacitor incorporated in parallel with
sta rte r )
CIBCUIT DIAGRAMSNote: Slarter is incorporated in lamppF capacitors not usually required. bul
may lle added at rate ol approx 20 mfdper '10 circuits.
L
N
L
N
PLPLPLPL
PLPL
5791
57I
1
22
?
PLIç FLUORESCENT TAMPS
1
-raØ ø
1 -- t-l._1 rlÐr{I
-l_J
DIMENSIONS
Jl-r.z
This lampholder is made of Pocan 4235, aself -extinguishing thermoplasticpolyester material re-inforced withglassJibre.
Alldimensions in mm
Electrical connection by means of insertcontacts (no screws).For mounting on a plane parailel to thelamp.
l*- 21 5
-i,;
DIMENSIONS
Ballast BPL10L24 We¡ght 4009 Losses 4W 240V 50112
All dimensions in mm
ll-t-l-1¡;l¡
-i',1
EF il
AIt o
t--'------
)v/
327
Ft IÊ FI.UORESCENT I.AMPS
T€mporatule llmlls
ifiål;äliþ",årifrqhs**
Of,DCNIilGDATApl6ase order lamps ln the form givenin the followlng example,.ln multlplesof the packing quant¡ty' LamPs aresupplled ln boxes of 50.
1OO Phlllps PLg fluorescent lamps.
328
Made ln Holland.
330
GUIIIE TflflUflNE$GEIUT IAMP$Types and Golours
Recent developmenls and trends ¡nfluorescênt llghting.Correct cho¡ce of lamp type.Correct choice of lamp colour.
@lour data.Dlmensions, weights and electricaldala.Guide to lamp prefixes and order¡ng.Rèplacemênt with olher makês.
RANGEThis Data Sheet covers lamps from450mm (18 ¡n.) to 2400mm (8ft.) wilhdiamelers Tf 2 (38mm/ly2 in.) and T8(26mm/1 in.)Standard ordering descr¡ptions andlumen values of these lamps are given ¡n
Data Sheet PL 3043.
See back paqe for Data Sheet referencesof other lamps.
To rêorder lhis Dâla Shoelquole PLfi4É,|2
331
lssued 10-84
TIUOBESCENT TAMPS - TYPES
INTRODUCTIOIIITwo imoortant recenl developmenls have
Ååãá ni"iôi "ru"t
on the selection of
fluorescent lamPS'
The develoPments are:
I The krvpton-filled lamp, made ¡n T8
rzomm cí¡ämeter) tormat in lengths below
àiOo.t. Krypton-f illed lamps are for use
in sw¡tchstart c¡rcuits only, on the ballast
for the corresponding argon-filled lamp
Kruoton-filled lamps g¡ve about the sameamount ot light as the older lamps, bulwith a reduction of circuit power (and
hence running costs) of about I per cent.
CHOIGEOFLAMPTYPEKrypton-f illed power-saving lamps areF¡rst Choice types. They should be usedin all new installations in high LORluminaires, and ¡n exist¡ng installationswherever possible.
ArgonJilled lamps are reta¡ned forstarterless circuits, including emergencyand dimming circuits, and forlow-temperature applicat¡ons.
Also, the smaller diameter perm¡ts the useof smaller, more elegant luminaires, andless light is absorbed from adjacent lampsin multi-lamp luminaires.
r Tr¡phosphor lampàolours, whichcombine good colour rendering withefficac¡es higher than the besthalophosphate lamps.Triphosphor colours therefore simplifylamp choice by eliminating thecompromise between efficacy and colourrender¡ng wh¡ch is an intrinsiccharacter¡stic of halophosphate lamps.
Consideration should be given to notreplacing lamps in starterless lum¡nairesover 15 years old. lt is usually moreeconomicaltomodern types lamps.
These developments have produced lhefollowing trends in fluorescent I¡ghting:-
I From T12 argon-filled lamps to TBkryptonJilled lamps.¡ From halophosphate coatings totriphosphor coatings.I From 2400mm (8ft.) and 1800mm (6ft.)to 1 500mm (sft.) as the pr¡ncipal length.r From starterless (XS) c¡rcuits tosw¡tchstart (SS) c¡rcuits with low-losscontrol gear.¡ From glow-switch starters to electron¡cslarters.
Choice by type
Note: fLD 30W and TLD 1 5W are Argon filled TB, lor switchstart only.
Obsolescent typesLuminaires using obsolescent lampsshould be replaced with modern, energy-effective types.
80W bayonet capEarth strip (MCFA)Refleclor (IV1CFRE)
85W 2400mm40W 600mm
LIF Rat¡onalization PlanThe tables on this and the facing page are based on the Rat¡onal¡zation PIan of theLighting lndustry Federation, developed at the request of the E.W.F. and of theE.C.A.
When ordering fluorescent lamps, give preference to F¡rst Choice types and to FirstCho¡ce colours.
Length F¡rst Cho¡ce
Krypton-tilled T8
Second Choice
ArgonJilled T12
2400mm (8tt)
1800mm (6ft)
1500mm {stt)
1 200mm (4ft)
600mm (2tt)
100W{Krypton filled f 12 format)
70w
58W
36W
18W
1 25W
75lB5W
65/B0W
40w
20w
332
tNfRoDUCTIONThe pr¡nc¡Pal character¡stics of
fiuorescent lamps of ditferent colours
ate:colour rendering index (CRl) - an
index of ti¡e lamp's ability to render
eolour. lt rânges from 50 (represent¡ng
ihe rendering of the originalWarm White.olour) to 100 (the colour render¡ng
Ábtained from a complete speclrum light
;ource such as dayl¡ght or an
incandescent lamp). RaB refers to the
rendering of eight sample surfaces.
FTUORESCENT TAMPS - COLOUBS
Efficacy - l¡ghl output for power input,
measured in lumens Per Watt.Correlated colour temperature (CCT)
- the colour appearance of a 'white'lamp derived from the colourtemperature of a complete spectrumlight source neãresl in colourappearance to the lamp. Thetemperature is measured in Kelvin;3000K is warm and 4000K ¡s cool. -lhe
colour temperature is not related in anyway to the runn¡ng temperature of thelamp, nor is it any guide to ¡ts colourrendering.
for bas¡c halophosphate lamps. W¡th theselamps, CBI and efficacy can thereforebe taken for granted, and a choice madeon colour appearance alone.Tr¡phosphor lamps are normally FirstCho¡ce for all installations. They areavailable in kryptonJilled format, and in
Further information is conta¡ned intheTechnical Section of the PhilipsComprehensive Handbook.
aroonJ¡lled format for installat¡ons wherekr{pton-filled lamps cannot be used.
White 35, a halophosphate lamp ofintermediate colour appearance (3500K),¡s retained as an initial lamp in battenpacks and Komb¡Paks.
cHOtcE oF l-aMP colouRHaloÞhosphate lamps are available in
Lasió colours, w¡th high efficac¡es and
ielatively poor colour rendering, and in
De Luxe colour, with good colour
rendering and relatively low elficacy
Triphosphor lamps combine good colour
reñdering w¡th eff¡cac¡es even h¡gher than
Cho¡ce bY colour
COLOURAPPEARANCE(Nom, ColourTemperature)
FIRSTCHOICE
- new installations,group replacement.
SECOND CHOICE
- match¡ng inspot replacement
TRIPHOSPHOBS
HALOPHOSPHATES
Basic DeLuxe
cooL(40ooK sEcroR)Work Areas
(3500K)
WARM(3000K sEcroR)SocialAreas
coLouR 84 COOLWHITEJJ NATURAL 25
(usE wHrrE 35) WHITE 35
SOFTONE 32coLouR &t
WARMWHITE29
SPECIALIST PHOSPHORS: Northlight 55 for colour matching.Trucolor 38 for DHSS and art galleries'
333
FLUORESCENT LAMPS _ TRIPHOSPHORS
Colour 80 Ser¡es fluorescent lâmpscolour 80 Series fluorescent lamps
have rare-earth phosphor coat¡ngs
iimilar lo colour TV phosphors. wilh
Ãarrow bands of light output centred ât
wavelenqths of aboul 450nm (blue),
54onm (green) and 61 0nm (red). Thesephosphors have been carefully blendedfor a hioh colour render¡nq index: at lhesame time, the concentration of energy¡n the narrow bands gives a light outputhigher than that assoc¡ated withconventìonal h¡gh-eff icacy lamps.
Colour B0 Series lamps thereforeelimlnate the comprom¡se between lightquality and quantity wh¡ch is adisadvantage of conventionalhalophosphate colours. Lamp selectionis also simplifiedi since all Colour 80Series lamps have both good colourrender¡ng and high eff icacy, the specif ieris able to make a choice based on colourappearance alone.r Better colour rendering than basichalophosphate lamps.r Higher light output than de Luxehalophosphate lamps. Th¡s enables thenumber of luminaires to be reduced -typ¡cally by up to 30 per cent - w¡lhcorrespond¡ng savings in running andmaintenance costs.
Further advantages of Colour 80SeriesColour 80 Series T8 lamps have lurthergains over ordinary lamps in addition tothe h¡gher l¡ght output:-r Colour 80 Factor - light output falls ofiless in enclosed luminaires than withhalophosphate phosphors.rT8 Factor the smallerd¡ameterof theT8 krypton-filled lamps means that lesslight is absorbed ¡n multi-lampluminaires.r Lumen deprec¡ation is less steep thanwith halophosphates (see Techn¡calSection of Comprehensive Handbook).Average light output is higher over agiven seruice period. Alternâtively lordepreciation to a qiven level, Colour BOSer¡es lamps can be kept in seruiceronger.
GOTOUn a4
I t\
-=+\ )l{
J l] t
2AO
0
300
9
;I
Colour 84Cool appearance, h¡gh efficacy, goodrendering.lhe modern lamp for work areas -offices, shops, factories.
LAMP DATA
Correlated colour temperature:Colour rendering ¡ndex (Fta 8):Chromatic¡ty co-ordinates:
4,000K
B5
x = 0.380y=o377
GOLOUR A3
E
ò
f
ì2AA
500 600
/\
I
\tÈJ U
Colour 83Warm appearance, high efficacy, goodrendering.For social areas reslaurants, hotels,the home.
LAMPDATA
Correlaled colour temperature:Colour rendering index (Ra B):
Chromalicily co-ordinatesl
3,000K
B5
x:O441Y = O-4o4
334
sâlophosphate PhosPhors - Basici.il¡oöhosphate lamps wilh relalively high
ifiijcy, and relatively low co¡our
iondering. Nol available ¡n TB krypton-
ljf¡ed format, except for Wh¡le 35. n
n il-
wtilTE 35
300 400 500
WAVETENGTH
:tE
3
150
r00
m
600 700
FLUORESCENT TAMPS _ HAIOPHOSPHATES
White 35A lamo of intermediate aPPearance(3500k) pr¡ncipally for use in Packs as
an init¡al lamp.
LAMPDATACorrelated colour lemperalure:Colour rendering index (Fìa B):
Chromat¡city co-ord¡nales:
3,500K58
x=0412Y=0392
wrnr wlllrE 29
:tç
åa
I
2@
@ 5@ 6@wAvÊIENGTH {nml
7ú
Cool White 33Cool colour appearance. An early lampcolour previously called Daylight 33.Now mainly used ¡n road lighting; inother applications replace with Colour84, which has high output and improvedrender¡nq.
LAMPDATA
Correlaled colour temp. approx: .4,000K
Colourrendering index (Ra8): 62
Chromaticity co-ordinátes: x =
Warm Wh¡te 29Warm colour appearance. An early lampcolour now accepled only for circularlamps; otherwise replace with Colour83, which has higher output and goodrendering.
LAMPDATACorrelated colour temp. approx: 2,800KColour render¡ng ¡ndex (Ra 8): 51
Chromat¡cityco-ordinates: x=0446Y = 0'406
I L
250
200
150
100
50
Ê2È
t;ÈP
5@ 6@
335
FTUORESCENT TAMPS _ HATOPHOSPHATES
HaloohosPhate PhosPhors - De Luxe
Haloåhosphate lamps with relatrvely
i'iäñãäøT.,un¿"'¡ng, and relativelv low
efficacy. Not available ¡n Ia kryplon-
filled format.
Spec¡alist halophosphâte lampsHalophosphate lamps for specialpurposes where the ability to rendercolours faithfully is the primeconsideration. Not available in T8kryptonJ¡lled format.
Colour 47 (Graphica) ¡s a 5000K tampincorporated by manufacturers ofviewing cabinets comptyinq with BS95OPart 2. The lamp ¡s not a stock type.
TATURAL 25
?€
I?É
&E
6
L
soFroNE 32
ìE
É
;ì
Natural 25De Luxe colour render¡ng and coolcolour appearance. An early lampcolour, previously used in ofiices, shopsand department storesi now beingreplaced by Colour 84, which has higherefficacy.
LAMP DATA
Correlated colour ìemp. approx: 4,000K
Colour rendèring index (Ra 8): 77Chromaticity co-ordinates: x: O 377
y:0374
Softone 32De Luxe colour rendering and warmcolour appearance. An early lampcolour, prevìously used in restaurants,hotels and other socia¡ areas: now beingreplaced by Colour 83, wh¡ch has higherefficacy.
LAMPDATACorrelated colour lemp. approx:, 2,900KColour rendering index (RaB): 85Chromaticilyco-ordinales: x=0.444
Y=0404
Northlight 55A cold colour (6500K) with a high colourrendering index (95 on the RaB scale)ûsed for cr¡tical colour matching orappraisal. Previously called ColourMatching 55. lt is impodanr rhat a highlevel of ¡llum¡nation (see BS 950 Part 1)is maintained over the whole area wherematching is taking place.Northlight 55 complies with the v¡siblespectrum requirements of 85950 Part 1 ,
but does not ¡nclude the optional UVcomponent.
LAMPDATACorrelaled colour temp. approx: 6,500KColour rendering index {Ra 8): 95Chromaticity co-ordinates: x : 0.31 6
y:0334Trucolor 38A cool colour (4000K) for installationswhere it is essent¡al that colours arerendered with high fidelity (CRl 92 on theRa8 scale): for example in an galleriesand in f¡tting booths in clothing shops.Also, Trucolor 38 is approved to DHSSSheets DE 21 23 for use in clinicalareas.
TRUGOIOR 3A
E:É
è-
fl
ll
LAMPDATACorrelated colour temp. approx:
Colour rendering index (Ra 8):
Chromaticilyco-ordinales:,
1v
n,
55
336
4.000K
x:0381y:0377
FTUORÉSCENT TAMPS
DIilENSIOÍIIS, WEIGHTS & ELECTRICAL DATA
Bât¡ngApprox.Weight(s)
f12100w 610
31022918697
610451360292156
f ffåi'I' ås;iiî l,i'i'Pton'rirrediió ssw 1 500mm (5ft)
r;n 36W 1 200 mm (4lt)
iif raw ooo.m 1zttl
Nole:Àil above lamps have bi-p¡n caps G'13.I
t g00mm lamp on 75W ballast: 1 500mm lamp on 65W ballast.
tÅã ¿ìmens¡o.is and electrical data for cìrculai and m¡n¡ature fluorescent lamps are g¡ven in Data Sheets PL 1 794 and PL 1 763.
ELECTRICAL SERVICE PERIOD
From a large group of fluorescent lampsooerated under standard condit¡ons, up toMo per hundred may fa¡ldur¡ng the first
1000 hours. The failure rale ¡s lhenneglig¡ble (less than 1 per cent per
lhousand hours) until there has beenappreciable loss of emitter (approach¡ng
10,000 hours). Thereafter the failure rateaccelerates.
Lamps should be group-replaced afterlhe economic service period. Earlyfall-outs should be chanqed stra¡ghtaway. For further information, see theTechnical Sect¡on of lhe ComprehensiveHandÞook.
ECONOMIG SERVICE PERIOD
Under standard cond¡t¡ons, the liqhtoulput of fluorescent lamps declineslinearly atter the 2000 hour po¡nt. Therate varieswith rating and phosphor, butis typ¡cally 4 per cent per thousand hourslor Halophosphates and 3 per cent perlhousand hours for Triphosphors.
Lamps should be group-replaced atterthe econom¡c seruice per¡od usuallytaken as the t¡me when I¡qht hasdeclined 20 per cent below the 2000hour level. For further informat¡on, seethe Techn¡cal Section of theComprehensive Handbook.
b
L
Maximum dimensionsFace-lo-face Diameterrength (L) (D)(mm) (mm)
Under BS condit¡onsLamp Lampvolts current(v) (t)
Lamppower(w)
2374 9 40.5
40540540.540.540.5
1763 81500.011994
589 I
2374 91763.81500.011994
589 I
2AO2AO28-O28-O
99 125 096
12373*64*
39.519.3
o-700.67o44036
094o64o67043037
69583618
12A110102
59
14913111010357
Fl
tsfoÈIo-otszaE
OPEBATING HOUBS (lhousands)
LDL100
2%
2 10
337
FTUORESCENT TAMPSGu¡de lo lamp pref¡xes and order¡ngThe standard description of a Philips
liuorescenl lamp consists ol a prefix lamp
rat¡nq, and lamp colour number, as in lhe
following examPle:-
TLDISW/84
Prefix denot¡ng Lamp Lamptype rating colour
It js not necessary to quote lhe lamplength.Th¡s guide explains the meaning of theprefixes.
MCFLow-pressure mercury lamp withfluorescent internal coat. For sw¡tchstartcircu¡t only.
MCFELow-pressure mercury lamp withfluorescent internal coat. sil¡coneexternal coat and 1 0V electrodes(except the 85W 2400mm lamp, whichhas 3V electrodes). For switchstart andstarterless circuits. NICFEK refers to40W 600mm.
REPLACING OTHER MAKES
MCFALow-pressure mercury lamp wilhfluorescent interna¡ coal and exlernalmetal strip (to be connected to Earth).For switchslan and I 0V starlerlesscircuits.
TLAs for lvlCF. Also means 'fluorescentlamp in general'.
.TLD
As for TL but 26mm diameter. Theprincipal lamps are kryptonJilled (70W,58W, 36\i\' 18W). Forswitchstartcircuits only.
TLD..,TAs for MCFE but 26mm diameter. Notethat 26mm diameter silicone-coaledlamps can also be descr¡bed as MCFE.
TLAAs for MCFA.
TLMAs for TL but with external (butconnected) strip. For switchstart or 3Vslarterless circuits.
Other make PHILIPS
WhiteWarm WhiteDaylight
De Luxe Warm WhiteWarmtone
Kolor -r¡teColour MatchingNorthlight
Wh¡te 35Colour 83 or Warm Wh¡te 29Colour 84 or Cool White 33
Colour 84 or Natural 25
Colour 83 or Softone i2
Trucolor 3B
Northlight 55
NaturalDe Luxe NaturalPlus White Ì
)
)PlusluxPolylux
Krypton Jilled HalophosphateTriphosphor
Lamps of different makes should not normally be mixed ¡n an installat¡on. When philipslamps are being used to replace an exist¡ng ¡nstallat¡on, the guide ¡nd¡cates a lamp that isapprox¡mately equivalent. The correct approach is not to seek a match, but to dec¡de whichof the Philips lamps is the best one for the part¡cular appl¡cation.
'18W
TLEÆLEKCircular low-pressure mercury lampw¡th fluorescent internal coat. The'K'suffix signifies highswitchstart c¡rcuits
The suffix RS implies rapid start (3Vstarterless circuits and sw¡tchstan).
loading. Foronly.
Associated ProductsStarters see Data Sheet PL 1 792Electronic starters - see DataSheet PL 1839Ballasts see Data Sheet PL 1864Capacitors - see Data Sheet PL 1 859Accessories (lampholders, etc.) - seeData Sheet PL 1 863
Note;- Special-purpose fluorescentlamps not for general l¡ghting, such aslamps w¡th UV output, are l¡sted in theLamps for Special Purposes section ofthe Philips Comprehensive Handbook.
Other fluorescent lampsMiniature lamps T5 diameler ('l6mm/5/sin.) - see Data Sheet PL 1 763.Circular lamps - see Data SheetPL 1794.SL single-ended |amps with integralballast - see Data Sheet PL 3001 .
PL single-ended lamps-see DataSheet PL 301 7HF Lamp-see Data Sheet PL3072Made in Holland and U.K.
338
ITUÍ|RESGEIUT [AMP$Main Range (TB and T12l
A data sheet reference lo other lamptypes is given on the back Page.
Further information on f luorescentlamps is given in Data Sheet PL 3044(Guide to Fluorescent Lamps -Typesand Colours).
To reorde. lhis Daìa Sheeì quoie Pt 3043/2
339vl
F
FIUORESCENT TAMPS
900mm (3ft)
450mm (18in)
30w
15W
TB
T8
TLD 30W/84 TLD 30W/83 TLD 3OW/35
TLD 15W/35
K : Kryptonjilled A = Argonjitted TB : 26mm (1 jn.) Dia. T12 = 38mm (1 y, in.) Dia.An entry denotes a normal stock type. Each entry is the standard ordering description o, the lamp.'58W lamps must not be operated ¡n 80W circuits.
70W lamps must nol be operated ìn B5W circuits.125W Iamps musl not be operated in BsWcircuits.
TLD 30W and TLD 15W are switchslart only.
Krypton-filled - power sav¡ng lamps; f¡rst cho¡ce for new ¡nstallations and for mostexisting switchslart circu¡ts.
- retained for replacement into starterless cjrcu¡ts (including dimmingand emergency) and lor ¡ow temperalures.Old lumina¡res should be replaced with modern ones.
- Cool appearance for work areas, especially shops, officesand faclories.
- Warm appearance for social areas, e.g. hotels, restaurânts andthe home.
- an init¡al lamp, intermediate appearance, in battern packs ând Kombipacks.
Argon-filled(MCFE)
Colour 84
Colour 83
White 35
Krypton-filled power-saving lamps (mainly Tg) operate on the same switchstart ballasts asthe corresponding argon-f¡lled lamps, and save about B per cent of circuit power.
Tr¡phosphor colours (Colour BO Series) combine high etficacy and good colour rendering _first cho¡ce for almost all instailat¡ons. Cotour 80 Sèries are ávaitaõle in both kryptonj¡t"ledand argonJ¡lled lamps.
Halophosphale colours are mainly for spot replacement ¡n existing installations.Where possible. choose a kryplon-f¡lled lamp and a triphosphor cólour.
TRIPHOSPHOß COLOURS HALOPHOSPHATE COLOURS
First-cho¡ce colours -for in¡tial ¡nstallationsand for replacement
lnitial lamp in packs.
Colour 84 Colour 83 White 35
2400mm(Bfr)
r00w
1 25W
r12
T12
K MCF 100Wi84
l\rcFE 125W184
MCF f00w/83
MCFE 125W/83
MCF 100W/35
MCFE 125W/35
1 B00mm(6Ír)
70w'
75lB5W
TBKT12 A
TLD 70Wr84
l\,4cFE 75iB5W/84
TLD 70W/83
MCFE 75l85W/83
TLD 70W/35
MCFE 75185W/35
1 500mm(sfl)
58W'
65W
T8
T12
K TLD 58W/84
[.4CFE 65/80W/84
TLO 58W/83
l\.4cFE 65/B0W/83
TLD 58W/35
¡/CFE 65/80W/35
1 200mm(4ír)
36W
40w
T8
T12
K TLD 36W/84
MCFE 4OW/84
TLD 36W/83
l\,1cFE 40W/83
TLD 36W/35
r\4cFE 40W13s
600mm(2ft)
18W
20w
TB
f12
K TLD 18W/84 TLD 18W/83
ñrcFE 20w183MCFE 2OW/84
lLD tSW/35
t\,4cFE 20W/35.
340
ILUORESCENT LAMPS
HALOPHOSPHATE COLOURS
Second-Choice colours - ma¡nly lor spot replacement in exist¡ng installations
De luxe coloursBas¡c colours
Natural 25 softone 32Cool Wh¡te 33 (Daylight 33) Warm whlte 29
¡/lcFE 125W,25 LtcFE 125W/32MCFE 125W/29¡,4CFE 125W/33
MCFE 75,'8sW 32MCFE 75 85W/25¡/cFE 75l85W/29MCFE 75l85W/33
tvlcFE 65i80w/32MCFE 65,',80Wi2sMCFE 65/80Wi29MCFE 65/80W/33
l\ilCFE 40W,32N¡CFE 40W,25tvtcFE 40w/29t\¡cFE 40W/33
tvlcFE 20w/32MCFE 2OWi25¡ilCFE 20W/29tvcFE 20wl33
fLD 30w/25
TLD 15W/25
TLD 3OW/32fLD 30W35
TLD '15W33
TLD 3OW/29
fLD 15W/29
Cool Wh¡te 33 replace w¡th Colour 84 and obtain ¡mproved colour rendering'
úãim White Z9 - replace with Colour 83 and obta¡n improved colour rendering'
Nalural 25 - replace with Colour 84 and obta¡n higher output.
Sonone 32 - replace w¡th Colour 83 and obtain higher output
SPECIALIST COLOURS(De Luxe haloPhosPhales)
Northlight 55(Colour Match¡ng 55)Trucolor 38
For cril¡cal colourmatching: Compliesw¡th BS 950 Parl 1
(vis¡ble component).
For hospitals (meetsDHSS requirements)and for art galleries
l\ilcFE 125W/55-f122400mm(Bft)
1 25W
MCFE 75i85W/55r12 ¡rlCFE 75'BsW/381 800mm(6n)
75l85W
¡/cFE 65/80w/55112 MCFE 65i80W/331 500mm5ft
65i80W
T/1CFE 4OW/55f12 MCFE 4OW/381200mm(4fr)
40w
MCFE 20W'55MCFE 2OW/3820w ï12600mm(2tt)
341
FTUOBESCENT LAMPS
LUMEN VALUES lJanuary 19851fhe follow¡ng table lists rounded values of average light output measured under standard conditions at 2OO0 hours.For information on the use of ¡umen values in the design of fluorescent lighting ¡nstallations, see the Technical Section of theComprehensive Handbook.For lumen deprecialion and morlality see Data Sheet pL 3044 (Gu¡de to Fluorescent Lamps).Note:- This table is not a guide to avâilability.
Notes:1 . 75lB5W lamps: Lumens measured at 75W (outpul is approximalely 1 0% higher at BSW).2. 65/80W lamps: Lumens measri¡ed at 65W (output is approximalely I O% higher al gOW).3. Cool White 33 was prev¡ously called Daylighl 33, and Norlhlight 55 was pretiously catted Colour lvlatching s5.
Obsolescent lamp types - for replacement onlyABGON FILLED 38mm DIA
N'4CFA earth strip lamps, with internal reflectors and Colour 34 are no longer made but may be available from slockists.80W BC lamps are available jn Wh¡te 35 only but the¡r tuminaires are old and shoutd be reptaced.
Other lampsA number ol spec¡al lamps aremanuf actured f or incorporat¡on intoequipment but are not necessarily stockitems: e.g. TLX lamps (single contactcap) for use in ex 'e' luminaires.
Påck¡ng OuantityLamps in this data sheel are packed 2Sper box, excepl 2400mm lamps 20 perbox.
Data on other f luorescent lamps ¡s g¡venin the following data sheets:-
lvliniature fluorescent lamps - DataSheet PL 1 763Circular fluorescent lamps Data SheetPL 1794SL single-ended lamps (directly replacefilament lamps) - Data Sheet PL 3001PLsingle-ended lamps DataSheetPL 301 7.
HF fluorescent lamp - Data SheetPL 307s
F¡rst cho¡ce colours Second choice colours Specialisl colours
Rating& Length
Colour 84& Colour 83 35
Warm White 29& CoolWhile33
Softone32
Natural25
Trucolor 38& Northlight Ss
KRYPTON-FILLED LAMPS
1 00W 2400mm fBrt)70W I B00mm (6fl)58W 1 500mm (sft)36W 1 200mm (4f1)
fBW 600mm (2ft)
ARGON-FILLED LAMPS
I 25W 2400mm (8lt)75 85W I 800mm {6lt)65 BoW 1 500mm (5f1)
40W 1 200mm (4lt)20W 600mm (2ft)30W 900mm15W
89006300510032001 300
94005900490030001 2002400
78005600450028001 100
BBOO
5600460027001 0002200
800
Lumensasfo¡
T
500031 0028001 800700
1400
7000400035002200
9001 800700
5500350030004 900
800
Rat¡nq Colour 84 Wh¡te 35 Nalural 25 Softone 32 Warm Wh¡te 29 CoolWhite 33' North Lioht 55
(8ft)(zfi)
85W 2400mm40W 600mm
MCFE 85W84MCFEK 40W/84
tvlcFE 85W'35MCFEk 40W35
lvlcFE q5w25 .
MCFEK 4OW/25t\,4cFE 85W32 I\¡CFE 85W29
¡,4CFEK 40W/29MCFE 85W33¡/cFEK 40W/33 ¡¿1CFEK 40W/55
342
Made in Holland and U.K
r
PHITIPS uÞ3
!ilil1ìHIGH.FREQUENCY
electronic lighting
343
lssued9.e
Pt
HtûH.tRE0UEllGY
ITUflRESGElIÏTAMPSArangeof 18f26mm/l ¡n.diameterl ene:gY'savingfluorescent lamps w¡th argonfilting, for use w¡th Ph¡l¡Pshigh.frequency control gear.
Philips TLD HF fluorescent lamps are foruse with Philips HF control gear, and canreduce energy consumption by up to 30per cent, compared with convent¡onallamp/luminaire combinat¡ons, as well asprovid¡ng other lighting benelits. TLD HFlamps are available in triphosphorcoloursColour 84 (cool) and Colour 83 (warm),combining high etficacy with colourrendering in the Deluxe class.
RAI{GETLD 16W84-600mm; Colour84.TLD 16W83 - 600mm; Colour 83.
TLD 32W/84- 1200mm; Colour84.TLD 32W/83 - 1200rnm; Colour 83.TLD 50W84 - 1500mm; Colour 84.TLD 50W83 - 1500mm; Colour 83.
APPLICAÎIONSFor use in lumina¡res fittedw¡th Phil¡ps HFhighlrequency conlrol gear.
FEAÎURESr High Írequency operat¡on raises lampêfficacy, producing energy savings up to30 per cent forthe same light¡ng efiect,compared with conventional luminaires.r Mains flicker and mains hum areeliminated, and hence stroboscop¡ceffects.r Fast, rel¡able slarting, even under coldcond¡tions.I Preheat start maintains lamp life.
r Deluxe colour renciering.
r Low depreciation rate.
lo reorder lhis Data Sheet quole
-ñFoÐmv,c)m=-{F=Ev,
3072
NEW
}T:l
I
HIGH.FREOUENCY FLUORESGENT TAMPS
MAÍEßIALS AND FINISI{
Tub¡ng: 26mm diameter glass
Filling: Argon.
Phosphors: Colour 80 SeriestriphosPhor coat¡ng.
SPECIFICATIONI Type compliance with BS 1853 whereapplicable.
To specify state: T8 argonJilledfluorescent lamps for use w¡th Ph¡lipsHigh-Frequency control gear. W¡thtriphosphor coat¡ng. Substânt¡ally asPhil¡ps TLD HF lamps.
LAMP DATA
Correlated colour temperatureColour rendering index (Rag)Chromaticityco-ord¡nates: x
v
DnIENSIONS, WEIGI{TS & ELECTF¡CAL DATA
Colour 84
4,000K850.3800.377
Colour tli'3,000K850.4410.404
powêr(w)No.
Calalogue
TLD 16W83HF 16TLD 16W84HF 16TLD32W83HF 32TLD32W/84HF 32TLD 5OW83HF 50TLD 5OW/84HF 50
Lamp Mdlmum dlmensionscurrenl L D(A) (mm)
Lamp Lampvolls(v)
Approxweighl(s)
186186229229
Lightlngdesignlumens
130013003200320051005100
6363
128128142142
0.250.250.250.250.350.35
589.8589.8
1 199.41 199.41500.01500.0
28282A282828
Notes:- All lamps are TLD type (i.e. 26mm nom¡nal diameter), with stardard bi-pin caps.
Lighl¡ng Des¡gn Lumens are measured at 2,000 hours, the basis for lighting design calculations.
Electrical data and lumens are averages, measured understandard conditions.
ONDER¡NG DATA
Calalogue No. Nom¡nal lenglh Packlng quantity
TLD 16W84HFTLD 16W83HFTLD 32W/84HFTLD 32W/83HFTLD sOW 84HFTLD sOW 83HF
600mm600mñ
1200mm1200mm'1500mm
1500mm
2525
25
Please order lamps in the fom given in the following example, in mulliples ofthe packing quantity:
100 Phil¡ps High-Frequency lamps TLD 50W84HF.Note:- HF lamps are notlor use ¡n lumina¡reswh¡ch are notlitled with Philips HF control gear.
D
L
Made in Holland.
344
MIITIfrTUREruNNE$GEIUTlAMPS
A range of 16mm diameter (T5) lampsthat combine the fluorescent lampadvantages of high light outputand long service period with sllmshape.
RAlIGEAvailable in the following ratings:-Whlle 35TL 13W525mm (21in.)TL 8W300mm(12in.)TL 6w225mm (gin.)WarmWhlto29 &Cool Whlle(Dayllght)33TL 13W 525mm
APPIIGATIOilAMiniature fluorescent lamps areused ¡n fluorescent strlplights and¡n bulkheâd luminaires for lightingstairways and common parts ofbuildings, and in lightboxes forphotography and display.They alsohavè applicalions In êxh¡b¡tion anddisplay lighting, in picture llghtingand ¡n street furniture and signs.TL 8W
TL 6WTL 4W
300mm225mmf 50mm
(21in.)(12¡n.)(9in.)(6¡n.)
346
-
rotuderhlsDabsh$tquore PL 1763/4_lssuodT/83 ßople6317æ/3
MINIATURE FLUOBESCENT LAMPS
FEAÎURESr Cool running, and long seruice h¡gh
elficacy relat¡ve to tungsten filamentlamps.
IAHP DATALDL represents Lighting Design Lumens, the lumen value at 2000 hours.
Lamptype
LDLWh¡te 35
LDLWarm Wh¡te 29
LDLCool Wh¡le 33
TL13WTLSWTL6WTL4W
DtilEl{stoNs, wErGHls & ElEclRlcal DATA
Lamp Lampvo¡ls
Lampcuflenl
D¡mens¡onsAmax.
Bmax.
cmax. bi-p¡n)
800400250
800400250tcu
800400250150
cap(mln¡lype
25
2525
Lampwe¡ght
TL13WTLSWTL6WTL4W
525mm (21¡n.)300mm (12in.)225mm (9in.)150mm (6in.)
98584530
0.170.170.160.15
49q1
2417
16
16
G5/15G5/15G5/15G5/15
517288212136
302
150
All data arc avenges, and rcfet to operction undet standañ cond¡tions.
Note: For switchstart operation. Certain emergency luminaires and trans¡storised ballastsmay not operate these lamps correctly.
OFDENING DATA
Catalogue No. Nom¡nal length Colours Packing quanlity
TL13W**TLSW**TL6W/**TL4W/**
525mm(21in)300mm('12¡n)225mm(9¡n)'150mm(6¡n)
35, 29, 33,35, 29, 33,35,29,33,
29, 33,
**lnsed colou numbet Íot lhe lamp colour rcquircd:eg. TL13 w135.
Please order lamps in the form given ¡nthe following example, in multiples ofthe packing quantity:100 Philips TL 13W./35 fluorescentlamps.
Note:Please also refer to Data Sheet PL 3017for range of PL * Miniature Compactfluorescent Iamps.
LATP COLOURSWh¡te 35: A high eff¡cacy phosphor, nowthe preferred colour for the majority olthese applications.Warm Wh¡te 29; Warm colourappearance, nowlending to be replaced byWh¡te 35.Cool Wh¡te 33: Cool colour appearance,now tend¡ng to be replaced by White 35.
346
Made in Holland
6rrml
@SPECTRAT POlltlER
D¡STRIBUTIOIII
WARIUI llllHIÏE 29GIRGULAR FIUOßESCENT
PHILIPS
I
II
COR RE LATE DCOLOUR TEMPERAfURE
CH ROMATICITYCO ORDINATES
CO LOU R
RËNDERING INDEX
)BbsKx = 0.446y = 0.406
(Ra8)=51
250-
200-
700600500400300
50
0- rlrrrrllrrr¡lrll"
WAVELENGTH (nm)
coÊ
oo150
o
oo
å roo
GIRGUTARITUflRESGENÏtAMP$ -{¡l
_,,11
A range of c¡rcularf luofescent lamps for use ¡ns¡gns and equiPment, and forinèorporation in comPactdecorative lum¡na¡res.
Ph¡lips c¡rcular fluorescent lampscombine the advantages of conven-tional linearfluorescent lamps - longservice and high eff¡cacy - with acompact format that can be used toadvantage in equiPment anddecorative lumina¡res. The lamPcolour is Warm White 29, whichcombines high light output with awarm colour appearance.
BANGE
60W and 40W ratings - nominalo.d.410mm (16in.).
32W rating - nominal o.d.305mm(1 2in.).22W rating - nominal o.d.210mm(8åin.).
APPLICATIOilSFor,use in suitable lumina¡res, forcommerc¡al and social areas such as
rBarsrHotels and receptìon areasrPrivale off¡cesrDomest¡cAlso for use in signs, and inequipment such as vendingmachines.
To rærder this DataShÊ€tquole PLltg/,lz
Il
i
I
i
I
I
-lil I
I
I
l
lir tì
Iir!llli',1I
-D1"-=!v,
347
lssud9.82 Pt17%/1
rñF-h
CIBCUTAR FTUORESCENT TAMPSFÊAÎUR18rMakes possiblo decorative,luorescent lumina¡res for use inlocations where linêar f luorescentlighting would not be su¡table.rTLE and TLEK lamps operate fromconvènt¡onal switchstart control gear
ORDER¡I{G DATAP¡ease order lamps ¡n accordance w¡ththe follow¡ng example, in multiples of thepacking quânt¡ty:-24 Ph¡lips circular f luorescent lampsTLEK 60W29.
Made in Holland.
LATPDAIA
c
D
Orderlnglgference
Nom. o.d.
(mm/ln,)(mln/mar)(mm)
B.S.,LempVolts
Dc(mln/max)(mm)
B(mln/max)(mm)
A(mln/max)(mm)
LDL B.S. WelghtLampCuronl (g)
Packlngquantlty
TLEK 60W29TLE 40W29TLE 32w/29îLE22Wt29
341.31347.7341.31347.7239.71246.'l150.7/'155'6
338/9.346'9338.9/346.9237.3t245.3151.1/'t60.4
4001412.8400t412.8298.st311.2203.21215.9
29,4134.'l29.4t34.129.4t34.126.2130.9
410/16410t163051't2210t8+
340024801670840
921108262
0.75o'420'45o.4
333333250183
o66
Notes:-LDL represents L¡ghting Design Lumens, the Iumen value after 2000 hours (average, under standard cond¡tions).All lamps are f itted w¡th c10q four-pin caps.
348
r
349
lssued 7/83 BsplaæsP11792/5 | !
$Tlffitn$
RAIIGE
fonfluonæeill¡nIsA range of starters tor fluorescentlamps, for use as or¡g¡nal equipment¡n new luminaires or as replacementspares. The starters are of the glowswitch type; a capacitor is included
For principallamp types
Special starters
FEATURES
¡ Philips starters oullast severalfluorescent lamp changes.
r Polycarbonate cases. (Except S.l 8)
NOTE: for Electrcnlc sfarters, see ÐataSheet PL1785.
s2s10s16
sl2s18
Pt t792/6
STARTERSTATERIAIg & FINISH
Can¡sler:Polycarbonate, otf-white. (Except S1 8)
SPEC¡FICAÏIONrType compliance with BS 3772.rln addit¡on, Philips hold a K¡temarklicense for the manufacture of S10and 52 starters to BS 3772.
To specily state:Fluorescent lamp starter, withpolycarbonate canister, similar toPhilips 510 and 52.
R/TNGE OF OPENAIIONFor use in conventional'f luorescentlamp lumina¡res, and similarequipment.
ORDERING DATA
Please order in the form g¡ven in thefollowing example, in multiples of thepacking quantity:1000 Philips starters S10.
LATIP APPLICATIONS
2t
D¡mens¡ons in mm
Weight: 309.
,,
ll
I
:
s10
Ordering reference For use wlth Packingquanllty
s16
s18s12
65/80W, 58W, 40W 1200mm (4lt), 36W, 30W, 13Wand s¡ngle short lamp. Also C¡rcular6OW,40W,32W40W 600mm (2ft),20W, 18W, 15W, BW,6W4W tw¡n lamps (or s¡ngle lamp'). Also Circular 22W100w, 75185W, 70W
125W, (also 100W, 75185W, 70W).1 40W 1 500mm (sft), 1 20W 1 500mm (sft)B5l1 00W 1 B00mm operated at 1 00W
10
10
10
50
25
For a s¡ngle short lamp S1 0 is preferable to 3232, Sl0, S16 also in 1000way packs.
LISI OF EOUIVALENTS
Ph¡l¡ps Type Replaces
s2(K3002)sr0(K3001 )s16sr8(K3t 25)
s1 2(K301 2)
155/100
1551400
155/501155/501
350
Madê in Holland/Great Britain
\
t
351
lssu6d 7/83
t.l.tv,c':tItt
TTUflRESGENÏ
BAttASTSA range of ballasts foruse w¡th the Phil¡ps rangeof fluorescenl lamps.
RArlGEBallasts for sw¡tchslart c¡rcuils- a range of LPF chokes for lamPS
f rom 4/6,/8W to 125W.
aPÞLrcÄltot{s¡ Stockho¡ding as spares for ballasts
in luminaires.r lncorporation in fluorescent
luminaires, and in equipment usingfluorescent lamps.
Note:- For starters see Data SheetPL 1792For capacitors see Data SheetPL 1859For circu¡t data see Data SheetPL'1839For HF bailasts see Data SheetPL 3073For PL ballasls see Data SheetPL 30'17
i
_,:,lr
lô reorder lhls Dala Sheeì quole PL 1864/6
U'
FTUORESCENT BALTASTS
Fl,'.^1"'i^t"'tJ'-"lfJi?Iroouuo,'Normal indoor cond¡tims.
1
GIRCUIÎ DIAGRATS
t:ltoh Et.É
sPEClFtGAlrOrType compliance with 8S2818
ONDEIHC DAÍAPlease order ballasts in the formgivên in the following example, inmultiples of the packing quantity:-50 Philips ballasts BTP 40 125
BAS & BCS Ballasts: Madê in UKBTP Bella3l3: Madê in Holland
352
LAMP
rug
l. S¡ngle Lamp
2. Two Lamps in Sel¡o8
@
rFTUOBESCENT BATLASTS
O a
il-ttL\10
oa
oo
T,
Type BTP
c
D
--:fype BCSI
--oType BAS
t-ûlì.
\
il
oo
DiltEr{sloNs & wElGHls
CatalogueNo.
For lamp lypes
Ballasls for swltchslart circuits - 240V
BCS'100/1 1 x 100W 2400mm (8lt)Sêe nôle
BCS 75lL 1 x 75l85W 1800mm (6lt)1 x 70W 1B00mm (6lt)
BTP 65 125 1 x 65/80W 1500mm (sft)1 x 58W 1500mm (slt)'1 x 60W circ. 4'10mm (16in.)
BTP40L25 1x 40W1200mm (4lt)1 x 36W 1200mm (4Jt)2 x 18W or 20W 600mm (2ft)1 x 40W circ. 410mm (16in.)
BTP 30 125 1 x 30W900mm (sft)2 x 15W450mm (18in.)1 x 32W circ. 305mm (12in.)
BTP 20 125 1 x 20W 6o0mm (2ft)1x 18W600mm (2ft)1 x 15W450mm ('18¡n.)1 x 22Wcirc.210mm (8 25¡n.)
BAS13 1x13W525mm(21¡n.)2 x 8W 300mm ('12in.)2 x 6W 225mm (gin.)
BAS 8 6W,8W 150mm (6in.)150mm (6¡n.)
overallLengthA (mm)
OverallwidrhB (mm)
42
44
455
455
45.5
455
41
OverallDepthC (mm)
35
36.5
36.5
36.5
36
F¡xingcenlÌesD (mm)
85x 29
\¡Yelght
(s)
PacklngOuantlty
'180
195
155
155
155
99
99
5
5
5
5
5
5
220
165
'180
'140
140
140
1600
1350
1150
690
690
680
460
460
85x 29
5XX
3641
Note: 12sW lamps must nol be usôd in the 1 00W lagging PF circu¡t. Ballast BCS1 25 ¡s for 1 25W loading PF c¡rcu¡t.
3s3
FTUOBESCENT BALLASTS
354
WARWICK UNIVERS'TY
As wett as replacing more than 300 GtS lamps wtth SL tn the Rootes Halland reception area, the University has ¡nstalled PLlamps in outdoor globeluminaires - again replacing GLS.
., î
ST. JAMES'S PALACE, WESTM'NSTER
Energy-saving SL /amps are seruing the Queen Mother in th¡s energy-saving conversion outside Sf. James's Palace.Ihe SL rs a/so extensivetyused inside and outs¡de the Houses of Parliament.
7-i
-riHtûH.FRE0UENGY
ttU0RESGElrlï
BAttASTS
RANGE
BHF 416 - for use with fou|l6W 600mmTLD HF lamps.8HF 132-for usewith one32W 1 200mmTLD HF lamp.BHF 1 50-forusewith one 50W 1 500mmTLD llF lamp.BHF 232 - for use with tlvo 32W 1 200mmTLD HF lamps.BHF 250 - for use wìth tvvo 50W 1 500mmILD HF lamps.
APPLICATIONSFor use with Philips TLD HF fluorescentlamps.
FEATURES
r HighJrequency operat¡on of lamp(28kHz) ra¡ses efficacy, and ballast lossesare reduced. With Philìps TLD HF Colour80 Series lamps, energy consumption canbe reduced by up to 30 per cent for thesame lighting effect, compared withconventional f luorescent luminaires.
¡ L4ains flicker and mains hum areel¡minated, and hence stroboscopiceffects.¡ Preheal start mainlains lamp life.
I Fast, reliable starting, even in coldconditions.
A range of High-Frequencyballasts for use w¡th Ph¡l¡psTLD HF fluorescent lamps.
rAutomatic cut-out switches otf ballast alend of lamp l¡fe, obviat¡ng flickeringC¡rcuit resets automat¡cally when new
lamp is fitted.¡ Power factor is near un¡ty withoutcapacitor correction.r Solid-state eleclronics for reliableoperation.
RANGE OF OPEFATION240V 50Hz supplies.Protected w¡thin luminaire.
Note: Can also be operated on DC.
To reorder lhis Dàrà Sheel quolê
FI
_ii
-li,,,,
I
I
t,,rt
riílììlI
-il
-n
oÐmct7l)mz-{F=!v,
3073
355
Pt
l
l
I
I
HIGH. TREOUENCY FTUORESCENT BALIASTSSPECTF¡CAÎION¡ Badio interference: Philips HF þallasts
Ãåuã ài"eptionut nl suppression, so lhat
ii-¡nãir.s ¡ncorporating them w¡ll comply
w¡th the appropriate requ¡rements'
fo sDec¡fv state:- Highjrequencyballaits fol use w¡th Philips TLD HF
lamps. Substantially as Philips BHFballasts.
AALLAST LIMIÎSUnder normaltest conditions of luminaire,ballast temperature attest points must notexceed 65'C (abnormal operation 75rc).Observe manulacturers instruct¡ons onElectric Strength lesl, use on ELCBS, andseparation between lamps and ballast.
MATENIALS AND FII{ISIICase:- Aluminium.Tefminations:- Grab terminals for'l .5mm,. L,N terminations take twoconductors each.
DtitEllstol{s, wEtGHTs aND ELEcTRTcaL DATA
Catalogue For lamptyp€s
C¡rcuitcurrent(A)
Weight(ks)
PacklngctvNo.
Totalc¡rcullWåtls
Powerlactor
l
l
BHF 41 6BHF 132BHF 1 50BHF232BHF 250
0.310.15o.240.310.48
0.960.960.960.960.96
4 x 16WTLD HFI x32WTLDHF1 x 50WTLD HF2 x 32WTLD HF2 x 50WTLD HF
JÞ56
111
0.90.90.9'L1
1.1
OBDEBINGDATAPlease order ballasts in the fom g¡ven ¡n the following example, in multiples otthe packing quantity:-
50 Ph¡lips highJrequency ballasts BHF250.
III
428
-,f132J
415
40
Made in Holland
356il
l-357
lssu€d 7/83 Rsplåces P11869/3
-
rñF-b
TlUORESGEIUÏI.AMPG[P[G]TONSA range ol power factor capacitorsand series capâc¡tors for use inconjunction with the Ph¡lips range off luorescent lamp ballasts.
RAI{GEH1684/1H1672H1655/1H.t 635/1Nofe: Phil¡ps Calalogue Nos. forcapacitors fof fluorescent lampcontrol gear stan with the prefix H16.
The next two digits give the capac¡-tance ¡n mfd (e.9. H1684/1 : 8.4 mfd).
aPPLtCAltOt{SFor use as or¡g¡nal equipment, or asreplacement spares, in f luorescentluminaires of the appropriate rating.Details of startèrs and ballasts for usein conjunct¡on w¡lh these capacitorsare given ¡n Data Sheets PL 1792 andPL 1864 respectively. Circuitd¡agrams are printed on someballasts, and are also contained inPL 1864.
roreordsrrhisDâbsh6€rquore Pt1859/4
,, FTUORESCENT LAMP CAPACITORS
FEAÎURESr250V capacitors have insulatedcan¡sters which require no earthingand are easily fixed (440V capacitorshave alum¡nium can¡sters whichrequire earthing).rwind¡ngs of metallisedpolypropylene; no PCB's present.rRated for ambient temperatures upto 85'C.
IIAÎERIALS & F¡NISHCan: Tubular PPO for 250V rat¡ng.Aluminium for 440V rating.Conslruction: Metallised poly-propylene w¡nd¡ng ; f itted w¡thd¡scharge resistor.Notei No Iiquid lill¡ng-
Term¡nat¡ons: 250V capacitors havegrab terminals for 0.5-1.0mm" solidcable; insulat¡on to be stripped b.ack1 1 mm +1 mm. 440V capac¡tors have300mm f ly¡ng leads.
SPECIFICATIONType compl¡ance with BS 4017;l¡censed to bear Kitemark.
To specify state:Capacitor in 38mm max. dia. can¡sterwith dry metallised polypropylenewinding; substantially as Phil¡psH16xx range.
RANGE OF OPERATIONVoltage as specified ¡n Tab¡e,50 or 60 Hz.Temperature: Minus 40'C to plus 85oC
ORDERII{G DATAPlease order in the torm g¡ven in thefollowing example, ¡n multiples of thepacking quant¡ty:-50 Philips capac¡tors H1672
Made in UK.
DIilENS|ONS, WEIGHTS & ELECTRICA! DAÎA
All d¡mens¡ons ¡n mm
Calalogue No. LengthA Capac¡tance Tolerance Wo.kingVolls Weight(mm) (mfd) l%\ (rms) (s)
Pack ingquanllty
PF CapacltorsH 1 635/1 51Serles Capacltors
35 10 250
440250250
70 10
H1672H1684/1H1655/1
'130
7777
7-28.455
25010090
101010
250V capacitors have a diameter of 38mm.440V capac¡tors have a d¡ameter of 35mm.
ÎYPICAI SWITCH SÏARÎC¡rcuil Applications
Lamp type Suitablecapac¡tor
1 x 1BW 600mm2 x 1 BW 600mm series'f x 36W 1200mm1 x 58W 1500mm1 x70W 1B00mm1 ¡i 100W 2400mm lag
All shúnt-connected
Power Factor capacitors ( 10%tolerance; 250V) are shunt-connectedacross the mains supply to raise thelagging power factor of ân inductiveload, and to reduce the current in thesupply cables. Series capacitors(50¿ tolerance) are part ol thefluorescent lamp circu¡t e.g. sw¡tchstart load¡ng. A 57o capacitor may beused in place of a 10olo capac¡tor ofthe same nominaì value, but not viceVETSA,
)D
H1655/1H 1 635/1H 1 635/1H1655/1H16B4i 1
H1684/1
358
N ote : H'l 672 ¡or 1 25W leading circu¡t.
$l
r1Þ |
ffiffi
3s9,
lssud 9.82 B€ptacos PL I 8æÆ
RIIflRE$GENTTAMPAGGESSÍ|RIESA range of bi-p¡n and mini bi-pinlampholders, starter holders, bl-pin toBc adaptors and spring clips for usewith the Ph¡llps range of lamps andcontrol gear.
RAI{GE
LampholdersK7221 - Fixed bi-pin lampholder.K7 2218 - Fixed þ¡-pìn lampholdêrwith earth contact.K7202- Fixed bi-pin lampholder.K72658 - Bi-p¡n lampholder w¡thearth contact.K7229l1 - Lampholderfor 1ômmminiature bi-pin lamps.
Slarler holderK7373 - Starter holder with push-wlreterminals.
Sundr¡esK7250 - Adaptor, bi-pln to BC.K7235 - Spring clip for 38mm lampsand PFC capacitors.K7257 - Springcllp for 25mm lamps.
APPLICAflOilSFor use as or¡ginal equipment, or asreplacement spares, ¡n f luorescentluminaires. Details of control gear torusê in luminaires is given ¡n thefollowing Data Sheets:-Ballasts - PL 1864i1.Starters- PL l79211.
PFC capacitors - PL 1859/1.
rorærd€rrhrsoarashe€tquore PL186t/3
FLUORESCENT I.AMP ACCESSOR¡ES
.N,l I
K7221 Fixed Bi-Pin Lampholder.K7221Ê. F ixed Bi-Pin Lampholderwith earth contact. Screw fixing.Matèrial: Philite White. ElectricalConnections: K7221 Push-wireterminals. K7221 E Push-wire terminals.
35!
*ltft
)
)
))
a )
K7 202 Fixed Bi-Pin Lampholder.Screw F¡xing to Back Plate. Matêr¡alPh¡l¡te While. Electrical connectionsPush-wire'terminals.
I "", I
rJnul*-
K722911 Fixed Bi-Pin Lampholderfor16mm miniature lamps, Screwf¡x¡ng.Material : White Polypropylene.Electr¡cal connect¡ons : Push-wireterminals.
360
FLUORESCENT tAMP ACCESSORIES
@K7250 Adaptor Bi-P¡n to BC.Push-on fit. Mater¡al: Brass.
rI
I
T-
ilL,._l
r6UT'tJ K7265E B i-Pi n Push-on fu I ly shrouded
lampholder with earth contact.Mater¡al : Urea. Electrical connectlons:Push-wire terminals. Earth contacl:Screw terminals.
I
K7235 Spring cl¡p for 38mm lampsand PFC capacitors. Mater¡al: Springsteel, cadm¡um Plated.K7257 Spring clìp for 25mm lamps.Material: Spring steel, cadmiumplated.
B 4?
\K7373 Starter Holder clip-in fixing.Material: Polycarbonate. Electricalconnections: Push-w¡re terminals.
lliill
361
FTUORESCENT TAMP ACCESSOßIESLATP HOLDEB SPACING DISTA¡'IGES
LampNom. Length
Face.to-Facespacing (A)mm
2400mm1 800mm'1500mm
1 200mm900mm600mm450mm525mm300mm225mm
237617651 5011200896591461517288212136
(A) Values appty also lo coilespondingkryptonJ¡lled lâmps
(2r!4(1 8¡n)(21¡n)(12in)(9¡n)
150mm (6in)
ORDER¡IIG DATA
(8fl)(6fr)(5ft)(4fr)(3ft)
Calalogue No. Descr¡ptlon Pack¡ng quant¡ty
K7221K72218K7202K72658K722911K7373K7250K7235R7257
Fixed bi-p¡n lampholderFixed bipin lampholder with earth contactFlxed b¡-p¡n ¡ampholderB¡-pln lampho¡der w¡th earth contactLampholderlor 16mm lampsStarter holder, push-wire term¡nalsAdaptor, bl-pin to BC38mm sprinq c¡¡p25mm spring clip
'100
100100'100
100'100'f 00100100
Please order in lhe form given ¡n the following example, in mult¡ples of lhe packingquantity:-
200 Phil¡ps lampholders K7221Note: K7221 E Obsolescent
M€-de i n UK, exceot K7 221, K7 2218,K7202, and K7229l1 which aremade in Holland.
362
!I
oÒØU
lärttrpsã
a
N
-tit.,,
-:;
!i,,
-'i
-i
-i
-1
FTUflRESCENTLAMP GIRGUITS& Í|PERATINGDATABasic circuits and a tab¡e of typicalcircuit components with circuitcharacteristics. Three forms of"start" are described:rSwitchstart¡Starterl essrElectronic Start.Operat¡ng notes lor luminaìres andcontrol geår are included.For llF ballasts see Data Sheet PL3073.
iliil)
-tl-bGt :l{,rñvi,C?
363
ro,eorderrhsDarãsheeìqlore PL18õ9/5lssuedS/83 Replaces P11839/4
Frl_i=-l
wFLUOBESCENT LAMP CIRCUITS
FLUOBESGEIIÍ LATP CIBCU¡TS
SwitchslarlStarting is accompl¡shed by a glow-sw¡tch starter, which is a smalldischarge tubê with bi-metallicelectrodes connected ¡n parallel withthe fluorescent lamp, in such amanner that the lamp electrodeheat¡ng current passes through theswitch. When the c¡rcuit ¡s energisedwith a cold lamp, a discharge isestabl¡shed withìn the g¡ow switch,warm¡ng the bi-metallic electrodeswh¡ch move ¡nto contact and estab-lish a c¡rcuit through the lampelectrodes.Since the discharge ¡n lhe starterceases when its electrodes comeìnto contact, they cool down andspring apart after about a second,subject¡ng the lamp to ma¡ns voltageplus the ¡nduct¡ve transient voltagedue to the ballast. The arc in the lampis established, reducing the voltageacross lhe starter lo a value below thatat which a discharge can take placeand rendering ¡t cold and inoperative.Should the lamp failto start, thed¡scharge wìlì be re-established inthe starter and the startìng cycle w¡llbe repeated. lt ¡s this ability of theglow switch starter to 'try aga¡n' thatcauses the repeated blink¡ng of aswitchstart c¡rcu¡t with a la¡led lamp.Once the lamp has started, the ballastacts as a current-limiting device.The c¡rcuit is eff¡cient and reliable.provided that starters are changed atoccas¡onal relampings. lt is suitableboth for KryptonJi I led and Argon-fi I ledlamps.
Eleclron¡c SlaltThis Philips innovation replaceseither the glow switch starter orstarterless c¡rcuits w¡th a sol¡d-statecomponent that has no mov¡ng partsand lasts as long as the luminaire.Circuit power is the same as for thesw¡tchstart circuit.Electronic Start therefore combineslhe advantages of both switchstart(lower power) and starterless(ma¡ntenance free) circuits, withoutthe limitations of either of them. Anadded feature ¡s automatic cut-out ofthe stârter after about 5 seconds ofnon-starting of a failed lamp.
OPERAIING NOTES
StorageUnless otherw¡se stated, Philipsfluorescent lum¡naires are for use ¡ndry interiors. Luminaires must bestored only in dry environments; ifpâckaging ¡s exposed to damp, itmust be changed.
Mains supplyStandard f luorescenl luminairesincorporate ballasts des¡gned for asupply voltage of 240V 50H2, subiectto statutory tolerances. The supplyvoltage should be checked bymeasurement (ât the load terminals),at times of high ând low demand.
Ambienl lemperatureLuminaires and control gear give theirrated service in ambient temperaturesnot exceed¡ng 25"C, w¡th occasional¡ncreases to not above 35"C. Athigher temperatures (for example, inshop windows or on healed ceilings),service will be reduced and operat¡on¡mpaired. To improve heat d¡ss¡pa-tion, lumina¡res should be fixed toconducling rather than insulatingsuffaces, of should be suspendedslightly below a ceil¡ng rather thanmounted d¡rectly on it. Electr¡cal andPhotometric values refer to operationin a 25"C amb¡ent at 240V, and areaverages. At low temperatures, lightoutput and service are normallyreduced; with most circuits, startingmay not be reliable below 5'C.
364
Fuses and cilcu¡l breakersc¡rcuit breakers or HRc fuses ratheÌthan re-wireable fuses should beemployed. The choice of currentrating ¡s a comprom¡se between ctosaprotection aga¡nst fault currents and -
spurious failure due to sw¡tch¡ngtrans¡ents. An approximate guide torating ¡s 2-3 times steady current,with a min¡mum of 2A for an HRCfuse and 5A for a circuit breaker
Operating no¡seAllf luorescent luminâires em¡t anoperat¡ng noise which may benoticeable in s¡tuations where theambient no¡se level is low, or if lheluminaires âre âttached to resonantstructures. Trials should be madebefore installing the less expensiveluminaires ¡n acoustìcally sensitives¡tuations; a heavy-duty grade olluminaire is usually more suitable forthese env¡ronments. Normally, theshorter the luminaire, the lower theoperat¡ng noise.
Radio ¡nlerlerenceFluorescent luminaires should not beinstalled ¡n close prox¡mity to radiosets or s¡m¡lar equipment. Someradio interference is ¡nev¡table, butdimin¡shes w¡th d¡stance. AM setswithout an external aerial areinherent¡y susceptible to adjacentdischarge lamp circu¡ts; adding anexternal aerial usually gives betterresults than adding suppressors tothe luminaire or to the set. Flvl setsare less susceptible to ¡nterferencefrom electrical equ¡pment.
Cables and 8w¡tchesThe current rating of cables forfluorescent lum¡naires should tledetermined in accordance wilh IEEFegulations. ln a three-phase four-wire system, a full size neutralshouldbe employed since harmonic currentsare additive in the neutral. All cablesentering a luminajre. especially ifpassing alongside a ballast. must besu¡table for lhe temperatures involved,Ballasts may have surface tempera-tures up to 95oC. Supply cables shouldbe arranged so that they do not passalongside a ballast, but if this is notpossible then cables with high-temperature PVC insulat¡on shouldbe used, or heat-resistant sleevingshould be f¡tted over each individualsupply cable. Switches should begenerously rated, and should besuitable for induct¡ve loads.
FLUORESCENT I.AMP CIRCUITS
ctBculf olacFAflS.."ndard circuits (A' B' C) forlll^iescent lamps. Some lumina¡res
|"r! irave variations on these c¡rcuits-
-,. " teading P.F. c¡rcuit, w¡th 440V
')í1"¡o,, ma¡nlY used with l25w
iiõomt t"tP"'
AÞ
L
N
LAMP
BALLAST
CAPACIIOR
N
LAMP LAMP
BALL
I-TOR
c
BALLAST
LAMP
' esoa jN
LAMPBALLAST
365
Lamp ratingand length
Clrcuitleller
SallaslCat. No.
FTUORESCENT LAMP CIRCUITSÉLEGTRIGAL DAIA
Swltchstart- slngle lamp100w2400mm A70W l800mm A58w1500mm A36w1200mm A
PF CapacllorpF
StarlelCal, No.
Chcu¡l Clrcultwarts(w) (A) approx.
0.200150.130.10
0.25o.200.100.100.10
115 0.60
BCS100/1BCS 75LBTP 65 L25BTP 40 L25
s16s16s10s10
0600.360350.25
30W 900mm18W 600mm'l5W 450mm13W 525mm
BTP 30 L25BTP 20 L25BTP 20 L25BAS 13
s10510 or 52S10orS2s10
402925t8
8.45.55.53.5
3.55.55.52.O
3.53.52-O2.02.0
8'4
115867046
8W 300mm6W 225mm4W l50mm
Eleclronic Slart'100W 2400mm
Swllchstart- lwo lamps ¡n sèrieg2x 18w600mm B2 x 15w450mm B2x 8w300mm B2 x 6w225mm B2 x 4W 150mm B
BAS 8BAS 8BAS 8
2.02.O2.0
S'10 or 52S10 or 52S10or52
'13
1110
0.100.100'10
BTP 40 L25BTP 30 L25BAS 13BAS 13BAS 8
2xS22xS22x322xs22xS2
46402117'13
c BCS 100/t ESOs
Harmonic Content (3 Phase 4 Wires) less than 3 x 25olÒ all circuits.C¡rcuit Power Factor, w¡th capacltors quoted, ls above 0 85 lagglng,For parallel P,F. connect¡on either 107o or 57o toleranc€ capac¡tors may be us€d, 250V raling.Va¡ues ol clrcult wâtts rêlat6 to the ballasts quol€d.
366
ñ'tcHARcEt"A M ps
þ*?,LiËi:::iil ïXl .o*,,Hioh Pressure Sodium LamosPo'werwhite HPL-NHPlLampsML-MLRBallasts for Low Pressure(SOX) LampsBallasts for High Pressure Sodium(SON)LampsBallasts, lgnitors and Capacitorsfor Mercury Fluorescent Lamps
377381385389393
397
401
405
Page
369373
Please soe pages ll and lllof Generallntroduction for lnformatlon on how lo uselhis Handbook.
367
2F
-t368
369
$olfLow presrure rod¡umd¡achargo lampr
Low pressure sodium lamps achieving uplo 183 Lumens/WatÎ. They give acharacteristic yellow light, and aretherefore suitable tor use in applicationswhere efficacy and long life are of prime¡mportance, rather than colour rendering.
NAilGI't8w35W55W
90w135W180W
APPLICATIOIISSu¡table lor any appl¡cation whereelficacy and long life are essential, insituations such as:rRoad light¡ngrTrunk road and motorway lightingrSecurity light¡ngrCar parksrFloodl¡ghlingrSome factory warehouseâpplicat¡ons
to roord€rth¡s Dåtô sho.rquot. PL 1757 l7
-
l$u6d 7/83 R€PlaæsPLl7576
SOX - DISCHARGE TAMPSFEAIURESrExtremely high eff icacy - up to183 Lumens/Watt - conserves energyin many applications.r lndium oxide layer on internalsurface of outer glass enveloperef lects ¡nf ra-red radiat¡on; keepsthe discharge tube at temperaturesfor high effic¡enc¡es.rDimples formed ¡n discharge tubeform cool spots to retain sod¡um:prevent mirror¡ng and consequentloss of eff¡c¡ency.rSingle BC cap for strength andsimpl¡city.rTr¡ple-coil cathodes and non-staining discharge lube ensure longlife and low depreciation during use.rAll SOX lamps can be operated up to20" above or below the horizontal, andthe three smaller sizes can beoperated in any'cap up' position.rLamps are manufactured to BS 3767and lEc 192.
r35W to 135W vers¡ons are avai¡ablein SOX BOX - specialpacking des¡gned to make relampingquicker and easier.
RAI{GE OF OPEBAÎIONLamps operate reliably from
-1BoC.
Envelope: Clear tubular glasscontaining discharge tube with BC cap
KEY TO ILLUSTRAIIOI{
A Alkyde BC cap coloured beige
B Triple coil cathodeC U bend non-staining glass dischargu
tubeD Discharge lube support assembly to
improve insulationE Discharge tube supportsF Sod¡um retain¡ng d¡mplesG Outer glass envelope w¡th ¡nternal
heat reflect¡ng layerH Bend heat insulation cap
E
F
H
B
C
LIFE EXPECTANCYAND LUMEN DEPRECIATIONLamp life is a very complex subject.ln order to give some guidance for lighttechnical and economic calculations, weshow the typical curves of life survival,lumen deprec¡at¡on and economic seruicebased on tests carried out by our QualityDepartment Light (ODL).
1 . Life Suruival Curve - The average lifeexpectancy of a large batch of lampsunder controlled laboratory testcondilions with a switching cycle of 57,hours on % hour off. (Based on LE.O.regulations).2. Lumen Depreciat¡on Curve - Theaverage fall-off in lumen output of abatch of lamps measured over a specificperiod of time. The init¡al light outpur ¡smeasured after 1 00 hours operation andsubsequently at regular interuals with thelamps operated at nominal wattage bycontrolling the input supply to the lamp.3. Economic Service Curve -The addit¡vepercentage value of the Life SurvivalCurve and the Lumen Deprec¡ation Curueafter a period of time e.g., assuming at8000 hours al¡fesuruivalfigure isgiven as90y" (10% fa¡lures) and a correspondinglumen deprec¡ation figure is 90% (10%lumen fall in light output) the resultanteconomic service figure is determined as
80%. This figure of 80% means that theoriginal installation isnowrunn¡ngat20%below ¡ts design eff¡ciency. Applied to anindoor industrial scheme designed to give400 lux ¡nitial light¡ng level, this meansthat after 8000 hours the lighting ¡evel w¡lthave fallen to 320 lux (this does notinclude depreciation due to accumulationof dust or non maintenance schedules).
The Average Rated Life Theaverage rated life obtained lrom largerepresentative groups of lamps undercontrolled condit¡ons, at five or moreburning hours per switch. lt is based onthe survival of at least 50% of the lampsand allows for individual lamps or groupsof lamps to vary from the average.However, life obtained in seruice can varydue to a number of parameters such as:-
- Switching cycle- l\4a¡ns voltage (plus tolerances)- Burning position (horizontal or vertical)- lvlechanical inf luence (vibrat¡on,
shocks)- Ambient temperature (free burn¡ng,
enclosed)- Luminaire and gear specifications.The ¡nformation above ¡s intended 1ogive practical gu¡dance to the user or
370
specifier in determ¡ning the replacementlamp cycle best suited to his needs, basedon the particular conditions of theinstallat¡on in question. With allinstallations, group replacement of lampswill generally reduce tota¡ cost byreducing the labour costs content ¡nchanging individual lamps when thesefail.
I
llLl
È,i.[rl
\ :\1
\3
SOX - DISCHARGE IAMPSPEBFORTAIICI DAIA
EIECÎRICAL DATA & DITE!|SIONS
Lamp Pertormance% on Mains Voltage Fluctuat¡ons
Lamp Performance% During Start¡ng Period
'130
120
110
'100
90
BO
70
200
150
100
50
210 220 230 240 250 260 270 o '10 20
V Ma¡ns Time (min)
2 v-¿ 3
3
-/_1
2
-4
tL_
0-
4
\l¡ '/
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENEFGY DISTRIBUTION
300 400 500 600Energy in watt per 1onm per 106 lumen
0
r500
1 000
7OO 800+nm
CalalogueNumber
Rating
(Watts)
Average AverageLumen LumenOulput Oulpul
Correlated LampColour VollsTemperalure
LampCurrenl
M¡n.Vollage
Run.up BurningTlme Pos¡tlon
(mln)
cAP Overâll D¡amelef
(mm)(100hrs) (2000 hrs) lK) (A)Supply(v)
Length
(mm)
sox 18sox 35sox 55sox 90sox 135sox 180
1835
135180
200020002000180018001750
180045007400
130002250033000
1750430071 50
122502120031500
5770
109112164240
0'350,600600.940950.91
200200200200200200
1'1
1
222
777I
1012
545454686868
BCBC
BC
BC
216310425528775
1120
All lamps must be operated with appropriate control 9ear.For control gear information refer to Data Sheet No. PL 1 777
ORDERING DATA
Descrlptlon Packing quant¡ty
18W SOX35W SOX55W SOX90w sox
135W SOX180W SOX35W SOX BOX55W SOX BOXgOW SOX BOX
135W SOX BOX
Please order in mult¡ples ofthePacking quant¡ty.
18W and 1BoW made in Belgium, allother wattages made in U.K.
BURNING POSITIONS
Cap up and Horizontal 120"hor¡zontal t20'
Unshaded area shows recommendedburning pos¡t¡ons.
20
9
I1212
12
2
a371
SOX - DISOTIARGE TAMPS
372
s0x-ELow Pressure SodiumDischarge LampsLow Pressure Sodium lampsarethe mostefficient form ol lighting known. W¡th lheirimproved thermal insulat¡on SOX-Elamps can ach¡eve up to 200 lumens/Watt. They give a characteristic yellowlight, and are therefore suitable foruse inapplications where efficacy and long lifeare of prime importance, rather thancolour render¡ng.
RANGE
SOX.E18SOX.E26SOX-E36SOX-E66SOX.E91sox-E131
APPLICATIONS
Su¡table for any application whereefficacy and long life are essential, insitualions such as:-¡ Road Lightingr Trunk road and molorway lighting
r Security lighting, lnterior & Exterior
r Car Parksr Floodlightingr Some factory warehouse applications
To r€ord€rlhis Oala Sheêtquol€ Pt 3049/1
373
lssued S.83 Rsplacss PL 3ø9
FÞ-
ñs0x-EFEATUBES
. Extremely high efl¡cacy - up to 200lumens^Vatt - conserues energy ¡n manyapplications.r lndium oxide layer on ¡nternal surface ofouter glass envelope reflects jnlra-redradiat¡on; keeps the discharge tube at theopt¡mum temperature for maximumefficacy.¡ lmproved bend insulation to helpstabilise temperature.r Dimples formed ¡n discharge tube formcool spots to retain sodium; preventingmirroring and consequent loss of efficacy.r Fully ¡nterchangeable mechan¡cally andelectrically by their equ¡valent SOX rat¡ng.
r S¡ngle BC cap ensures correctalignment w¡th¡n opt¡cal systems.
DIMENSIONS
r Tr¡ple-coil cathodes and non-sta¡ningd¡scharge tube ensure long l¡fe and lowdeprec¡ation dur¡ng use.r All SOX-E lamps can be operated at up1o 20" above or below the horizontal, andthe three smaller sizes can be operated inany "cap up" position.
¡ A black cap differenciates SOX-E fromSOX lamps
RANGE OF OPERATION
Lamps operate rel¡ably from - 18"C
Envelope: Clear tubular glass conta¡n¡ngdischarge tube with BC cap.
LAMP COMPATIBILITY
SOX-E 26Wreplaces 3sWSOXSOX-E 36Wreplaces s5WSOXSOX-E 66Wreplaces 9OWSOXSOX-E 9lWreplaces'135WSOXSOX-E 1 31 W replaces 1 80W SOX
ELECTRICAL COMPATIBILITY
SOX-E lampsare designed to operate ona¡l exist¡ng.SOX type circuits. However, ¡.they run with a lower lamP current,optimum eficacy w¡ll only.be achieved oncontrol gear specially designed forSOX-E lamps. When run on other circuitsa lower eff ¡cacy will be achieved, howeysrlhis.will still be greater than the_equ¡valentSOX lamp on the same c¡rcuit. Asummatuis given below based on Phil¡ps circu¡ls. 'SOX-E lamps operated on Ph¡l¡ps circu¡tswill comply with elechic¡ty board powerf actor correction requ¡rements.
Catalogue Nom¡nal Correlaled M¡nNumber Rating
(Wans)ColourTemperature
Eurning CAP Overall DiameterPos¡l¡on Length
BURNING POSITIONS
Cap up and Hor¡zontal 120.hor¡zontal 120'
Unshaded area shows recommendedburning positions.
All lamps must be operated withappropr¡ate control gear. For conlrol gearinformat¡on refer to Data Sheet No.
Voltag€Supply(v)(K)
Fun-UpT¡me(min)
2
a(mm)
SOX-E 18 1Bsox-E 26 25sox-E36 35sox-E 66 65sox-E91 90sox-El31 130
2000200020001 80018001750
777I
1012
216310425528775
1120
BCBCBCBCBCBC
200200200200200200
54uu686868
ORDERING DATADescript¡on
SOX-E 18SOX-E 26SOX-E 36SOX-E 66SOX-E 91
sox-E 1 31
Please order in multiples of the packingquantity
Packing quantity
20
II9
SOX.E
Autoleak Hybrld - Constant Watts Hybrid-Choke lgn¡lor Optimum HybrldConstant Watts
CommercialWatts
TrueLampWatls
TotalC¡rcu¡tWâtts
L¡ghtOutput100 Hr
TrueLampWatts
TolalC¡rcuilWatts
LightOutputf00 Hr
lrueLampWatts
TotalCircu¡tWatts
LightOulputfü)Hr
TrueLampWatts
TotalCircuilWatts
L¡ghtOulput100 Hr
182636669131
31417097
142
566299
137176
40606400
108001680026500
68
1'95
1291050016300
3039,_o
415183
38005700
10100
'18
2535Þ590
130
4379
106151
1 80035005700
1 07001 750026000
374
PL1777
LAI'ttPPEBFORMANCE DATA
./.
f30
120
110
100
90
80
70
Lamp Pedolmanceon Mains Vollage Fluctualions
Lamp Performance% Dur¡ngstartingper¡od200
150
100
50
\l¡ '/
210 220 230 240 250
V Mains
260 270 10 20
T¡me (min)
2 -v
4-¿
3
'/t\-1
23
-4
4
s0x-E
KEYTO ILLUSTRATION
A Alkyde BCcapcoloured btackB Triple coil cathodeC U bend non-sta¡ning glass
discharge tubeD DischargetubesupportassemblyE DischargetubesupportsF Sodium retain¡nq d¡mplesG Outer glass envelope with internal
heat reflecting layerH Bendheatinsulatingcap
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY OISTRIBUIION1000
]:..
300 400 500 600 700 800+nmEnergy ¡n watt per 1onm pe||06 lumen
I
E
F
H
c
D
375
s0x-E
376
Made in Belglum
377
lssued 9/82
soil, $0lll/ïH¡gh pressure sod¡umd¡scharge lamp!
High-pressure sodium lamps combineextremely high initial eflicacies (up to 1 12Lumens/Vvatl) with good colourrendering, and are therefore suitable formany applications where a warm whitelight and long lamp life are importantfactors. The discharge tube is made ofs¡ntered alumin¡um oxide, containing amixture of mercury and sod¡um at highpressure. The effect of high pressure is
10 broaden the sodium spectrum, so thatthe lamp gives an output throughout theentire visible spectrum,
RANGE
SON (Ovoid outer enveloPe, withwhite internal diffus¡ve coating) :
Available ¡n ratings of 50W,70W (alsoavailable w¡th clear envelope), 100W,
150W, 250W,400W and 1000W.
SON/T (Tubular outer enveloPe ofclear glass):Available in ratings of 100W, 150W'250W,400W and 1000W.
ro rcoderrhis Dåtå sh€€tquotê PL 171617
-b=rvt
lÍ-SOII, SOil/T. DISCHARGE TAMPSAPPL¡CATIOllASuitable for any application wherehigh etficacy, reliab¡lity and long lifecoupled with good colour rendering ¡s
required, in situations such as:rSecurity lightìng¡Flood l¡ghti ngrDocks and goods yardsrTransport termini¡ChurchesrSwimming poolsrExhibition hallsrOutdoor markets and civic centresrFlobdlighting where prec¡se opticalcontrol is essential (SON/T)
FEATURES
rshort run-up time - 80% of full lightoutput is achieved after onlY 3åminutes.rsol¡d-state ignitor on lamps of 1 00Wrating and above ensures reliableand quick starting - even when hot - attemperatures down to ---40oC.
rReliability, stable operation and longlifè permits lamps to bê used ins¡tuations where'lamp outage' couldcrèate a hazard.rExcellent lumen maintenance'rlsothermal hard glass ouler envelopeguards against brèakage due tothermal shock.r Golden white light, with colourrendering capable of reproduc¡ng bluesurfaces clearly, and enhancing red oryellow surfaces. Complexions and Skintones are flattered by the light.
rUniùersal burn¡ng pòsition for alllamps in the range.rLamps are manufactured to IEC 662.MarkingLamo with an Internal starter aremaried with the international symbol.
ANATG! OF OPINATIOT{Lamps start reliably down to --40oC.
soN
SON/T
378
PEßFOFMANCE DATA
ABSOLUTE SPECTBAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
i
0300 400 500 600 700 800
+nmEnergy in watt per 1onm per 106 lumen
LIFE EXPECTANCY AND LUMEN DEPRECIATION
lumen depreciation figure is 90% (10%lumen fall in light output) the resultanteconomic service figure is determ¡ned as80%. This figure of 80% means that theoriginal installat¡on is now running at 20%below its design efficiency. Applied to anindoor industrial scheme designed to g¡ve400 lux initial lighting level, this meansthat after 8000 hours the lighting level wjllhave fallen to 320 lux (th¡s does notinclude depreciation due to accumulationof dust or non maintenance schedules).The Average Rated Life - Theaverage rated life obtained from largerepresentatiYe groups of lamps undercontrolled conditions, at five or moreburning hours per sw¡tch. lt ¡s based onthe survival of at least 50% of the lampsand allows for individual lamps or groupsof lamps to vary from the average.However, l¡fe obtained in seru¡ce can varydue to a number of parameters such as:-
- Sw¡tching cycle
- Mains voltage (plus tolerances)- Burning posit¡on (horizontal or vertical)- Mechanical inf luence (vibration,
shocks)
379
$0r{, sot{/T - DIS0HARGE TAMPS
Lamp life ¡s a very complex subiect.inorder to give some guidance for lightlechnical and economic calculations, weshow the typ¡cal curues of life suruival,lumen depreciation and economic seryiceþased on tests carried out by our Qual¡tyDepanment Liqht (QDL).
l. Life Suruival Curve - The average lifeexpectancy of a large batch of lampsunder controlled laboratory testcond¡tions w¡th a sw¡tching cycle of 57,hours on râ hour off. (Based on l.E.C.tegulations).
2. Lumen Depreciat¡on Curue - Theaverage fall-off in lumen output ot abatch of lamps measured over a specificperiod of t¡me. The initial light oulput ¡sqìeasured after I 00 hours operation andsubsequently at regular intervals with therâmps operated at nominal wattage bycontrolling the input supply to the lamp.3 Economic Seruice Curve -The additivepelcentage value of the Life SurvivalL{rve and the Lumen Deprecialion Curueaner a period of time e.q., assuminq atö000 hours a life survival figure is given asruYo (1Oo/o failures) and a correspond¡ng
Ambient temperature (f ree t¡urning,enclosed)
- Luminaire and gear specificat¡ons.The informat¡on above is intended togive practical guidance to the user orspecifier in determining the replacemenllamp cycle best suited to his needs, basedon the particular conditions of theinstallation in question. With al¡installations, group replacement of lampswill generally reduce total cost byreducing the labour costs content inchanging ¡ndividual lamps when thesefail.
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
Lamp Performanceon Ma¡ns Voltage Fluctuations
Lamp Performance
% Du¡¡ng Start¡ng per¡od
200
150
100
l¡
z// ?.--
v( ,/./a
50
210 220 230 240 250 260 270 0 5
T¡me (m¡n)
10
VM"in"
, ly/t /2
z1 v l¡
o
1
23427
47 4
I
SOTI, SOII/T - DISOHARGE TAMPSELECÌB¡CAL DATA & DITEN gIOilS
CalalogueOala
Rat¡ng(Watts)
LampVolts
LampCuIent(A)
Lightlng CorelatedDes¡gn ColourLumens Temperatule
M¡n Run.up Burn¡ng CAP OverallSupplyVoltage(v)
T¡me Pos¡t¡on(m¡n)
Length(mm)
(mln)
sOW SON7OW SON70w soN/clOOW SONlOOW SON/T,150W SON1sOW SON/T1 5OW SON/ST250W SON25OW SON/T400w soN4OOW SONiT1000w soN'1000w soN/T
UniversalUniversalU n iversalUn¡versalUn ivers atUnìversalUn¡versalUn¡versalUniversalUniversalUniversal
7272
7647
924747
47122
4717067
GESGES
UniversalUniversal
2002002002002002002002002002002102102'to210
507070
100100150150150250250400400
10001000
31005510570090009500
13500140001 550024000250004500046500
'110000'123000
19001900190019001900190019001 900200020002100210021002100
B59090
100100100100100100100105100110100
0.76'1.0
1.01.21.21.8181.83.0304.454.6
10310.6
ESESESGESGESGESGESGESGESGESGES
156
156186211
211211227257292283400390LJn¡versal GES
All lamps must be operated with appropr¡ate control gear.
Forcontrol gear¡nformation referto Data Sheet No PL 1778.
NOTE: SON lamps are temperature sens¡tive and care must be taken when selecting luminaires for SON lamps, lf in doubt consultPh¡l¡ps Lighting.
ORDEBIIIG DATA
Catalogue Descrlptlon Pack¡ngQuant¡tyNumber
sOW SON Ell¡ptical lamp w¡th white internal coating andinternal ign¡torElliptical lamp w¡th white ¡nternal coat¡ng andinternal ignitorElliptical lamp w¡th clear envelope and internal ¡gn¡torEll¡ptical lamp w¡th white ¡nternal coatingTubular lamp w¡th clear enveloPeEll¡ptical lamp with wh¡te internal coatingTubular ¡amp with clear enveloPeElliptical lamp with wh¡te ¡nternalcoat¡ngElliptical lamp w¡th white internal coatingTubu¡ar lamp with clear envelopeElliptical lamp with wh¡te internal coat¡ngTubular lamp w¡th clear envelope
7OW SON
Please order ¡n multiples of the packing quantity Made in Belgium.
70w soN/clOOW SONlOOW SON/T150W SON1sOW SON/T/ST25OW SON4OOW SON400w soN/T'1000w soNlOOOW SON/T
40
404012121212126
1264
.l
380
+ a
:
I
¡¡
-t
381
lssued 9/82 Beplaces PL 1 748/3
HIGH PRE$SURESÍIDIUM LAMPPlug.in SON.H
The SON-H range of high-pressuresodium lamps simply plug intoexjsting 250W and 400W mercurycircuits. The lamps use the exist¡ngmercury contro¡ gear, and the seltstarting system featuled in the designdoes not require the add¡tion ol an¡gnitor to the circuit.
Note: Mercury fluorescenl lampsUK mark¡ng MBF = Ph¡lipslnternat¡onal mark¡ng HPL-N
RANGE
Available in 210W and 35OW ratings,for use w¡th 250W and 4OOW mercurycontrol gear.
AÞPLICATIONSSu¡table for replacing a 2S0W or 4OOWmercury ¡amp in any s¡tuâtion,including the following:-OutdoorsrTrunk roads & streelsrShopping precinctsrResident¡al areas¡ FIood I ig ht¡ ngrAirport light¡ngrlllumination of ¡ndustrial areas.
I ndoorsr FactoriesrTransport termjnirSwimm¡ng pools¡Sports hâllsrPublic bu¡ldings¡Storage areas
ro reo'drr rh,s Dara sheerquorÞ PL 17 4814
E
l,l-FËAÍURESrThe init¡al efficacy of 97 lm/W is 65%higher than a standard mercury Iamp.An existing lighting point can thereforebe upgraded to g¡ve 54% more l¡ghtwith a substantial reduction in powerconsumption.¡No need to change mercurY contrôlgear so capital expenditure is kept toa m¡nimum.rThe isothermal outer enveloPe isinternally coated lor compat¡bilitywith most optical systems.rRelìable ign¡tion at 190V, even atlow temperatures (-30'C).rRe-ignition ¡n only 3 m¡nutes.
RAI'GE OF OPEBAÏION190-250V 50H2.
-30oC to 50'C, depending on othercircuit Iim¡ting factors.
TATERIAIS & FINISH
Hard glass envelope, internallycoatedt GES cap.
SPECTFTCAIrON
rHigh pressure sodium lamp rated at210W or 350W.
rAux¡lrary electrode starting dev¡ce.rSimilar in overallsize to 250W and400W mercury HPL-N lamps, andcapable of operat¡ng on standardmercury HPL-N control gear ofcomparable wattage.
To spec¡ly stale:High-pressure sodium lamp withhard glass envelope internallycoated, GES cap, sim¡lar ¡n size to250W (400W) mercury lamp andcapable of operation from standardmercury control gear, substantially asPhil¡ps 210W SON-H (350W SON-H).
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM IAMP - DISGHARGE TAMPS
KEYTO ILLUSÎRATION1. Electrodes with niobium lead-
through tubes.2. Discharge tube made of sintered
aluminium ox¡de.3. Mounting frame for discharge
tube.4. Flexibleelectr¡calconnection-
w¡re from the discharge tube tolead-¡n wires.
5. Getterring.6. Pump¡ng stem of the outer
envel ope.7. Electrical connection.8. Starting a¡d.9. B¡-metal switch to disconnect
starting aid when the lamp isburning.
10. Hardglass outer envelope.11. D¡ffusing coating.12. Cap.
LIFE EXPECTANCY AND LUMEN DEPRECIATIONLamp l¡le is a very complex subject. ln orderlogive Some guidance for lighl technicai andeconomic calculatjons. we show the typicalcurves of life suruival, lumen deprecialion andeconomic seruice based on lests carried out byour Ouality Departmenl Light (QDL).
1 . Life Suru¡valCurve The average lifeexpectancyof a ¡arge balch of lamps underconkolled laboratory test conditions with aswitching cycle of 51/, hours on y, houroff.(Based on LE.C. regulations).
2. Lumen Depreciation Curue - The averagefall-ofl in lumen output of a batch of lampsmeasured over a specific period of time. Theinilial l¡ghtoutput is measured atler 100 hoursoperation and subsequently at .egular interualswith the lamps operated at nominal wattage byconlrolIng the inpul supply lo the lamp.
3. Economic Seryice Curue-Ihe additivepercentage value of the Lile Suruival Curveand the Lumen Deprecialion Curue after aperiod ol t¡me e.9., assuming al 8000 hoursa l¡fe suruival figure is given as 90%(10% lajlures) and a corresponding lumendepreciation figure is 90% (1 0% lumen fall inIght oulput) lhe resultant economic setuicefigure is determined as80%. This ligure ofB0o; means that the original rnslallatron is nowrunning at 20% below ¡ls design eficiency.Applied to an indoor industrial scheme
designed to give 400 lux inilial lighting level.this means that afler 8000 hours the lightinqlevel will have fallen to 320 lux (lhis does nolinclude depreciation due to accumulation otdust or non maintenance schedules).
The Average Rated Life The average raledlife obtained from large representative groupsof lamps under controlled conditions, at f¡ve ormore burning hours per sw¡tch. lt is based onlhe survival of at least 50% ofthe lamps andallows for ¡ndividual lamps or groups of lampsto vary from the average.
However, Iile obtained ¡n seryice can vary dueto a number of parameters such as:-
- Switching cyclelvlains voltage (plus tolerances)
- Burning position (horizonlal or verlical)lvlechanical inf luence (vibration, shocks)
- Ambient lemperature (free burning,enclosed)Luminaire and gear specif ications.
The information above is intended to givepractical guidance lo lhe user or specilier indetermining the replacement lamp cycle bestsuited to his needs, based on ihe parl¡cularcondit¡ons of the installaìion in question. Withall ¡nstallalions, group replacement of lampswill generally reduce total cost by reducing the
labour cosls content in changing individuallamps when these fail.
\
382
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM TAMP _ DISCHARGE IAMPS
,AlãP PERFORNANCE DAÎA
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENÊRGY DISTRIBUTION
,Ï
0300 400 500 600 700 800
+nmEnergy in watt per 1onm per 106 lumen
ETECTRICAL DAIA & DIMENSIONS
o/ /y// 2
z -i
I v l¡
o
1
2-3
4274/ 4
130
120
110
100
90
BO
70
l¡
.Zv,7,2
zlq
150
r00
t0VM"¡n"
200
50
0210 220 230 240 250 260 2/O
Lamp Performance% on Mains Voltage Fluctuations
Lamp performancey Ouring Start¡ng period
5
Time (m¡n)
CatalogueNumber
Rat¡ng
(Walls)
AverageLumenOulpul(100 hrs)
AverageLumenOulput(2000 hrs)
Corelated Lamp LampColou. Volls CurrenlTemperatule
(A)
M¡nSupplyVolts
Run-up BurningTlme Positlon
(mins)
Cap OverallLength
Diameler
(mm)210W SON-H35OW SON.H
210350
1800034500
1725032600
20002100
2.53.6
9898
104117
Universal cES 227Universal cES 292
92122
These lamps must be operated w¡th appropriate control gearFor information on Control gear refer to Data Sheet pL
1 779.
ORDERING DATA
CalalogueNumber
Pack¡ngQuant¡ty
210w soN-H35OW SON-H
12
fluulìiro,o"r,n multiples of the packins
l-
383
Made ¡n Belgium
IIIGH PRESSURE SODIUM LAMP _ D¡$OIIARGE IAMPS
384
385lssued 8/83 R€plåco8 PL 176&7
]HPIHarcury tluoraacant lamp3HPL-N lamps are ovold shaped and havêcoated inside surfaces of Europiumdoped yttrlum vanadate phosphor whichis activated by UV from the dischargotube adding red to the mercury arcvislble omissions.HPL-R lamps havè a spotlight shapewith an additional reflêcting layer oftitanium dioxide between the phosphorand the glass to direct light downwards.HPL.Comfort lamps have ovoid shapesand a special phosphor to give light ofimproved colour renderlng be¡ng on theblack body locus and improved officacy-
HPL.B Comfort has a special shapecombining attractive appearance withHPL'Comfort quality light.
Nols: Msrcury lluorescent lampsUK marklng MBF/U = Philipslntemational marking HPL.N
APPLICATIOil9TWhere efficacy long life and colourrender¡ng are important.r Puþlic Lightingr Floodlightingr Factolesr Railways
r Decorative (Comfort)
I Hotêls (Comfort)
r Commerce (Comfort)
r Planl lrrldation (Reflêctivs)
ro,€ordo¡rh¡sDatasheêlquors PL 1768/8
E-
,1
HPt-DISCHARGE[AMPSRAHGEHPL.N sOW ES
80W ES or 3 pin BC125W ES, GES or 3 Pin BC
250W,400W,700W1000W,240V or 415V2000w 415v
HPL.R 250W,400W,700W1000w
HPL.Comfort50w,80w, 125W
250W,400W
HPL.B Comlort50w,80w
GËS
GES
FÊAIURESr Short run-up time - 80% of full lightoutput is achieved aflet only 31/2
minutes.r Reliable start¡ng, even attemperatures down io - 30oC ( - 18oCfor 415V 1000W lamp).r lsothermal hard glass outer envelopeon sizes from 125W HPL-N and 250WHPL Comforl and HPL-R upwardsperm¡t use in exposed posit¡ons (ifwealherproof connections are used).¡ Reasonable colour render¡ng, (colourpo¡nt on black body locus for Comfort)coupled with high eff¡cacy (around 60lumens/Watt) permils economical use inmany industrial and floodlightingappl ications.r Good colour rendering of Comfortlamps permits use in off ices and othercommercial env¡ronments, and is alsosuitable for departmental store lighting.r Larger versions have GES caps whichscrew on to preformed outer envelopes,eliminating the danger of the capbecoming loose.r Refleclor versions give preferentiallight distribution downwards, and isimmune f rom degradation in use due lodust settling on the upper surfaces.Some upwards light is permitted, toavoid a tunnel effect.r HPL-B Comfort lamp's sphericalshape adds attractive appearance fordecorative street lighting and indoorlum¡naire.r Lamps are manufactured to BS 3677and IEC 188.
RAì|OE OF OpEnÀTlOt{Reliable starting at - 30oC (1000W 415V_ 180C)
TATERIALS & FINISI{Hard glass lamp 6nvelope: for ratings of250W and above.HPL.N lamps: internally coated withEurop¡um-activated.yttri um vanadatephosphor.
HPL Comlorl lamps: internally coatedwith Comfort phosphor.
HPL.R lamps: with internal reflectingtitanium dioxide layer.Screw caps: nickel plated.
ESGES
KEY TO ILLUSTRATIOT'S
A lsothermal hard glâss outerenvelope 125w-400w
B Lead-in wireC Main electrodesD lnternal phosphorcoatingE lnertgasfillingF Nickel-plated capG Quaûzdischargetube
H Twin auxiliary electrodes400W ratings upwards (caponly in lower wattages)
J SupportK Lead-in wireL Twin auxiliary electrode
resistors
M Outer reflecting layerN Hard glass outer envelope
satin frosted
end
386
WATFORD FOOTBALL CLUB HALT
The new Halt, butlt to avoid the need for fans lo pass through the town. hasan energy-saving, low-matntenance tnstallation of 14 SGS 201roadlighting lanterns. each fitted wtth a 70W SON tamp.
fF
I
I
MILTON KEYNES TOWÍV CENTRE
The whole central area of the town is illuminated with post-top lanternsfitted with Philips HPL Comfoñ lamps, combining energy saving and lowmaintenance with a white light of good colour rendering.
HP[.DISCHARGE LAMPS
PEBFORTANCE DATA
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
000
1
toln?
ï
300 400 500 600
Energy ¡n watt per 1 0 nm per 1 06 lumen
HPL-N and HPL-Rl
700 800+nm
300 400 500 600Energy in watt per 10 nm per 106 lumen
700 800
HPL Comfort
POLAR LIGHT DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAMS
0cd
90' 0
cd
90'
2000
3000B
4000
5000
c6000
7000
60'
2000
4000
6000
8000
'10000
D
'12000
60'
14000E
0'A = HPL-R 125 WB = HPL-H 2s0 WC = HPL-R 400 W
30' 30'D : HPL-F 7OO WE : HPL-R 1OOO W
-1-
%
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
Lamp Performanceon Ma¡ns Voltage Fluctuat¡ons
Lamp Performance% During Starting Period
200
t:?I './
-¿ / 1
2-3
4
tL
0z 74
150
100
50
210 220 230 240 250 260 270 0 2.5
T¡me (min)
5
V Ma¡ns HPL-N
l¡
rY 4
387
HP[ -DISOHARGETAMP$ELÊCTRICAL DATA & D¡TEIISIOISCâlaloguoNumb€r
Rallng Avorago AvoragoLumon LumonOulpul Output
(Watts) (100hß) (2000hß)
180037006300
1300022Un400005B00058000
125000
2ffi38506500
1400024000
1 2000200@4000056000
ComlatodColourTomporatuÞ(tq
Mln.Supply
M
Lsmp LâmoVolls Curänt
Run.up Bumlng CAPTlmo Poslllon
Vollage
OvorallLenglh
(mm)(mins)(v)1qh)
56727-l92
122142168168185
567276
122
168184m4n4
1iS1æ
156177227n2329400400445
1N156177
2S0
2603003283€0
187187
HOL.NsOW HPL-N8OW HPL-N125W HPL,N25OW HPL.N4OOW HPL.NTOOW HPL.NlOOOW HPL,N1000w HPL.N'2000w H PL.N'HPL Comlort50W HPL Comlort80W HPLCoñfort125W HPL Comfort250W HPL Comfort400W HPL ComfortHPL.R25OW HPL.R¡lOoW HPL-RTOOW HPL.RIOOOW HPL.RHPL.B Comlod
1981981981S8198
198198198rs8
198198
115125'135
140
1401,m14at
95115
430040503850370038003900375037503750
33003í100330033003300
420D41004100
50W HPL-BComfo.t 5080W HPL-B Comfort 80
33003300
2000 19003850 3700
5080
125250400700
1 0001 0002000
5080
125250400
250400700
1000
17û35505800
1 200020400381 005050050500
'I 1 0000
19819B198198198198198
115
135140140'145
265'270'
0610.B01 .152.133.255.40750400800
0.610.801152133.23
2133255.407æ
0.610,80
444
4444
44444
4444
1212
U¡iversalUniversalUniversalUniversallJniversalUnivetsalUnlvorsalUnlversalUniversal
Un¡versalL,niversâllJniversalUniversalUniversal
lJn¡versalUniversalUn¡vêrsalUnivorsal
BCpin 8C
ESES/3 pins/GES/3GESGESGESGESGESGES
189036906200
1325022æ0
10800180003800049800
Lamp life iS a verycomplex subjecl. tn ordertogrve some guidance lor light technical andeconomic calculations, we show the typjcalcurves of life survival, lumen depreciation andeconomicservicebasedonlestscarriedoutbyour Qùality Depârtment Light (eDL).1. Life Surv¡val Curue -The average lifeexpectancy of a large batch of lamps undercontrolled laboratory test conditions with asw¡tching cycle ol 5y, hours on y, hourotf.(Based on l.E.C. regulalions).2. Lumen Depreciation Curye -The averagefall-off in lumen output of a batch of lampsmeasured over a specific period ol l¡me. Theinit¡al light output ¡s measured after 1 OO hoursoperation and subsequenily at regular intervalswith the lamps operated at nominal wattage bycontroll¡ng the ¡nput supply to the tamp.3. Economic Service Curve - The addrlivepercentage value of the Life Survival Curyeand the Lumen Depreciation Curye after aperiod of tjme e.9., assum¡nq al B00O hoursa l¡fe sury¡valfigure is given as 90%llO% fa¡¡ures) and a corresponding lumendepreciation figure is 90o/o (1 O% lumen fall inlight output) the resultant economic seruicefigure is determined asSO%. This figure of80% means lhat the originat instâllation js nowrunn¡ng at 20% below ils design efliciency.Appl¡ed to an indoor induslrial scheme
designed lo give 400 lux initiat lightrng tevel,lhis means thal alter 8000 hours the tightinglevel will have fallen to 32O lux (this does notinclude depreciation due to accumulatjon ofdust or non maintenance schedules).The Average Rated Life-The averaqe ratedlife obtained from large represenlal¡ve groupsof lamps under conlrolled cond¡t¡ons, aaf¡veormore burning hours perswitch. lt is based onlhe suru¡val ofat least 50% ol the lamps andallows for indiv¡dual lamps or groups of lampsto vary from the average.However, ljfe obtained in seryice Çan vary dueto a number ol parameters such as:-
Switch¡ng cycle- lVains voltage (plus tolerances)- Burning posit¡on (horizontal orvertical)
Mechanical influence (v¡bration, shocks)- Ambient temperalure (free burninq,
enclosed)- Luminaire and gear spec¡fications.The inlormation above is intended to givepractical guidance tothe useror specilier indeterm¡ning the replacement lamp cvcle beslsuited to his needs, based on the part¡cular
ESESESGES
GESGESGESGES
ESES
ORDEñING DATA
HPL.N
,t000
rFor Cross Phase Supply.AII lamps must be operâted with appropriate contol gear.For conÍol gear information refer to Oata Sheet No. pL j779.
ORDERI]IG DATALIFE EXPECTANCYAND LUMEN DEPRECTATION
Pack¡ng
5OW HPL.N8OW HPL-N ESBoW HPL-N 3 p¡n BC125W HPL.N ES125W HPL-N GES125W HPL-N 3 pin BC25OW HPL.N4OOW HPL-NTOOW HPL.N'IOOOW HPL-N 24OV,1OOOW HPL.N 415V2OOOW HPL-NHPL Comlort80W HPL Comfort125W HPL Comfort250W HPL Comfort400W HPL Comfort
HPL.R25OW HPL.R4OOW HPL.RTOOW HPL.RlOOOW HPL.RHPL-B Cdilorl50W HPL-Bcomfort80W HPL-B Comfort
604040242424126
664
4024126
5544
1212
Please order in multiples ofthe pack¡ngquantity.
\--<
-2\.:
-¡-ili
388
Made ¡n Belg¡um.
:'_'¿þtI$çÍ.Èl¡
i,F
\
Itt¡..H
tii
hå..þ;,F:i
I
i.
:
I
; -"rd.iir.,-.,: - .ì,,¡lì '. .
389
-r!:
HPI LAMPSMetal Halide dischargelamps
Metal hal¡de lamps contain selectedmetal halides ¡n the quartz dischargetube. These have the effect ofsubduing the mercurY spectrum andgiving a considerable increase in thereouired colour bands. TheY alsoinirease elf icacy over conventionalmercury lamps since the energy levelsof the added metals are lower thanthose of mercurY.The result is a crisp white light w¡th good
colour rendering, and an initial etficacythat can be as hÌgh as 90 Lumens/Watt.
Note: Metal hal¡de lamPsUK markíng MBI : Philipslnlernat¡onal mark¡ng HPI
BANGEHPI/T clear tubular metal halide lampsavailable in 250W,400W, 1kW, 2kW,415V andzkw 240Vvers¡ons. Also40oW HPI/BUS isothermal lamP withinternal d¡ffusing coating.
APPLICATIONSSuitable for ahy application wherehigh elficacy and long life combinedwith good colour render¡ng are¡mportant, ¡n situations such as:
rHiqh bay installations in industrialbui ldi ngsrBridge light¡ngrLighting in city centresrSports stadìarHigh-mast lightingrLighting football stadia forcolour television transmissionrArea floodlightingrLight¡ng training grounds
ro,eode'rhisoatasheetquore PL1767/6
ttI
lssued 7/83
7I nn - DISGHARGE üñl\
F;AfURESrShort run-up t¡me-80% of full lightoutput ¡s achieved after 3 to 5 m¡nutes.rThyristor ignitor dev¡ce starts thelamp reliably at temperatures downto -18'C, on mains supplies inexcess of 200V.rHPl/BUS lamp requires-no external¡9 n itor.rGood colour rendering suitable forcolour TV transm¡ss¡on.rGES cap ¡s screwed on to apreformed thread on the glass bulb,eljm¡nating the danger of loose capsdue to cement fai lure.
ßANGE OF OPEBAIIONLamps operate reliably on mainssupplies ¡n excess of 200V down to-18'C.
TATERIALS& FII{ISHHard glâss envelope.lnternally coaled finish for BUS lamp.Clear f inish for tubular lamps.Nickel plated GES caps.
LIFE EXPECTANCY AND LUMEN DEPBECIATION
HPI/1
MAIN ELECTRODES
GLASS ENVELOPF
SUPPORT SUPPORTS
QUAFTZ,DISCHARGË
CERAN,,IIC SLEEVEPFOTECTING SUPPORTWIRE
ICKEL PLATEDGES CAP
rkw HP|/T2kw HPt/T
(240V)QUARTZ
TUBE GLASS ENVELOPE
MAINELECTRODES SUPPOFTSN PLATEDGES CAP
Lamp life is a very complex subject.ln order lo g¡ve some guidancelor lighttechnical and economic calculations, weshow lhe typical curves of life surujval,lumen depreciation and economic seruicebased on tests carried out by our OualjtyDepartment Liqht (QDL).
1 . Ljfe Survlval Curue - The average lifeexpectancy of a large batch of lampsunder controlled laboratoru testconditions with a switchinçi cycle of 5/zhours on y2 hour off. (Based on ¡.E.C.regulations).2. Lumen Deprec¡alion Curue-Theaverage fall-off in lumen output of abatch of lamps measured over a soecificperiod of time. The ¡nitiat tight output ismeasured afte|f 00 hours operation andsubsequently at reqular ¡ntervals with lhelamps operated at nominalwattage bycontrolling the input suppty to theìamp.3. Econom¡c Service Curue -The add¡t¡vepercentage value of the Life SurvivalCurve and the Lumen Depreciat¡on Curueatter a period of time e.g., assuming at8000 hours a life suruivã fiqure is qiven as90% (10o/. failures) and aiones[ondinglumen depreciation figure is 90%' (10%lumen fatl in light output¡ the resutànteconomic seruice figure is determined as
80%. This figure of B0% means that theor¡ginal inslâllation is now runn¡no at ZO%below its design efficiency. Apptied to an¡n_d-oor ¡nduslrialscheme designed to give400lux initial lighting levet, this meansthat after 8000 hours the lighting level willhave Íallen to 320 lux (this does notinclude deprec¡ation due to accumulationof dust or non malntenance schedules).
The Average Rated Life -Theaverage rated life obtained from largerepresentative groups of lamps undèrcontrolled cond¡tions, at five or moreburning hours per switch. lt ¡s based onthe suruival of at least 50% of the lampsand allows for individual lamps or groupsot lamps to vary from the average.However, life obtained in service can varydue to a number of parameters such as:-
- Sw¡tch¡ng cycte- lvlains voltage (plus tolerances)- Burn¡ng position (hor¡zontal or vertjcal)- l\¡echanical ¡nf luence (vjbrat¡on,shocks)
- Ambierít lemperature (free burning,enclosed)
- Lumjnaire and gear specifications.The information above is intended togive pract¡cal guidance to the user or
specifier in determining the replacementlamp cycle best suited to h¡s needs, basedon the part¡cularcondit¡ons oftheinstallation in question. With all¡nstallat¡ons, group rep¡acement of lampswill generally reduce total cost byreducing lhe labour cosls conlent i[changing individual lamps when thesefail.
250-400w
\
390
60
2000w
HPI - DISGHARGE TATIPS
LAf? PEBFORTA¡{CE ÞAÏA
%
130
Lamp Perlormanceon Mains Voltage Fluctuat¡ons
200
Lamp PerlormanceDuring Starting Per¡od
120 l¡
'l 7,I/VLO
150
100
90
80
70
100
210 220 230 240 250 260 270 0 5
v Ma¡ns 2sow/2kw 24ov T¡me (m¡n)
Lamp Perlormance
y on Ma¡ns Voltage FluctualionsLamp Performance
% During Starting Period
130
120
'110
100
200
150ll-
l/Y:1 v
100
90
80
70
50
355 375 395 415 435 455 475v Ma¡ns
2.5 5
2kw 415V Time (min)
T
/2 ./az 4
2 7.¿
tl 7/3/ I
l¡
0
1
2J
4
1/l v
2 '/ 4
-í 77 1
2
4
lL
0r 4
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
HPI/BUS
'ow
ï
HPt/r 250W- 400w,ooJ
,J
0300 400 500 600 700 800
nm300 400 500 600
Energy in watt per 10nm per 106 lumen Energy in watt per 10nm per 106 lumen700 800
-nm
391
HPI - DISOIIARGE TATIPSLÂÍP PERFORilAIICI DATA (conr¡nued)
ELECÎBICAL DATA & DTMEIISIONS
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIÞUTION
t-tPtÆ 2000w - 415V HPttf 2000w _ 240v
.ï i
0 0300 400 500 600 700 800
-nm
300 400 500 600Energy in watt per 1 Onm per 1 06 lumen
Energy ln watt per 1 Onm per 1 06 lumen 7AO 800nm
CalalogueNumber
Raling Average AverageLumen Lumen
Lamp LampVolls Currênt
M¡n. Run"up Burnlng CApCorelatedColourTemperalure(K)
OverarlLength
DlamètÊr
(mm)
Output Output(Walts) (100hrs) (2000hrs) (A)
SupplyVoltage(v)
Tlme Posltlon
(mlns) (mm)25OW HPI/T4OOW HPI/T
Í4OOW HPI/BUS
13600292002830070000
166320166530
400040004000400040004000
GESGESGESGESGESGES
1000w HPt/r20OOW HPI/T-2000w HPI/T
(240V)(41 5V)
250400400
100020002000
'17000
3 1500315008r000
183000189000
125
125130
240
2.13.43.4825
16586
257283292382430430
4747
122
103103
200200200800200340
221
232
444455
NOïES: All lamps must beFor information on
operated w¡th appropriate control gear.control gear relerto Data Sheet No. pL 1779. BURNING POSITIONS
2
Horizontalt 20'
tBUS : Base Up Self-startjng, lsothermal lamp w¡th internal ¡gn¡tor*For crossphase suppl¡es only. This lamp and the single phaæz^w Hpt/ t.tamp may be distingu¡shed by the following marksetcned on the outer envelooe:ci 92/2 Singte phase tamp i2 s¡gnifies 220l240V suppty);c/92/3 Cross phase tamp (3 signifies 380/41 SV supdtyi:' -?
I
o 3
Unshaded area shows recommended burning posilions
VerticalBase upì 150
Un¡versal(except vertical)1 150
OFDIRIIIG DAIACalalogueNumbe¡
Descrlpt¡on Packlng Ouantlty
25OW HPI/T
4OOW HPI/T
4OOW HPI/BUS
lOOOW HPI/T
2kw HPt/T (415V)
2kw HPt/T (240V)
Tubular horizontal burning lamp with cl€arenvelopeTubular horizonta¡ burn¡ng lamp with clearenvelopeSelfstart¡ng ¡sothermal vertical burning lampwith diffus¡ng coatingTubular horizontal burn¡ng lamp for use onsingle phase supplies.Tubular horizontal burning lamp for use oncross phase suppl¡esTubularneatruniversal burning lamp for use ons¡ngle phase supplies
12
12
6
4
4
Please order in multiples of the pack¡ng quantity,
392
Made ¡n Belgium
393
lÊsuôd 9/82 ReplacesPL 177214
-Þ=
MERGURYB[EllDEllPOWERBTENDtllrr & MtRMercury blended dischargelamps
PowerBlend mercury blended lampsare ballasted by means of a tungstenfilament within the outer envelope.They therefore need no control gear,g¡ve light output immediately afterswitch-on, and provide a l¡ght sourcecombining the warm colour oftungsten GLS lamps with the highefficacy of mercury lamps. Anobjective life up to 6000 hours makesthe lamps particularly suitable as adirect replacement for GLS lamps inremote or ¡naccessible luminaires,where maintenance is difficult orcostly.ML lamps have europium-activatedyttrium vanadate phosphor coatingson the inner surface of the envelopeto give good colour rendering, with uplo 17yo red content. A hard glass outerenvelope is fitted to the 500W rating.The 160W MLR reflector lamp has aninternal reflector to ensure that soilingcannot reduce its eff¡cacy and the shapèof thè lamp avoids accumulation ofdirt on the light window.
Note: Mercury blended lampsPhllips lntelnatlonal malklng ML: UK marklng MBTF.Ph¡l¡ps lnternatlonal marklng MLR: UK marklng MBTF/R.
RAlIGE100W IilL ES Cap100W ML BC Cap160W ML ES Câp160W ML BC Cap25OW MLsOOW ML16OW MLR
To reordêrth¡s 9åta Sho6lquolo 117215
{MTR - DISGHARGE I.AMPSAPPLICAIIONSSuitable for use in commercial,¡ndustrial and public l¡ghting appl¡-cations, particularly where initialinstallation costs must be kept low.tn addit¡on, the MLR reflector lamp issu¡table for use ¡n display and plantI ¡ ghting.
FEAIURESrNo control gear requ¡red - the lampss¡mply plug ¡nto existing lightingpoints so that ¡ nstal lation costs are low.rGood colour rendering, mak¡ng thelamps suitable fot use as d¡rectreplacements for GLS lamps in mostsituations.rLong service life - up to 6000 hours- greatly reduces maintenance cosls,particularly where access is d¡fficult.rlnstant light output after switch-on,and re-ignition after only 3-4 m¡nutes.rGreater eff¡cacy than GLS lampeither increases light output orenables lamp rating to be reduced, soconsefv¡ng energy.¡lnternal reflecting surface of MLRlamp ensures eff¡cacy and reducescleaning maintenance even ¡n d¡rtyenv¡ ronments.
BANGE OF OPERAÎIONLamps operate reliablyfrom 18oC.
MAÎERIALS & FINISH
Envelopes: Hard glass for 500W rat¡ng.
ML lamps: lnternal phosphor coat¡ngMLR lamps: T¡tanium dioxidereflectiirg layer.Screw caps: Nickel plated.
ML Lamp
NICKEL PLATED CAP
OUTERENVE LOPE
MAIN SUPPORTS
AUXILIARYELECTRODE RESISTOR
INERT GAS FI LLING
AUXILIARYE LECTRODE
OUARTZDISCHARGE TUBE
MAIN ELECTRODES
SERIES TUNGSTENF I LAMENT
INTERNALPHOSPHOR COATING
FILAMENT SUPPORTASSEMBLY
MLR Lâmp
NICKEL PLATED CAP
TITANIUM OIOXIDEREFLECTING LAYER
OUTERENVELOPE
MAIN SUPPORIS
AUXILIARYELECTRODE RESISTOR
INERT GAS FILLING
AUXILIARYE LECTRODE
OUARTZDISCHAEGE TUBE
MAIN ELECTRODES
SERIES TUNGSTENF I LAMENT
FILAMENT SUPPORTASSEI\4BLY
(
394
Mt & MtR - DISGHARGE LAMPS
PEBFOBTAÈCE DATA
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTFIBUTION
1000
II
500
500
i250
0 0700 800300 400 s00 600
Energy in watt per 1onm per'1 06 Lumen
ML
700 800nm
300 400 500 600.Energy in watt per 1onm per 106 Lumen
MLR
POLAR LIGHT DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM
cd/í000 lm0 900
100 60"
200
cd
30030ô0o
MLR LAMP
'i
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
Lamp Performanceon Mains Voltage Fluctual¡ons
o/"
200
150
100
50
Lamp PerlormanceDuring Start¡ng Per¡od
210 220 230 240 250 260 270
v Ma¡ns
0 5
ML T¡me (min)
"/2 '2
z1, 7 I
lL
0I
I
1
23
I2 /Á
.* \
395
vMtR - DISCHARGE TAMPSLIFE EXPECTANCY AND LUMEN DEPREöIATION
Lamp life is a very complex subjecl.ln order to g¡ve some guidance for ljghttechn¡cal and economic calculations, weshow the typical curues ol life suruival,lumen depreciation and economic seruicebased on tests carr¡ed out by our QualityDepartment Light (QDL).'l . Life Suruival Curue - The average lifeexpectancy of a large batch of lampsunder controlled laboratory testconditions with a switching cycle of Sy,hours on 7z hour of. (Based on l.E.C.regulations).2. Lumen Depreciation Curue - Theaverage fall-off in lumen oulput of abatch of lamps measured over a specificperiod of t¡me. The initial l¡ght output ismeasured after 1 00 hours operation andsubsequently at regu¡ar interuals with thelamps operated al nom¡nal wattage bycontrolling the input supply to the lamp.3. Economic Service Curve -The add¡t¡vepercentage value of the Life SuruivalCurve and the Lumen Depreciation Curueafter a period of time e.9.. assuming at8000 hours a life survival f¡gure is given as90o/o (10% failures) and a correspondinglumen deprec¡ationf¡qure isgO% (10","
-
lumen fall in ¡ight output) the resultanteconomic seruice iigure is determined as80%. This figure of BO% means that theoriginal installation ¡s now running at20%below its design efficiency. Applied to anindoor industrial scheme designed to give400 lux initial lighting levet. this meansthat after 8000 hours the lightinq level willhave fallen to 320 lux (this does notinclude depreciation due to accumulationof dust or non mainlenance schedules).The Average Rated Life - Theaverage rated life obtained from largerepresentative groups of lamps undercontrolled cond¡tions, at five or moreburning hours per switch. lt is based onthe suruival of at least SO% of the lampsand allows for ind¡v¡dual lamps or groupsof ¡amps to vary from the average.However, life obtained in seruice can varydue to a number of parameters such as:-
- Switching cycleMains voltage (plus tolerances)
- Burning position (hor¡zontal or vertical)- lviechanical inf luence (vibration,
shocks)Ambienl temperature {free burning,enclosed)
- Luminaire and gear specifications.ïhe information above ¡s intended togive practical guidance to the user orspecifier in determining the replacemenllamp cycle best suited to his needs, bassdon the partlcular conditions of theinstallation ¡n quest¡on. With allinslallations, group replacement of lamÞsw¡il generally reduce tolal cosl byreducinq the labour costs content irrchanging ind¡vidual lamps when thesefail.
1C0
ELECTRICAL DATA & DITEIISIONS
\
Cata¡ogue Rating AverageNumber Lumen
Output(Walts) (100hrs)
Average CorrelaledLumen ColourOutput Temperature(2000 hrs) (k)
Lamp Lamp Mtn SupplyVolts Current Voltage(asma¡ns) (A) (v)
Run-up Burn¡ngTlme Posilion
cap OverallLength
D¡ameter
(mm)(mm)(min)100w i,lll16OW ML160W t\,tL25OW MLsOOW ML16OW MLR
1 t0031 5031 505700
140002750
1000300030005700
140002750
100160160250500160
216216198216216216
340036003600350037003600
0.450.690'751.102.20069
BC orBC orBC orGESGESES
240220220240240240
5
555
ES 156ES 177ES 177
227292190
727777s2
27
NOIES: L¡ghting Design Lumens refers to the l¡9ht output after 2000hours operation, the value used for light¡ng des¡gn purposes.All lamps have a power factor greater than 0.95.No control gear is required for use with these lamps.220V rating is suitable for ma¡ns suppl¡es of 220_230V:240V rating is suitable for mains supplies of 240-250V.Specify voltage when orderino.
ONDERING DAIACatalogue Packing
OuantltyNumber
'100W BC ML lamp100W ES ML lamp160W BC ML lamp160W ES ML lamp250W ML lamp500W ML lamp'160W MLR lamp
VerticalBase up:t 30"
Unshaded area shows recommended burning posit¡ons
oaoVerticalBase up ordown1 30'
BURNING POSITIONS
2
VerticalBase up or down! 45"
40404040126
12
Made ¡n Belg¡um.Please order in mult¡ples of the packingquantity.
396
r
t..
397
rEtIflonsGAPIGfTON$for low Pressuresod¡um lamps
A ranoe of current-limiting ballasts,self-hãalino dry f ilm capacitors forDower factor correction and electroniciqnitors for low pressure sodium lamps.
IMPORTANT NOTE: All low-Pressuresodium lamPs MUST be operated witha current-l¡miting device in the lampcircuit. Power factor correctioncaoac¡tors should be usèd inacbordance with the circuit diagramand data in this leaflet to ensure thalthe power factor presented to thesupply is in accordance with therequirements of the ElectricityAuthority and to reduce currènts in thecircu¡t supply cables.Other circuit capacitors are essentialfor the correct operation of lamps.
RAXGEA full range of control gear com-ponents is available for use with thefollowing Philips low-Pressuresodium lamps:-sox-81 Isox-E26 35W soxSOX-E36 55W SOXsox-E66 90w soxsox-Eg1 135WSOXsox-E131 180WSOX
To rcordôrthls Dârå sh66tquore PL 177117
lssued 7/82 RSlaæsPL1u/ô
trt-v,É?--D-C¡Ðtn-b=!v,
BAILASTS, IGNITORSD|SoHARCE BALLASTS (BSX)Feakr¡esrAll ballasts are su¡table for mount¡ngín columns w¡th the terminal blockdownwards,rAll hystack ballasts have terminalblock connectors tor easy fixing.
ELECTRICAL DAIA
& CAPACITORS _ tOW PRESSURE SODIUMrNon-track terminal blocks, and aseparate earth term¡nal which iseas¡ty accessible and mounted so asto ensure good electr¡cal connectionþetween cable and base_plate.rScreen-printed labels ¡ncludecircuit d¡agrams which cannot Þeeloff in damp or humid conditionå.
rLow wattage losses ensureeconomical operation and conser,^t¡on of energy.
Low-pressureManufactured
sodium lamp bailasls for use on SoHz ma¡ns supplies, to operate SOX lamps.rn accordance with BS 4782.
f-I
-L
l+_=--E
0 t ooT
BI---¡FABRICATED DEEPDRAWN HYSTACK
Cat. For lamp type Mains Ma¡ns Totalcuttenl currenl
No.C¡rcuitDiag.No.
Tw At Voltage Can*lange
Total thirdhatmon¡cstarl(A) run
circuitWatts
Essenl¡a¡capacitor
lgnitor(A)
BSXl 8BSX355BSX355BSX9OBSX9OBSX135BSXl 35141 3s141 35
SOX-81 835W & 55W SOXsox-Ë26/3690wsoxSOX-E661 35W SOXSOX-E91135W&180WSOXsox-891 i 1 31
0.15 0.14 250 2/O.3 0.22/0 3 4A 680 17 /O.22 0.17 /O.22 41 /s10.3 o 5 104024 024 830 6 0.67 1590.49 0 49 12s
2222*3344
175/220
130 70130 70130 70120 60120 60120 60120 60120 751?o 75
13.71414181882a241 /7941 /79
14005114008114008I L401 0I 1401 0
1s00715007L502015020
sxrzsx72sx76sx76SX74SX74
240240240240240240240
HHHDDDDFF
0 6/O.7 0.9/1.00 47 /0.56 0.47 /0.56 137 / 176
220/240220/240*Cantypes: D-Deepdrawn
F * Fabricated.H - Hystack -
+PFC capacitor
Total Th¡rd Harmonic values re¡ate t¡v tr'r"" io ooi"i'iuåi;"îi;:;""¿i""of{;3""ä;:[::t" '"
tn" "eutral
or a balanced rour w¡re, three phase supp¡y. These varues are div¡ded
DIf,IENSIONS & WEIGHTScalalogueNo.
For type D¡mens¡onsABmm mm
cmm
Dmm
Weightkg
BSX18 mm
BSX355BSX9OBSX13514135
0.58'1 0
2.968
180102134177
;^118149
36 45 9738 45 11863 68 8867 B0 120'f08 t06 147 '189
398
CAPACITORS
æâlúes,À,^'rnd from metallised poly-
t"lI.,r"ne lilm which has'seltProYl^i:
"traracteristics af ter
1,"#iriãui ot""roo*n'-:^,.' construction elimìnates the
l,i.ÏoititY ot tuaxast
lååt'1ru,**iit*-lithe ballast'
ig#i',T1i,1T3,, #ll ?i"I;3i' " "o'ïåiminal blocks on other value
"aoacitors
i:lll:Î ::":'.'.1¿:l l# iÎiìl *'"åiäitrring and t¡xing stuo
roperating temPerature range1¡oç ¡6 185"c.
¡G1{lToRS
Features
tBeliable solid-state circuit provideshigh-voltage pulses to achievevirtually instantaneous ign¡tion oflamp.tLow energy content of Pulsespresent an electrical hazard tosafety no greater than that of anymains voltage installatìon.rlgnitor is switched out of circuit afterignition; has zero watts loss duringlamp operation.rRe-ignition of a hot lamp after mainsinterruption usually occurs ¡n lessthan one minute.rlgnitor detects a lamp fault conditionând automatìcally switches off, thusel¡m¡nating radio interferenceproblems.rCorrosion proof polyamide casingswith two slots the length of each side,two f lexible lugs and two screw holesoffering a choice of methods ofattachment.rOperates reliably at temperaturesup to 80oC.
BALLASTS, IGNITORS & CAPACITORS _ LOW PRESSURE SODIUM
IL
Lead in w¡res300mm
Operating temperature
- 40 to +85'C10mm
DTMENSTOt{S, tâaEtGHlS & ELECTR¡CAL DAIA
FFNo.Calalogue
L4005L4OOB140t015007L5020
Operating Iemperature: --40'C to +BsoC. Lead in W¡re Length 300m m (12¡n.)
DIHENSIONS
250250250400300
5+10%8+10%10 + 10%6AX40/o20 + 10yo
383B384545
75967495
0.03010008010012
Max. WorkingVollage RMS
Capac¡tance Diametermm (B)
Length Approx.mm (A) weiqht kg.
All dimensions in mm
_t 405't 4.5 14 5
2
37.5
43 I94
W¡r¡ngCertain cables ¡n the ¡gnition circu¡tshould be rated at 450/750V(600/1000V) Ac (see circu¡t diagram),and must be capable of withstandingany temperature encountered andshould be protected againstmechanical damage.
ELECÏRICAL DAÎA & WEIGI{TS
The followìng recommendations arefor guidance only; the cable manu-facturers' published data should beconsulted for fuller cable specifica-tions with regard to temperature.Conductortemperatures up to 70oC:
PVC-insulated cable.Conductor temperatures uP to 9ooc:
HT PVC-insulated cable.Conductor temperatures up to 200oC:
Silicone rubber insulated cablewith glass fibre sheath formechanical protection.
Cat. Ma¡ns Min.Supply
WeightkgNo.
SX 74
SX 76
200t250200t2502001250
0.100.100.10
200200200
399
3 4
ignitorSOX autoleak transf ormer
Clrcu¡t diagrâm3
3. 135W SOX with4. 135W and 1B0W
W¡ring diagram codes:1. 18WSOX2. 35W, 55W and gOW SOX with iqnitor
BALIASTS, IGNITORS & CAPACITORS _ tOW PRESSURE SODIUM
OFDERIilG DATA
Calalogue Number Descr¡ptlonQuant¡ly
TBSXlBIBSX355BSX9OBSX1351413514005L40081500714010L5020
tsx 72TSX 74lSX 76
Ballast fo|I BW SOX-E
ii
i
I
Ballast for 35W & SsW SOX. SOX_E26 & 36Ballast for 90W SOX & SOX_F66Ballast for 1 35W SOX & SOX_Eg1Ballast for 13SW& tBOW SOX, SOX_Eg1 & r3tCapacitorPF CapacìlorCapacitorPF Capac¡torCapac¡lorlgnitor for 35W & 55W SOX, SOX_F26 & 36rgnrtor lor 1 35W SOX & SOX_E9 llgnitor for 90W SOX & SOX-E66
36241244
160503550
202020
Please order contro¡ gearControl gear ordered with36 Ph¡lips bailasts 14135
components in the form given in the follow¡ng example.luminaires can be supplied jn the exact quantjty required:_
35 Phil¡ps pF capac¡tors LSO2O
Made ¡n UKlMade in Hotland+ Made in West Germany
400
rErrfr0n$G[PIG]TONSfor h¡gh.Pr€s3ure sod¡um(SONI lamPs
A range of current-l¡mit¡ng ballasts,self-heal¡ng dry film capacitors forpower factor correction andelectron¡c ignitors for prov¡ding thehigh-voltage pulses needed lo slartSON lamps.IMPORTANT NOTE: All high-pressuresodium SON and SON/T lamPs MUSTbe operated with a current-limitihgdevice in the lamp circuit. Power factorcorrection capacitors should be used inaccordance with lhe circuit d¡agramsand data in this leaflet to ensure thatthe power factor presented to thesupply is in accordance with therequirements of the Electric¡tyAuthority, and to reduce currents in thecircu¡t supply cables.
BANGEAfull rangeof control gearcomponentsis available for use w¡th the followingPhilips high-pressure sodium lamps:-sOW SON7OW SON1 OOW SON & SON/T15OW SON, SON/TI& SON/ST25OW SON & SON/T4OOW SON &.SON/T1 KW SON & SON/T
Torsord€rthisDåtssh€erquote PL11l8l8
-
lssuod 7/82 ReplåcosPL1778/7
EutCì'--D-ElrFD-!v,
401
rBAILASTS, IG Ì{ITORS & CAPACITORS - SO]ID'SCI{ARGE BALLASIS I(BSN)
Fealures
rBallasts for high-pressure sodiumlamps are housed in deep-drawn orfabricated cans, fi¡led with polVesterto withstand the arduous conditionsof service.rNon-track terminal blocks, and aseparate earth terminal which iseas¡ly accessible and mounted so asto ensure good electrical connect¡onbetween cable and baseplate.rScreen-printed labels includecircuit diagrams wh¡ch cannot peelon rn damp or humid cond¡t¡ons.rsimply f ¡xed w¡th a keyhole at oneend and a slot at the other, necessi_tating only two pre-mounted screws.rPolyester fill¡ng permits small.quiet ballasts, and secures the gapand coils to ensure correct operätionor ramps throughout the lonq life ofthe ballasts. polyester doesïotsoften even under fault conditions.rLow wattage losses ensure'econom¡cal operation andconservat¡on of energy.
BSN 50BSN 70BSN 100BSN 150
rAll ballasts are suitable for mountingin columns with the term¡nal block -downwards.
DtxEllEtOltS, wltcHTs & tLlcTntc^L DAtaH¡gh-pressure sodium lamp ballasts for use on S0Hz ma¡ns
Calalogue For lamptype
supplies, to operate SON, SON/T & SON/R lamps.
M¿ins M¿¡ns TotalCurrenl Current clrcu¡tStaÌl(A) Run(A) Wans
C¡rcu¡tO¡agrâmNo.
We¡ght Îw ^tkg
Voltage Dlmensionsrangê A B C
BSN 250BSN 4OO
BSN lOOO
50wsoN7OW SON100w soN. soN/TJsowsoN, soNi î,soN,Sl25OWSON SON/I400W SON,r SON/Tlkw soN. soNÆ
CAPACITORSfor power laclor cofrectionFealures
rwound from metallised poly_Propylene f ilm wh¡ch has ,selÊhealing' character¡st¡cs afterelectrical breakdown.r'Dry' construction eliminates thepossibil¡ty of leakage.rlnternal resistor elim¡nates thêdanger of shock from a capacitorcharged by the ¡nductive kick_back ofthe ballast.rPin terminat¡ons w¡th push_on jeads300mm (12in.) tong.rExtruded aluminium canister ofcrrcular cross-sect¡on with an Mgearth¡ng and fixing stud.rOperat¡ng temperature ranoe-40'C to ag5'ç.
can' Totatthird PFchamon¡c câpac¡lor
14008L4010L4010L4016
2 x L40162 x L40204 x L4025
o
0.55 0.38 6to.7o 0.42 850.80 0.60 1151.20 0.90 174
1.80 1.30 2AO3.00 2.20 4406.90 s.00 l1m
- 220t240
- 220t240_ 240
1.6 120 70 2401.8 120 65 2402.O 120 75 2404.O - _ 240
63 6863 6863 6867 80
88 102 118 D88 102 118 D8B 102 118 D
120 134 149 D
120 134 149 D130 177 f89 F215 240 255 F
2530
,,735969
6.26.35
20.0
67 80108 106169 140*Can types: D- Deepdrawn.
F - Fabr¡cated.
,.,:i?iJiifl,iilTl,.ii"îi::::i,';,:i." measurements in the neutrar or a rour wjre baranced three phase c¡rcuit. Divide vãrues above by
It [€ad in w¡r€s 300nm
0psrating tsnpet.turo
-40 ro +85.CI
DtHENStot{s, wElcHls & ELEeIR|CAL DATACatalogueNo.
Max. Work¡ngVollaEe RMS
CapacllanceFF
Diametermm (B)
Lengthmm (A)
Approx.Weighl kg.
L4OOB1401014016L402014025
I t10%10 !10%16 !10yo20 xl1vo25 !10o/o
250250250250250
3838454545
75967095
0.100080.10012o.14
Operating temperature: -40.C to +gS"C. Lead in Viire
c r]l-_ 6
DEEP DRAWN
o
B
E
FABRICATED
402
Length 300mm ( 1 2¡n.).
rcillfoFs' enN. soNiT & SON/R
lliñ-lcié".ut" "ooium lamPs
lealúes..tiable sol¡d-state circuit provides
flï-vottaSe pulses to achieve
fll¡arty instantaneous ¡gnition of
'111, "n",ou "on,"nt of Þulses
ll,"rini ,nãl""tt¡"al hazard to safetyY':^,Þ^Iet lhan that of any ma¡ns
fi¡i¿je installation.
-rnnitor is switched out of circuit afteri.ijtion: nas zero watts loss during
ii¡p oPeration'
.ne-iqnition of a hot lamp after mainsi.rerruption usually occurs in less1,." one minute, even in hiohi,itient temperatures such as occur"n multi-lamp luminaires. Th¡s is an;.oortant feature where lamp outage
,äi pr"."nt u hazard to safety.
icorrosion Proof PolYam¡delasrng with two slots lhe length ofeach side. two f lex¡ble fugs and twoscrew.holes offering a cho¡ce ofmelhods of attachment.
.ilå"åålä
*""0'u at temPeratures
Wiring
Certain cables ¡n the ¡gnition circuitshould be rated at 450/750V
{000i 1000V)AC (see circuit d¡agram),and must be capable of withstand¡ngthe ¡gnition pulses in humidconditions. All cables should becapable of w¡thstanding anytemperature encountered, and shouldbe protected against mechanicaldamage.
The lollow¡ng recommendat¡ons arefor guidance only; the cable manu-lacturers' published data should beconsulted for fuller cable spec¡fica-lions w¡th regard to temperature.Conductor temperatures up to 70oC:
PVC-insulated cable.Conductor temperatures up to 90.C :
HT PVC-insulated cable.Conductor temperatures up to 200.C:
Silicone rubber insulated cable' with glass fibre sheath for
mechanical protection.M¡nefal-insulaled cables are notrecommended for use ¡n these partsol lhe ignit¡on circuil.Cable length l¡mitationsln c¡rcu¡ts using ignitors, the maxi-mum cable length between lamp andcontrol gear ¡s l¡mited by thecapac¡tance of the cable. This isobtained by adding together twovalues obta¡ned ¡n test:The capacitance ofthe'high con-0uctor (i.e. the conductor connect¡ngthe.ballast to the lamp centre contait)and all other conductors bondedtogether
BALLASTS, tG t{tToRs & cApAotToRs - s0t{DIMENSIONS
sN50/sN53/SN55
[-u'4.3 T-
_tt4
145
l_IAlldrmensrons n mm
æl:mlrcl
WEIGHTS & ELECTRICAL DAÎA
Catalogue For Lamp Voltagerange
Mln. SupplyVoltage
Clrcu¡l Weightkg.D¡agram
SN5O '150W SON, SON/T& SON/ST2sow/4oow soN & soN/i1000w soN & soN/tlOOW SON & SON/T
2001250 200 010
200SNl OO
No.
SN53 200t250200t250
0.10010
22200
Clrcuit D¡agrams
1
2
1.50Wand70WSON
2. 150W ro lkw SON and SONiT
3. 100W SON and SON/T
The capacitance between the'h¡gh'conductor and earth (usually theprotective hous¡ng of the cable).The maximum capac¡tances accept-able to the ignitors in this Data Sheetare as follows:*SN50:6,000pFSN53:3,500pFTables giving maximum permissiblecable lengths using typ¡cal cables incommon applications are conta¡nedin Customer lnformation Sheet No. BO.
An alternat¡ve to ¡gn¡tors SN50, SNS3and SN55, for applications where thecable capacitance l¡mitat¡ons cannotbe met are the MZN series of ign¡tors.These ignitors are intended to belocated adjacent to the lamp.For further informat¡on on theseignitors please contact Light¡ngDivision.
403
ttu.AsT8, tGÍlrfons & 0APAG|T0RS -soilorDmlìoD laCllaloguô Deôqlpllon Þacklng
Ouanl¡tyt{o.
BSNsOBSNTOBSN100BSN160BSN26088N400
tBsN1000L4æ8L4010L401614020L4025
1212124444
506040353648,t8
48
fsN60lSN¡ig
Ballast for 50W SONBallast lor 70W SONBallast for 100W 8ON. SON/TBailast fór 1 sow soN, soN/T. soN/siBallasl lor 250W SON, SON/TBallastfor 400W SON, SON/TBallast for 1kW SONPF CåpacltorPF CâpacllorPF CapacltorPF CapacltorPF Capacitorlgnltorfor 150W, 260W, 400W SON, SON/T, SON/Rlgnltorfor lkW SON, SON/Tlgnltorforl00WS'ON, SON/TsN100
Plsa6e ordsrcontrol gsar oomponents in the form glvsn in th6 lollowlng example, inmultlpl6s ol the.paoklng quantlty. Controt gear ordored with luminalrósìan bosuppllsd inthe exact quantlty r€qulrsd:-
48 Phlllps ballasts BSN7050 Philips Capacltors L4010
Made in U.K.
t Mado in Holland.
404
rGrllrr0R$GAPAG1IONSfor mercury f luorescontlamps HPL-N, HPL-R andmetal hal¡de lampr HPI
A range of currenÈlimiting ballasts,selt-healing dry film capacitors forpower factor correction and el'ectronicion¡tors for orovidinq the hioh-vältage puläes need-e¿ to siart HPI
lamps.
Metal hallde lampsUK mark¡ng MBI : Phll¡pslnternalional marklng HPI
Mefcury lluorescenl fef leclof lampsUK mark¡ng MBFR : Phil¡pslnternatlonal marking HPL-R
RAIIGEA full range of control gearcomponents is available for use withthe following Phil¡ps mercuryfluorescent and metal halide lamps:-HPL-N mercuryf luorescent 50W,80W125W, 250W, 400W, 700W, I kW and2kw.HPL Comfort mercury fluorescent50w, 80w, 125W, 250W and 400w.HPL-R mêrcury f luorescent ref lector125W, 250W, 400W, 700W and 1kW-
Metat hal¡de HPI/T 250w, 400w, 1kw,2kW (240V and 41 5V) and HPI/BUS,400w.
To roordor th¡s Dsts sheôtquotô PL 177gl9
lss0ed 6/83 8€Pl@sPL1z9/8
=v,cr--D-Elñ-D=!v,
405
rBALLASTS, tGiltToRS & CAPA0|T0RS-Hpt-il,llpl-R & HptDrScr{aRGE BALLASÎS (BHt)FealuresrAll ballasts are su¡table for mounting¡n columns w¡th the terminal blockdownwards.rNon-track terminal blocks, and aseparate earth terminal which iseas¡ìy accessible and mounted so asto ensure good electrical connect¡onbetween cable and baseplate.¡Screen-printed labels includecircu¡t diagrams which cannot peeloff in damp or humid conditions.rLow wattage losses ensureeconomical operation and conserva-tion of energy.
DrnErsrolts, wEtcHTs & ELECTRTCAL DAÌAMercurylampballastsforuseon50Hzma¡nssupplytooperateHPL-N,HPLIComfort] HPL-Rlamps,metalhalideHPl/TandHPI/BUS lamps. Manufâctured in accordance with BS 4782.
calalogueNo.
For lamp tvpe Circu¡tD¡agämNo.
M¡jns Ma¡n3 Tobl Weight TwCurænl CurÞnl c¡rcult kq
At Volbæ Olmena¡ongranqeABCOE
C¡n' Totalthird PFòhamonlc øp¡citor
WånsFlun
AHL50AHLSOBHL 125aHL250BHL4OOBHL 7OO
BHL lOMBHL2OOOaHL 250BHL 4OO
BHL 4OO8HL 10002 x AHL 10mBHL2OOOBHL 250BHL4æ
*Cantypes: F-FabriÇated, D-DeepDrawnIotal Third Harmonic values relate to measurements in the neutral of a balanced four w¡re, three phase supply. These values areby tlìree to obtain values in single phase supplies.
5OW HPI N
125W HPL-N & HPL.N25OW HPL.N& HPL.A4OOWHPL Ñ& HPT-RTOOWHPI,N& HPI.RIKWHPL.N&HPL R
250W HPt/l¿00wHPtÆ4OOWHPI/BUSIOObWHPI/T2kwHPrÆ1240V)2kw HPrfl f41sv)210W SON/H350WSON/H
63 68 88 102 118 D63 68 88 102 118 D63 68 88 102 118 D67 80 120 134 149 D67 80 120 134 149 D132 114 170 1S5 210 F132 114 170 220 235 F170 169 215 240 255 F67 80 120 134 149 D67 80 120 134 149 D67 80 120 134 149 D132 114 170 1 220 235 F132 114 170 220 235 F170 169 215 24O 255 F67 _80 120 134 149 067 80 120 134 14S D
0 40 0.37 62 1.30 120 50 240o 70 0.40 88 1.40 120 ô5 2401.10 ge 137 1.60 120 70 24O1.90 1.20 2æ 2.50 120 65 240poo 1.80 427 3.40 120 85 2405 æ 3 S 730 10.10 120 60 240aæ 5æ 1ø0 11.60 120 70 2409.& 5.& 2080 21.70 120 70 4151.90 1.30 268 2.50 120 65 2403.S r æ 4?7 3.40 120 85 240s 30 r.90 427 3.40 120 85 2408.oo 5.oo io4o I 1.60 120 io 24o
1 8.m 1 0 20 ?080 22.30 120 70 24O10 m 5 s 20æ 27.70 120 70 4153.50 1.m 22A 2.50 120 65 2405 20 2æ 374 3.40 t2O 85 240
21
25292525
€252525'14
4425
L@8L4m1ffi814020140252x 140!62 x L40253 x L€25L4020-14025140252 x 140254x 140254 x 1402014020L4025
CAPACIÏORSlor powèr laclor correction
Fealures
rwound from metallised poly-propylene film which has 'self-healing' characteristics afterelectrical breakdown.r'Dry' construction elim¡nates thepossibi l¡ty of leakage.rlnternal res¡slor eliminates thedanger of shock from a capacitorcharged by the inductive kick-back ofthe ballast.rPin terminations with push-onleads 300mm (12in.) tong.rExtruded aluminium canister ofcircular cross-section with an MBearthing and fixing stud.rOperating temperature ranqe
-40'C to 465'6.
8+14016L4020L4025
Operating Temperature: -40oC
to +BsoC. Lead in Wire Length 300mm (12in,)
250250250250
16 +10%20 +10yo25.+10y"
4545
l-L
Lead in wires 300mm
Operat¡ng temperature-40to +85oC
DIIEilSTOìS, W!¡GHT8 & ELECTRTCAL DATA
Calalogue Mâx. Capâcltance D¡ametoÌmm (B)
L€ngth(AlNo.
ìl
lr
1i
ll
l:
i,lLl ¡..
0'100.10o.12o.14
709595
FABRICATED DEEP DRAWN
T-i
l_I
406
ffJ,llÍi""0" '"'0"'aalúes-^r¡aole solid-state c¡rcuit provides
tl":,-uiol1aSe pulses to ach¡eve
]jfl|airv inttantuneous ¡sn¡tion or
'11, "n",ny "on,"nt of pulses
lLl-nt an electr¡cal hazard to safetyllT,-eater than that of anY mainsr:ri;qe installation.'i^"itor is switched out of circuit after
lÏiiion; nas zero watts loss during:mo oPeratlon'"^,,nsion Proof PolYamide casingtYI ruo slots the length of each side,x'tlri""¡¡le lugs and two screw-holes
ftiiiis a cnoice ot methods of
l¡achrnenl¡'lT^,.rÞe rêliâblv at temoeraturesroPErq''- -
ltpto 80"c'
vltrlng¡odain cables in the ¡gnltlon c¡Icuitli",,ld be rated at 450/750V
llàilrooov) nc (."" circu¡t diasram),'; must be caPable of withstand¡ngi" innition Pulses in humidl"i¡ìtions. All cables should bellnante of withstanding anY
i;;;erature encountered, and should
ùe protected against mechanical
danage.the followi ng recommendations arehrouidance onlY; the cable manu-iactirers' publisheo data should be
consulted for fuller cable specifica-tions with regard to temPerature
Conductor temPeratures uP to 70'C :
PVC-¡nsulated cable.
Conductor temPeratures uP to 90oC:
HT PVC-insulated cable.
conductor temperatures up to 200oc:Silicone rubber insulated cablewith glass fibre sheath formechanical protection.
[llnelal"lnsulaled cables are notr¿commended lor use ¡n lhese paftsollhe ignil¡on c¡rcult.
BAILASÏS,IGI{ITOR$ & CAPAGITORS-IIPt.il, HP[.R & HPI
st 5t & st s2 tGNtToRs
t64
_t 40514 5 145
2
st 54 tGNtfoR
375
4
40514.5 14 5 t
All dimensions in mm
ffi
WEIGHÎS & ELECTRICAL DAÏA
Calalogue For LamP
l
Voltag6tange
Mln. SupplyVoltage
Clrcull WelghtNo. kg.Þ¡agram
sl 51sl 52st 54
HPIIT 250W 400W 2OOI25OHPI/T 1000W. 2000W 200/250HPtiI 2000w 380/415
200200360
0.070.070.10
NB. HP¡/BUS does not requ¡re an ignitor
Cable length limitalions
ln circu¡ts us¡ng ìgn¡tors, themaximum cable length between lamPand control gear ¡s limited by thecapacitance of the cable. This isobtained by adding together twovalues obtained in test.The capacitance of the 'high'conductor (i.e. the conductorconnecting the ballast to the lampcentre contact) and all otherconductors bonded together.The capac¡tance between the'hìgh'conductor and earth (usually theprotective hous¡ng of the cable).The maximum cable capacitancesacceptable to these ign¡tors ¡s asfollows:-Sl 51 ¡gnitor: 25,000pF
Sl 52 ¡gnitor: 20,000pF
Sl 54 ign¡tor: 1 00,000pF.
Tables g¡v¡ng max¡mum permiss¡blecable lengths using typical cables incommon applications are containedin Customer lnformat¡on Sheet No.80.
407
IMPORTANT NOTE: With theexcept¡on of certain speoial types,such as the PowerBlend mercury/blended range of lamps with built-incontrol gear, all mercury and metalhalide d¡scharge lamps MUST beoperated with a current-lim¡tingdevice in the lamp circuit. Powerfactor correction capacitors should beused in accordance w¡th the circuitdiagrams and data ¡n th¡s leaflet toensure that the power tactorpresented to the supply is ¡n âccord-ance w¡th lhe requirements of theElectricity Authority and to reducecurrents ¡n the circuit supply cables.
BALLASTS, rciltroRs & GAPAGITORS-HPL-ll, HP[-R & HPI
ORDERIIIG DAIA
Calalogue Descr¡ption PackingquantltyNo.
BHLSOBHLSOBHL125BHL250BHL4OOBHLTOO
I BHLl 000tBHL2000
140081401614020L4025
tsl 51
tsl 52lsl 54
Ballast for 50W HPL-NBallastforSoW HPL-NBallastfor 125W HPL-NBallast for 250W HPL-N, HPL-R, HPI/TBal last lor 400W HPL-N, HPL-R, HPUT and HPI/BUSBallast for 700W HPL-N and HPL-RBal last lor 1 kW HPL*N, HPL-R and 2kW HP¡/T* (240V)Ballast for 2kW HPL-N and 2kW HPI/T (415V)PF CapacilorPF CapacitorPF CapacitorPF Capacìtorlgnitor lor 250W, 400W HPI/Tlgnitor lor 2kW HPli T (240V)lgn¡tor for 2kW HPI/T (415V)
't2
1212IB
42'I
504035
4848
6
*Two bal¡asts required for this circuit.
Please order control gear components in the form g¡ven ¡n the following example ¡nmultiples of the packing quantity. Control gear ordered with luminaìres can be suppl¡edin the exact quantity required:-200 Ph¡l¡ps ballasts BHL2000204 Philips ignitors Sl 54805 Philips Capac¡tors 14020
Made ¡n UK
Clrcuit dlagramg
1 3 5
N
2 4
Wir¡ng diagram codes:-1. HPL-N 50-1kW, HPL-R 125-1kW
HPr/BUS 40qW
2. HPL_N 2KW
3. HPI/T 250W, 400W, 1 000.4. HPIiT2kW (415V)
*5. HPr/T 2kW (240V)
: Highvoltagecables
408
I Made ¡n Holland
ILAMPS AND
FITTI ryq! Iq R üftifË"1å[F]]iirËïi"'S PECIAL þ"i:üfnîl'r,s Lamps
p U R p0 S ES i8Ëffíruîå'.X,håTå:",
Page
411415417419421423425427429431433435437439441443445447
HPR 125W Reprographic LampsHPl,li 12113hSl1iHPAHTQ7114Super Actinic 03Actinic 05 LamosActinic 09 LambsR-UVALL LamosHLRG 4O0W Horticutturat Lamp
Please sae pagos lland lllol Generallntroductlon for lnlormatlon on how to usethls Handbook.
¡t09
17 _:
410
411
HEAT TAMPSBlown bulb ¡ntorna¡reflecto¡ typea
Tungsten filament heat lamps fordirectional short-wave inf ra-redhealing purposes.
RAIIGElR250WS - 250W rat¡ng, normal glass,frosted finish (lndustrial use only).lB300WCH, lR300WRH - 300W rating,hard glass, clear or red finish.lR375WCH - 375W rating, hard glass,clear f¡nish.
Ava¡lable to special order only:-lR150WS - 150W rating, normal glass,frosted f¡nish (lndustrial use only).lR150WRS - 150W rating, normatglass, red finish (lndustrial use only).
APPLICATIOT{S
rLivestock rear¡ngrPersonnel comfort¡Entrance canopies, to provide l¡ghtand warmthrLow-intens¡ty process heati ngrPaint drying and cur¡ngr Pre-heat¡ng
To reorder lhis dãta sheet quole
I
:
i
1805PL
v,!rllCìtIDF!-b-!ctu,lnu,PL8988
12
7'
I
IIEAT TAMPS - TAMPS SPEGIAT PURPOSES
FEAÍURESrH¡ghly efficient conversion ofelectrical energy into radiant heat.rlnstant response - no warm-up orcool-down delay.rHigh-eff ¡ciency paraboì¡c ref lectorinternally applied to bulb mainta¡nsinstallation eff iciency.r5000 hours average l¡fe expectancy.rHard glass versions resist thermalshock due to splashing and are there-fore su¡table for all applicalions.rFrosted lamp gives diffused lightand heat output; particularly su¡tablefor livestock rear¡ng.rRed lamp reduces visible light; issu¡table for l¡vestock rearing andopen-sided process heatìng ovens.
PROCESS HEATINGAPPLICATION NOTES
General1. Shortwave infra-red penetrates
translucent materials, unlike long-wave infra-red from dull or'black'em¡tters, wh¡ch is absorbed atmost surfaces.
2. The virtually ¡nstant response toswitching or dimming hasimportant safety and energy-sav¡ng connotations, withflammable products and in batchcontrol applicat¡ons for example.
3. lnfra-red output is unaffected bydraughts, and if used on reducedvoltage the life expectancy isincreased while the output rema¡nsshortwave.
4. These lamps are for applicationsrequ¡ring intensities up to.lokwm, ¡nstalled. For higher¡ntensit¡es, use Ph¡lips Type IRKlinear heat Iamps.
Equipment designThe simplicity of the lamps permitsgreat versat¡lity ¡n the design ofi nstal lat¡ons.'1. Heat lamp spacing and he¡ght is
predetermined from a small-scalefeasibility test, and may be madeadjustable in pract¡ce.
2. Lamps must not be enclosed ¡ninsulated ovens. They heat bydirect radiation, and must be givenadequate vent¡lat¡on aroundlampholders and wiring.
3. For enhanced efficiency on reflec-tive or openwork products, highlyreflective aluminium tunnel sidesshould be used with recessed heatlamps. Phil¡ps recessed fittingW4001 ¡s suitable.
4. Heat control is poss¡ble by selec-tive switching, series/parallelswitching or dimming.
Ëdison Screw Cap
Heat Baffle
Tungsten Filament
1
Construction of PhilipsHeat Lamp
I nternallV AppliedHigh Eff¡crency Reflector
Radiation lntensity in planes perpend¡cular to lamp axis
300 W Clear 300W Red
1 000
900
800
720
640
560
480
; 800Oci 700
€ ooo
I=
500
.s 400à'P
sooI- 200
100
0
0
-¿:30 \a:40 - \
---\ S.
ËOci
=.g
BO
5 10 15 20
a = lVount¡ng Heiqhl rn Cms
375 W Clear
0 5 10 15 20
Distance from Lamp Axis in Cms,
'1000
9000Cm.
\\
I
ì
'a:20 \
\a:30 \a
\
E(J 800ci{. zoots 600
= 5oo
c; 400
E 3ooc
I
I
\\-a=30
\:50 -s \
200
100
0 10 20
Relative SpectralEnergy Distribution
400 1 000 2000 3000Wôvelenqth in nanometres
1 0096
80iú
6016
40x
20f
0%
412
y¡ng ot protective t¡n¡sh on brass lamps.
ITP DATA
IIEAT I.ATIPS - TAMPS SPECIAT PURPOSESGLASS BULES AND FINISHES
Bulbs are obtainable blown fromnormal 'soft' glass or from heat-resistant 'hard' glass. Soft glasslamps are marked 'For industrial useonly', and must not be used wherethere is any chance of splashing, asthe resultant thermal shock ¡s likelyto fracture the bulb.Hard glass lamps have a muchgreater resistance to thermal shock,and are suitable for all applications.
OBDERING DAIAPlease order lamps in the form given¡n the follow¡ng example, quot¡ngvoltage, wattâge and packingquantity:-36 Philips heat lamps 240l250V,300W, Type lR300WRH.
lvlade in Holland.
rtålogue Type No. Wailage Voltage Cap Finish class Overalllengthmax. (mm)
Bulbdlamelermax. (mm)
Packingquantlty
150Ws150WRS
25oWS
13346t84413346t847913352t844
240t250240t250110t1202401250240t250240t250110t1202401250
'150
150250
ESES
ESESES
FrostedRedFrosted
NormalNormalNormal
185'185
126126126
Special order onlySpecia¡ order only
300wcHl00wRH¡75WCH
13374/EO6133741E47913344t806
HardHardH ard
.15
185 126 9185 126 I185 126 I
les ilour lemperature of filament approxi mately 2400K.erage I il€ is 5000 hours at rateã voltage, bút this may be affected by actual working cond¡t¡ons (vibration, switching frequency, etc.).ese lamps may be operated in any poiition,lålogue sullixes.Soltglass.'Hard alass.Ctearlin¡sh..Red tinish.
300300375
ClearRedCl ear
413
IIEAÍ t[iIPS - 1ATIPS SPEOIAL PURPOSES
414
HARD GTASSIIIIIIIATUREHATflGEIItAtrlPsA range of low voltage lamps ofrelat¡vely low Wattage, with hard glassenvelopes and using the halogencycle for h¡gh elficiency, long l¡fe andminimum lumen depreciat¡on.The specially designed W4 x 9dcapless wedge base gives simple butf¡rm fix¡ng and positions filamentsaocurately and rel¡ably.
RAI{GE(Subject to availability)
Hlv 0l - 13 5V 6W HM 08 - 6V 2.4WHM02-6V3W HMP09_4V4WHMOS_6V4W HMB12-6V15WHIV 04 - 6V 4W HMB 13 - 6V 3WHM 06 - 12V 20W
APPLICATIONSFor use in situations where as muchlight as possible is required from asmall source, or where lim¡ted supplyenergy is available, as in:rCycle and moped l¡ghtsrEmergency l¡ghtsrMiners'cap lampsrSpotl¡ghts (Machine/Reading)rlndustr¡al torchesrwarning lights¡MicroscopesrTemporary road signalsrSecurity lightingrFibre optics
lo rsordorth¡s Data Sheôtquote
v,!Ittc.i,-DF!-b-!ctv,lllv,
Pt õ018/1
415lssuêd 7/83 Roplåces PL 301 I
F
HARD GLASS MI]IIATURE HATOGEII TAMPS - LAMPS SPECIAI. PURPOSE$FEAIURESrH¡gh elfìciencYrLong l¡lerLow energy consumptìon (prolongsbattery life)rWhite lightrSmall physical sizerRobust conslruction - high shockresistancerAccurate f i lament Posit¡oningrHard glass (not quartz) for easy
handl i ng
DIMENSIONS
Bayonet Ba9s10W or Overless 10W
max.10max.316.55 I 0.25+06
Wedge base W4x9dlow or Overless 10W
Prelocus P13.5s10W or Ovelless 10W
max. 10max.258.5 +0.5*0.6
max.10max.269.5 +0.5+0.6
max. 10max.3115+1+ 1.0
max.10max. 3215+1+1.0
Diameter (A)Overall length (C)LiOht centre length (B)Lateral deviation (D)
Alldimensions in mm.
LAHP DATA
CatalogueNo.
Voltage Wattage(houts)
HM 01HM 02H[/ 03HM 04HM 06HM 08HMP 09Ht\¡B 12HMB 13
Note: Supplied with W4xgd (wedge) base as standard. Alternative bases to special order:
e.g. HM designated lamps MCC (Bags), Prefocus (P13 5s), MES (EP10) under development*Provrsionally released with 1000 hours life.ORDERING DATALamps are supplied packed in mult¡ples of 100 or 1000.
Please order ¡n the form g¡ven i n the followi ng example, in multiples of the oack¡ngquantity I
1OO Philips miniature halogen lamps HM 04.
Lumenoulput
Life(w)
13 5666
126466
6344
202.44
153
96577656
3203854
24050
3002050
3002;000.
'100
3002,000-
100
\t
A,Dt--1
o
(oxoE
Ba9sP13.5sW4x9d
416
Made in Holland
417
IRK TINEARflUANIZHEAT TAIUIP$Tungsten f¡lament heat-lamps for short-wavoinfra.red rad¡at¡on ¡nhigh-intensity applications
NANGE
Standard types rated from 500Wto 3kW.
'X', 'Y' and 'Z'Term¡nators
APPLICATIONSUsed with su¡table reflector units, IRKheat-lamps can give very hiqh rates ofheat transfer, reduc¡ng processingt¡mes and space requ¡rements, ins¡tuations such as:-¡Preheating and mass heating¡DryingrPaint drying and baking of powderpaintsrCur¡ng appl¡cationsrFood preparation.Stress rel¡eving, expand¡ng, fusing,etc.rPr¡nting ink drying
FEATUBESrFast response; full heat output isachieved within 1 second, and thelamps may be dimmed for lastprocess control.rLamp output is reduced by B07owithin 1 second of switching otf,greatly enhanc¡ng safety.rProvides a h¡9hly-eflicient, energy-effective source of infra-red radiation.rProduces product temperatures upto 1350"C.rEasily focussed for extra intensity.rReflectorised versions are available.rPermit clean, lightwe¡ght, s¡mple¡nstallations.
I R K D tyer f itted to R o I an d 800. P ú nt i ngP/ess
roreordorthisDatashesrquore Pt1814/5
-
lssusd 7/84 Replaces PL 1814/4
--c'itD-E'Irtv,Cì']n--l
tRK uNEAR QUARTZ HEAT IAMPS - IAMPS INCAI{DESGEIIT
NOTÉS FOR USEBSShort-wave infra-red radiationbehaves in a manner similar to redlioht. and penetrâtes translucentm"aterials. unlike lonq-wave inf ra-redfrom 'dulli or'black' emitters wh¡ch issubstantially absorbed at manYsurfaces. lt ¡s advisable to conductsmall-scale feasibility tests beforedes¡gning a new installat¡on.IRK lamps should be mountedf lexiblv to accommodate diff erentialexpaniion, and ventilatìon and/orheat sinks should be provided for theend seals as necessary.lvlax¡mum perm¡ssìble quartz/metalend seal temperature is 300'C.Maxìmum permìssible quartz tubetemperature is 900'C.
The danger of exceed¡ng thesetemperatures occurs in high-intensityovens where considerable re-radiation is taking place (e.9. heatingmetal sheet or b¡llets to temperaturesabove .1000"C) and in these c¡rcum-stances, forced cooling of theenvelopes may be required.Aluminium reflectors wìll normallyrequire forced-air or water cooling forcontinuous oPerat¡on
Recently-¡ntroduced lamP tYPes137132/98 and 13'1682/98 have metalendcaps which maY be cliPPed to anearthed frame, and are equiPPedw¡th insulated flying leads.IRZ 500 Linear heat lamp fitting (forlamp type 1 31 692/98) see Data SheetP13038.IRZ 1000 L¡near heat lamp f itt¡ng (forlamp type 137132/98\
DIMENSIONS & LAMP DATA
Catalogue Volts KilowattsNo.
End
A spec¡al lampholderavailable for use w¡thtypes.The lamps should not be subjected tovibration or mechanical shock.
General character¡slicsAll types:Filament colour temperature: about2400KAverage life: 5000 hours at midpointof voltage rangePeak wavelength: about 1 2 micron
SPECIFICATIONStandard types are designed toconform with the lnternationalStandard IEC 240.
ORDEBING DAÎAPlease order in the form given in
Type 29570, isstrip terminated
tn
conneclionL'l (heatedlength)
L2 (lixlngcentres)
Tube
multiples of the pack¡ng quantity:-
12 Philips IRK heat lamps 13195Y
L3mlnimum
F¡gure Operatingpos¡tion'
13169X1 31 69X/981 31 69Y13195Y13195Xi 31 95Xi981 371 3X1 31 68X13765X1 3245X/98'13230X
13230X/981 31 692/981371321981 31952/981 31 682/98132132198
110/130110/1301 10/1302201250220t250220t25o2201250220t25038014203AOt420380t42038014202201250220t25022012502201250220t25O
ClearRefleclorClearClearClearRellectorClearClearClearFeflectorClearReflectorReflectorRetleclorReflectorReflectorRefleclor
140!2140!2140!2272!2272!2272!2272!22BOt24\O!2410!2700t2700!2162!5272t5272+52AO!228015
241!5241 !521 6133481536815368153681536815508:!5508!579815798t517835715357!535715357:!5
HorizontalHor¡zontalHorizontalHorizonlalHorizontalHorizontalVerticalVerticalVerlicalHorizonlalVerticalVerlicalHorizonlalVerticalHorizontalVerticalHorizontal
050.5051
1
1
1
222330.51
1
22
165165165295295295295295435435725725227307307307307
StrìpStrip
StripSlripStripSkipSlripSkipSkipSlr¡pSpecialSpecialSpecialSpecial
101010101010101010101010'10
10101010
Horizontal 1 1 5' (lhese types must not be operated vertically)Vertically 1 75" (lhese types previously operated in 'any' position)
Noles'Operaling Positions
418
2
ilI I
"I-
l*rr""o" otJGH rc, R^NK
{his Finance for Lighting scheme uses custom -buitt tuminaires with 40owtftlPl/T lamps, selectively switched to provide different tight |evets. Lightingpver seating areas is dimmable, and the system provides facitities for
]heatre light¡ng.
$
Ë
i
Eæ:{,¡,?i
i
Å
a
ï'¿-
BISHAM AABEY SPORTS WORKSHOP
A mtxed tnstallatnn of PAR 38 lamps angled at 1 5' to the vertrcal . anclupward and downward fluorescent lumtnatres. swttchable to gtve 900 lux750 lux or 600 lux wtth varrcus lamp mrxtures. g/ves the nght hghflng for anytndoor sporl tn the Nattonal Trarntng Centre
419
lssu6d 6/82
Pt
TI[llEARHEAT LAMPHTTItllGIRZ 5OO : IRZ IOOO
Easilv-installed f itt¡ngs for Philipslineaiouartz heat lamps with fully-insulatäd end connections, foruniversal use in Process heatingsystems, food warming and manyother applicat¡ons calling for aneasilv-controlled source of radiantheat. Supplied complete with reflectorand f¡xing screws.
RANGE
IRZ 500 - for use w¡th Ph¡liPS131692/98 500W lamP.
IRZ l OOO - for use with Ph¡liPs1371321981kW lamP.
APPLICAlIONSProvìdes very high rates of heattransfer, reduc¡ng processing timesand space requirements insituations such as:rPreheat¡ng and mass heatingrDryingrPaint dry¡ng and baking of Powderpaints¡Cur¡ng applìcations!Fast food industry (keeping cookedfood hot)rstress relieving, exPanding,fusing, etc.rPrint¡ng ink dryingrEnergy-elfective zone heating inlarge buildings (Churches, etc.)
lor€ordorlh¡s Data Shôetquote
-EÐU'v,!l'ñCì'-ÞF!-b-!c,v,fñ
õ0õ8NEW
I
FEAIUFESrSimple two-screw lixing on to metalstructu res.rFast response: full heat output isachieved within 1 second, and thelamp may be dimmed for processtemperature control.rHeat output is reduced by 80 per centwithin I second of switching olf,greatly enhancing safety.rProvides a h¡gh-eff icient, energy-effective source of infra-red rad¡at¡on.rProduct temperatures up to 700oCare possible.rLamp clips on to heat sink w¡thremote electrical connection.¡Reflector shields lamp frommechanical damage; also improvesoverall efficiency by redirectingradiant energy from workpiece.rLamp comes complete with heat-resist¡ng cables and terminalcon nectors.¡lntegral white diffuse reflectorcoat¡ng improves directional heatingefficiency.rSupplied as an eas¡ly-installed kit,complete w¡th fixing screws.
Body: Brushed alum¡nium extrusion.Rellector: Super-purity aluminium,anod ised.
SPECtF|CATTON
Designed io comply with BS 4533Class I (electrical) earth required.
To specily stale:Short-wave ¡nfra-red f¡tting forindustrial processing, for Philipslinear Z quartz heat lamp. To besupplied with fix¡ng accessories.Similar to Philips IRZ 500/1000.
RANGE OF OPEHATION220l250V supplies.Normal dry ¡ndoor conditions.
Nole: The max¡mum perm¡ssible p¡nchtemperature of the lamp is 275oC. lnmany cases, the metal structure on towhich the f¡tting is mounted w¡ll act asan adequate heat sink, but in certainsituations additional low-pressureforced-air cooling may be needed toensure that the maximum pinchtemperature ¡s not exceeded. Withoutforced-air cool¡ng, the amb¡ent airtemperature must not exceed Booc.
IIIIEAR HEAT tAMP FITTII{G - SPECIAT PURPOSEDIMENSIONS
WËIGHTS
Weight complele w¡th lamp:IRZ 500 - 1409,
¡RZ 1000 - 2009,
LATIP DATABurning position : Universal.Filament colour temperature: c. 2400K.Average lifet 5000 hours at mid-point of voltage range (23SV)Peak wavelength: c. 1.2 microns.
ORDERING DATA
Calalogue No. Descriplion olv.Pack¡ngtRz 500lRz 1000
Lamps131 692/98137132t98
Fitting lor 500W linear quartz heat lampF¡tt¡ng for 1 kW ljnear quartz heat lamp
500W l¡near quartz heat lamp1 kW linear quartz heat lamp
Please order in the torm given in the following examplel10 Philips IRZ 1000 heat lamp fittings,10 Philips 137132/98 l¡near quartz tamps,
Noles for usersShort-wave infra-red radiat¡on behaves in a manner s¡m i lar to red light, and penetratestranslucent materials, unlike long-wave infra-red from ,dull'or,black,em¡tters which issubstant¡ally absorbed at many surfaces. lt ¡s adv¡sable to conduct small-scale feasibilitytests before design¡ng a new ¡nstallat¡on.Maximum permissible quaÍtz-metal end seal temperature is 27SoC; max¡mum quartztube temperature is 900oC. ln applications where these temperatures will be ex¿eeded,low-pressure forced-air cooling of the quartz envelope and lamp ends w¡ll be required.
Lamp: lvlade in BelgiumFitt¡ng: [,4ade in UK
Æ
-fD
1-
B IDIEctRz500 120
tRz1000 250 300 3s95145137
420
421
BTACKTIûHÏTAMPSA range of four tubular fluoresientlamps with f ¡lter envelopes, amercury/tungsten blended lamp and amercury lamp (both with Woods glassenvelopes) for producing long-waveUV radiation forthe activation off luorescent malerials.
RANGE
TL6W/08 - tubular lluorescent lamp225 x 16mm (9in. x åin.), ôW rating.
TLSW/o8 - tubular fluorescent lamp300 x 1 6mm (1lt x å¡n.), 8W rating.TL2OW08 - tubular f luorescent lamp600 x 38mm (2ft x 1+in.), 20W rating.TL40W08 - tubular f luorescent lamp1200 x 38mm (4ft x 1åin.), 40W ratìng.MLW 160W - mercury lamP with¡ntegral stabìl¡sing f i lament (bâllastnot required), Woods glass ovoidenvelope, 160W rating.HPW 125W- mercury lamp, Woodsglass ovoid envelope, 125W rating.TL 4Wl08 and TLD 15W/08 to spec¡alorder only
Caution: These lamps emit UVrad¡at¡on.Precautions must be taken in the des¡gnof process ìnstallations to avo¡dexposure for operatives and users(especially lo skin and eyes).
All equipment manufacturersincorporating this lamp should provideinstructions to users with warn¡ngs foravoidance or limitat¡on of UV exposureas appropriate.Users of UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use provided byequipment manufacturers.
roreorde.rhisDarâsheerquote PL1813/3
-
lssued 7/84 FeplacesPLlSl3/z
U'!lllCì'IÞFT-h-!ctU'rñ
12,
BLACKLIGHT IAMPS - TAMPS SPECIAL PURPOSESFEAÎUBESroutput is mainly in the long-waveUV region for Íesponse from commonf luorescent materials.¡Black lilter envelopes reduceradiat¡on in the visible spectrum.rTubular fluorescént lamps run fromsame control gear as standard whitelamps, and are interchangeable ¡n
standard sw¡tchstart luminaires.rlntegral stabilis¡ng lilament of MLWlamp eliminatesthe needfora ballast;enables lamp to run directly from themains.lovoid mercury lamps provide acompact, easily-d¡rected UV source;tubular fluorescent lamps are moresuitable for general UV irradiation.
SPECÌRAL POWER DtSthlBUtlOt{
RANGE OF OPERATION240V 50Hz supplies (all types exceptMLW .f 60W require su¡table controlgear).
DttrEltstolls
MATERIALS & FINISHTubular lluorescent lamps: M¡ni-bi-p¡n or b¡-pin caps, cobalt filter glassenvelope.HPw:3-pin BC or ES cap, Woodsglass envelope.MLW: ES cap, Woods glass envelope.
Replacement Per¡odIt is recommended that UV lamps shou ld begroup replaced and with a shorter per¡odthan for wh¡te lamps. A guide lo UVdepreciat¡on is in the Lamp Data table.
LAMPCatalogueNo.
Descr¡ption Length Diameter CapL max D nom
BS LampVoltage
BS LampCurrent
UV Depreclatlon7o per lhousandhours
TL4w/OB*ï16W/08TL8W/O8TLD15W08*TL18W/08fL36W/08HPW 125WMLW 16OW
136 16212 162A8 16439.2 26590 26
1 200 26177 75172 75
4W 150mm (6in.) miniature fluorescent6W 225mm (9in.) min¡ature lluorescentBW 300mm (12in.) m¡n¡ature fluorescent
15W 460mm ( 18in.) lluorescent20W 600mm (2ft) fluorescent40W 1200mm (4ft) fluorescent
125W mercury1 60W mercury/tungsten blended 220l240V
N¡ini bi-pinM¡ni bi-p¡nMin¡ bi-p¡nB¡-pinBi-pinB¡-p¡n3-pin BC or ESES
3045585657
103125
0.150'160.170.310'370431.200.67 15
390.6 404.8
0.03 o.o3
Rêlativs tolal radiånt power
SPECTRAL POWER DISTRIBUTION
Total rsd¡ant power per 10 nm
E
o
=t
nm
300 350 400 450 500nmAbsolute radiant power
HPW 1 25W1140W08for TL20W08 multiply by 0.4
TD
l
D
i
tl.!1
*To spec¡al order only.Note: All lampsanyoperatìngposilionexceptlvlLWl60W vert¡cal,capupordownlTS'
CONTROL GEAR COMPONENÏS
Ballast Starlef
Note:types
Type MLW ¡s stabi I ised by its tungsten fi lament, and requ ires no control gear. OtherMUST be operated in conjunct¡on with suitable current-limiting control gear (ballast).
ORDEFING DATA
TL6W/08TL8WO8TL18W/08TL36W/08HPW 125W}MLW 16OW
cap 3-p¡n or
Please order lamps in the form givenin the following example, inmultiples of the packing36 Philips blacklight lamMade in Holland
25o6
12't2
typeLamp
1 x TL6W/082 x TL6W08'1 x TL8WoB2 x TL8WoB1 x TL18W/082 x TL18W08TL 36W08HPW'I25W
52or3102x52S2or5102x3252orS102 xS2s10
BAS 8BAS 13BAS 8BAS 13BCS 20BCS 40BCS 40L5125BX
422
ps
ÉÉ,
Élii.
IIl
Ì
I
I
I
I
iI
t
:
:
ilHH*rcnAtT.AII,IP$A ranqe of lamps with sharPlY-def¡nãd output at 253 7 nm, close to
the wavelengths most effect¡ve in
inhibiting bacteria and moulds.
RANGE
TUV 6W: Single-ended dischargelamp, for operation direct f rom220/240V 50 Hz suppl¡es
TUV 15W: Linear discharge lamP, foruse w¡th normal fluorescent controlgear.TUV 30W: Linea¡ discharge lamP, foruse with normal fluorescent conlrolgear.TUV 40W: Linear discharge lamp, foruse w¡th normal fluorescent controlgear.
APPLICATIONS
Suitable for ình¡biting bacteria andmoulds in many situat¡ons, includingrsterilisation in hospitalsrBacteriological researchrPharmaceut¡Õal manufacturerDairies¡BreweriesrFood storage rooms
¡Aìr conditioning systems.i
::
Caution: These lamps emit UV rad¡at¡onPrecautions must be taken in the designof process ¡nstallations to avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially tosk¡n and eyes)..All equipment manufacturersincorporat¡ng this lamp should prov¡deinstructions to users w¡th warn¡ngs foravoidance or limitation of UV exposure asappropriate.Users of UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use provided byequipment manufacturers.
v,'ltrñcÌt-ÞFEbv.t'ctv,r"lu,
1834/3PLlo ¡eorder this Dôla Sheelquole
12,
423lssued 6/83 Replaces PL 1834/2
[r'FEATUHESrMajority of output occurs at 253.7nm line, making the lamps anefficient source of germicidalrad iationr Type TUV 6W operates on normala.c. power supplies (ballast internal)provides an inexpensive andconvenient source of UV radiationrLinear lamps can be used inconventional f luorescent switch startcircu itsrNegligible ozone formâtion
TUV GERMIGIDAI. TAMPS - SPEGIAT PURPOSES
LATP DATA
Calalogue LampVollage
0.0270.310.360.43
*at'1 m from centre.
DrMEt{STONS & WEtcHlSCalaloque No. L (mm) max. D (mm) nom. We¡qht (q)
LampCurrentA
UV 253 7 nmpw/cm'*
UV 253.7 nmw
capNo.
oulput)TUV 6WTUV 15WTUV 3OWTUV 4OW
5696
103
2201240 ESBi-pinB i-p¡ nB i-pin
0.085
9.0
0.85
8394
Pack¡ng quantltyTUV 6WTUV 15WTUV 3OWTUV 4OW
150.0437 4894 6
11994
26
38
4075
140aot
10,100666
OBDERING DÅTAPlease order lamps in the form given in the following example, in multiples ofthe pack¡ngquantity:12 Philips germicidal lamps TUV 30W
ULTBA.VIOIET ÂAD¡AIION
E
t
-TUv30 W ånd fUV4OW
r
È
+10' +15'
I
100
32
DIMENSIONS
D
100
IìP
50+5'
OIMENSIONS
rEËf
ËR
i:!á
Made in Holland
424
n0PLow-pÍessure PulsedXenon lamPs
A range of discharge lamps of thelow-pressure xenon tYPe, withsDectral characterist¡cs approxi-mating to those of normal daylight.
RANGE
XOP 7: Linear lamp, arc length158mm,750WXOP 15:L¡near lamp, arc length312mm,1500W.XOP 25: Linear lamp, arc length457mm,2000W.XOP 30: Linear lamp, arc length615mm,3000W.XOP 40: Compact-source lamp,4000w.XOP 80: Compact-source lamp,8000w.
APPLICATIONSrEm¡nently su¡table for the lighting ofhorizontal and vertical copy-boardsin the graph¡c arts ¡ndustry.rsince the lamps strike ¡nstantlY,they are also su¡table for use ¡n stop-and-repeat copying machines.
Caution: These lamps em¡t UV radiation.
Precautions must be taken in the designoI orocess installations to avoid exposurefoi operatives and users (especially lo
sk¡n and eyes).'All eouiDment manufacturersincorboiating this lamp should provideinstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or lim¡tation of UV exposure asappropriate.Users of UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use prov¡ded byequipment manufacturers.
To reorder this dala sheetquole PL
FÞG,
Eutv,!Itlc':t-Þ?!-hÐ!ov,l?lv,
83711
425
lssued 6/78
XOP - TAMPS SPECIAI PURPOSESFIATUBEgrlmmediate start and re-slart- nowarm-up time required.rFull l¡ght output ¡s obtainedimmediately.rColour temperature and efficacyremain constant throughout workingl¡fe.rSmall d¡ameter simplifies thedesign of eff¡c¡ent reflector systems.rHigh eff¡cacy.rSpectral character¡stics approx¡-mate to dayl¡ght; lhe lamps aresu¡table lor both colour and black-and-wh¡te reproduction.1300 hour working life.rOzone-f ree quartz envelopes.
LATPDATA
Cat. Lamp LampWalls Volts
LampCurenl(a)
rackl¡ìquantü
Lumlnous Colour Pulse L¡ghtelf¡ciency temp. frequency depleciatlonlm/W c/s 'h
No.
XOP 7*xoP 15+xoP 25*xoP 30.xoP 40*xoP 80*
75015002000300040008000
52+3 18105 +5 18115+5 18210+10'18210+10 19420+15 19 )
20-25r 5600 100-120 approx.2o'1I
t
ô6644
DrrEt{stoNsA
a
Mêx. 12XOP 7
XOP ]5XOP 25XOP 30
A238+3392+3s3t +3695+3
B158+3312+3457+3615+3
15*5
f\,4 ax. M¿x
M ax.
l118
1
L. ,.]+ 5
+ 5+ L¿a + s-l 90+3XOP 40 XOP 80
ax temp. tube 750"C, Pinches 400oC, Av. l¡le hours 300
OFDERIIIG DAÎAPlease order lamps ¡n the f orm givenin the following example, in mu¡t¡plesof the pack¡ng quantity:
18 Philips xenon lamps XOP 25
l
RELATIVE LUMINOUSINTENSITY DISTRIBUTION(without reflector)
150'100
cd
50
120"
o sd
50
cd60"
100
XOP 2 15,25,and 30
ABSOLUÏE SPECTÊAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
0nm/lm I600
200
1
I!
1500 600
426
Made in Holland
i
ili1
MI
427
lssued 1 &
Pt
al
csxXenon projection IampsA range of ozone-free compact-sourcexenon lamps with excellent colourrendering and high light outputcomb¡ned with high efficacy.
RAI{GEHorizontal burningcsx 500w-Hc-oFCSX sOOW-H-OFCSX TOOW-HSC-OFCSX lOOOW-HSC-OFCSX 16OOW-HSC-OFcsx 1600w-HSc-r-oFCSX TOOW-HS-OFCSX lOOOW-HS-OFCSX'I6OOW-HS-OFCSX 2OOOW-HC-OFCSX 3OOOW-HC-OFCSX 2OOOW.HTP-OFcsx 2500w-Hc-oFCSX 3OOOW.HTP-OFCSX4OOOW-HTP-OFCSX 4OOOW-HSC-OF
Verl¡cal burningCSX 75W-2 OFcsx 150w-1 0FCSX 150W.1 AS-OFCSX 45OW-OFCSX gOOW.OF
csx 1600w-oFcsx 2500w-oFcsx 6500w-oF
APPLICATIOIISr Professional cinema projectionrOpticalsystemsrFading tests
u,!l.llC.:t
-DF!-h-!ttv,ItlU)
lo reorderlhis Dãla sheet quote 3054
CSX-IAMPS SPECIAL PURPOSES
FEATUBES. Ozone -lree quatlz glass envelopes.rsma¡lsource Pemits high optical
eff¡ciencY.rGood colour rendering combined with
h¡gh efficacy.
COI{TBOLGEARSupplied by equipmenl manufacturers-details on request.
ORDERIIIG DATAPlease order lamps by CatalogueNumber in the form given in the followingexample, ¡n multiples of the packingquantity:- 3 Philips xenon projectorlamps CSX 1600W-HSC-OF
LAUPDATA
Catalogue No. Flg. Wattage Arc length Length Pack¡ngmm mm
CSX 75W-2 OFcsx 150w-1 0FCSX 15OW-1 AS-OFcsx 450w-oFcsx 900w-oFcsx 1600w-oFcsx 2500w-oFcsx 6500w-oFHor¡zontal burningcsx 500w-Hc-oFCSX 5OOW-H-OFcsx 700w-HSc-oFcsx 1000w-HSc-oFcsx 1600w-Hsc-oFcsx 1600-HSC-l-OFcsx 700w-HS-oFcsx 1 000w-HS-oFcsx 1600w-HS-oFcsx 2000w-Hc-oFcsx 3000w-Hc-oFCSX 2OOOW-HTP.OFcsx 2500w-Hc-oFcsx 3000w-HtP-oFCSX 4OOOW.HTP-OFcsx 4000w-HSc-oF
75150150450
90150150250325370428442
170190233233
236233233233365424365340400423408
0.62.21.92.43.34.26.09.0
2.52.92.83.33.32.92.83.34.55.54.54.55.56.06.0
50656570707085t0
6565707070657070708585B585B50000
9001 6b025006500
500500700
1 00016001600700
1 0001 6002000300020002500300040004000
Voltage Lum¡nous fluxlm
1 00030002900
1 2000300006oooo
100000325000
r45001450020000330006000060000200003s0006000080000
1 3000080000
1000001300001 800001 80000
4441
1
1
1
1
RELATIVE SPECTRAL POWER DIS-TRIBUTION
100
80
60
40
20
0400 500 600 700 800 900
The radiation from CSX lamps is defined by a continuum ¡n the visible region inthe presenceolweak spectral lines. The infra-red region containsa prono-uncedl¡ne spectrum. Depend¡ng on requirements, ìh¡s inlralredstructurecan be e¡therisolated for lR applications or entirely suppressed if desired.
I
t il
1000 1 '100
nm
42A
429
HPRIzSWMercury D¡schargoReprograph¡c LamP
A lamD with an internal reflector'produäìng a bluish-wh¡te light withstrong actin¡c radiat¡on.
RANGE
HPR 125W: Mercury d¡schargereprographic lamp.
APPLICATIOI{SHigh actinic content of beam makesthe lamp particularly suitable for usein equipment for black-and-whitecopying and reproduction.Used with a separate Woods glassfilter, the lamp can be used as a'black lìght' source, the internalreflector ensuring a homogeneousbeam of radiation.The lamp also has appl¡cations as afloodlight lamp.Suitable applications include:rReprographic ¡ndustry - pârticularlyfor copy board lighting.rSilk screen processing.
Caution: These lamps em¡l UV radiation.Precautions must be taken in the designof process installations lo avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially toskin and eyes).-All equipment manufacturersincorporating this lamp should provideinstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or limitation of UV exposure asappropr¡ate.Users ol UV equipment should carefullyobserue instructions for use provided byequipment manufacturers.
ro,eo¡dorthisdatasheêtquore P[1fIl6/f
-
lssued 6/84 R€Plaæs PL 1æ6
v,!l.llCÌ'-D-!-b-!ctU'].fIv,
tr:HPR 126W - TAMPS SPEGIAT PURPOSESFtatlrFls¡H¡gh output coupled with long ¡ifereduces installation and runningcosts,rS¡mply installed into standard ESlampholder; runs from normalmercury discharge control gear.
Dt[!NStOltS LIGHT DISIRIEUTIOII DTAGBATS
linish
internal
dilfusinolronl olass
RELATIVE SPECTRAL EIIERGY DISIBIBUÎIOT
700 nm
LATP D TA
0
cd
1000
cd
2000
900
600
300
00
\
CalalogueNo.
MlnimumStartVolts
lampVolts
LampCurrentAmps
Light/energy Cap Burn¡n0posltlon
Ballast Llle Packlng(hrs) quantltydepleclatlon
$YP.F.C.capacltot
HPR 125W 180 125 1 '15 20 ES Any BHL125 L4008 2000 16*The percentage by which the radiation decreases with respect to the nominal val ue, after 2OO0 hours.
i
I
l
l
Weight: 200 g.
ORDIBII'G DATAPlease order lamps in the formin the following example, in muof the packing quantity:
32 Philips reprographic lampsHPR 125W
g¡venItiples
430
Made in Holland
431
HPllJltz,llPMlS,HPIIJIIS, HPMITMêtal hal¡de Printinglamps
A range of high-Pressure mercurYdischarge lamPS with lead andgallium iodide additives to producean activation wavelength betweèn320 nm and 440 nm.
RANGEHPAB:400Wrating.HPM 12:400W rating.HPM 13: 1000W rating.HPM 15: 1000-4000W rating.HPM 17: 1000-4000W rating.
APPLICAT¡ONSSuitable for any applicat¡on requiringan aclivation wavelength between320 nm and 440 nm, including:r Photochemica¡ processesrPlaie-making for llthogrâphicpri nt¡ngrExposure of photo-resists forchem¡cal mìlling and pr¡nted circuitetching
Caution: These lampsemit UV radiation.Precautions must be taken in the des¡gnof process installations to avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially tosk¡n and eyes).-All equ¡pment manufacturers¡ncorporat¡ng this lamp should¡nstructions to users w¡th warnavoidance or limitat¡on of UV exposure asappropriate.Users of UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use provided byequipment manuf acturers.
roreod€,ih¡sD.rashs€rquote P[1850/3Ælssued7.8l Feplaces PL 1850/2
provideings lor
v,'ltftrCìtI
ÞF!-b-EE'vtlñv)
i
I
't,
i,irI
I
l
i
I
I
HPM 12, HpM 1õ, HpM 15, HPM 17 - TAMPS SpEGIAI PURP0SESFEAIUREglOzone-free quartz glass envelopesrshort run-up t¡me - only threeminutes¡High output coupled with long l¡fereduces inslallation and runningcosts
COI{IROL GEAH
Supplied byequ ipment manufâcturers-details on request
OFDERING DAÎAPlease order lamps in the form givenin the following example, in multiplesof the packing quantitYi4 Philips metal halide lamps HPM 15
Made in Holland.
DrHExSlOt{S
LAIÞ DATA
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
250 450 650 750
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGYDISTRIBUTION
HPM I5
HPM f7
HPM 12
HPM12 16+05
,1[ma^.zol@lLY
_Jr
HPAB6104
14 r 1.0
104 300
Imin.6 5g8a
r{PM136a0.4
Ø30 12!1
14110 T r-!.r20 510 5lOìr \r'
8104 30085 50103
147 !3mâx.245
HPM17Ø 12!1
6104-:lol-
zo.sro:[@JL11
14110
1€8104
115 a 5 010.3175 !2
HPM15 Ø35 16r05 12!18r04 6 104 rrÂ
205ro5lOlLY14 a 1.0
351 5010320!1
198 13
l -fa
Calalogue LampNo. Wattage
w
LampVoltagev
125 !120 + 10135 + 10
SlartlngVoltagekv
Run-uptlme(minutes)
Outpul belween330 & 440 nm atlm d¡stanceuwcm2
Lighl/energy Average
20iì0
Welght Packlngg quanlltyl¡fe
(H)deprec¡ation(%y
HPABHPM 12HPM 13HPM'I5HPM 17
1000-40001000-4000
240 +220 +
20*240042004500
6
33
2305075
1000500750750750
620 44444
¡Altêr500 hours' burning '*Measured at2OOOW
432
(2kw)t2kwt
'15
15
HPAMetal halide PrintinglampsA range of med¡um-Pressure metalhalide lamps with iron and cobaltadditives to produce an actival¡onwavelength mainy þetlveen 300 and400 nm.Caution: These lamps emit UVradiation. Precautions must be taken in
lhe design of an installation lo prevenlharm to personnel, especially to the skinand eyes.
RAl{GENominal Lamp wattageHPA 400: 380 Watt rat¡ng.HPA 1000: 930 Watt rat¡ng.HPA 1000/20: 1 100 Watt rating.HPA 2000: 1750Watt rat¡ng.
APPLICATIOT{SSuitable for any applicat¡on requiring anactivation wavelength between 300 and400 nm, including:r Photochemical processr Plate-making for lithographic prlnting.r Exposure of photo-resists lorchemical
milling and printed circuit etchings.rSolaria (with filters lo remove radiation
below 315nm).
To rærder lh¡s Oala sheelquole Pt 3053
!U'v,!inCì'-DF!-h-!ev)rtlv,NEWlssued l.&
HPA-I.AMPS SPECIAL PURPOSES
FEATUNESa Ozone -Íree quatlz glass envelopes!Safe in use - overpressure is only
O.2bar.¡ High output comþ¡ned w¡th long life
reduces ¡nstallat¡on and runn¡ng costs.
COI{IROL GEARSee circuit deta¡ls.
ORDEFII{G DATÂPlease order lamps by CatalogueNumber ¡n the form g¡ven in thefollowingexample, in mult¡ples of lhe pack¡ngquantity:- (lamps are packed ¡n boxesof 4)i- 4 Philips Melal hat¡de lamps HpA2000
LÀIIP DATA
FELATIVE SPECIRAL POWER DISTFIBUTION
0300 400 500 600 700
100
50
25
+nm
Calalogue Nom¡nat Lamp Lamp M¡n. Run-uptime
Radiation outputUVA UVB
pWlcm2uvcNo. Lamp Watts Votts
WVCurrentA
suPPlyvoltage
Fadialion Averagedeprec¡ation l¡te% (hours)(mín)
HPA400 380HPA lOOOHPA 1000/20HPA 2OOO
135115145115120r102651 1 5
3.37.5
10.57.8
9301 1001 750
'198
198198342
750230021004800
130900
1 900
500500
'750500
13 30230 25-30450 20
NotesBurning_pos¡ton horizo¡tal r.
1 0., prelerably with pinches vertrcal and dimple po¡nttng up.Ltre rs delerm¡ned by 5% failures: radration depreciation is at end of life.Man¡mum/maximum bulb temperatures: 7S0l950"C.Max¡mum pinch temperature 350.C.Radiation output measured at 1m.
l
I
I
I
i
I'
I
I
t'
Made in Holland
434
435
7&t4
H¡gh.prorturs mcrcurt/d¡rchargo lampr
A range of l¡near lamps of lhe high-pressufe mercury vapour dischargetype, with outputs suitable for l¡ght'printing applications and forthepolymerisation of photo-sensitiveadditives in polyester lacquers.
RAIIGIHTQ 7: Nominal rat¡ng 2000W.HTO 14: Nominal rating 4000W.
APPLICATIOTSAllhough originally developed forlight-pr¡nting purposes, the lampsnow îind maior aPPlication in thehardening of synthetic lacquercoatings ¡n considerablY shortertimes than can be achieved usingconvenlional drying Processes.
Caut¡on: These lamps emit Uv radiat¡on.Precautions must be taken in the des¡gnof process installations to avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially toskin and eyes).-All equipment manufacturersincorporating this lamp should prov¡deinstruct¡ons to users with warnings foravoidance or l¡mitation of UV exposure asappropr¡ate.Users ol UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use provided byequipment manuf acturers.
ro,eorder rhis oara sh€er quore PL 184612
lssued6/83 FePlacesPLlS46/l
U'!FñCì'-ÞlÐ'gb
-!Eut,tñv,
ilTQ 7 & HfQ14- tAilPS SPEG¡A| puRposEsFEAIURI9rlamps do not Produce ozone inoperation.rHigh output coupled with long l¡fereduces installat¡on and runningcosts.
CONTROL GEAR
Lamptype Ballast
DrtEltstotfs
El*
I
c
A C (max) D G
HTQ 7Hro 14
139.1095 (2 off)139.1095 (4 olr)
WEIGHTS & ELECTRICAL.DATA
Calalogue
HTQ 7 755!2HTQ t4 1460+2
All dimens¡ons in mm
l
2.44.6
1 .63
3.351500-26003000-5000
700+21400 !2
3.44.0
12.5 +124 max
18+1'17 !1
15+123 +1
Permissible Run-upLoad time
Average We¡ght BurningPosit¡o¡
(minutes) (hours)(w)
85158
(s)
Horizontal 4Horizontal 4
LampStartingCuíent
No.Lamp MinlmumVoltage Starting
Voltage(v)
1400+50 1,7001400+50 1,500
HIQ 7HTQ 14
20004000
LampWattâge
LampOperatingCurent(a)(A)
L¡le
100051000
*At 4 burn¡ng hrs. per switch¡ng. Max. P¡nch Temperature 3OO"C
ONDERIIIG DAIAPlease order lamps in the form given in the fol low¡ngexampte, in multiples of the pack¡ng quant¡ty:_'12 Phil¡ps mercury d¡scharge tamps HTe 14.
Made in Holland.
436
ISUPER AGT¡TIG
rÄruPs fl3PHILIPS 6N;A
@
n¡ il tllrllllllllllllllll
2.4'
20-
l
li'"1
l¡
{¡
ì:o
r¡ìl
0.4 -
ó
0
600300
2
400 500
WAVELENGTH (nm)
437
-,¡
i,l
AGTilIlTC 0tFluofesccnt lamps for useas long.wave UV sources
A ranqe of linear fluorescenl lampsidentióal in dimensions and electricalcharacter¡stics to the correspondingstandard wh¡te lamps, prov¡ding highlyefficient sources of actinic (long-waveUV and Violet) rad¡ation.
RANGE
TL 20W03T - 600mm (2ft)
TLADK30W03 - 450mm(1Bin)TL40w03RS - l200mm (4ft)
TLK 40W/03 - 600mm (2ft)
TLM 120W/03RS - 1500mm (sft)
TL 140W/03 - 1500mm (sft)
APPLICAÎIONSAppl¡cations include:-rPrinting and copy¡ng processes
rLacquer prehardeningrPhotochemical processesNole: The output of Actinic 03 lamPspeaks at approximately 420nm.
Details of Actinic 05 and Actinic 09lamps, which are intended forapplications requiring radiationpeaking at shorter wavelengths, areg¡ven on Data Sheets PL 1830 andPL 1853.
Caution: These lamps em¡t UV rad¡ationPrecautions must be taken in the designof process instal lations to avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially toskin and eyes).-All equipment manulacturersincorporating th¡s lamp should provideinstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or l¡mitation of UV exposure asappropriate.Users of UV equipment should carefullyobserve instructions for use provided byequipment manuf acturers.
roreorderrhisdarasheerquote P[1829/3Ælssued 6/83 Feplaces Pl 1429/2
FÞ='ltv,U'!rÍl6ìtI
ÞF'o-bÐ!EU'r"lU'
t:r
F-ACTINIC 03 _ TAMPS SPECIAT PURPOSESFEATUBESrLow installat¡on, running andma¡ntenance costs make poss¡bleinexpensive apparatus with short run-up t¡mes and simple coolingarrangements.¡Spectral power d¡stribution suitsspectral sens¡t¡v¡ty ot most d¡azopapers used in photo-print¡ngmachines.
Temperature dependenceThe output of these lamps ¡s at amaximum when the temperature ofthe coldest part ofthe glass (usuallycentral, underneath) ¡s 40-50oC. lnenclosed machines, it is usuallynecessary to employ forced-air cool-ing. This applies especially to thehigh-loaded lamps TLADK gOW,
TLK40W and 120/14OW.
Nole:TL...T lamps - Silicone coated (asMCFE).TLADK lamps - with external str¡p,to be connected to earth.TL...BS lamps -.with 3V electrodes.TLM...RS lamp - with 3V electrodesand internally-connected externalstrip, notto be earthed.
Tempe¡ature Cu¡ve"TL M 120W RS200
lBO
1
- - - Wla ¡n watts
--- oiî%
-
l¡¿in lOmA
60
40
20
30 40 50+ tubewalltemp.
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION FORTL4OW/03 RS*
;:3 2.0
1 .6
1.2
08
0.4
0300 400 500 600
_______|>À
I
IIlt
ll
I I
/LJ
CatalogueNo.
DimensionL (mm) max.
Diameter Cap Weight Packingquantltvnom. loì
*W10nm appt¡es toTL 40W03RS, andmust be mult¡pl¡ed by the follow¡ngfactors for the other lamp types:-
TL 2OW/O3TTLADK 3OW/O3TL 4OW/O3RSï1K40W03TLM l2OW/O3RSTL 140W03
589.8437 4
1199.4589 B
1500 01 500.0
B¡-pinBi-pinB¡-p¡nBi-pinB i-p¡nBi-pin
15676
292156380402
38
383B3838
25
Calaloque No. FactorTL 2OWO3TTLADK 3OW/O3TLK4OWO3TLM 12OWO3RSTL 140W03
0.40450.62.22.5I AID DAlA
No.Catalogue Lamp
Voltagev
LampCurent
For chcults Deprec¡ation$n
ATL 2OWO3TTLADK 3OWO3TL 4OWO3RSTLAK 4OWO3TLM 12OWO3RSTL 140W03
5744
10347
'100
125
0.370.840430.88'1 .50
1.40
Switchstart & 10V XSSpecial circuitSw¡tchstart & 3V XSSwitchstartSpecial c¡rcuit
153015304040
ORDERII{G DATAPlease order lamps in the form givenin the following example, in multiplesof the packing quantity:-50 Phjl¡ps fluorescent lamps
TL 4OWOSBS
Made in Holland.
I circuitTMeasured after 20OO hours, operation, compared with output at 100 hours.All data are averages, measured under standard condit¡ons.Conventiona¡ lamp c¡rcuits are shown on Data Sheet pL
1 830.
438
ItmBl
@AGTIilTG
lttPts 05PH¡LIPS
,i,{ì
WAVELENGTH (nnr)
rl
0
500 600llrrirrr¡ll
300I
400
l̂.)
I rlJ
l-
439
AGTIII|IGOsFluorc¡oont lampr wlthlong.ry¡v" UVA output
A range of l¡near fluorescent lamps,identical in d¡mensions and electricalcharacter¡stics to lhe correspondingstandard white lamps, with highefficiency output of actinic (long-waveUVA output) radiation.
RAT{GETL 6W/05 - 225mm (9in.) min¡ bi-pincap.TLD 15W/05-450mm (18in.) bi-pincap.MCFE 20W05 - 600mm (2tt) bi-pincap.TLADK 30W05 - 450mm (18in.) bi-pincap.MCFEK 40W05 - 600mm (2ft) b¡-pincap.MCFE 40W05 - 1200mm (4ft) bi-p¡ncap.MCFE 65/80W/0s - 1500mm (5ft) bi-pincap.TLM 120W05RS - 1500mm (sft)bi-pin cap.
Caulion: lhese lamps emlt UV radialion.Precautions must be laken ¡n thedesign of process installations to avoidexposure for operatives and users(especially to skin and eyes).All equipment manulacturersincorporatlng lhis lamp should provideinstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or limitatlon of UV exposureas appropriate.Users of UV equipment shoulð.carefully observe instructions for uselprovided by equipment manufacturers.
Caullon:-Thêse lamPs em¡l UVradlallon. Pfecaullons must be lakenln thè deslgn ol an inslallallon loavold harm to personnel, especlallyto skln and oye8.
rorsordorrh¡sdatåshootquote Pt18õ0/2
-
lãsusd7/83 Roptac€6 plig30./1
vt!mc:'-D-'g-b-!c,vlItlvl
ACTII{IC 05 - TAMPS $PECIAI PURPOSES
^PPUCAlloNsFor applications where a low-cost,linear source of long-wave UV
rad¡ât¡on is required, such as:-rPr¡nting and coPYing ProcessesrLacquer Prehardening.rlnsect tÍaPsNote:- The output of Actinic 05 lampspeaks at approximately 370nm.Delails of Actinic 03 lamps, which are¡ntended for applications requ¡ringradiation peak¡ng at rather longerwavelengths, are given on Data SheetPL 1 829.
FIAruRESrLow ¡nstallation, runn¡ng andmaintenance costs make possibleinexpensive apparatus with shortwarm-up times and simple coolingârrangements.rldentical in dimensions and etectr¡-cal characteristics to standard whitelluorescent lamps; can operate in thesame luminaires and on the samecontrol gear.Nole;TL and TLD lamps - switchstartcircuits only.TLADK lamps - with external strip, tobe connected to earth.TLM...RS lamps - w¡th 3V electrodesand internally-connected externalstrip, notto be earthed.
'MCFE lamps - with silicone coat.MCFEK - high loaded MCFEK.
Tempe¡ature dependenceThe output of these lamps is at amaximum when the temperature ofthe coldest part of the glass (usuallycentral, undernèath) is 40-50oC. lnenclosed machines, it is usuallynecessary to employ forced-aircooling. This applies especially tothe high-loaded lamps TLADK 30W,MCFEK 40W 600mm, TLM 120W.
LATP DATA
CatalogueNo.
BS LampVollaqe
BS LampCurentA
For c¡rcuils(%
TL 6W05 44TLD 15W/05 56MCFE 20W05 57TLADK 3OWO5 44MCFE 40W05 600mm 47t\¡cFE 40w05 '103
TLS 40W/05 109MCFE 65/B0W/05 '110
TLM 120W/05RS 100
0.160.310370.840880.43042067'I .50
25t515252515152030
2525
25
3B
Jð383835
SwitchstartSwitchstartSw¡tchstart & 10V XSSpecial c¡rcu¡tSwitchstart & 10V XSSwitchstart & 10V XSSpec¡al circuitSw¡tchstart & 10V XSSpecial c¡rcuit
*¡/easured after 2000 hours' operation, compared with output at'f00 hours.All data are averages, measured under standard conditions.Data for MCFE 65/80W/05 measured ¡n 65W c¡rcuit.Convent¡onal Iamp circuits are shown on Data Sheet PL 1839.
DIHENSIONS & WEIGIITS
CatalogueNo.
DimenslonL (mm) max
Dlamglet cap
212437590437590
120015001500
We¡ght
TL 6W/O5TLD 15W/05MCFE 2OW/O5TLADK 3OW/05MCFEK 4OW/O5MCFE 4OWO5MCFE 65iBOWO5TLM 12OW/O5RS
spectral energy distribul¡on40w05+
Mini b¡-p¡nBi-pinB¡-pinBi-p¡nBi-p¡nB i-pi nB¡-pinBi-p¡n
ORDERIl'G DAÌAPlease order lamps in the form given inthe lollowing example, in mult¡ples ofthe pack¡ng quantity:-50 Ph¡l¡ps fluorescent lamps
(s)
7615676
156292360380
Absolutetor MCFE
*W10nm applies to MCFE 40W05, andmust be multiplied by the tollowìnq lactorsforthe other lamp types:-Catalogue No. Fsctor
TL 6W/05TLD 15W05MCFE 2OWO5TLADK 3OW/05MCFEK 4OWO5MCFE 65/80W05TLM 12OWOsRS
0.10.30.40.450.61.6 (65W clrcuit)2.2
E
o
=
0.2
+).
440
Made in Holland
I
FmBl
@AGTITIG TAUPS
o9PH ILIPS
441
AGTrrlllC09Fluorescent |amps w¡thlong-wave UVA outputA range of linear fluorescent lamps,identical in dimensions and electr¡calcharacterislics to the correspondingstandard white lamps, with h¡ghefficiency output of actinic (long-wave UVA) radiation.
BAI{GITLD 15W09 450mm (18in.)TL 20W09 600mm (2f t)TLK 40W09 600mm (2ft)TL 40W09 1200mm (4ft)TL 65/80W09 1500mm (5f t)
TL 85W/100W/09N 1800mm (6ft)TL 85W/1 00W/09 Pink 1800mm (6t).
APPLICATIONS1. Process lnstallations¡Printing and photo-copying¡Photochemical processes¡lnsect traps
2. Skin Treâtmenlr Cosmetic UV sun-tanning in Solaria/Sunbeds.
Caution: These lamps emil UV radialion.
Precautions must be taken in thedesign of process installations to avo¡dexposure for operat¡ves and users(especially to skin and eyes).
All equipment manufacturersincorporating this lamp should provideinstructions lo users with warnings foravoidance or limitation of UV exposureas appropriate.Users of UV equipment shouldcarefully observe instructions for useprovided by equipment manufacturers.
roreorde,ihisoatasheerquore P[18Íl/4
-
lssuedT/84 R€Plac6sPL18sß
ll
v,!F;Ic'!l-DF!-b-!ttvtrnu,
tirAGTIIIIG 09 - TATTIPS SPEOIAT PURPOSESFEAIURESrHigh effic¡encv. low runn¡no costs.rOperate on stándard switcñstartf luorescent control gear.¡Short run-up times and s¡mplecooling arrangements.Nofe:-TL TLD and TLK lamps - forswitchstart c¡rcuits only.
Temperature dependenceThe output of these lamPs is at amax¡mum when the temPerature ofthe coldest part of the glass (usuallycentra¡, underneath) is 40-50'C. lnenclosed equ¡Pment, ¡t ¡s usuallYnecessary to emPloY forced-aircooling.
Nole:-The output of Actinic 09 lamps peaksat about 355 nm.UVB content is less than 0.5% of UVAoutput.
ORDINII|G DIÏAILAPlease order lamps in the form givenin the follow¡ng example, in multiplesof the pack¡n9 quant¡ty:-50 Phil¡ps fluorescent lampsTL 20W09.
+W'10 nm applies to TL 40W09 and thefollowing factors should be applied forother ratings.
Calalogue No. Faclor
TLD 15W09TL 2OWO9TLK 4OWO9TL 4OWO9TL 65/80W/09lL 85/1 oOW/09NTL 85/100W/09 P¡nk
0.250406101.9222.2
ABSOLUTE SPECTRAL POWER DISTRIBUTIONFOR TL 4OW/09 I
30
2.5
2.O
Êco
oãEU
=oÀ
.5
1 .0
o.5
0.0300 350 400 450
-..........'....'..-'..........*Ànm500
Dlrlt{stolls
DtIEüStOrat & wttottTscataloguê N0. LAp w e rgnt
(e)tsacÍrngquanlltyL (mm) Max (mm) Nom
-rLD 15W09 437TL 20W09 590TLK 40W09 590TL 40W09 1200TL 65/80W09 '1500
TL 85/1 00W/09N 1764TL85/100W/09 Pink 1764
76156'156
292360451451
Bi'pBi-pBi-pBi'pB¡'pBi-pBi-p
26383838383838
ininininininin
25252525
12
12
ÉLECÍN¡CÀL DÂfACatalogue No. BS Lamp
VollagegS LampCurentA
For circults Depreciallon(%r
TLD 15W09ïL 20W09TLK 4OW/O9lL 40w09TL 65/80W09TL 85/1 00W/09N
56
47103110120
SwitchstarlSwilchstartSwitchstartSwitchstartSw¡tchstartSwitchstart
30
30
30/3530
313788436780
TL85/100W/09 P¡nk 120 0 80 Switchstart 30 ,
"Measured alter 2000 hours' operation, compared with output at 100 hours.All data are averages, measured under standard cond¡tions.Data for TL 65/80W09 measured in 65W circuit, and for TL 85/100W/09N in 85W circuit.Conventional lamp c¡rcuits are shown on Data Sheet PL 1839.
L
Made in Holland.
442
o/---o
section through Reflector LamP
160Wlndow
lluorescenl powder colour 10refleclive layerglass envelope
A
I \
/
Spectral energy distribution
8.0
6,0
4,0
2.0
500350+ i.nm
R.UUAFluorasc.nt rct¡.ctor lamPs wlthlong.wrY. UVA outputA ranoe of linear fluorescent UVAreflecior lamps, pr¡marily for cosmet¡cUV sun"tanning. The lamPs combinehigh UVA efficiency with a UVB contentless than 0.1 per cent.
-:rRANGE
TLK 40W10R - 600mm (2ft) bi-pin cap.TL 80W10R - 1500mm (5ft) bi-pin cap.TL 100W/10R - 1800mm (6ft) bi'pin cap.
APPLICATIONS
Skin treatment, especially cosmelic UVsun-lann¡ng in sunbeds and canop¡es.
Caulion: These lamps emit UV radial¡on.All equ¡pment manufacturers¡ncorporating these lamps shouldprovide instructions to users withwarnings for l¡mitation of UV exposure.Users of UV equipment shouldcarefullyprovided
observe instruct¡ons for useby equipment manufacturers.
!v,vt!;ñCì'-DF!h
-!ttu,inU'3060To reord6rlhis Dala Sh€€lquole
443
Pt
R-UUA - TAMPS SPEGIAT PURPOSESFEATURES
r New Act¡nic 1O phosphor with¡ntegral reflector increases UVA outputby up to 40% comoared with equivalentActinic 09 lamp/reilector combinalionfor h¡gh-speed tanning.r nci¡n¡i 10 ohosohór and lamp glasscombinâtiôn ieauies UVB erythema-producing wavelengths to below 0 1 %
of UV oulput,for even saler tannlngr lnteoral reflector eliminates
externa] ref lector, simPl¡tYingconslruction of sunbeds andeliminati¡rg loss of eff¡c¡ency due toref lector deterioration.¡ Eliminat¡on of external refleclorperm¡ts lamps to be mounted closertogether; up to 40% more lamps can tìeaccommodated; tanning times can behalved.r Stable Actinic 10 phosphor reduces
UVA depreciation to 20% (between 100hours and 1,000 hours); therebyextend¡ng useful life.! Available in standard lengths and
ratings, to operate in standardswitchstart control gear.
Temperature dependenceThe output of these lamps is at amaximum when the temperature of thecoldest part of the glass (usuallycentral, underneath) is 40oC. lnenclosed equipment, it ¡s usuallynecessary to employ forced-aircooling. Existing sunbed designsmodified to take an ¡ncreased numberof R-UVA lamps may require additionalcooli ng.
ÞIMENSIONS & WEIGHTS
Rad¡ant Ílux as a lunct¡on oÍ the tube-wall temperature ol the lamp.
Calalogue No. D¡mension Diameter CapL mm Mâx. mm Nom.
W€ight Packingquantily
Note: -Power (Wsnm) app¡ies to TL 100W10Rlamp. The following factors should beappl¡ed for other rat¡ngs: -TLK4OW¡OR - O.3O
TL80W¡0R - 0.87
TLK 4OW1ORTL BOW1ORÎL l00w10R
5901 5001764
383B3B
Bi-pinB¡-p¡nB¡.D¡n
156380453
ELECTRICAL DATA
Calalogue No, Nom. lampvollaqo V
Nom. lampcurrent A
Circu¡t Dsprec¡alion
TLK 4OW1ORTL 8OW1ORTL 1OOW/IOR
0.880.800.95
SwitchstartSwitchstartSwitchstart
50114128
152020
'Measured after'1,000 hours'operat¡on, compared wilh output at 100 hours.All data are averages, measured under standard conditions.
100
80
ÀleoI
40
20
I
II
200 40 60c
B0 100
L
444
I
i
a-
445
tt
Hg (low pressure) AHg (high pressure) KrCd Xezn NaHg, Cd, Zn RbHe CsNeK
Spectral lamp¡
A range of light sources with ¡denticaldimensions and intêrchangeableelectrical characteristics, for produc-ing monochromatic lines of knownwavelength for physical and chemicalreseafch,RANGE
Twenty-five lamps, containing high-purity gases or vapour as follows:G/ass envelopes
Quaftz envelopesln *Hs, Cd, ZnTl *lnGa *Tl*Hg (low pressure) "Ga*Hg (high pressure)*cd*Zn*These lamps are primar¡ly inlendedfor producing ultra-violet spectra.APPLICATIOilS¡Biology rPolarimetryrChemistry rspectroscopy¡lnterferometry
Caut¡on: Certain lamps emlt UV rad¡ationand somê may generate ozone.Précautions must be taken in the designof process installationsto avoid exposurefor opêratives and users (espec¡ally toskin and eyês)..All equipment manufacturêrsincorporating this lamp should provide¡nstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or limitation of UV exposurê asappropriate.Usêrs of UV equipment should carefullyobserve inslructions tor use provided byequipment manufacturêrs.
rorsofderrh¡sdarasheerqubre PLIüå/rÆlsuôd €r78 R€Pl8c$ PL 1435
FD-!vtv,!ItC.:'
-DF'g-b-'ltctv)FIa)
rtt SPEOÏRAL - IAMPS SPEGIAT PURPOSESFEAÍUBESrCombination of ultra-pure gas/vapour filling and electrodes thatpermit a very h¡gh current dens¡typroduce light sources capable ofem¡tting high energy in a s¡ngle line,or in a few lines.¡Lamps arê physically identical andelectrical ly interchangeable topermit comparative tests.rLamps w¡th quartz discharge tubesand outer envelopes permit UVj nvestjgations.rAll lamps are fitted with standardES cap.
DITENSIONS
CIRCUITDIAGRAT
L=
--
pushbutton
220V ^ 50 Hz 4348
3000.2 F
LAUP DATA
CatalogueNo.
Gas or vapou.li I ling
Outerbulb
Watlage Useful arc Ma¡n uselength A (mm)w
931 2393136931 62103 137931459309893099931 00931 01931 029312293104931 05931 0310377812616212612193 109931 10931 079310693146103778126162126121
GlassclassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGIassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassGlassQuartzQuartzQuarlzQuartzQuartzQuartzOuartzQuartzQu artzQuartzOuartz
Cd, Zn
HgHgcdZnHgHeNe
KrXeNaRbCsKlnTIGaHgHgCdZnHg,lnTIGa
(low pressure)(high pressure)
(low pressure)(h¡gh pressure)
38
242424
27272727193333
2530304025242424
20
'12
90'16
756020'16
1'1
o71408OB
10252020129016
75
252020
Cd, Zn
Ma¡n uses1:- Primarily lor investigations of visible speclra.2:- For investigations of visible and UV spectra.3:- Primar¡ly for investigations of UV spectra.
SODIUU POLARIIYIETRY LAMP
Common character¡st¡csCap:- ESLamp current:- approx. 0.94Weight:- 60 gBurning position:-Any
TypeNo.
M¡nimum supply voltage Lamp voltage Lamp currentVmA
Average l¡le Base
4348 200 50 100
ø3Q
174
Alldimensions in mh
Externalblack
-lo 0t3
max.97
Sod¡um Polarimetry Lâ¡îp
OROERII{G DATAPlease order lamps in the form givenin the following example, ¡n mult¡plesof the pack¡ng quantity:4 Phìlips spectral lamps 93104
Pack¡ng quantity for all lamps: 4
LL
* On an average of 1 burning hour per sw¡tching
82
446
I\,4 ES
Made in Holland.
..t È....-/'*
--¡l
HtRû 4flOWHort¡cultural lamp
A mercury lluoresconl lamp withlnlgrnal roll€clor lo conconlralg tholight on tho plants, and speclralcharactôrlslics choson lo promolsplant growth.
RANGËHLRG 400W: Mercury fluorescenthorticultural lamp,
6
aPpLtcaltoilsSuitable for use wherever. a high"output lamp with good spectralcharacteristics is required topromote plant growth.
FEATURESr High output coupled w¡th longlife reduces installation and runningcosts.r Fluorescent coating increasesradiation in the red portion of thespectrum, thus improving plantgrowth.r UV radiation is limlted to preventdamage to plants.r Easily installed to standard GESlamphÒlder; runs in conjunction withnormal mercury d¡scharge controlgear.
Caution: These lamps emit UV radiationPrecautions must be taken ¡n the designof process installations to avoid exposurefor operatives and users (especially toskin and eyes).-All equipment manufacturersincorporating this lamp should provide¡nstructions to users with warnings foravoidance or limitation of UV exposure asappropriate.Users of UV equ¡pment should carefullyobserve ¡nstructions for use prov¡ded byequipment manufacturers.
í).
l-Þ='t'U'v,.Emcit-ÞF-lt-Ð1¡ov,FñU)
lo ¡eorde.this Data Sh€elquore PL 1 833/1
447Issu€d 5/80
rl0
I
E
IITRG 4OOUI - TAMPS EPECIAT PURPOSE$AÊSOLUTE SPECTRAL ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
12
500
LIGHTDISTRIBUTIONDIAGRAM
tSoot5oo l2oo
o
LÀXP DAÏACatalogueNumber
Lqnr¡nous llux(Lm)- (r)
400w 20,000
We¡ght:3809.
Mad6 ¡n Holland.
ó00
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
LampVolts
Lamp Cap Ballasl PFCCapacltorCurient
'140110 BHL4OO L4025
¿00300 700 nm
Ti0rrellector
900
ó00
:III
oo
-l
+l
o
cd
r.lo! 2 *]
PackíngOuantlty
Deprec¡atlon(2')
(1) After 100 burning houß.(2) After 5000 burning
ORÞÊRI}IG DATAPlease order lamps in the form given in the following example, in mult¡ples of the packing quant¡ty:
36 Phitips horticultural lamps HLHG 400W.
I
It
J I I
444
AUTO LAMPS Page
451453
Tungsten Auto BulbsHalogen Auto tsulbs
Please see pages ll and lll of Generallntroduct¡on for information on how to usethis Handbook.
44S
THE GUILDHALL,YORK
The 100W GLS /amps in the chandeliers in Yorks beautiful 600-year-otdGuildhall have been replaced with SLl8 s. Ihe electrical load of the tenB-lamp fittings has been reduced from ÙkW to only 1440 Wafts.
TU[llGSTENAtff0 BU18$Lamps for side, ta¡l and aux¡liaryI ¡ght¡ ng.Festoon lamps.Double-f ¡lament (Duplo-D) automob¡leheadl¡ght lamps.
RAI{GE
S¡de ortail:* 12V, with wedge orMCC base.lndicator:- 12V 3W or 1.2W withwedge base.Aux¡liary:- 6V, 12V or 24V, with BATSor MCC base.Festoon:-6V, 12V ot24V, in ratingsfrom 3W to 21W.
Headlight:- 12V 45/40W, Duplo-D.clear or cadm¡um yellow f¡nish.
APPLICATIONSFor use in all Brit¡sh and Europeanroad veh¡cles fitted w¡th suìtablelampholders and headlight ref lectorsyslems.
ro,eode,rhisdarasheerquore PL1818/1
-
lssuêd6/83 BeplacesPL 1418
Þ-h{c,
j
I
l
I
il,t.i
I
1
L
II
I
i
li
ì
ti
I
i
TUI{GSTEI{ AUTO BUTBS - TAMPS AUTO
FEATUBES
¡Duplo: Dipped lilament shieldprevents light from reaching theboltom half of the reflector, giv¡ng asharp cut-off to the top of lhe beam toimprove v¡sibility and reduce dazzlerWhere appropriate, lamPs are'E'marked, signilying compliance w¡thI nternat¡onal Standards and approvallor use in new vehicles, and ensur¡nghigh standards of performance whenused for servìce replacements.
LAMP DAÎACalalogue Volts" Walls
(nominal) (nominal)
Lenglh B ulbD¡ameterB(max)(mm)
Pack¡ngquantity
capNo.
(max)(mm)
S¡de or Tail bulbs501 12
12929 12
207
lndicator lamps504 1212516 12
20.7145
8.654
10 3
103
WedgeMCC
'i0
10
312
0623222
535
1010151821
5
WedgeWedge
Auxiliary lamps282 6
281 12
283 246913 612913 1213913 24
20.720720723.923.9239
6B6.86B8.6B686
BATsBATsBATsMCCt\¡ccMCC
10'10
10101010
11
B
11
11
1115.515.5'15.5
11
FestoonFestoonFestoonFestoonFestoonFestoonFestoonFestoonFestoon
101010101010101010
Festoon lamps253 6256 12
239 12
lzïs; 12
265 12
267 12
12aO7 12
273 12653 24
363336
4141414'l36
+Design vollages are 6 75, 13 5 and 28V
DUPLO.D LAMP DAÎA
Cal, European Volts WattsNo. No.
Length Bulb CaP F¡n¡shDiameler
AB
Packingquantity
(max)(mm)
(max)(mm)
423 6ô20410 12620411 12620/86429 13620
45140 8245/50 8245/50 A255/50 82
41.541.541.541.5
6121224
P45t ClearP45t Clear
200200
P45tP45t
Cadmium yellow 200Clear 200
Please order lamps in the lorm given in the following example, in m
quantity and quoting the Catalogue No., voltage and wattage ofthe
200 Philips headlight lamps 12V45/50W, No.411.
For details of tungsten halogen headlight bulbs, see Data Sheet PL 1820
ultjples of the pack¡nglamps:-
BÀ7s
B
W edge
B
Dúplo-D
Iro
Wedg c
Fesloon
Drawings notto scale
See packing for country of origin.
452
453
HATOGEN
AUTflBUTB$Tungsten halogen single anddouble filament tyPes
Single filament tungsten halogenlamps t1 prov¡de the maln beam infoutrheadlamp systems, and for usein auxiliary lighting equipment suchas spot and fog lamP un¡ts.
Double filament tungsten halogenw¡th sh¡elded d¡p f ilaments to provideanti-dazzle, sharp cut-oll beâms.A m¡n¡ature lamp for aPPlicat¡onswhere a lower wattage ¡s appropriate
RANGE
Single f¡lament:- Types H1 (ax¡alfilament) and H3 (transversefilament), ¡n 6V 55W, 12V 55W and24V 70W versions.Double filament: Types H4 12V60/55W and 24V 75170W, in clear orcadmium yellow vers¡ons.Miniature: - Type 12452,12V 20w.
APPL]CAΡONSFor use ¡n purpose-designed head-light units to bring the advantâges ofhi gh-i ntensity tungsten halogenlighting to road vehicles. Type 12452
is su¡table for any appl¡cation wherea miniature lâmp with relatively highoutput is appropnate. including:-rReversing l¡ghtsrFog rear warning lightsrlnspection lampsrMo-ped headl¡ghtsrPortable lamps for camPingrHeavy-duty torchesrlnstrument ¡lluminat¡on in scientif¡c¡ nstru ments.
To reo¡der lhis dalâ sheel quole Pt 1820
l-Þ=tv,Þ-b.|ttlssued 2/78 NEW
l,r
I
I
HATOGE]I AIITO BUTBS - TAMPS AUTOFEATUBES
rTungsten halogen regenerativecycle ma¡ntains high light outpulthroughout rated life of lamP.¡Lamps are'F' marked signilY¡ngapproval lor use ¡n new vehicles and
assuûno hioh standalds of perlornl-ance wh"en
"used for setvrce replacement purposes.rAccûrãtelv conslructed wlth precise
Dosrtionrno of lhe lllamenls and d¡p
shield whäre appropriate toensurecorrect focus and beam control'
rMtniature type provides h¡gh levelsol illuminatron wrth low heatlngellecl.rAll products are of Provenreliability.
sPEClFlcafloNrN,4anulactured to lnternational andEEC standards.
For full specìlications see ÉCE Re,oulationNo.37.Miniatúre type 12452 is nol lnternationâllystandardised.
Var¡at¡on ot Eleclr¡cal and LightCharacler¡sl¡cs w¡th Appl¡ed Vollage
". ?o
.!t-,y
These curves are based on averagesobtained with many lamps, and mâybe used as an approximate guide toperlormance. Theoretical values ofextended lile may not be realised ¡npractice, since factors such asvibration, handling, clean¡ng andfrequency of switching have anappreciable effect on lamp life.
0*
:
d9
ll 5 max.
mâ B B max.
25 02532 nrax
j l8 0 5
I 30 max. 15 : 1Sl8 5 max
I
A6 Nlrn¡alure12452
Cap BAgs22 25
ill iAxral Frianìenl) H3 ([ransverse Fr amenl)Cap Pl 4.5s
a. mrnon Earlh
Cap PK 22s 285¡ 0.45 0 25 i
lo
orp Cap P¡31 38
Re, e¡e ncePlane Frlanìenl
I
N4arn Frlament
Drp Frlamenl Shietd
Rele¡ence Luq
il4 (Twro Frlar¡enl) Cap P43l 38
32
Alldrmens¡oòs tn mm
LAMP DAÎAlnlernal¡onal Catalogue Volts Watts CapTvDe No.
F¡lamentaxis
Fin¡sh Packlngquanllly
H1H1H1H3H3H3H4H4114
v
625812258'13258
633612336133361234212342t861334213342t8612452
55557055
7060/5560/5515t1075t7020
P 1 4.5sP 1 4.5sP 14.5sPK22sPK22sPK22sP43rP43tP43tP43rBAgs
61224
612241212242412
AxialAxialAxiâlTransverseTransverseTransverseAxìalAx¡alAx¡alAx¡ alTransverse
Clear 10Clear 10Clear 10Clear 10Clear 10Clear 10Clear 10Cadmium yellow 10Clear 10Cadmium yellcw 10Clear 10
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICSType Catalogue F¡lament Test Maximum Average lile
(hours)*Vollage* Wattage* llux (lumens)*Hl 6258 6.3 63 1350 150H1 12258 13.2 68 1550 150Hl 13258 28 84 1Þ00 150H3 6336 6 3 63 1050 150H3 12336 13 2 ô8 1450 150H3 13336 28 84 1750 1s0H4 12342 Dip 13 2 68 1000 200H4 12342 Main 13 2 75 1650 100H4 13342 Dip 28 80 1200 200H4 13342 Main 2A B5 1900 100
- 12452 - ,13.2 20 400 100*lhe test voltages clìosen relate to the circuit volts of a lead-ac¡d batte¡y under full charge.Wattage, luminous flux and average life are measured at the test voltage.HANDLING: lf the quarlz bulb has been handled, it should be cleaned with a so¡vent suchas methylated spirits to remove traces of grease beiore lighting.SEAL TEMPERATURE: Precautions must be taken to ensure that the temperature of lhequartz-melal seal does not exceecl 350'C, though the bulb temperature musl be greaterthan 250'C.
No.
454
HOTOGRAPHIC PA'E
r"AMPs ffid"{ifliífË;",.i::ä:i^ liiStudio and Theatré Lamps 467
Pleass sae pages ll and lll ol Generallntroduction for inlormation cn how lo usethis Handbook.
465
456
t-
PHÍITflSRAPHIGAtlDIIIRKRflflMTAMPSClasses Pl, P2 and P3A range of photoflood and photopearllamps, single- and double-endedtungsten halogen photo lamPS,darkroom safelight lamps and high-intensity enlarger lamps for bothamateur and professional use.
APPLICATIONSClass P1 Photof lood :- Hìgh light outputbal anced for 3400K colour ci ne ti I msand su¡table for black and wh¡tephotography.Class Pl tungsten halogen:-Ma¡ntained high l¡ght output balancedfor 3400K colour cine f¡lms.
Çlass P2 Photopearl:- Longer lifelamps balanced f or 3200K colour f ilmsand suitable for TV camera l¡ghting.Class P3 Photocrescenta:- Enlargerlamps for both amateuÍ andprofessional use.Darkroom:- Safel¡ght lamps madefrom dark red or yellow/greencoloured glass, for use with orlho-chromatic film and bromide papersrespectively. A s¡mple, plug-in,alternative to more expensivesafelight fittings.
FEATUFESrPhotoflood (Photol¡ta) and Photopearl(Argaphoto)lamps are available inpearl or reflector versions; the latterprovide an elficient forwardilluminat¡on without external ref lectorhous¡ ngs.rTungsten halogen lamps mainta¡nconstant l¡9ht output throughout theirl¡fe.I The revolut¡onary PF820 and PF821halogen lamps for cine and video lightsoperating with atmospheric pressureinternally, to remove the risk ofexplosion in use.rSpecial opal¡s¡ng process forenlarger Iamps ensures evenillumination on the baseboard.rDarkroom lamps g¡ve no stray wh¡tel¡ght, also safe with var¡able-contrastpaper.
To reo.derrhis Ðara Sheetquote PL t81716
lssusd9.82 Rsplaæs PL 1 81 7/5
q,7-PHOTOGRAPHIC AND DARKROOM TAMPSPERFORTANCECHARACÎERISÌICS
DIMENSIONS (mâr)
Curve I - Var¡alion ol lile lo appliedvollageThis ¡s a generâl lamp curve show¡ngvoltage var¡at¡on kom 88-1O4o/o ;
photolamps have hi gh-temperaturefilamenls and must not be over-volted. The curve shows averagefigures, and indicates that I¡fe isconsiderably dependent on appl¡edvoltage. Gross undervolting may notâch¡eve expected results, particularlyfor halogen lamps, as other factorsinfluence IamD life.
aPPnoxrMÀrE vÀa[toN oF coLo!ÂIEMPERAIUR€WIA VOL'ÂGE
t I 11.t/,4,/y/,
(1,¿'/Y/V7/V V ,/l/VV .r/Vl ) al
PRODUCTDATA
lemperature wilh applied vollageWhi¡st a nominal colour temperaturers quoted for various types, ¡t shouldbe noted that there ¡s a toterance of+ 100K for photolamps, and thatordinary iamps are not controlled ¡nthrs respect.
ORDEBING DATAPlease order quot¡ng CatalooueNumber and Lamp referencel inmultiples of the packing quantity.
General: Photographic lamÞlilaments are particularly britile,Handle gently, and avo¡d vibrationand jolts.when alight. Lamps may beoperated via d¡mmers or ser¡es/parallel sw¡tching while setting-up,to extend useful l¡fe.ll us¡ng Photof lood 34OOK ¡amps wrthstill colour fitm balanced for 3200Kl¡ghting it is advisabte to f¡t a Kodak
P1 /1 P1/2 P1/6 P't/7 P1/14 P1/1
PF 710,PF712
tr
P2/1 P2/2
P3/366
ffiffi
P3/4,P3/6
P1/12
t- __ t25.I
fq@
Type Catalogue LampNumber reference
Watts Volts Cap Finlsh Average NominalFilmrat¡ng K Light
oulput
PackíngquantlltLite
lroutsPhotoflood (Photolita) pF2O7
PF2OBPF215PF21 8
Pholopear¡ {A.gapholo) pF30BPF2lOPF3lBPF8O1PFBl OPFB1 1
PFB2OPFA21PF71 O
PF712PF6O3PF6O5PF6O7
P1/1P1/2Pl /6P1/7P2/1P2/2P2/3P1/12P1 /14P1/15Mov¡eVrdeoYel low-9reenDark redP3/3
P3/6
240t250240t250240t2s0240tzso240/250240t250240t250240240240
a22dtE27B22dtE27827E27E27840
R7sG6.35G6.35B7sR7sB22dB22dB22dtE27s22dtE27B22dtE27
PearlPearlReflectorReflectorPearlPearlReflectorCl earClearClearCl earClearYellow-greenDark redOpal¡zed
8300 lm1 5000 lm
1 300'8000'
1 1000 ¡m22000 lm3000'
33000 lm20000 lm32000 lm32000 lm1 1000 lm
1000650
'1000
1000500
340034003400340032003200320034003400340034003200
259
32
9
10,100'10, 10072725050505050
3646
100100100101515
6
2100100
3
275 240t250500 240375 240500 240500 240
1000 240500 240lungsten halogent
DarkroomPholocrescenla
75150250
szõo32003400
Opal ¡zedOpal¡zed
1 150 lm2500 lm6500 lmLight output in centre beam cand¡es
ilFor C¡ass P2 Tu ngsten-balogen lamps see,studio & Theatre Lamps', pL 1812
Lamp Pll1: l\4ade in UK.Remainder: Made in Holland and Belgium.
458
?}I
IT
459
PROJEGTIOII|TAMPSGlass Al
Lamps held in stock for use in slideand film projectors.
NANGE
Halogen and non-halogen tyPes,tabulated separately in LIFClass¡lication sequence.
APPLICAT¡OIISFor use in slide and film projectors,and for further appl¡cat¡ons such as
rOverhead projectorsrMicrofilm and m¡crofiche readersand cop¡ersrMêd¡cal apparatusrFibre optics
FEATURES
rTungsten halogen lamps g¡ve thebenefits of increased output and life,small dimens¡ons and high lumenmaintenance throughout life.rManufactured to a consistently hlghdegree of accuracy.
sÞEcrF¡caTtoilManufactured in accordance withlnternational standards whereapplicable.
?Þ='!v,
IPROJECTION I.AMPSNon-Halogen TYPes
aî/5 A1/8 a1l7 al/8
33
55.5
al11, A1
A1
167
168
a1/1 78 al/t86
44 2626
't 038l
r 35
il
All d¡mensions ¡n mm
Burn¡ng posltlonD: Vert¡cal cap down + 15o
E: Vert¡cal cap down +30o
Tho låmpg shown on lhese two pagea areSTOCKED TYPES (see Prlce Llst fornon-3lock types).
LAMP DAÏA (NOÌ{.HALOGEil IYPES)LIFNo.
Cataloque WattsNo.
Volls Cap Average Nom¡nalLífe (hrs) Lumens
Burn¡ng Packlngposition quanllly
I A1/st A1/6I atn
A 1/8+ A1t17
A1 /1 67A1/168
t Ar/r7sA1/186
6070c6131C6152C
1 3120C1 314N13141W6280C7238N
P28sP28sP28sP28sP30sBA15s
52006900
1 14001 1000
2700270069002800
250300500500
50150150300'100
BAl5dG17qBA15s
240240240240
I240240240
12
505050
5050505050
50
25002d25252525
DDDEDDDD
D
I
li
t Wlll become non-stock types - See Pr¡ce List lor non-stocked types.
.l
460
PROJECTION TAMPSTypes
A11215A11216 a11220
a1lzg4a11223 a1t227 A11228
13.5
|ffirffi$ffi55
64 91.8mêx33 max
A1l252A1/2s9
A11229 A11230a11231 A1l2s2
A11239 a1126S(AGFA'lamlly")
T T2
T _tÔ34.7 LaL 1
l--' 4s 42
A1/244 A1/2457804
a11260 A11261 a11262
2215
87I
7557 27
33.3t44.5
51
All d¡mension¡ ¡n mm
IATP DÀÎA (HALOGEX TYPES)
l
i
lI
']I
I
I
UIllo,
Catalogue Watls Volts CaPNo.
Average NominalLlle(hrs) Lumens
Burn¡ng Packlngposll¡on quantlty
Burning posit¡on
Do not mountwilh lill in Plone oflilomentsee Fig. I
Fig. l
t gb"
Fig.2.
Burn¡ng posillonA; Vertical capdown +90oB: Vertical cap down t 105'
C: Vertical cap down + 15o
À11213 7023 100A1/216 7158 150
^1t220 7027 50
^1t223r77485 250
^1t227 12216R 420
A1/228 12260R 600A1/229 6847 50À1/230 6853 75À1/231 6834 100411232 642s 150A1/234 6550 150
^1t239 7787 4oO
41t244 7389 500|'1t24s 7764 8ooA1/2s2 13164-EJL 2oo41i259 13163-ELc 2soAl/260 6604 7sA!/261 5973 1oo411262 5974 1s0
12
24120120,2401250
I121215'15
240/250240t2502424121224
220/230I
GY6.35 50G6.35 50G6.35 50G6.35 50R7s 75R7s 75G26.35 50G26.35 50G26.35 50G26.35 50G6.35 50G6.35 50GY9.5 75GY9.5 75G5.3 25G5.3 35G26.35 s0GY9.5 50GY9.5 50GY9.5 50G74 50
100100'100
100505050505050
100100
5050505050
100r0010/10050
3000500014008500
10000'16250
50001 45001 450021 500
Jooo5000
Any
BBB
BBB
B
.l. .1:ì
jl
ii
tt1
1
7804 900A1/269 1
(proximity)3390 20
cat No7748S is now suitable for cyclic switching and type A1 /267 now becomes^1
t223
461
15r
PROJEGTION TAMPSLamp Caps
IIOTES FOR USERS
GenèralRead packing instructìons.Handl¡ng - Projeclion lamps aredesigned for h¡gh light output, andconsequently have particularlybrittle f¡laments. Always handle withcare, and avoid jolts and vibration,part¡cularly when sw¡tched on.Spherical m¡rrors - When used w¡th arear spherical mirror, ensure that thelamp is correctly al¡gned in accord-ance w¡th the equipment manu-facturèr's instructions to avoiduneven screen illumination or over-heating of the filament.
Tungslen halogen lampsHand¡ing - Avoid touching the quartzbulb; fingermarks leave permanentbrown stains when the lamp isswilched on. Clean with methylatedspir¡ts if inadvertently touched.Fuse - Lamps rated for suppliesabove 130V must be operated inseries with the prescribed HBC fuse.Operating temperature - Avoid over-heating as this can cause the lamp toexplode. The maximum permissibletemperature for the 'pinch' (glass{o-metal seal) is 400oC. The bulb must bekept above a minimum temperature of250oC and must not exceed 90ooc.Burning position - Attitudes otherthan the prescribed burn¡ng positionswill reduce lamp l¡fe. Where lampsare used in a horizontal burningposition, the filament plane must alsobe horizontal to prevent co¡lscollapsing on to each other.
EFFECT OF VOLTAGE VABIATIOIIOII LATP LIFE
The theoretical extended lifecalculated from the curves be¡ow isnot always real¡sed ¡n practice asmany other causes influence thisfactor considerably, e.g. vibration,handling, cleaning, frequency ofswitching.
--I
These curves are based on averagesof many lamps, and can only be use6as an approximate guide toperformance.
ii,1,]
li.
I
I
],
:
J
tsz
u 180
{5 r40
I roo
60
20
88 92 9ô 100 104
PERCENÏAGE RAITD VOLTS
88 92 96 100 104
PERCENTAGE RATED VOLTS
ú:ù$l/-
ORDERIIIG DATAPlease order lamps ¡n the form givenin the following example, quotingLIF Number, Catalogue Number,Wattage and Voltage, and in multiplesof the packing quantity:
50 Philips projector lamps A1/7,Catalogue No. 61 52A, 500W, 240V.
'X' ma.ks the point on the cap from which the light centre length ¡s measured
BA21s.4 PG22 G4
(1,25mm pins) {1mm pins) G26.35 G 17r
P30s
@
-W
GX5.3 GY9,5R7scY6.35 G6.35
*[{T ffi Ø :,@
tr ffi-:
BlSs B15d(s.c.c.) (s.B.c.)P28s
(medium pre focus)
G17q(Valve Base)
462
Made in Belg¡um and Germany
-lt!-[f;f
g
,,frffillil1'\-¡tllJ
ñilFI\!¡"¡Nfr;lllìl ilffi::;llllllffi;fllf'I
FA!*'v
463
MISGEILAIIEfIUSPRflJEGTflRt[MPSClasset Mr F and G
Sinole-ended tungsten and tungstenhalõgen lamPs lor a var¡ety ofapplications.
RAIIGIA comprehensive range of PoPulartypes, including certain types uniqueto Philips, tabulated in LIFClassif ication sequence.
APPLICATIONSSuitable for use in miscellaneousequipment such as:rM icro-projectorsrC¡ne editorsrMicroscopesrMicrofiche and mircofilm readersand copiersrTraffic signalsrDisplay and floodlight narrow spotf¡tti ngsrOptical sound projectors¡Disco effects projectors
FEAÏUBESrlncreased lì ght output of tungstenhalogen types is mainta¡ned through-out longer working life.rManufactured to high standards ofaccuracy,
To reordÊr lhrs Dala Sheel quole Pt 181 1
lssud9.82
17,,1,
G/4
G/5 Gl41 M/16
65
19
M/18 Ml19 Ml20 M/2A M/29 Ml30Mt47
M/31
6.5 65 65 mrffiffi.M/32 M/33 M/35 MlA Mlß
12
,ffi rfr. ffiT33
H
H
I
,t, iI
,,],
MISCELLANEOUS PROJECTOR TAMPS
All dimensÌons mnì
LATP DAIA
LIF No. Catalogue Volts Watts cap Average L¡fe(hours)
Nom¡nal Otherdetails PackingquantllyNo. Lumens (see key below)
F/74.G/4',G/5G/41M/16M/18M/19M/20M/28M/29N,l/30M/31M/32M/33N¡/35M/42M/43M/47Solar
61061\l61 42N7210C7251C13347C13702W13702C13347W7724
738868141 35126958
66055972
301.0 Amp1 .0 Amp4.0 Amp
'15
1515
10010201050
25020101020
150
814B15sP3OSPX28sPX22d81 5dPX22dB15dGY6.35G4G4B 15sGY6.35G6.35
G4G4GX5,3
't 00100100
1000100100100100
2000100100200
3000t300250
1000300
2000100013117
5107780
270210210210210
21 50200450115850
8400450140150
LO
66
56666
12666
'12
241266
't217
100'100
5050
100100100100100500200500100100100200200
Ia,da,ea,mc,h,kc,h,lc,h,lc,h,ka,d, ja,d,ia,d,iËd¡tor lampa,d,ja,s,ia, d'a,d,ia, d,ja,d,jd,n
Code to deta¡lsa -tubularb - spher¡cal
Burn¡ng posit¡onc - any except within t 45"vert¡cal cap downd-anye -vertical cap down I 45"f -any except w¡thin t 45'vert¡cal cap upg -vertical cap down t 90.m-hor¡zontal + 90", - 45.
'Lamps not held in stock, minimum orderquantity required.tTotal burning t¡me based on 30 sec or/offcycle,Other detailsh - ¡n lhis case, l¡ght centre length is measured from filament to crown of butbj -indicales a tungsten halogen lampwith qualz envelopek - l¡ght output taken in axis of lampI * light output laken at right angles to lamp axisn - spec¡al dichroic reflector
464
MISCELTANEOUS PROJECTOR LAMPS
ELD/EJN 13117 EPZIOJT DEO FHX EWJ EPX/EPV FJX
13-2253 1 4-22
m¡n4 9
12.7max
50max
3731 159 45 maxmax
13527 13528 13529 FJY1.3 -2 2
13151
max.38 maxmin 6
max.2m¡n.6
mtn
6z¿ tro3
lg)
6a4.7lo 3 'I1ø
-l157 1Ø
3444 mâx
All dimensions in mm
36.8-37 7
445
TAfIPS FOR MICROFIIH READERSBy us¡ng optical ly correct axial li laments i n smooth glass dichroic reflectors, Phi lìps have des¡gned lamps to replace eìther of two s¡mi lar
facetted m¡rror types of AmeriÇan origin, with no compromise in performance
Catalogue ANSICodesNo.
Volts Wâtts Sase AverageLile (hours)
Nominalfocâl d¡stanca
BurnlngPosition
Pack¡ngquant¡ly
1313713075131551318913139131 941318613158
DEDEPX/EPVELD/EJN
GX5.3GX5.3GX5'3GX5 3G26,35
GX5'3GXs'3
2501000
5001000
501000
500401
FHXEWJFJXEPZ/DJT
13812013813.81213.814521.O
Basedown I 1 05"Basedown t 105"Basedown * 1 05'Basedown I 1 O5oBasedown t 1 05'Basedown t 1 O5oBasedown t 105'Basedown I 90'
252A305075B590
150
5050505050505050
350350350350100350
3030
t5OOh on 1 7.5V
TINIAÌURE IYPESNewly developed lamps lor small microfilm readers.
Catalogue ANSIcodes
Volts Watts Base AverageLile (hou¡s)
Nominâlfocal d¡stanco
Burn¡ngPos¡tionNo-
13529135281307413527
t¡" G39
66
1213.8
250500
1 000500
d30ad
Bâsedown + 1 05oBasedown t 1 05'
G4
G4
9152A30
Basedown05'05'
+t
included above.
465
pleased to hear ol requirements for types not
GUIDE TO OTHER HALOGEN LATIPS USED IN TIICROFILM READEBS
LIF Code ReplacesANSI Code
LIF Code ReplacesANSI Code
LIF Code ReplacesANSI Code
41t215A1 /21 641t220A1/26f
FCR
BRLFDT
A1 t262M/28Mt29tv/30
FDSEVAESAESB
Ml32M/33M/35
Phil¡ps are continually developing lamps for micrograph¡c applications and we would be
11
MISCELLANEOUS PROJECTOR LAMPS
LATP APPLICAT¡ONS
Types lill16, l\,4/18, lvl/19, lV/20.-These lamps have optically clear glassfor operation cap-up, and like Class Flamps are often used for micro-pro¡ection and microscopeillumination.Type ¡,4/29 and l\4/30 Theseminiature types give a relatively highoutput at about 3200K in a compactsrze.Type M/33 This lamp ¡s similar totype A 1 /233 but with a llfe of 300 hoursis useful for discotheque projeclors,microfilm readers. etcType M/35 - This lamp may beoperated at 1 3.5V for use in boats oron motor vehicles.Type M/28 is specially designed towithstand traff ic signal operatingconditions.Type 13 l 1 7 is specif ically designedfor experimental evaluation of solarcollector devices.
Burning position.
Do not mount lilted ¡n the plane of the 190'filament see Fiq. 1
Fig. 1 Fig.2.
NOTES FOR USERS OFHALOGEN LÂMPS
Handling Avoid touching the quartzbulb of halogen lamps, s¡nce finger-marks appear as indelible brownstains when the lamp is operated.Lamps must be cleaned with asolvent such as methylated sp¡rits ifthey are ¡nadvertently handled.Avo¡d jolting or vibrating the lampswh¡le they are operating.Seal (pi nch) temperature - Pre-cautions must be taken to ensure thatthe quartz/metal seal temperaturedoes not exceed 350"C, while retainingthe temperature of the bulb wall over250'C and below 900oC.
Spherical reflectors - Care must betaken to prevent the reflected image ofthe filament being superimposed onlhe f ¡lament itself , since this will lead tooverheat¡ng of the filament andpremature failure of lhe tamp.
IICROEEADER TYPES
The integral mirror lampé areindividually focused in production t¡give superior performance in machinesorìginally designed for Americanfacetted mirror lamps. Our improvedoptical design enables some types t0take the place of two similarANS|versions; e.g. type 1 31 89 can replaceAmerican types EPZ or DJT.The nominal focal distance shown isfor design guidance. ln pract¡ce, theworking distance to the film aperturew¡ll be d¡fferent, with a condenser lensused.Types 1 31 51 and 1 31 39 may be usedwithout a condenser lens. therebyreducing the optical length andincreasing eff ic¡ency.
ORDENING DATAPlease order in the form given ¡n thefollow¡ng example, quoting LIF No.,Catalogue No., voltage and wattageand in mult¡ples of the packingq uant¡ty:100 Phjlips projector lamps TypeM/30, Catalosue No. 7388, 6V 20W.
ELD made ¡n USA.All lamps made in Belgium exceptM/3'1 - made in W. Germany.
II
P28s(m€d¡um p16 focus)
Bl 5s{s.c.c. )
Blsd(s.B.c.)
G17qG4P30s (Valve Base) BA21s.4 PG22
@
$+EffiGy6.35 G6.35
{1.25mm Pins} (1mm P¡nsl R7s G 5.3 G26.35 GY9.5 GlTt
'X'marks the point on the cêp from wh¡ch the light centre length ¡s measured
466
i/ade in Belgium, Germany and U.S.A.
$Tulllo &THEAÏREtAMP$
Fourteen "Biplane" versions of the650, 1 kW zkw and skw rat¡ngs,
ing new proximity m¡rror typesof the
KW rat¡ ngs.glass types st¡ll in
APPLICAÎIONS
CP Prefix - Studio spotlighting etc,in conjunction with materialsbalanced for 3200K.T Prefix - fortheatre spotlighting,where long life is of greater ¡mportancethan 3200K.P2 Prefix - forfloodlighting instud¡os etc, in conjunction w¡thmaterials balanced for3200K. (seePhotolamps data sheet for movielighttypes).
ClacseeCP'T&P2
lncluding a comPrehenslve rangêof ¡B¡plane' halogen stüd¡o andthêalrê lamps whlch rêPlaceprev¡ou$ halogen andconvênt¡onal lamPt
FEAÏURESrQuartz Halogen lamps offer longlife and maintain virtually constantlumen output and colourtemperature.rBiplane f ilaments - compact withexcellent beam.
SPECIFICATIOflrDesigned to comply withlnternational specif ications, whereapplicable.
FD=!vl!--c,{c)GÐÐÞ!-å-Cì'
ro,ooderrhisoarasheerquore PL 1897/4
lssusd 8/83 Beplaces PL 1897/3and PL 1812/2
ll
ls *, I
¡-¡t¡l*I
Ij
¡lI
Double-ended 3200K linear lamps.
467
|'- -ISTUDIO & THEATBE TAMPS
SINGLE ENDED OUARTZ HALOGEN LAMPSBIPLATE RAIIGEBiplane ¡amps, illustrated below arecompatable w¡th ex¡sting ha¡ogen andconventional types in respect of lightcentre length and oveiall d¡mens¡onsto permit direct replacemenl, (seeReplacement Guide).
FEATUFES
rCompact f i lament construction¡mproves the eff¡ciency of spotlights,notably in narrow beam luminaires, toproduce useful ga¡ns ¡n beamintensity.
rSame life expectancy asexist¡ng halogen'monoplane'f ilament types.rlnternal oroxtmity ref lector lypeselrmrnale overheating. adjustmg¡¡and dusl probtems associated withexternal spherical ref lectors
N+l
max 30 max 22 max 30 max 30
ô
EE
h
E
+tuì E
E
+t
cP/63, CP/65cPl67, CPl70T/19,f /21cAP GXg 5
1/25f /27
CAP GYg 5 cPl64, CPl66cP/68,CPn1
CAP G22
cP/65,r/20r/22,r/24CAP P28s
T/23CAP P28s
max 40 max 40 40 max40 max 65
h h h h
Ê oo
E
+lN
o
E+l
N
E
N+tNN
cPn2CAP GYl6 E N
+r
max 20
cP/74CAP P4Os
cP/75CAP G22
hcPn3
CAP G38
o
Ê+luìo
All dimensions in mm.
I
cPmCAP G9.5 cP/85, CAP G38
l468
STUDIO &THEATRE TAMPS
BIPLANE LAMP REPLACEMENT GUIDE
cl^lt 'cP' sluDlo LAIF3 92(þKBase BlplaneType R€places
Ouartz HalogenReplacesConventlonalType
Elplane fypew¡th ProxlmltyRollector
cP/67cP/68cP/69cPlTocPl71cPl72cP173cPl74c?175cP/85
65065065u100010002ooo2o0o20002000
5000
GX9.5G22P28sGX9.5êttGY16G38P40SG22G38
cPt23cP/39cP/51cPt24cPt40cPt43, QPt79cP/56, CP/41cP/53cP/55cP/29
cP/6scP/68cP/33
cP/49
cP/44, cP/19
ÇP134, CPl42, C?112cPl28
cP/35,cP/13
cP/63cP/64
clAss'l' lllEAlR! LAIPSEese Blplane Type Replac€s
HalogenReplaceaConventlonal
500500650650650100010001000
GY9.5P28sGX9.5GY9.5P28sP28sGX9.5
Tt4T/6
f 124fl25Tl22Tl21Tt27Tl23Tl20T/1 I
Typo
T 117
T/18T/131t12'v26rt15tt14T/ 11
'il1 (f t7l
SÍI,DIO LATPS. CLASS ¡CP'BTPLA]II TYPES
Rof No. PhlllpsCal. No.
Ave?a9el¡t€ (h)
Buhlngposltlon
PactlngWåtts Volts cap F¡leñentArea bxh
Nomlnal*lotallumena
quanllly
cP/63cPt64cPi 65cP/66
cP170cPl71
cPl72cPt73cPt74cPt75cP/17cP/85
6984P698426999P69992
GX9.5G22GX9.5G22
GX9.5G22P28s
GX9,5G22
'11 x 14.511 x 14.511x10'11 x 10
1'1 x 1011x1011 x 10
(prox¡mity)(proxim¡ty)(proxim¡ty)(prox¡mlty)
VBD + 90"VBD + 9OO
VBD + 9OO
VBD + 90'
VBD + 9OO
vBo + 900VBD + 9OO
VBD + 90'VBD + 9OO
1000'1000
650650
1000'1000
100'100
'100
200200
400400400400200350
240240240240
240240240
240240
240240240240240240
650650650
'150
150100100
4444
cPl67cP/68cP/69
6993P699326993C
6995P69952
160001600016000
444
6994P 200069942 20006994C 20006994Y 20006983P-FEP 1 OO0
69692 5000
GY,16
P40sG22G9.5G38
VBD + 9OO
VBD + 90"VBD * 90"VBD + 90ô
ANYvBD + 90o
11x14.5'l1x 14.5
19x1919x1919x1919x19- x2126\26
2500025000
5000050000500005000026000
1 30000
444444
THIATR! LATPS. CIASS.T' BIPLAIIE ÎYPISRel, No. Phlllp8
Cat. No.Wåttg Vollg cap Fll¡menl
Area bxhNomlnallotallumen¡2100021000130001300021000
95001 1000
14500
Averagellts (h)
Bulnlngposltlon
750750750750750750300400
'1000
1000650650
1000500500650
T/19f t20f t2'lT/221t23'1t24
1t251t27
240240240240240240240240
6996P6996C6998P6998C6997C6800c6820P6823P
GX9,5P28sGX9.5P28sP28sP28sGY9.5GY9.5
11 x 14.5'11 x 14.511x1211 x1211 x 14.5'11 x 1011x1011x13
V8D + 44444444
VBD + 9OO
VBD + 90"vBo + 90.VBU + 9OO
vBD * 90ôvBD + 90oVBD T 90'
'The figures statsd are lor the total lumens given by the lampând are not representat¡ve of the lumens ach¡eved w¡thin the spotlight beam.
Please order lamps ¡n multiples of the pack¡ng quant¡ty.
Burnlng p03ltlont
VBD - Vêrtlcal, båss down.VBU - Vertical, base up.Burn¡ng angles reler only to oriêntat¡on lna plane wh¡ch ¡s at right angl6s to thêlllam6nl plane.
469
I
STUDIO & THEATRE TAMPS
stuDro LAtPs. clAss'P2'
DXX P2^3)
+?8-r+-i-_]t#'iæ-l
ftt
P2ì n/12
189. r
65,6
Ð/11 nlm
t7.o
1t6
ffirf11ft3 AII diñensions jnhh
ì
i
i1
I
l
Lamp rel.No.
PhlllpsType No.
Watls Nom¡nal Burn¡ngVolls cap AverageLlle (hrs) Poslllon ff.iill
127272100
I
P2t7P2/11P2/12P2l1 3 (DXX)P2/20P2/27 (FEX)
1 3989R13477R6358R131627786R1 31 34R
'1000
8001250
8001 0002000
2401250240/250240/250240/250
2600021 00033s00190002550050000
R7sR7sR7sR7sR7sFì7s
200150200
75150300
H f 4'H 14'H 14'
240/250240/250
Other Linear studio lamps are available to special order
TtfEAIRE LAHps, cLAs$'T, - Non.halogên types
!4"
i
I
i
Lamp ref.No.
PhlllpsType No.
Watts Volts caP AverageLlfe (hrs)
Nom¡nallíght output(lumens)
BurnlngPos¡tion
VBD + 45O 1BvBD + 45" 50VBU * 15" 30VBD + 75o 18
200200200200
97004000
2200021 500
559C558C6291C7401C
P28sP28SP28sP28s
240240240240
500250
10001000
Tt1Tt3Tt4T/6
Burnlng posltÌonVBD - Vertical, base down
ii
liii
I
iI
l
i
l
D¡XtD{GAt75o/, ol raled voltage, colour tempof CP & T lamps will be approximately2900K and 2750K respectively.
SURGE CUBBEI{IDue to the low cold resistance of thefilament, a switch-on surge currentoccurs. With typical supply impedanceof 0 3 ohms a theoretical max¡mum¡nstantaneous current of approx¡mately20 t¡mes running current can occur,Th¡s falls to 2 x running current inabout 1/1oth of a second (240V2kW lamp).
SÂFETYHalogen lamps are pressure{¡lled andcan shatter in use ¡f overheated,incorrectly fused, damaged or operatedabove the rated voltage. lt is adv¡sableto shield these lamps whereverpossible for safety reasons.
VBU - Vert¡cal, base up H - Hor¡zontal
FUSIilGIt is important to ensure that halogenlamps are protected by the correctHBC fuse to reduce the risk ofshattering due to ¡nternal arcing atthe instant of f¡lament rupture.LampWatts 500/650 800/1250 '1 5 skw
2kw
BUBNtt{c POstÏtoilsLife expectancy may be reduced ¡flamps are operated in att¡tudes otherthan recommended burning posit¡ons,
HBC Fuse(uK) 4A 6A 10A 30Aïhese luse rat¡ngs a(e fot 24O|2SOV lam psonly.
I{ANDL¡NGDo not touch the quartz bulb with barehands, as finger marks burn intoindel¡ble brown stains. Clean withmethylated sp¡rits if inadvertentlyhandled. Avoid jolt¡ng or vibratinglamps while operat¡ng.
470
BATTERIESPage
473Batter¡es: Normal, Extra, Super andAlkaline Ranges
Please ses pagôs ll and lll ol Generâllntroduction for informatlon on how to ueEthis Hendbook.
471
472
l--
rangos of pr¡mary
fromuso to cont¡nuous
in high drain applications
BATTERIE$
NANGE
Normal- Three types idea I in low drâ ¡n
applications.Extra - S¡x popular types withammonium chlorìde electrolyte, wellsuited to average, intermittent use.
SupeJ - Four popular types with z¡ncchloride electrolyte for more intensivepower applications.Alkaline - Five popular types forIasting top performance, whenlongest service life is needed.
ro,eorde,rhisDarashsstquore PL3019/3
-
lssued I 1/83 Beplaces P13019/2
EÐrl.lFñ--Fña
473
BATTERIESFEATUREA
rCleat str¡king, colour cod¡ngprov¡des easy distinct¡on of the fourranges:Normal - Blue and black
Extra - Red and blackSuper -All blackAlkaline - Black and goldrchoice of tray or card blisterpackaging to suit varying display andstorage requirements.rSuperior construction for preventionof leakage and for long life w¡th extrarobust steel jacket.
rEiery battery is double checked forcharge retention.rCompl¡es with lnternationalStandard IEC 86, and exceeds lheperformance requirements of theStandard.lBoth Normal and Extra types havegood recuperat¡on capacity, so l¡fe isincreased w¡th intermittenl use.
rAlkaline lypes have a h¡gh efficiencyat high current drains over longper¡ods without recuPeration.rAlkalinè batteries oPêrate attemperatures as low âs - 20oC.
¡Open date coded to show extent ofavailable shelf life.
Normål' Extra, SuPer andAlkallnel Made ¡n Belgium
Unless otherwise stated on packaging.
BAÎTERIES
1. Long Life Applicationse.g. Calculators, remote control,flash guns, test equipment.
2. Motorised Equipmente.g. Tape recorders, kitchen equipment,toys, cine cameras.
3. Lower PowerEquiPmente.g. Clocks, computer games, torches,portable radios, emergencY lights,shavers, toys.
4. Low drain uses torches, clocks
ORDERII{G & IECHNICAL DATAPhilips Replaces voltage
lntermlttenlUse
No.
Super
Super
Extra
Normal
Traypack OutEfTray
252540505010
Use
Alkaline
Alkaline
Super
Extra
BllsterPack
NORMATR2ONR1 4NR6NEXTRAR20ER14ER6E6F22E3R12E4R25É.SUPERR20SR14SR6S6F22S
ALKALINELR20LR14LR6LR03LR1GLR6'I
SP2
Tr'HP2HP1,1HP7PP3-P1289PJ996
MN1300MN t400MN1500MN2400MN9100MN 1 604
6060tî
'5.5
200200480
200200480150120
12
200200480150
200200200500500150
252540
2525401020
2a
4
224'I
L224'I
R2OPPR14PPR6PP
1.51.51.59'0
25254010
1.51.51.59.04.56.0
60bu
12030
jt6060
12030
2424
128486020
224421
3ß12
Nomål -R2ONEfta - R2OESup6r - R20SAlkåliñâ -LRzO
Exra -6F22E
Exra -4R25E
ISuper -6F22SALK -6LR6ISupsr
tB25 Extâ 3RI2E
Nô¡msl - n14N -lExr¿ -R14E I I
î",¡,:;"-llîi lnml i on",'""-rnoo
L.l I-r,,"1
NormalExtrs
- R6N_ R6E
- n6s_ LR6
474
1'51.51.51.5'1.5
9.0
TECHNICAL SECTI()NPart 1 -RADIATION AND VISION
Part 2 -LAMPS AND LUMINAIRES
Part 3 -PHOTOMETRIC DATA FORLUMINAIRES
Part 4 -INTERIOR LIGHTING DESIGN
Part 5 -CALCULATION OF AVERAGEILLUMINANCE - THE'LUMENMETHOD'
Pail 6 -POINT.BY.POINT CALCULATIONS
Part 7 -ENERGY,COST EFFECTIVE LIGHTING
Part I _FLOODLIGHTING OFAND MONUMENTS
RADIATION1.1 Visible radiation (light)1.2 Ultraviolet and infra-red radiat¡onvtstoN1.3 Central and peripheral vision1.4 Visual oerformanceLIGHTING OUANTITIES AND UNITS1.5 Quantities, un¡ts and symbolsCOLOUR1.6 Colour appearance'1.7 Colour rendering
LAMPS2.1 Lamp types2.2 lncandescenl lamps2.3 Discharge lamps2.4 Fluorescent lamosLUMEN DEPRECIATION AND'LIFE'2.5 Lumen Deoreciation2.ô Lamp Life'(Service Period)CONTROL GEAR FOR LAMPS2.7 Eallasts lor discharge lamps2.8 Ballasts for lluoroscant lamps2.9 Capacitors2.1 0 Guide lo fuse ratingLUfIIINAIRES2.1 1 Photometric classifications2.1 2 Classilication by protection against
electric shock2.1 3 Classification according lo enclosure2.1 4 Classificalion lor explos¡ve zones
3.13.23.3
Published Photometric DataPolar CurvesLimits for SpacingLight Output HatloUtilization FactorsService Correction Factors
3.43.53.63.7 Glare Dala
4.1 lnformation for lighting designer4.2 Lighting oþjectlves4.3 lllumination levels4.4 Lighting systems4.5 Glare
5.1 The 'Lumen method'formula5.2 Lamp output for lighting calculations5.3 Maintenance Factor5.4 Elfect of lamp replacement cycle5.5 Utilizalion Factor5.6 Room lndex5.7 Service Correction FaclorsSPACING'HEIGHT RATIO (SHR)5.8 Maximum Spacing/Height Ratio5.9 Wide spacing
6.1 Calculation of ¡lluminance at a point6.2 Worked êxample6.3 CalculatÌons foÍ line and area sources6.4 lsolux diagrams and lux tables
7.1 lnlroduct¡on7.2 Cost elements ìn lighting7.3 Good, energy-effective lighting - the
six basic rules7.4 Energy uti¡ization appraisal for lighting
instal latlons7.5 Finance7.6 Management object¡ves
8.1 Floodlighting techniques8.2 Recommended illuminances8.3 Floodlighling calculations
Des¡gn criteriaRoad surfacesCalculation msthodsEvaluation of design criteriaOtf ¡c¡al rscommêndationsLuminance calculat¡ons
Part9 -ROADLIGHTNG
BUILDINGS
475
9.1dt9.39.49.59.6
Part 1
RADIATION AND VISION
RADIATION1.1 Visible Radiation (Light)Light may be defined as any radlatloncaþable óf causing a visual sensationdirectly. Light waves occupy only a verysmall oart of the spectrum of electro-m"gneii" waves (Fig 1.1) The limits ofvisible radiation are not well defined -thelower limit is generally taken as beingbetween 380 and 400 nm and the uPPer
limit between 760 and 780 nm ('1 nanometre(nm) =10-em).The visible spectrum can be divided into a
number of approximate wavelength rangeseach of which makes a certain colourimpression on the human eYe:
380 - 436 nm violet 556 - 5Bg nm yellow436-495nmblue 589-627 nm orange495 - 566 nm green 627 -780 nm red1.2 Ultraviolet and lnf ra-red RadiationElectromagnetic radiations with wave-lengths just beyond the violet and red endsof the visible spectrum are known as ultra-violet and infra-red radiation respectively.The limits of the spectral range of ultra-violet radiation are not well defined but areusually considered as lying between 100and 400 nanometres (1 nm = 10-em). Forpractical purposes this wavelength range issubdivided into three bands:
UV - A from 315 to 400 nmUV - B f rom 280 to 315 nmUV - C f rom 100 to 280 nm
Radiation in the UV-A band passes throughmost types of glass and produces slighterythema (reddeninç of the human skin).Radiation in this band has the property ofcausing certain materials to f luoresce and ofcausing photochemical reactions in others.It is therefore used in various industrialprocesses; also in UV-A sunlamps.Radiation in the UV-B band has erythemaleffect on the human skin. lt is used mainly fortherapeutic purposes (UV-B sunlamps).Radiation in the UV-C band has a germicidaleffect. Erythema and conjunctivitis can becaused. Radiation at wavelengths less than200 nm forms ozone from oxygen or air.Care must be taken in the design and use ofUV equipment to ensure that personnel andsurroundings cannot be harmed. Medicalauthorities should be consulted.The limits of the spectral range of inf ra-redradiation are not well Cef ined, but areusually considered to be between 780 nmand 1mm.For practical purposes, this wavelengthrange is subdivided into ihree bands:
100--\200 300
Fig. 1.1. The electromagnetic spectrum
Violet Blue Green Yellow Red
800 --'1o6nm-/ -----Ð- 2/
1oz 104 m__>Å
- -ULTRAVIO\ \
INFRA-RED
Gamma rays X-rays Radar-TV-Radio-Power
1O-14 10-12 1O-10 1O-8 10-6 1 o-4 1o'2 1 o
u476
700500 600
VISIBLE
780 nm to 2 ¡r,m (short-wave inf ra-red)2¡r m to 4 ¡rm (medium-wave inf ra-red)4¡r m to 1 mm (long-wave infra-red)
Shortwave inf ra-red rad¡ation can be
v1.0
Fig. 1.4 Spectral sens¡tivity of the average eye
v (À)
500 600
concentrated ont.o an area, thus obviatingmany of the heatiloss problems associatedwith other methods of heating.
nm 700
LIGHTI NG OUANTITI ES AN D UNITS1.5 Quantities, units and symbols
The unit of LUMINOUS FLUX is lhe LUMEN.This measures the quantity of light. Bydef inition one Watt of radiation at 555 nm isequal to 682 lumens. Other wavelengths areevaluated according to V(r)- Fig. 1.4.
The unit of ILLUMINANCE is the LUX. This isan illuminance of one lumen over an area ofone square metre. (One foot-candle, i.e. onelumen per square foot, is equal to 10.7ô lux:this unit is now obsolete).
The unii of LUMINOUS INTENSITY is theCANDELA. lt is a measure of light output ina given direction. A uniform point'sourcewith a luminous flux of 4 lumens has anintensity of one candela in every direction.
The unit of LUMINANCE ìs the CANDELA perSQUARE METRE of apparent surface in agiven drrection. Luminance is the intensityper unit area of a surface (by emittance orreflection) in a given direction. lt should notbe conf used wilh illuminance.
The LUMINOUS EFFICACY of a lamP is
measured in LUMENS per WATT. Note thatthe power dissipated by a discharge lampmay not be the same as its named rating.Also, to calculate circuit eff icacy, it is
necessary to take into account both lamppower and ballast losses.
0.8
0.6
o.4
o.2
n
400
vrsroN1.3 Central and Peripheral VisionCentralvision:The centre of the ret¡na can resolve animage showing the greatest detail of whichthe eye is capable.Peripheral vision:The periphery of the retina does not producesharp vision and objects seen by this areaappear as tuzzy silhouettes. The peripheryis, however, highly sensitive to movementand flicker.
1.4 Visual performancea. Contrast
Contrast refers to the difference inluminance or colour of an ob¡ectcompared with that of the surroundings.The performance of a visual taskbecomes easier if contrast is increased.
b. Visual acuityVisual acuity is a measure of thesmallest detail that can be perceived. ltvaries with illuminance.
c. Speed of perceptionSpeed of perception is related to the timeinierval between the presentation of anobject and the perception of its form. ltvaries with illuminance.
d. Spectral sensitivityThe spectral sensit¡vity of the averageeye is shown in Fig. 'l-4. lt is taken intoconsideration when defining units oflight.
477
Y
T
0.8
Fig. 1.6. The CIE chromaticity diagram
700 nm
0 0.4 0.6
0.5
0
0
Quantity Quantity Unitsymbol
oItwo chromatic¡ty co-ordinates x, y (Fig. 1.6).These can be published by a lampmanufacturer for each lamp type, and arecalculated from the lamp's spectral powerdistribution.Points on the curve marked 1300-24000 mayalso be specif ied by colour temperature.
Colour TemperatureColour temperature ¡s a term used todescribe the colour of a neai-white lightsource by comparing it with the colour of afull radiator. The temperature of the fullradiator, in Kelvin, at which a colour matchis obtained, is said to be the colour tem-perature of the source.The curve formed on the CIE chromaticitydiagram by plotting the chromaticities of ahypothetical full radiator at various tem-peratures, is known as the full radiatorlocus. Any source that has a chromaticity onthis locus may be specified by a colourtemperature.A source not on the locus but near it can be
Unitsymbol
Luminouslntensity
LuminousFlux
Lumen lm
llluminance E Lux lxLuminance L Candela per cdlmz
sq. metreLuminousEf f icacy \ Lumen
per Watt lm/WNotes: 9 is the Greek letter phi (pro-
nounced f ie).I is the Greek letter eta (pro-
nounced eeta).
COLOUR1.6 Colour AppearanceCl E chromaticity co-ordinatesThe CIE chromaticity system (see CIERecommendation No. 15) permits thespecif ication of colour appearance in terms
I Candela cd
I
'll
l
r
i'rl
474
described by means of its 'correlated'colour temperature, that is, the temperatureof the full radiator at which its colourresembles most closely that of the source.1.7 Colour Renderingln order to be able to compare the colourrender¡ng characteristics of various types oflight source, the concept of a colourrender¡ng index, based on the appearanceof a number of test colours under differentilluminants, was introduced by the CIE (ClËRecommendation No. 13). The average ofthe colour differences occurring when thetest colours are alternately illuminated, firstby the lamp under test and then by areference source, provides a measure of thecolour rendering properties of the test
source.The general i colour rendering index iscalculated for an average of 8 surfacecolours and is also referred to as the Ra Iindex. ïhe value of the index varies from 50to 100. The value 50 corresponds to thecolour rendering of the original Warm Whitefluorescent lamp. The maximum value of100 is only likely to occur when the spectraldistributions of the test source and thereference source are identical. 'The
reference light source used for sources witha correlated colour temperature of 5000Kand below is a full rad¡ator of the nearestcolour temperature. (Above 5000K, thereference source is 'reconstituted' daylightof the appropriate colour temperature).
479
Parl2LAMPS AND LUMINAIRES
LAMPS2.1 Lamp Typesgl""tt" - la'rios fall into seven principal
t"r¡li"= tiio'. z.lb). This parl reviews the
orincioal tvões in each category For more
ã"tuifãO iniormation see tfre Data Sheets
TÀe characteristics of the prìncipal types are
summarised in the Table: (Fig 2 1a)'
2.2 lncandescent LamPs(a) PrinciPlesÀÍmost all incandescent lamps produce
light because of the passage of currentth-rough a f ilament which is heated to incan-
Fig.2.1a Characteristics of principal lamp types'
"With ignitor type circuits quìck restriking is poss¡ble
(c) Lamps with lnternal ReflectorsRef lectorised lamps have increased invariety.Some lamps also have a ref ractive f inish tothe front glass. Pressed glass lamps havemore ef f icient ref lectors and morecontrolled beams.
descence. The higher the temperature thegreater will be the portion of radiationialling within the visible region of thespectrum. Tungsien wire is used because ofits relatively high melting point.The luminous output and life of filamentlamps vary with applied voltage. For f urtherdetails see ihe Data Sheets.
(b) Tungsten Halogen LamPsÌúngstén Halogen have bromide or iodideadded to the gas filling This re'cyclestungsten and enables the filament to be
operated at a higher temperature f or a given
hours rating, and hence at a higher efficacy.
(d) Photographic and Projector LampsÞÉotograpn¡-c and studio lamps have light
ortpui oi nominal colour temperature .of3¿O'OK or 3200K to match the sensitivitycharacteristics of photographic materials'Projector lamps are constructed wilnpr"äit" filament size and position for high
Light Source DimmingFacility
Restriketime(mins)
Eff icacy ColourRenderi ng
Lif etime lnitialCosts
Ra8 ColourTemp. K
I ncandescent(normal lamPs
Pressed-glass(i ncandescent)
Tungstenhalogen
Fluorescent
Mercury
Metal halide
Sodium (highpressure)
Sodium (lowpressure)
ES
ES
S
no
no
no
no
0
0
0
0
>4
4-5
>4
7 -12*
mod
moder
mod
high
h igh
hiqh
very high
very high
excellent
excel lent
excellent
good
medium
good
medium
poor
moderate
medium
medium
long
long
lon g
long
long
low
low
relativelylow
medium
hig h
h igh
high
hish
'100
100
100
50-100
20-47
65-70
12-29
2700-2900
2700-2900
3000
2700-6500
3750-4500
4000-4600
1 950-2250
480
rFig. 2.1b The seven principal families of lamps
Filament Lamps (l n cl u d i n g Tu n g sten H a logen)
Fluorescent Lamps (including SL)
Low Pressure Sodium Low Pressure
DISCHARGE
LAMPS
High Pressure Sodium
H ighPressure
High Pressure Mercury
High Pressure Mercury Biended
Metal Halide
NOIEST1. Flu.orescent Lamps .incorporate a low-pressure discharge, but the majot¡ty of the
l¡ght output is f rom phosphors.2 High Pressure Mercury Btended Lamps have some I¡ght output f rom a fitament.
-^ti3. ln the U'S'A' high pressure d¡scharge lamps arc-known as high-intensity discharge
Ianps (H.l.D. lamps).
eff iciency in appropriate optical systems.The requirements of high colour tempera-ture and high light output entail relativelyshort nominal lives. All recenily introducedtypes are tungsten halogen lamps.
(e) lnfra-Red LampsA characteristic of all incandescent lampsis the preponderance of short wave inf ra-redemission. This is used to advantage inlamps especially designed f or heatingapplications, with high efficiency ofconversion of input power rnto radiation, andwith almost instant response.
2.3 Discharge Lamps(a) Low Pressure Sodiumln these lamps sodium metal is vaporized toa low pressure and produces mono-ch.romatic yellow light with very highefficacy.
(b) High Pressure SodiumThese lamps operate with sodium vapour athigh pressure and produce a golden whitelight. The discharge tube is of aluminiumoxide.
(c) ¡t¡Str Pressure MercuryThese lamps operate with a mercury vapourarc at high pressure. The light f rom the arc is
supplemented by light f rom phosphorsactivaied by ultra-violet radiation.
(d) Metal HalideThese lamps are similar to high pressuremercury lamps but contain metallic halides,e.g. of thallium, indium and sodium. Thisenables the lamp designer to tailor thespectral power distribution. Lamps ofdifferent makes are not interchangeable.
(e) Mercury BlendedThese lamps combine a high pressuremercury discharge tube with a tungstenf ilament. The f ilament acts as a ballast tothe discharge tube and also increasesemission at the red end of the spectrum.
2.4 Fluorescent LampsThe fluorescent lamp is physically a lowpressure discharge lamp, but is regarded asa separate category of lamp because themajority of the light is produced by phos-phors activated by the discharge. Thephosphors are coated on the inside of theenvelope and can be blended to give thelighting properties desired.A range of 'colours' is available. There is achoice of colour appearance (e.g. cool orwarm). There is also a choice of colourrendering.
t,.,481
LUMEN DEPRECIATION AND'LIFE'2.5 Lumen DepreciationThe depreciation of light output of filamentlamps is about 10% over life. The rate o1
depreciation of light output of dischargelamps and flt¡orescent lamps varles lromtype to type, and usually lies between 2%and 6% per thousand hours, following. the2000 hour point. See Fig.2.5. Notethat if twolamps have the same 2b0o hour output, thelamþ with the better maintenance has lhelower 100 hour output.From 0 to 1 00 hours output is not stable, andthe 'lnitial' lumen value is measured at 100
hours: from 100 hours to 2000 hours lightoutput falls exponenlially. The output.at2000 hours is known as the LDL value(LDL = Lighting Design Lumens), since thisis the base value for lighting calculations.To find the light output halfway through alamp's service period, calculate the depre-ciation below the 2000 hour level (U.K' prac-tice) or below the 100 hour level (Continentalpractice). Both methods give the sameresults but the 2000 hour calculation has theadvantage of being linear. See also Section5.2.
2.6 Lamp Lile (Service Period)When applied to lamps, the word 'life' hastwo d¡stinct meanings:(a) Filament Lamps-life is the time after
which the lamp ceases to operate (elec-trical life). The rated life of commontypes is defined in Standards and isbased on a compromise between dura-tion and eff icacy (a longer lif e lamp musthave lower ef f icacy). Life expectancy in apractical installation is strongly affectedby supply voltage variations - see DataSheet PL 1 789
(b) Fluorescent and Discharge Lamps - lifeis the time after which light output hasdropped to a level at which it is moreeconomic to replace the lamp than to letit consume electricity (economic life,service period. Lamps should be replacedas a group after the economic time. The
replacement period may in practice be
determined by a limit for maintainedilluminalion level- see Section 5 4. (Note:
claims in U.S. publications are based onelectrical life.)
Fio.2.5TYÞICAL LUM I NOUS DEPRECIATION CURVESFOR DISCHARG E AND FLUORESCENT LAM PS
F,lILt-loFT,
lul(,Fzt!OÉ.lllô-
LDL100%
8Oo/o
2ra
6
OPERATI NG HOURS (thousands)
2 10
CONTROL GEAR FOR LAMPS2.7 Ballasts for Discharge LamPsAll discharge lamps require a means ofcontrolling their current. The device used isknown as a ballast, and on 50Hz supplies
usually takes the form of an inductor.Some discharge lamps require also anignitor, for starting.
i
482
2.8 Ballasts for Fluorescent LampsFluorescent lamps, like discharge lamps,require a ballast. The most common circuitis the Switch Start circuit, in which the mainelements are the ballast and a starter. Whenthe starter contacts close, the lampelectrodes are pre-heated. The startercontacts then open, and the inductive pulsefrom the ballast helps to start the lamp.A recent development is the Electronic Startcircuit. This combines the absence of
moving p-arts of Starterless circuits with thelow lossês of the Switch Start circuit.
2.9 CapacitorsThe principal use of capacitors in lightingcircuits is in shunt across the supply ter-minals, to increase the Power Factor. (Note:PF=W/VA). Shunt capacitors do not affectthe lamp circuit. They reduce the supplycurrent but not the power consumption. Thetolerance on their capacitance is 10%.
Fig. 2.1 1a Classif ication according to luminous f lux distribution
Luminaire class Flux distribution about horizontal %Above Below
DirectSemi-directGeneral-dif f useDirect-indirectSemi-indirectI nd i rect
0- 1010 - 4040- 6040- 6060- 9090 - 100
90 - 10060- 9040- 6040- 6010 - 400- 10
Fig. 2.1 1b Classif ication in terms of maximum spacing/mounting-height ratio.
Luminaire class Max spacing/mounting-height ratioHighly concentratingConcentratingMedium spreadSpreadWide spread
Up to 0.50.5 to 0,70.7 to 1.01.0 to 1.5Over 1.5
16,
LUMINAIRESLuminaires are d'escribed in detail in thedata sheets. Here some of the ways ofclassifying luminaires are explained.à.1 o Guide to f use ratingThe following is a guide to fusing circuilssupplying discharge lamps and their associ-ated control gear i.e. SON, SOX, HPL, HPIand ML.When circuits containing discharge lampsare switched on, the current drawn from thesupply can be splil into three stages:-'1 . A surge current lasting a few milliseconds.2. The starting current which changes over a
few minutes to -3. The running current. This is the steady
current after the lamp has stabilised.The surge current is due partly to the char-ging current of the power faclor correctioncapacitor and partly to lamp rectificalionduring starting. Once the arc has beenstruck, the starting current will begin to flow.
As the lamp warms up, the lamp voltage risesand the lamp current gradually falls. (For alow pressure sodium lamp running on anautoleak transformer, the lamp voltagebegins high then falls).The fuse that is used to protect the circuitmust be capable of withstanding all theabove currents, but in practice meet¡ng therequirement of (1) will usually mean that (2)and (3) are also met.The surge current (1) will depend on thelamp type and ballast type, the number oflamps per circuit, the shunt capacitance, andthe impedance of the mains supply.For example, the surge current could be upto 25x the starting current for the f irst 3 milli-seconds after sw¡tch on, dropping to 7x thestarting current during the next two seconds.This is for a single circuit. Where multiplecircuits are connected to the same fuse, thesurge current will be multiplied by thenumber of circuits.
483
m,
i
I
1
l
I
l
I
i
il
l
I
I
i
When designing an electrical installationaccording to the 1Sth edition of the IEEwiring regulations, the fuse rating is deter-mined using the time/current curve. This isprimarily to ensure that the required dis-conneci time is achieved and the electricalinstallation is protected against overload.Having decided on the appropriate rating otfuse it should then be checked that the surgecurrent can be handled: This is also doneusing the time/current curve for the partic-ular f use.
e.g. 4400W SON Lamp circuit has a startingcurrent of 3.0 amPs.The surge current for a single circuitwould be 25 x 3.0 : 754; for two circuits,a surge current of uP to 2x754: 1504would have to be allowed for.
lf we assume that based on the starting cur-rent, a fuse rating was initially chosen of 8A.Using the time/current curves shown oppo-site it can be seen that a surge of 1504 for 3milliseconds only just falls inside the rangeof an 8A fuse and it would be advisable to
Fig. 2.10
lf more than 6 circuits are fed from a singlefuse, it is possible the starting current re-quirement will take precedence over thesurge current requirement. The fuse shouldthen be rated according to the individualstarting current and number of circuits.Similar data for domestic cartridge fuses iscontained in 8S1361 , where a differentrange of standard fuse ratings are used.5A 1 5A 20A 30A 604 804 1 004The following table shows suggested fuse
move up to a 164 rating.This of course means that the fuse ratingmay be higher than the expected value if iustthe starting current(s) are considered. ln-creasing the fuse rating will also mean thesize of cable used in the installation shouldbe checked to ensure that it is compatiblewith the higher fuse rating.Apart from applying specifically to fuseratings, surge and starting currents shouldbe taken into considerat¡on when choosingswitching equipment to control dischargelighting equipment. Switches should berated for inductive currents - sometimes de-noted by the letter X in the rating.As a guide, the following table shows sug-qesled fuse ratings for the range of PhilipsÓischarge Lamp Circuits. The ratings arebased on the time/current curves continuedin BSBB: Parl2:1975" Specification for Car-tridge Fuses for lndustrial Purposes - andare chosen from the following range.4A 6A 8A 104 124 16A 204 25A324 404504 63A 804 1 00A 1 254
ratithe
ngs for single circuits;for multiple circuitsabove standard should be consulted.
Lamp Wattage50
70/80100/125/150
250400700
1 000
Fuse Rating (BS 1361)5A5A5A
104154204204
No. ofCircuits
LampWattage
FUSE RATTNG (BS 88)
2 3 4 5 o1
50
70/80
100/125/150
250
400
700
1 000 (LV)
2000 (LV)
2000 (HV)
4
4
6
10
16
16
20
25
20
4
6
6
10
16
20
25
50
32
6
6
I12
20
25
32
63
40
6
I10
16
25
J¿
40
80
50
I10
10
20
25
40
50
100
63
I10
12
25
32
50
60
125
80
484
98t
spu0cos ur oultlIoo(¡) o c) oob b bb I I P9N à.O¡ ¡ N 5O.
N ÀO'N 50-o -o b'o3 å3I B 8I I I 83
o
N 50, o2
4
6
8
10
20
40
60
80
100
l'l
ll
;1
l
c) 200
(D
== 400A)
€ 600oÐ 8oo
'I .000
150
2,000
4.000
6,000
8,00010,000
20,000
40,000
oo
'7
.!:.
T>tlNq
#v
V4l!tJtolo
No
it
Ç:il¡
>å4
tË
60,000
80,0001 00,000
iil,lrill'ìi,
Where circuit breakers are used, the surgecurrent requirement must also be met i.e.25 x Circuit Start Current for the first 3 mili-seconds7 x Circuit Start Current for the first 2seconds.
NOTE: Low voltage lamps (LV) are thosedesigned for operation on 240V supplies,High Voltage lamps (HV) are those designedforoperatión on 415V suPPlies.
For circuits with fluorescent lamps, ¡t hasbeen found to be adequate 1o calculate fuseratings on the basis of steady current only.Surge Currents can be ignored provided thatfuses with a steady current rating less than3A are not used.
The information contained here is for guidanceo¡ly.lf in doubt, pleast contact Technical ServicssDept., Philips Lighting where further gui¿-ance can be obtained.* Material from BS88: ParL2:1975 is repro-duced by permission of the British Standardslnstitution from whom complete copies canbe obtained.
2. 1 1 Photometric ClassificationsLuminous flux distribution. Luminaires forgeneral indoor lighting are classified by theCIE in accordance with the percentage oftotal luminous flux distributed above andbelow the horizonlal. See Fig. 2.1 1a.Distribution of direct component.lndustrial lighting luminaires can be
il
ìl
l
I
Fi1.2.13
Derivaiion of the two lP Classif ication numerals. Numerals used for luminaires are in bold lype.
Degrees of prctection indicated by the first charactetistic numeralFirst
character-istic
numeralShort
description
Degree of protection
Details of objects which will be 'excluded' from theenclosure
0
2
3
4
5
6
Non-protected
Protected againstsolid objectsgreater than 50mm
Protecled aga¡nstsolid objectsgreater than 12mm
Protected againstsolid objectsgreater than 2.5mm
Protected againstsolid objectsgreater than 1.0mm
Dusl-protected
Dust-light
A large surface of the body, such as a hand (butno protection against deliberate access). Solidobjects exceeding 50mm in diameter
Fingers or similar ob¡ects not exceeding 80mm inlength. Solid ob¡ecls exceeding 12mm in diameter
Tools, wires, etc., of diameter or thickness greaterthan 2.5mm Solid objects exceeding 2.5mmdiameter
Wiies or strips of thickness greater than 1.0mmSolid objects exceeding 1.0mm in diameter
lngress of dust is not totally prevented but dustdoes nol enter ¡n sufficienl quantity to interferewith salisfactory operation of the equipment
No special protection
No ingress ol dust
486
classified accord¡ng to the distribution oftheir direct component of light. The classi-fication is derived from maximum spacing/mounting-height ratios. See Fig. 2.1 1 bBZ Classification:Luminaires are classified according to theway that their Direct Ratio varies with Roomlndex, see GIBS Tech. Mem. No. 5. The BZnumber may be used in calculations of UFfor luminaires for which UF tables are notpublished. A number of common fallaciesshould be noted. The BZ number is not afigure-of-merit: also, it is not an index ofintensity distribution or of luminancedistribution. (The BZ number has howeverbeen borrowed for the IES system of glarecalculation, which is at present underrevision).
2.1 2Classification by protection againstelectric shockThe following notes are a guide to theof f icial def initions, which can only beinterpreted in conjunction with detailedrequ irements for,construction.Classl: A luminaire with an earthing ter-
minal, and so constructed as tocomply with the requirements ofBS 4533 for protection againstelectric shock. Usually, protectionis by a metal enclosure bonded tothe earthing terminal.
Classll: A luminaire without an earthingterminal, and so constructed as tocomply with the requirements ofBS 4533 for pretection againstelectric shock. Usual ly, protection
Degrees oÍ ptotection ¡ndicated by the second charactetistic numeral
Secondcharacter-
isticnumeral
Degree of protection
Details of the type of protection provided by theenclosure
Shortdescription
0
1
2
b
7
I
3
4
5
Non-protected
Protected againstdripping waterProtected againstdripping waterwhen tilted up to15"
Protected againstspraying water
Protected againstsplashing water
Protected againstlow-pressurewater ¡ets
Protected againstheavy seas
Protected againstthe effects ofimmersionProtected againstsubmersion
No special protection
Dripping water (vertically falling drops) shall haveno harmful effectVertically dripping water shall have no harmfuleffect when the enclosure is tilted at any angle upto lSofrom its normal position
Water fall¡ng as a spray at an angle up to 60" from thevertical shall have no hârmful elfect.
Water splashed against the enclosure from any di-rect¡on shall have no harmful effect.
Water proiected by a standard nozzle aga¡nst theenclosure lrom âny direct¡on shall have no harmfuleffect.
Water from heavy seas or water projected inpowerful jets shall not enter the enclosure inharmf ul quantities
lngress of water in a harmful quantity shall not bepossible when the enclosure is immersed in waterunder defined conditions of pressure and time
The equipment is suitable for continuous sub-mers¡on in water under conditions which shall bespecif ied by the manufacturer.
16r447
i
I
I
is by two separate barriers ofinsulating material. Class ll equip-ment bears a mark consisting of asquare in an outer-square.
Notes: 1. Class 0 luminaires have noearthing terminal and have re-duced protection against shock.By law, Class 0 equipment is notPermitted in the U.K.
2. Class lll luminaires derive pro-tection against shock bY be¡ng foruse on safetY'tYPe extra-lowvoltage suPPlies.
2.1 3Classif ication according lo enclosureLuminaires are classified according to thetype of protection against ingress of dustand moisture. The type of compliance isindicated by the letters lP followed by twonumerals, the first referring to dust and thesecond to moisture. (Note:the two numeralsshould be pronounced separately.) The f ullclassification for equipment in general islisted in Fig. 2.13.The lP system supersedes the earlierclassification of equipment as "rainproof"etc. accompanied by marking with symbols.Normally, the only lP classif icationsrelevant to luminaires are:
tP 23 tP 24 tP 25tP 54 tP 55tP 64 tP 65
2.14Classif ication for Explosive ZonesPlaces where explosive gases may bepresent (e.9. in a refinery) are designated bythe authorities as Zone 1 (high risk) orZone 2(low risk). ln both these zones only speciallyprotected luminaires may be used. Thefollowing is a guide to the meaning of theclassifications: the classification of eachtype of luminaire must have the approval ofthe appropriate certifying authority.ex'd': luminaire so constructed that
internal hot gases cannot reachthe external atmosphere. Note:this classification corresponds tothe previous 'f lameproof '.
ex'e': non.sparking luminaire for TLXfluorescent lamps.
TypeN: non-sparking luminaire for bipinfluorescent lamps (also for fila-ment and discharge lamps).
Only ex 'd' and ex 'e' luminaires arepermitted in Zone 1: all the above threeluminaires are permitted in Zone 2.Luminaires for explosive zones are notnecessarily suitable also for adverse con-ditions of dust and moisture. The lpclassif ication also must be considered.
lj
l
I
i
_l
,]
L
I
I
t' ,,tl
ill488
Part 3PHOTOMETRIC DATAFOR LUMINAIRES
3.1 Published Photometric DataThis Part provides explanatory notes onPhilips published photometric data forluminaires. lt deals with the standard formof presenting data for indoor luminairesused in regular arrays (e.9. f luorescent lampluminaires). For explanatory notes on datafor Roadlighting lanterns see PL B lB0Photometric measurements are made inaccordance with the British Standard (BS5225ParI1). Calculations are in accordancewith CIBS Technical Memorandum No. 5.
The heading identifies the luminaire andstates whether the measurement was madewith the luminaire suspended or on thestandard ceiling board. For mostfluorescent lamp luminaires, because ofthermal effects, output is higher suspendedthan ceiling mounted.
3.2 Polar CurvesThe curves ind¡cate the shape of intensitydistribution, usually in the Transverse andAxial planes. (The curves should not bescaled - intensity tables àre available onrequest). The value of nadir intensity (i.e.intensity vertically downwards) may beadded, e.g. 120 cd/1000 lm (candetas perthousand lumens total of the lamps). Flux incumulative zones is quoted in accordancewith the CIE code.
3.3 Limits for SpacingThe CIBS (lES) Lighting Code recommendslimits for acceptable diversity of illumi-nance. The minimum repeated illuminancein an installation (i.e. in the central area)should not be less than 80% of the averageilluminance.To keep within this limit, luminaires shouldnot be spaced further apart in eitherdirection than SHR MAX (the maximum ratioof the centre-to-centre spacing to themounting height above the horizontalplane).For linear luminairqs it is assumed that themounting height does not exceed the lengthof the luminaire. Otherwise, it may benecessary to mount the luminaires closeraxially. Special care should be taken if theintensity distribution in the axial plane isconcentrating. A useful rule is that the ratio
of the gap to the mounting height should notexceed S-1, where S is SHR MAX.lf linear luminaires are mounted end-to-end(or nearly so) it may be possible to increasethe spacing between rows above the limit ofSHR MAX. The limit becomes SHR MAX TR,i.e. the limit in the transverse direction forend-to-end mounting.Published limits are calculated for directilluminance only. The limits may be slightlyexceeded where there is a high indirectcomponent.The nominal spacing (SHR NOM) is thenearest rounded value (integral multiple of0.25) which is less than SHR MAX. SHR NOMis the spacing normally selected forcalculation of e.g. tábles of UtilizationFactor.
3.4 Light Output RatioThe light output ratio is quoted on the basisof LORL, i.e. ignoring the characteristics ofthe ballast. lt should be multiplied by eachService Correction Factor. DFF may bederived f rom DLORL + LORL : similarly forUFF. FFR is equal to ULORL + DLORL.
UFF - UpwardfluxfractionDFF : DownwardfluxfractionFFR : Flux fraction ratio
3.5 Utilization FactorsUtilization factors are quoted in tabularform, usually for the floor cavity, i.e. UF(F).The f actors are calculated for an ideal room,which is square and has the luminaires inregular square array (at SHR NOM) with half-spacing at the walls. Utilization factorsmust be multiplied by each ServiceCorrection Factor.For the use of Utilization Factors in lightingcálculations see Section 5.5.
3.6 Service Correct¡on FactorsThese factors are described in Section 5.7.They should be applied to values of UF andlight output ratios: also to values ofintensity and luminance.3.7 Glare DataGlare information is listed äccording to theCIBS (lES) system. The BZ classif ication isquoted for a Room lndex of 2.5 and for aspacing of SHR NOM. lt should be notedthât the BZ classif ication is based on Direct
!
i
i
16,489
Ratlo, and is not an lndex of .¡ntensitydistribution or of luminance distribution,and is not a figure of merit. There is noallowance in the BZ system for run-back ofluminance near the horizontal, nor lor thesoftèning effect of a halo of light around theluminaire. While it is important to avoid
glare, the BZ system should not be appliedmechanically so as to relect luminaires thatwould be in practice satisfactory.lf a luminaire has a run-back in luminance(e.9. a louvred luminaire) a BZ number forglare purposes would, ¡n êffect, be less thanthe number based on Direct Ratio.
490
Parl4INTERIOR LIGHTINGDESIGN
4.1 lnformation for lighting designerBecause of the importance of design in thelighting installation for a new building, thereshould be close collaboration between thearchitect, the client, the lighting designer andthe heating and air-handling engineer.
4.2 Lighting ObjectivesThe most important aim when designing thel¡ghting installation for a room in whichwork is to be carried out is the provision ofgood visual conditions at the workino plane.This plane is not necessar¡ly hor¡zontal.
A secondary aim should be the creation of a
complete visual environment that will have apositive influence on the performance andwell-being of the occupants.
4.3 lllumination LevelsRecommendations for service illuminancescan be found in the complete schedule ofthe CIBS (lES) Lighting Code for lnteriors.Fig. 4.3 is a summary of parts of thatschedule.
i
Fig.4.3 Examples of recommended service illuminances. For complete schedule, refer toCIBS (lES) Lighting Code for lnteriors. 'Service'-see Section 5.1.
Code serviceilluminance
(lux) Examples of area or activity
General lighting forrooms and areasused either infrequentlyand/or casual orsimple visual tasks
20
30
50
75
100
150
200
Exterior ci rculation arèasOutdoor stores, stockyards
Exter¡or walkways and platforms. indoor carparks
Docks and quays
Theatres and concert halls hotel bedrooms.bath rooms
Circulation areas in ¡ndustry stores and stock rooms
Simple tasks.
Generallighting for workinginteriors
300
500
750
Rough bench and mach¡ne work: general processesin chemical and food rndustnes. casual reading andfiling activitiesMedium bench and machine work, motor vehicleassembly; print¡ng machine rooms, general off ices.shops and stores
Proof reading; general drawing offices, offices withbusiness machines
Additional localizedlighting f or visuallyexacting tasks
1 000
1 500
2000
Fine bench and machine work. office mach¡neassembly, colour work: critical drawing tasks
Very fine bench and machine work, tnstrumentand small precision mechanism assembly,electronic components, gauging and inspectionof small intricate partsMay be partly prov¡ded by local lightingMinutely detailed and precise work. e.g. very smallparts of instruments, watch making and engravingoperating area in operating theatres2000 lux min¡mum
491
\/ \/ \/ \
j
ri
,l
I
Fig. 4.4. Lighting Systems
Fig. a. General lighting
Fig. c. Localized tighting
4.4 Lighting SystemsThe most common lighting systems areshown in Fig. 4.4.a. General LightingGeneral lighting is obtained by placing anumber of luminaires in a more or lèssregular arrangement over the whole ceilingarea (Fig. 4.4a). The result is a horizontâlilluminance of a certain average level andwith adequate uniformity.General lighting, which gives uniformlighting conditions, should be used forrooms in which there are no fixed workingplaces - especially off ices where thélayout of desks and f urniture may f requenilychange.b. Directional LightingThis term is used to describe lighting in whichthe light comes predominanily fiom onedirection (Fiq. 4.4b).
c. Localized LightingThis type of lighting (Fig. a.4c) is usef ut forlocalized working areas in factories, wherethe production equipment is not likely to bemoved.
Fig. b. Directional l¡ght¡ng.
Fig. d. Local lighting
d. Local LightingLocal lighting (Fig. .ad) rs usefut when:¡ The work involves very critical visual
tasks.o The viewing of f orms or textures requires
that the light comes from a particulardirection.
o The general lighting, due to obstructions,does not penetrate certain areas.
r Higher illuminances are necessary forthe benefit of older workers or workerswith reduced visual performance.
Local lighting should essentially be used tosupplement general lighting, and not as ameans of effecting economies in generallighting. (lf work stations with in-builtlighting are transferred, subsequent occu-pants will have inadequate lighting.)
4.5 GlareGlare, either direct or ref lected, can occur ifluminaires or windows are too bright com-pared with the general brightness within theinterior.
\\II
I
492
Fig. 4.5 illustrates the glare zone withinwh¡ch the luminance of luminaires shouldbe restricted to avoid direct glare i.e.between 5' and 30" below the horizontalplane of the luminaires.The IES Glare lndex system, described inCIBS (lES) Technical Report No. 10,attempts to evaluate the degree of dis-comfort glare for some interiors. lt does nothowever allow fully for the luminance distri-
bution of' luminaires and of adjacent sur.faces, and is being revised.Reflected Glare and Veiling Rellectionlf light sources are reflected by objectshaving glossy surfaces, light patches occurwhich may obscure the details of theobjects. lf the patches are bright the effectis called reflected glare. lf the effect is areduction of contrasts within the area of thetask it is referred to as veiling ref lection.
Fig. 4.5. Direct glare zone
I
l
liI
'i
.
I
1
¡
,"1i
i,i
:,r
lir,¡i
'll
-irr1¡
DirectGlareZone
493
Part 5CALCULATION OF AVERAGEILLUMINANCE - THE.LUMEN METHOD'
494
Part 5CALCULATION OF AVERAGEILLUMINANCE - THE.LUMEN METHOD'
5.1 The'Lumen Method' formulaThe lighting level of workrooms and officesis usually prescribed in terms of the averageilluminance on a horizontal working planeconsidered to be at the height of the workabove the f loor (normally 0.85m) andcovering the entire f loor area.
By the Lumen Method, the average illumi-nance is calculated f rom:
FxUFxMFA
where:E = Average illuminance over the working
plane (lux). Calculated for averageoutput through lamp service andhalfway through a cleaning cycle, i.e.service illuminance (see Fig. 4.3).
F =Total luminous f lux of the lamps. LDLor a lower value (see 5.2 and S.4).
A = Area of working plane (sq. metres).
UF = Utilization Factor for the luminaire, thespacing, and the room.Note: Printed values of UF must first
be multiplied by the appropriateService Correct¡on Factors (SeeSection 5.7).
MF- Maintenance Factor for the installa-tion. (See Section 5.3.)
ln some instances it may also be necessaryto apply Correction Factors for abnormalconditions, e.g. low supply voltage, highambient air temperature, absorption by tallf urniture.Worked ExampleAn office measuring 6 metres x 10 metresis illuminated by 15 single lamp luminaireseach housing lamps with a light output(service) of 4800 lumens. The decor is light incolour. What will be the average illuminanceassuming the MF is 0.9, the corrected UF is0.5, and that the lamps are group replaced?
E = (15x4800) x0.5x0.96x10
E = 540 lux.
5.2 Lamp Output for Lighting GalculationsFor the purpose of standard lighting cal-culations the value to be adopted for lamplight output is the average light output
during the relevant service period. Forf luorescent and discharge lamps, datasheets show declared lumen outputs basedon measurements at 2000 hours. Becausethe light output curve is not linear during thefirst 2000 hours, this value represents theaverage output over approximately the f irst6000 hours and is known as the LDL value.(LDL = Lighting Design Lumens). For thesimplest calculations it has been common forlighting designers to adopt the LDL valuewithout furiher adjustment. (Note: the 100hour value, if published, must not be used inthe same way.)lf the lamp replacement period is to begreater than 6000 hours, as is usual, thereduced value of average light output has tobe calculated. The percentage reductionfrom the LDL value is:
o I I -z\ v"-\2 lwhere:d is the lamp's depreciation rate in
percent per thousand hours.Notes: 1. depreciat¡on may be taken as
linear after 2000 hours.2. lf d is not known, d=4 may be
taken for common lamps.R is the replacement period in
thousands of hours.Example:
The planned replacement period is tobe 8000 hours and for the lampselected d=4; then, the LDL valueshould be reduced by 8o/0.
It should bg noted that d for Colour 80 Serieslamps is .less than for ordinary f luorescentlamps. For discharge lamps, luminousdepreciation curves are included in the datasheets.lf the lighting installation is not to haveplanned replacement, the average time toelectrical failure may be over 10,000 hours.The lamp light output must be calculatecl forthe 5000 hour point or later. This increasesthe number of lamps required, and therunning costs will be increased pro-portionately. ln almost all instances,planned replacement will be found to bemore economic (See Section 5.4).
'!
E
495
I'
5.3 Mainlenance FactorFor lighting calculations the lightingdesigner has to select an appropriateMaintenance Factor. This factor is the ratioof the illuminance halfway through acleaning cycle to what the illuminancewould be if the installation was clean. Thus,the Maintenance Factor allows fordepreciation of illuminance due to dust anddirt on the lamps, the luminaires and theroom surfaces: it does not allow fordepreciat¡on in the light output of the lamp,which is assessed separately (See 5.2 and5;4).Sometimes lighting designers use fixedvalues of MF (e.9. MF=0.8 for commercial¡nstallations). This practice is deprecated,since ¡t produces over'design for an¡nstallation which is to be regularly cleaned,and produces undeÊdesign for an instal-lation where there is no cleaning schedule.Guidance on the assessment of Main-tenance Factors is contained in CIBS (lES)Technical Report No.9.lnstallations should be regularly cleaned forreasons of hygiene. ln addition, adoption ofregular cleaning permits the lightingdesigner to raise the MF, e.g. from 0.8 to 0.9.For the two values quoted, there would be asaving of approximately 10ok in capitalcosts (luminaires and installation time), andalso in running costs (electrical energy andnumber of replacement lamps). Thecleaning cycle should be planned to fit inwith the lamp replacement cycle.
5.4 Ellect of lamp replacement cycleln all but the smallest installations, it issensible to replace the lamps as a group, atplanned intervals. The following commentsrefer to replacement of fluorescent lamps,but apply also to the majority of dischargelamps. The.advantages of planned replace-ment are as follows. ltem 6 explains theconnection between lamp replacementcycle and lighting calculations by theLumen Method.1. Labour cost can be substantially
reduced by phasing the replacementcycle to fit the cleaning cycle.
2. Where lamp quantities are large, specialdiscount and delivery arrangements maybe possible.
3. Where there would be an interruption to aproduction process, replacement can beplanned for a non-production period.
4. Lamps will be of matching output andcolour, initially and over the service
period.5 . Replacing lamps before electrical wear-
out reduces the possiblity of failure ofcontrol gear.
6. The value of lumens to be used in lightingcalculations is increased compared w¡ththe value applicable to randomreplacement. (See Section 5.2.) Thismeans that the installation will requirefewer luminaires, with consequentsavings in capital costs and runningcosts. Savings in electricity cost aloneare likely to be greater than the extra costof replacing lamps at shorter intervals.
The optimum replacement period dependspartly on the energy costs and labour costsof the particular installation. The theoreticalrule is that the lamps should be group-replaced when the cost of wasted energyhas become as high as the cost of lampreplacement. A further limit, often adoptedas the practical rule, is that lamps should bereplaced before their output hasdepreciated 20% below the LDL value(corresponding roughly to 30% below lnitìalvalue). lf the depreciation rate of a particularlamp is not known, a rate of 4o/o petthousand hours may be taken.Random early f ailures have negligible ef fecton the general illuminance but considerableeffect on local illuminance. They should bereplaced promptly.
5.5 Ulilization FactorThe Utilization Factor UF(F) can be regardedas an indication of the effect of the lightingequipment and the interior combined inproducing horizontal illuminance. Forexample, a UF of 0.3 means that the lumensreaching the horizontal plane are 30% ofthe lumens of the lamps operated bareunder standard conditions. The UF allowsfor the direct illuminance and for theindirect ¡lluminance due to reflections fromroom surfaces.The Utilization Factor is dependent on:r Light distribution of the luminaire.r Light output ratio of the luminaire.¡ Beflectances of the ceiling, walls and
f loor.o Room index.o Arrangement of the luminaires in the
room.For each type of luminaire the UtilizationFactor is given in the Photometric DataSheets as a function of room index and ofselected reflectances for room surfaces. lf
I
ì
,i
I
iii
i.r
'li1
I
496
Fig. 5.5 Example of table of utilization factors
Utilization Faclors UF (F) at SHR NOM
Room Reflectances Room lndex
cwF 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.s 3.0 4.0 5.070 50
3010
20 XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
5U þU3010
20 XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
30 5U3010
20 XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX000 X) X XXX XXX
Multiply by each Service Correction Factor
the reflectances are not known, thecombination, ceiling - 70%; walls =50o/o;Íloor=20o/o is usually taken as typical forrooms having rather light surface colours.Note: if later the room is given a dark decor,the illuminance will be reduced.Luminaire data sheets carry UF tables asillustrated in Fig. 5.5.ïhe following should be noted:1. The UF entries are to be read as deci-
mals. for example, 37 represents 0.37.2. The UF entries must be multiplied by
each Service Correction Factor (SeeSection 5.7).
3. 'Floor' reflectance refers to the floorcavity reflectance, at the horizontalplane. lt does not refer e.g. to thepublished reflectance of tiles or carpets.Floor ref lectance should not normally betaken as ovet 20o , and is often nearer10o/o .
4. Similarly, 'ceiling' reflectance refers tothe ceiling cavity.'Walls'are the portionsbetween the two planes. (Allow for theeffect of windows.)
5. A UF table is calculated for squarespacing, usually at SHR NOM-Seesection 3.3. lf luminaires are spacedcloser, the UF will be slightly reduced: itwould be wise to multiply the publishedvalue by 0.95.
6. Allow for non-standard spacing at the
walls. See C.l.B.S. Tech. Mem. 5.7. Unless otherwise stated, UF refers to the
UF of the floor cavity, i.e. UF (F).
5.6 Room lndexThe room index is a means of representingthe proportions of a room. The Rl is cal-culated from the following equation.Note: All dimensions must be consistent,e.g. metres throughout.
L.WHI= -MTLTTI
where:M = Mounting height above the working
plane.The working plane is usually regardedas 0.85m above the floor.L : Length of roomW = Width of room
Worked ExampleLength L of room = 10m.Width W of room = 6m.Mounting height above the workingplane = 2.75 minus 0.85m.
60Rl = Tg,il6- = 2.0 aPProx.
Note: for long narrow rooms point-by-pointcalculations may be more reliable.
497
Fig. 5.7 Example of table of service correction f actors
Service Correction Factors
36W1200mm
58W1500mm
70w1800mm
100w2400mm
Length Factor 0.98 1.00 1.02 1.03
Colours B0 Factor 1.02 1.O2 1.O2 1.O2
38mm Factor 0.97 0.97 0.97 1.00
Ballast Lumen Factor 0.97 0.99 0.96 0.99
,ri
.L
I
,i
5.7 Service Correction FactorsFor fluorescent lamp luminaires, each UFtable should be accompanied by a tableheaded 'Service Correction Factors'. Fig. 5.7shows a typical table. The service correctionf actors give the corrections which should bemade to the basic UF value obtained fromthe UF table:(i) a correction to be used if the luminaire
length selected is different from thatfor which the photometric informationwas measured.
(ii) a correction for using a Colour 80Series lamp in this particular luminaireinstead of a halophosphate lamp.
(iii) a correction to be used if a 3Bmm dia.lamp is used instead of the 26mm dia.lamp measured.
(iv) a correction for the extent to which theballast provides power to the lamp.According to design, ballast lumenfactor (BLF) usually varies between0.92 and 1.02. Where there is a choice ofSS (switchstart) or XS (starterless)ballast, these are shown separately.
Note: Some luminaire manufacturersdo not publish BLF. Where theinformation is not available itmay be wise to assume 0.95.
SPACTNG/H ErGHT RATTO (SH R)5.8 Maximum Spacing/Height RatioOnce UF is known, the required number ofluminaires may be calculated, and then thespacing. lt should be checked that thespacing does not exceed limits such as SHRMAX. See Section 3.3. lf luminaires areclose-spaced, the UF will be slightly lowerthan as calculated in UF tables (since theseare based on SHR NOM).
Fig. 5.9 Example of polar curve showing'widespread' intensity distribution in thetransverse plane.
oo
5.9 Wide SpacingSome luminaires, notably the 'WideSpread'range of fluorescent luminaires, have awidespread transverse light distribution(Fig. 5.9), which allows these luminaires tobe spaced apart more widely transverselythan many conventional luminaires. Wherethe room proportions permit, economies ininstallation costs can be made by reducingthe number of rows required.There is a f urther consideration. Luminaireshaving conventional light distributions withlimited spacing/height ratios often make itimpossible to design down to CIBS (lES)Code lighting levels. The result is that theschemes are over-designed, providinghigher illuminances than necessary. Wide"Spread distributions provide theopportunity to spread the rows and toreduce the number of luminaires to the cal-culated number, wh¡le meeting Code limitson diversily of illuminance.At a wider average spacing the UF valuesare slightly higher than the UF values at acloser spacing. This implies a slightlysmaller quantity of luminaires beingrequired for a given illuminance.
498
Part 6POINT.BY.POINTCALCULATIONS
6.1 Calculation ol illuminance at a pointWhere sources can be regarded as 'small' esources (i.e. their size is small relative to thedistance) the lnverse Square Law andCosine Rule are used to calculate theilluminance. (Fig. 6.1a.)
This relation can be expressed as follows:- I Coso.= __iZ_
Where:E - llluminance at a point P.I = Luminous intensity of the source
'towards the point.D = Distance f rom source to point.0 = Angle between the line of the incident
light and a line at right angles to thesurface at the point i.e, a'normal'.
Note: I is the Greek letter theta (pron.'theeta'), and is used to denote angles.
When the point on the surface is displacedto one side of a light source (Fig. 6.1b), it iseasier to express D in terms of H and theequation then becomes:
- I Cos30e = ___EZ__
Where:E = llluminance at the surface at P.I = Luminous intensity of the source
towards P.H = Mounting height of the source above
P.
= Angle between the line of the incidentlight and a line at right angles to thesurface at the point. This is equal tothe angle between the vertical throughthe source and the line from the sourceto P.
(i) The angle 0 can be determined bytrigonometry or by drawing to scaleand using a protractor.
(ii) Values of Cos30 are listed in the table.(Fig.6.1c).
(iii) Given the angle P, the luminousintensity value I may be read from theintensity table of a luminaire.
Fig.6.1cTable of selected values ol Cos39
á Cos3 0 0 Cos3 g
0" 1.00 50" 0.275" 0.99 55" 0.19
10" 0.96 60" 0.13'r 5' 0.90 65" 0.0820' 0.83 70" 0.0425" 0.74 75" 0.0230' 0.65 80' 0.0035' 0.55 85" 0.0040" 0.45 90" 0.0045" 0.35
llluminance atsurface: E
1
l
-,.,.,
I
I
,I
I
I
Fig.6.1a. llluminance at a surface due to'srrall'source
lntensity towardssurface = |
D
0
Source
499
l
Fig.6.1b. llluminance at a point not beneath the source
Source
lntens¡ty towards P
:0
llluminance atD
surface : E
Point P
-!
i
H
I
I
I
I
6.2 Worked ExampleA chemical plant requires an illuminance of300 lux at an inspection cover in a pit. Due tochemical plant obstructions the inspectioncover receives illumination from twoluminairesAandBonly:and B only:A directly above the cover at a height of
10 metres.B 7 metres away at the same height of 10
metres.For the general lighting it is proposed to usethe Hermes 2 luminaire housing SON 400Wlamps set at lampholder position zero.Will the general lighting be sufficient toilluminate the inspection cover or willsupplementary lighting be required toprovide the 300 lux specified?
By trigonomeLry,T =\an 0'=0.710
.'. 0 = 35'lntensit¡es for luminaires A and B areobtained f rom the luminous intensities
table provided on the Hermes 3 data sheet.See also Fig. 6.2.The 'e¡evation angle' in the first columncorresponds to the angle 0 used in thecalculation. All planes in azimuth aresimilar.Note that the values of luminous intensityrelate to a standardised lamp output of 1000lumens.This means that we have to multiply thevalues once for every thousand lumens inthe real lamp output. The lamp output is as-sumed to be 45,000 lumens; therefore everyvalue in the table must be multiplied by 45.
Luminous lntensity of luminaire A towardsinspection cover
Lampholder position 0; 0 = 0'Luminous lntensity = 45 x 570
Luminous lntensity for luminaire A
= 25,650 candelas
500
Fig.with
6.2. Luminous intensities (cdl10001m) for Hermes 3 luminaireSON 400W lamp.
ElevalionAngle
Lam Position5
0 570 470 372 301 189
5 570 474 377 307 19210 562 476 387 320 20515 546 478 403 343 231
20 515 467 413 369 271
25 461 438 406 381 310
30 387 388 378 370 330
35 298 318 328 337 32840 218 245 265 286 305
45 148 175 200 226 263
50 B8 109 132 156 202
55 44 57 74 93 134
60 21 27 35 45 73
65 10 13 16 20 33
70 6 7 7 I 14
75 4 4 4 5 6
80 2 3 2 3 3
85 1 2 1 2 2
90 1 1 1 1 1
,1J
j
.r¿
Luminous lntensity of luminaire B towardsinspection cover
Lampholder pos¡tion 0; 0=35'Luminous lntensity - 45x298
Luminous lntensity for luminaire B
- 13,410 candelasTwo inverse square law calculations arerequired:Contribution at P from luminaire A
E= I xCos39,w
_ 25,650 25,650E= lo, xl.0= 100
E - 256 lux f rom luminaire AConlribution at P from luminaire B
E = I x Cos30,13.410E--- -- x0.55- 100 '
E - 73 lux from luminaire BTotal illuminance from A plus B equals256+73 = 329 lux. This is sufficient to meetthe specif ication provided that the lamp andref lector have a high maintenance factor.
-r;
6.3 Calculations for line and area sourcesSuch calculations are beyond the scope ofthese pages. For details see text books, (e.9.Light Calculations and Measurement byKeitz), or the Lighting Design Handbookpublished jointly by the Lighting lndustriesFederation and the Electricity Council. Alsosee CIBS (lES) Tech. Report No. 11.
6.4 lsolux diagrams and lux tablesComputerised design programmes havemade it possible to produce economicallyand quickly design aids (e.9. isolux dia-grams) for applications such as interior andexterior f loodlighting, sports lighting, road-lighting, interior lighting for offices or forhigh and low bay industrial areas.An isolux line is a line on the working planewhere illuminance has a constant value.(Fis. 6.4.)
Such diagrams can be produced for all typesof luminaire, e.g. tubular fluorescent, high
501
bay discharge f loodlights, road lightinglanterns, plotted to a scale to match thescale of the plans of the building or area, toallow direct reading of the illuminances.ln the example shown, the isolux diagramfor a f luorescent luminaire has been placedon the plan of the lighting installation overthe point P where an illuminance check isrequired. The total illuminance at P isdetermined by summing the contributionsf rom surrounding luminaires which are
touched by an isolux line.ln this example the sum is 40+ 10+S+s= 60 lux per 1000 lamp lumens.Similar isolux diagrams can be produced forfloodlights .mounted al various mountingheights and aimed at different angles.Alternatively, lux tables can be produced forareas such as tennis courts, play areas,minor league football and rugby pitches,practice areas, etc. For exampie see Figs.6.4a and 6.4b.
Fig. 6.4. The use of an isolux diagram to determine thehorizontal illuminance at a point. Lux per thousand lumens.
,.{,1Ã^
Lu
\\\
t.,.Ñ-
502
Fig. 6.4a rtoodtiohtfffl5of football training field
X-Values
-30.0 25.0 -20.0 -15.0 -10.0 -5.0 o.o 5.0 1o.o ts.o 2o.o 25.0 3o.oY-Values50.0
45.0
40.0
35.0
30.0
25.0
20.0
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
95. 92. 90. 89. 103 1 03. '1011 03. '103 89. 90. 92. 95.
123. 130. 1'17 112 124. 121 117 121 124 112. 117 1 30. 123.'134.
1 49. 124. 120. 1M. 1 43. 1 39. 143. 144. 120. 124. 1 49. 134.
1 05. '123. 't09. 122_ 1 58. 157 152. t5/ 1 58. 122. 1 09. 123. 1 05.
101 1 08. 107 1't7 1 46. 1 45. 141 1 45. 1 46. 1t7 107 1 08. 101
91 '101 122. 121 1 19. 121 122. 101 95 91 81
76 90. 90 94 1 08. 108 1 06. 1 08. 1 08.
107 1 08.
94. 90. 90 76.
84. 1 00. 94. 98 1 08. 107 1 06. 98. 94. 1 00. 44.
91 1 19. 125. 1 18. 114. 1 08. 107 1 08. 1 14. 1 18. '125. 119 9'1
1 05. 1 65. 1 59. 132. 1 13. 1o2. 99. 102 1 13. 132. 159 1 65. 1 05.
102. 151 1 48. 126 '108. 96. 93. 96. 1 08. 126. 1 48. 151 102.
Computer-calculated values of the illuminance (in lux) on football field at the positions shown.(X and Y values are in metres).ïhe X axis coincides with the centre line.Ïhe Y axis coincides with a line drawn through the centres of the two goals.
l+--36m'1 10m
I25m
Eo
E6ñ
1
I
Eo-N
HNF 002 (2 x 9")
-+ HNF 002 (2 x 23"\
-----.+
;Irl
Plan of part of a football tra¡ninglield showing the positions of themasts and the aiming points ofthe floodlights.
LIGHTING INSTALLATION DATA
Lamp typeFloodl¡ghl type
Number of lamps per floodlightNumber ol lloodlights per mastNumber of mastsTotal number of lampsTolal number of floodlights
HPIÆ 2000 w415 vHNF 022, narrow beamand wide beamone
narrow beam,beam)
lvlounting he¡ghtL¡ght d¡stribut¡on
Lum¡nous flux per lampLum¡nous flux installedArrangement of the floodlightsAverage horizontal illum¡nanceSupply voltageTotal ¡nstalled load
20mnarrowbeam2x9"wide bêam,2 x 23"190 000 lm2 196 000 lmsee sketch1 15 lux4isv25 kW, ballasts¡ncluded
503
--.*l
_t_5--r-
I
r.r,
ITr
Ero-o
/\\
\^/*\f
/
-l
-1a-o -i6.0 -14.0 -12.0 -100 -8.O -6.0 -4.0 -2.0 o.o 2.o 4.0 6.0 8.0 10 0 12 0 14.0 16.0 18.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
3.0
1.0
,1.0
-3.0-5.0
-7.O
-9.0
g. 6¿. 97. tæ. ts. 1S. 1S. r89. 171 I 62. 171 1 8tl. ls. 1S. lU. 1æ. 97 æ. g.
4. &_ 139. 1 96. æ1 2n. M, m. Æ. 2a m. m. 2ú. 2n 261. ts. 139. &. 4.
53. 95. r49. 218. 285. 314. 312. ã. m. 2S. 28- N. 312. 314. 2S. 214. 149. 95. s.
61 106. 161 2&. 310. 99. gl 32. æ2. 276. æ2. w. v1 99. 310. 2&. 161. 16. 61.
ú. tæ. t67 241. s5. s. s9. ø.. 304. æ6. 304. 32. s9. g- s5. 241 r 67. 1ß.
g. 1 08. 1 67. 211. 305. s. g- æ. u. 25. s4. 322. ßs. g. s5. 241 167_ læ_ g.
6r. tm. t61 2Q. 3lo. 99. g1 32. æ2- 276. 2g2. 32. gl. 99. 310_ 2&. 161. 16. 61
s.53. 95. 149. 218. 2&5. 314. 312. m. 268. 253. m. N. 312. 314. 2AA. 218 149. 95.
4. u. 139. I 96. 26t 2n ru. m. m. 28. m. N, 21Á. 2n s1 1S. 13S. &.
g. æ: 62. 97 1S. t&. ls. 1S. 189. læ. 171 I 89. 1S. ls_ !g_ ls. 97 &. g.
Computer-calculated values of the illuminance (in lux) on court at the positions shown' (X and
Y values are in metres).
400W SON/T at 12m Wide Beam
Fio. 6.4b Floodlighting of tennis courtTournameñt levèl (3oo lux)
HNF 003 (2 x 2s')
->
Lighting scheme for a tenn¡s court,showing positions of masts andaiming points of floodlights.
LIGHTING INSTALLATION OATA
Lâmp typeFloodlight typeNumber of lamPs Per floodlightNumber of floodlighls Per mastNumber of maslsTotal number of lamPsTotal number of f loodlightsMounting height
soN/r 400 w240 vHNF 003, wide beamonetwofour
Light distributionLuminous flux per lamPLuminous f lux ¡nstalledArrangement of lhe floodlightsAverage horizontal illuminance'
on the courtover the total area
Supply voltageTotal installed load
widebeam,2x29'47 000 lm376 000 Imsee skstch
300 lux210 lux240V3.5 kW, ballastsincludsd
l504
ParlTENERGY/COST EFFECTIVELIGHTING
505
Pail 7ENERGYiCOST EFFECTIVELIGHTING
This important aspect of lig.hting is detailed and explained more f ullyin the Ënãtgy Efféctive Lighting Manual PL8179
7.1 lnlroductionlncreasing energy costs and the nationalneed for elnergy conservation have resultedin 'Enerov Management' being regarded as
an imooitanttask in all organisations'Sioniiicant savings in energy consumption,anã therefore cost, of providing light¡ngw¡thout reducing standards can be achievedbv applying an 'Energy Effective Design'aboroach to li ghting instal lations:üány existing lighting installations are larfrom energy/cost effective; consequentlyopportunities exist to convert such installa-tions by using more efficient equipment toprovide the same, or sometimes better,lighting for a lower energy consumptionand cost. Whilst more comprehensiveinformation on this subject is provided inthe 'Energy Effective Lighting Manual' thissection outlines the key aspects to beconsidered with respect to energy effec-tiveness, cost effectiveness, design andappraisal.Lighting is however a complex matter,inevitably so because ol the wide range ofequipment and applications. Philips Light-ing have therefore set uP an EnergYAdvisory Group with a specilic responsi-bility for seeing that the maximum guidanceand help is available to customers ¡n thetotal area of efficient application of electri-cal energy and lighting matters.
7.2 Cost elements in lightingAny programme directed at energy con-servation and cost avoidance in lighting isdependent in no small degree upon theidentif ication and understanding of theindividual cost elements that make up thetotal cost of providing lighting. The relation-ship between the various cost elements isfrequently complex. However, let us firstlook at a simple example:An ordinary 240V 100W tungsten filamentlamp may cost, say 30p During its 1000hour life the cost of the electrical energyconsumed (at say 4.0p per unit) will beÊ4.0O. Therefore of the total lamp andenergy cost expenditure of Ê4.30 the cost
component attributable to the lamp is 77o
and to the eneryy 93Vo.For ligfollowi
hting provision 'we can identify theng cost elements
1. Capital cost of lightingequipment
2. Installation cost (labourand materials)
3. Cost of replacement lamps4. Maintenance, cleaning
and lamp changing cost(labour)
5. Electrical Energy cost
lnitialcapitalcost
Operatingcost
For convenience, incurred costs are nor-mally expressed on an annual basis inorder that the significance of indiv¡dualcost sectors in relation to each other andthe total cost may be assessed.
A study of the cost breakdown for almost alllighting situations reveals that electricalenergy is the maior cost element. The veryessence of energy management in lightingentails altering the individual cost elementsby using more efficient lighting equipmentor practices to provide the same (or some-times better) lighting result for a lowerelectrical energy consumption and lowertotal cost.It is probably true to say that the largemajority of lighting installations could beimproved in terms of cost and energyconsumption by the adoption of improvedtechn¡ques and more efficient equipment.Some changes may require no, or verylittle capital investment to realise sub-stantial benefits, ln other cases investmentin new equipment may be needed andevaluation of the capital investment re-quired against the operational savings willbe necessary.Frequently the 'pay back' period is sur-prisingly short.7.3 Good, energy-ellective lightlng - lhesix basic rulesSection 7.2 clearly indicates the closerelationship between energy effectivenessand cost effectiveness. The objective isclearly to provide lighting to the standards,
506
LUM
EN
S P
EB
CIR
CU
IT W
AT
T
J ru
r,
¡ Þ
or
ol
\¡
@ t
o ö
j -N
ö
Ë
d d
^ìoõ
õõõõ
ociõ
Õoo
oooo
oor! ç -.
¡
A) Í- 0) 3 o o (t 9. c) C o A) õ' o 3' a_ ='
(o o f g o q) o (t ø o (t
o o {
- -t
l' -=
- :J
Il.
.1. .,,
,1,,.
, .,.1
_,-.
,,...l
_.J
.I
TU
NG
ST
EN
FIL
AM
EN
T
TU
NG
ST
EN
HA
LOG
EN
ME
RC
Uß
YB
LEN
DE
D
ME
RC
UR
YF
LUO
RE
SC
EN
T
TU
BU
LAR
FLU
OR
ES
CE
NT
ME
TA
LH
ALI
DE
HIG
HP
RE
SS
UR
E
SO
DIU
M
L0w
PE
ES
SU
RE
SO
DIU
M
SO
X.
E
=ffi
e-ffi
! ru
@
È::!
:!ifl
_-o
lii]!!
:J
=
=t =
Ëm
Ë¡¡
É
6 æ É uffi:
Elif
ïrffi
=
-rr
ø o ã I=@ o É
-E
o É
-_3
both quantity and quality, required w¡th theminimum usage of electrical energy; tomeet this basic requirement ¡t ¡s necessaryto evaluate the equipment, techniques andserv¡ces available for both existing andproposed instal lations.
The six basic rules for achieving energyeffective lighting are:
Rule 1 - Use the most efficient light sourcesuitable
Rule 2 - Use the lamp light output elfi-ciently
Rule 3 - Maintain ¡ighting equipment ingood order
Rule4-Use well designed energy elfec-tive lighting schemes
Rule I - Use the most elficient light sourcesuilableIt is clearly good sense to use a lamp typewhich provides the maximum light output
RuleS-Control the switching operatíonand usage of the lighting installa-tion
Rule 6 - Consider the effect of surroundingdecor; use light decor wheresuitable.
There is no simple or standard answer forall lighting situations but if both existingand proposed schemes are looked atlogically in relation to the six rules there islittle doubt that most situations will provideopportunities for savings in both energyand monetary terms. Whilst the detailedapplication of these rules is describedmore fully in the 'Energy Effective LightingManual' the following comments providebasic guidance.
(lumens) per watt of installed electricalload having characteristics which are con-s¡stent with the other needs of the installa-tion i.e. suitability.
508
Table 7.3b Recommended Energy Effective Lamp Types - Application Guide
-¡
Lamp Type Applications
SOX, low pressuresodium
Road lighting, security lighting, area lighting, etc.,where colour recognition/discrimination is notrequired.
SON, high pressuresodium
Medium/high bay industrial lighting, area lighting,road lighting, etc. where colour recognition/discrimination is required butcolourrendering is notcr¡tical.
HPl, mercury halide High bay industrial lighting only where good colourrendering is necessary, stadia/arena lighting, etc.
Colour 84, fluorescent(4000K CRI Ra8:85
Department store, supermarket, shop, office andindustrial lighting. (Combines high efficacy andgood colour rendering).
Colour 83, fluorescent(3000K CRI Ra8=85)
Hotel, restaurant and domestic lighting. Alsosupermarkets, shops, etc. requiring'warm'appearance (combines high efficacy and goodcolour rendering).
Colour White 35. fluorescenl(3.500K CRI Ra8:58)
lndustrial and office lighting where good colourrendering is unimportant.
SL Lamp(2800K CRI Ra8=80)
''Plug-in" replacement for 40W - 100W GLS lamps.A fairly compact lamp type for those applicationswhere GLS lamps would be used - applications in alltypes of premises but especially in hotel, restaurantand domestic lighting.
PL Lamps(2700 K CRI Ra8 : 81)
Compact fluorescent lamps. Energy/cost effectiveequivalents to low wattage GLS incandescent lampsApplications as for SL lamps.
Whilst the efficacies of each lamp type canbe determined from the lamp and circuitdata provided in the relevant sections ofthis Handbook, Fig 7.3a provides a generalcomparison of the wide range of efficaciesattained by the main lamp types.When designing a new installation theefficacies of suitable lamp types should becompared and those having the highestefficacies used.When examining existing installations,identify the lamp type being used: if it has alow efficacy then it is possible it could bechanged for a more efficient type. ln someinstances, no alterations are necessary,others may require certain modificationsto the installation and/or equipment.The criteria used to assess the suitabilityof a lamp type, with respect to the needsof the lighting installations, include:- colour rendering- colour appearance- ratings (lumen outputs) available- physical dimensions- operational characteristics
Table 7.3b details the most energy/costeffective larnptypes forvarious appl ¡cations.
Rule 2 - Use the lamp light output efficíentlyThis relates to the efficiency of the lumin-aire in allowing the maximum proportionof the lamp light outputto reach the workingplane, or surfaces to be illuminated. TheLOR (Light Output Ratio) of a luminaire isnot, in itself , a measurement of thisefficiency, for example a bare fluorescentlamp in a batten luminaire emits light inalmost every direction and has a high LOR
but more light will reach the working planebeneath the luminaire if a suitable rêflectoris fitted to redirect some of the light eventhough the LOR is reduced. The onlymeaningful method of assessment is tocompare the utilizat¡on factors of lumin-aires for each situation.A similar method of comparison should beused to assess the efficiency of other typesof luminaire for both ¡nterior and exteriorlighting installations. Extreme care needsto be exercised when selecting luminairesfor floodlighting of areas or build¡ngs; therange of light distributiong available isconsiderable and misapplication will resuÌtin significant energy wastage and highercosts.Rule 3 - Mainlain lighting equ¡pment ingood orderLighting systems operate efficiently onlywhen they are well mainta¡ned. Poormaintenance and the accumulation of dustand dirt reduces the useful light output andso in effect increases the cost. Section 4.3provides more detailed guidance on thissubject with particular reference to thedesign of new installations but it should beremembered that the purchaser of alighting scheme intends to pay for the lightprovided only. Any circumstance whichreduces the amount of light output whilstleaving the energy consumption constantis a situation to be avoided. For existinginstallations it may, in some circumstances,be possible to improve the maintenanceschedule, reduce the number of lamppoints operating, thus reducing the energyconsumption, and still reta¡n the illumina-
I
l
i
.ll
MinimumServicellluminance
A B
6Yearq 3 6 912 Years 3 912
Fig. 7.3b 'A' is typical of an installation in which luminaires are cleaned and lamps changedevery 3Years. ln 'B'the luminaires are cleaned annually and lamps changed every 2 yearsallowing a saving in énergy consumption of some 15% due to the need for less installed lightingequipment.
Saved
509
tion level at the desired value' This is
illustrated in Fig 7'3b.
Part of the maintenance programme for a
liohting installation obviously includes theaõtual changing of the lamps. The lightoutput of all lamps decreases with time'the rate of reduction in light output depend-¡ng on the lamp type concerned. Economicconsiderations generally dictate that thebest results are achieved when lamps arereplaced as a group, thus minimising thelabour costs involved in the physical taskof lamp changing especially when com-bined with cleaning of the luminaire.Equally, it must be remembered thatdespite the fall in light output, the elec-tr¡cal energy consumption of the lamp,remains virtually constant. Consequently,from this point of view, the time is reachedwhen it is cheaper to change the lampthan waste electricity. (See also Section5.4).ln total, planned maintenance provides thebest overall efficiency and with it realeconomies can be gained. Few wouldargue against.the regular planned main-tenance of motor cars to ensure energy/costeffectiveness in terms of miles per gallon.The importance of planned maintenance oflighting installations should be similarlyrecognised.
Rule 4 - Use well designed energyeffective lightlng schemesCertain aspects of this rule, which may belikened to 'bespoke tailoring', are depen-dent upon, or indeed may influence,decisions made with respect to the otherrules. For example the energy effective-ness as well as the capital and operatingcosts of a lighting installation is dependentupon the scheduling and implementationof a suitable cleaning and lamp replace-ment programme.A lighting installation should be 'tailored'to incorporate any available natural day-light within the des¡gn; so allowingluminaires within certain zones to beswitched off when the natural daylightcomponent is sufficient.Designs should also allow for variations inoccupancy and visual tasks within eacharea - this applies particularly to open-planoff ices and retail premises such asdepartment stores, supermarkets, etc. . . .
This is best achieved by using multi-lampluminaires (3, 4 or 5 lamps) and switchingindividual lamp ways within each luminaire
according to the illuminance required.The uses, and therefore the illuminancesrequired, of areas within commercial andindustrial premises, often change, e.g. adrawing office to a general office or amachine shop to a storage area. lf suchchanges are likely then it is desirable to usea flexible system such as a pre-wiredplug-in lighting trunking system whichsimplifies and avoids the need for costlyalterations to ensure energy effectiveness.Rule 5 - Control the swltching operationand usage ol the lighl¡ng installationControlled switching of the lighting installa-tion offers a number of possibilities foreffecting energy saving by adjusting thenumbers of luminaires, or lamps withinmulti-lamp luminaires, according to theamount of natural daylight available oroccupancy.The linking of artificial lighting installa-tions to natural daylight may be accom-plished by simple photocell controlledswitching or by the more refined method otelectronic controllers to vary automaticallythe amount of artilicial lighting added to thenatural daylight component.Where zones within an area, such as anopen plan office, are unmanned for periodsof the normal working day the lightingshould be so designed that it can beselectively reduced to not less than one-third of the normally required illuminancewithin the unoccupied zones. This is bestachieved by using multi-lamp luminaireswith locally positioned switches in eachzone to control two-thirds or one-half of thelamps in each luminaire.Rule 6 - Consider the effecl of surround¡ngdecorIt should be remembered that the surround-ing decor will have a marked effect uponthe lighting levels achieved. The lighterthe surface decor, the higher the reflectionfactor and, conversely, the darker thesurface, the greater the amount of elec-trical energy which will be required toprovide the required lighting levels. lt isf¡equently overlooked that the colours/f inishes, and therefore the ref lectionfactors of furniture and equipment to beinstalled within the interior will also affectthe f inal result.7.4 Energy ulilisation appraisal of lightinginstallationsThe Energy Eflective Llghting (EEL)ratio melhodA need exists for a simple method of
510
measuring the overall efficiency of alighting installation in terms of the lightingresult provided against the electricalenergy used to achieve this result. Thismeasurement must be made against atarget or objective performance which setsa clear standard of lighting result withMINIMUM ELECTRICAL ENERGY USAGE.
Specif ications for lighting schemes orinstallations will vary widely depending onthe application in terms of requiredilluminance (illumination level) and colourrendering performance, etc.lrrespective of the specif ication it isnecessary to appraise the installation interms of electrical energy usage in achiev-ing the desired lighting result against thepossible performance that can be obtained.Such an appraisal may be made by theuse of:
(a) A measure of actual performanceachieved (or planned for a new installa-tion) measured in terms of electricalload required to provide each 100 Luxof illuminance over each m2 of area.(W/m'l100 lux).
(b) A target performance in the same termsof electrical load to provide each 100lux of illuminance over each m2 of area(W/m'/100 lux). The target performancewould represent approximately thebest result possible (i.e. the designedlighting result with m¡nimum energyconsumption) for the location andinstallation type. This optimum per-
. formance obviously takes into accountthe individual contributing componentsol energy effective lighting e.g. efficientlight sources/efficient luminaires, bothoptical and electrical, proper main-tenance, good lighting scheme geo-metry, and surrounding decor.
The measure of the energy effectivenessfor a lighting installation can then bederived from the Energy Eftective LightingRatio (EELR) which is the ratio between(a) and (b).
-=, o _Target Performance W/m2/100 luxEELN:M
On this basis the objective for any installa-tion must be the achievement of an EELRatio which approaches 1.0.This objective is common for all generallighting situations irrespective of level oflighting or quality specified. The EEL Ratiois purely a measure of how efficiently weuse electrical energy to achieve thelighting result we require in relation to theefficiency that could be achieved to obtainthe same lighting result with proper schemeplanning.Tables of target performance figures inW/m'l100 lux are provided for variouslighting installation types and situationsin Table 7.4a.The target figures provided in the Table arebased on the use of the most efficient lightsources suitable, the most advancedluminaire designs and modern schemeplanning techniques to provide the mosteconomic lighting result.As more efficient lighting equipmentbecomes available it will become easier toprovide a given illumination at a lowerenergy consumption, and the target tigureswill be continuously reviewed to rêflectsuch advances as they become com-mercially available.
EELR AssessmentThe EEL Ratio derived from the procedureoutlined above may be assessed byreferring to Table 7.4b and it will be seenthat an installation having an EEL Ratio of0.75 or over is a satisfactory situation.Schemes having ratios of 0.51-0.74 cer-
I
I
.t
i¡II
I
I
rl
Iiii
I
.l
ìl
I'ii
Fig7.4a INTERIOR LIGHTING Target Performances - Watts/m'?l'l 00 lux
Type of lnstallation Roomlndex
Standard andGood Colour
RenderingCRI:50-85
Non CriticalColour
Rendering
Commercial Lightinge.g. Offices,
Retail PremiseslndustrialLighting
5.0+4.0-5.03.0-4.0
5.0+4.0-5.03.0-4.0
2.102.152.271.972.O32.'to
1.281.301.34
511
ASSESSMENTEELRGoodReview SuggestedURGENT ACTION NEEDED
075 or over0.51 - 0 740.5 or below
7.4b EEL Rati assessment
tainlv mer¡t investigation to see whetherener-gy savings (and therefore monetarysavinés) can be made. ln situat¡ons wherethe EEL Ratio is 0.5 or below, urgentaction is necessary. Almost certainly thelighting result achieved in relation to theeñergy expenditures is unsatisfactory.Examination of the installation will almostcertainly reveal aieas where substantialsavings could be made both in terms ofenergy and money.ln general it will be appreciated that ¡t
becomes more difficult to apply the EELRatio assessment in installations where ahigh decorative lighting content is used orfor department stores, etc. using significantquantities of display lighting. Nevertheless,for the general lighting situation, thesystem is a very valid measure of energyperformance.in commenting on energy effective lightingperformances it is to be understood that theinstallation is assessed in terms of thedesired result as expressed in the illumin-ance achieved. This does not take solepreference over the other lighting schemequality parameters and reference shouldbe made to the relevant data in the 1977
CIBS (lES) Lighting Code for lnteriors, or toPhilips Energy Advisory Group for specialistadvice.Calculation ol energy waslageIt will be apparent that having derived theEEL Ratio for an existing installation thenthe difference between the actual EELRatio and the best possible EEL Ratio(approx. 1.0) for the installation, providesguidance on the energy wastage.Then for a given installation,(1.0 - EELR) x Total Load (kW) x annualoperating hours:ANNUAL ENERGY WASTAGEe.g. An installation is evaluated and has anEEL Ratio of 0.5Total installed load: 500 kWOperating Hours: 3,000 hrs P.a.then (1.0-0.5) x 500 x 3,000 :750,000 kwh.
p.a. WASTEThen at an electricity cost of Ê0.04lunitS3O,O00 is being unnecessarily spent everyyear on electricity charges for lighting.
lf a more effic¡ent lighting ¡nstallationcould be provided giving the same lightingresult but having an EEL Ratio of 1.0 thenthe energy savings of the above order willbe realised. An immediate guide is there-for provided for the justifiable financialinvestment in more efficient lightingequipment to save energy and moneywithout loss of light.A change to a new lighting scheme mayalter some of the basic annual componentcosts of lighting (e.9. maintenance costsmay slightly increase) but a breakdown ofannual lighting costs will show that themajor factor is always energy cost and acost reduction in th¡s sector should be themajor obiective.
7.5 F¡nanceFinancial appra¡8alAs shown in Section 7.2, lhe largest singlecost element in the provision of artificiallighting is the cost of electrical energy con-sumed. Therefore, in the vast majority ofcases, the most energy effective lightinginstallation will also be the most costeffective.
Consider the cost elements of a CommercialOffice lighting installation ¡n F¡g 7.54. lf amore efficient lamp type, i.e. TLD58 is used,in PSM 258 luminaires, the cost elementsexpressed as a percentage of the totalannual cost of Fig 7.5a will be as shownin Fig 7.5b. Comparing the cost elementsof alternative solutions in this manner¡llustrates the differences in annual lightingcosts, for the same lighting result, whichcan occur and provides guidance whendesigning new, or reviewing existing,lighting installations.
The more cost effective designs for newlighting installations may require slightlyhigher capital investment; many conver-sions of inefficient lighting ¡nstallations toutilise more economical equipment etc.will require some capital investment andsuch additional investment should beevaluated with reference to the savings inannual operati ng. costs.
512
5 5|o/o
Capital21'25"/"
lnstallation19.52%
Energy3s 06%
4.78%
Savings2258y.
Capital't8 06% lnstallat¡on
17'26o/o
l
Office Lighting - Typ¡cal Cost Elements (of Annual L¡ghting Cost)
lig.7.5a
Fig. 7.5b
500 lux using twin 75WBattens plus Diffusers
500 lux using PSM 258 luminaireswith TLD 58W fluorescent lamps
I
I
1
'iìl¡
ri,i
;I
513
__,t
Methods of Evaluation(a) The Discounted Cash Flow (DCF)
method is appropriate for most organi-sations as it allows all Taxation andFinancing factors to be included andtakes ¡nto account the rates of interestrequired and the depreciating value ofmoney.
(b) Other methods which may be used,possibly in conjunction with a. DCFanalysis or a simple cash flow state-ment, are:(i) Pay back period(ii) Return on investment.
Financing Methods(a) Outright Cash Purchases - dependent
upon current cash f low situation.(b) Loan - depends upon availability of
money; ¡nterest charges to be paid.(c) Hire Purchase - interest charges to be
paid and will delay receipt of anycapital allowances.
(d) Leasing - also results in interestcharges but all payments are of arevenue nature and automatically taxallowable.
Taxat¡onThe following questions need to beconsidered:(a) Will HM lnspector of Taxes regard the
investment for a conversion (renewal)on a replacement basis and allow thetotal cost as a revenue charge?
(b) How much of the total investment canbe considered 'Plant and Machineryl or'Fixtures and Fittings' and eligible for100% capital allowance in the f irst year?
(c) Will any of the investment be con-sidered to be part of the fabric of thebuilding and, if so, be subject to anindustrial buildings allowance claim(where the building is so defined)?
7.6 Management obiectivesThe general objectives of any energymanagement programmes are :
(a) Energy Waste Avoidance(b) Cost Avoidance.The actual task of formulation and imple-mentat¡on of energy saving programmes isfrequently regarded as the responsibility ofthe engineering staff. Effective energymanagement in fact requires the assistanceand co-operation of many other sectors ofthe energy-using organisation.When we consider the requirement forenergy management in lighting there are
only three basic sectors requiring attention(see Fig 7.6a).These sectors are:A review of Lighting Levels and Quality.The Efficiency in.obtaining the requiredlighting result.Good Housekeeping applied to the installa-tion.The best result in each of these sectors willonly be derived from the Proper co-ordination of the activities of not only theengineering function but Finance, Pur-chasing, Company Secretariat and opera-tional staff at all levels (Fig 7.6b).
Review of lighting level and qualityIt is right that lighting levels in use shouldbe reviewed. ln practical terms it mayfrequently be found that following a reviewa clear need is established for an increaserather than a decrease in actual lightinglevels required. An appraisal of all relatedfactors such as productivity, workingenvironment, etc., will generally show thatthe current recommended illuminationlevels indicated in the 1984 clBS Light-ing Code tor lnteriors are very valideven ¡n today's energy situation.
Efficiency in obtaining lhe requiredlighting resultHere we are concerned with the'electricalenergy used to achieve a given lightingresult. Clearly this measurement must becompared with the minimum electricalenergy that can be used to achieve thesame lighting result. lt is helpful at thisstage to have detailed knowledge of thecurrent electricity usage for lighting andthe charges being incurred.A general appraisal of the efficiency withwhich electrical energy is used for lightingmay be made by the use of the EnergyEffective Lighting Ratio technique, whichis described in section 7.4. This energyrat¡o measurement provides a means ofassessing the annual energy wastage forany given lighting installation and theannual f inancial wastage resulting f romsuch energy wastage may be evaluated.Where the results of an appraisal using theEEL Ratio technique indicate significantscope for effecting economies both inenergy usage and financial terms, then amore detailed engineering analysis of thelighting equipment used and the practicesemployed wlll be necessary. Details of theessential rules that must be observed in
514
Fig. 7.6a
Fig. 7.6b Energy Management
ENERGY MANAGEMENTIN
LIGHTING
REVIEW OFLIGHTINGLEVELS
EFFICIENCYOBTAININGLIGHTINGRESULT
GOODHOUSEKEEPING
INLIGHTING USAGE
I
i
i
-ltliil:ì
tr
\.
ilti
i
J
l
rl
OPERATIONAL STAFF
OPERATIONAL STAFF
MANAGEMEI{T
tui¡cTl0ñ¡Eft¡ERGY
515
achieving energy effective lighting areg¡ven in section 7'3.
Good HousekeePing in lightingIt is probably true to say that much poorhousekeeping exists because no individualor group of individuals is responsible forgood housekeeping in using lighting. Thegood housekeeping element requires thatùght is 'ON' when it ¡s required and 'OFF'when it is not required.This necess¡tates that certain operationalstaff are responsible for seeing that unduewastage is avoided. lt is also necessarythat operational staff made responsible forgood housekeeping are given the oppor-tunity to discuss any installation short-comings with the engineer responsible.Frequently one sees examples of installa-tions where economies are not practicablebecause large banks of lighting are con-trolled from one switch position. Thepossibility .of wiring alteration to enablegood housekeep¡ng practices to be effectedshould not be ignored. The installation oftime sw¡tches provides a relatively ineipen-sive method of ensuring some degree ofcontrol. ln major installations the use ofAutomatic Daylight Linked lighting systemscan yield substantial economies.
ì
516
I
Part IFLOODLIGHTING OFBUILDINGS ANDMONUMENTS
8.1 Floodlightlng techn¡quesDireclion ol view. There will generally beseveral directions from which a buildingcan be viewed, but often a particular onecan be decided upon as the main directionof view.D¡slance, Viewing distance is important, asthis will decide the amount of detail visibleon the facade.Surroundings and background. lf thesurroundings and background of the build-ing are dark, a relatively small amount oflight is needed to make the buildinglighterthan the background (Fig 8.1a).lf there are other buildings in
'the close
vicinity, their lighted windows will give astrong impression of brightness. Morelight will then be needed for the flood-l¡ghting if it is to have any impact. The sameis true if, in addition, the background is alsobright (Fig 8.1b). Another solution can befound in the creation of a colour contrastinstead of a brightness contrast.Obstacles, Trees and fences around abuilding can form a decorative part of aninstallation. An attractive way of dealingwith these is to place the sources of lightbehind them. Two advantages are gained:
lirstly, the light sources are not seen by theviewer and secondly, the trees and fencesare silhouetted against the light back-ground of the facade. The impression ofdepth is thereby increased.Water. The design can also take advantageof any expanse of water in the foreground,such as a lake, moat, river or canal. Thelighted building will be reflected in thesurface of the water, which serves as a'black mirror'.The lorm of the building. Once the maindirection of view has been chosen, thechoice of the direction of the light willdepend on the shape of the building' orrather on the form of its ground plan orhorizontal section. The position of the lightsources may then be more or less f ixed.The light should come from a directionacross the line of sight. This will providegood modelling as well as making the mostof the texture of the building's surfacematerials.8.2 Recommended llluminancesFig 8.2 gives some recommended illu-minances for a number of building surface-materials with surroundings that are eitherpoorly lit, well lit or brightly lit.
:I
I.lII
i
I
-|11l
]I
-iiI,
lr
út
li
Fig. 8.1 . A floodlit building with a background that is a) dark, and b) bright
ba
517
Fig 8.2 Recommended illum¡nances lor f lood l¡ghting
8.3 Floodlighting CalêullatioñsFrom the photometric data provided on thef loodlight data sheets it is possible to calculatethe illuminance on a surface by the point bypoint method.To use this method it is necessaryto knowthe
FloodlishtPeak lntensity (cd/1000 lm) 1 162
1.0
0.9
0.8
o.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
o.2
0.f
0
intensity of light in a given direction, comingfrom the floodlight. This can be obtained fromthe light distribution diagram. First select thediagram for the required beam (narrow, wideetc.), this givesthe intensity distribution in twoplanes as shown below:-
Beam EfficienciesTotal BeamBeam to 1O% PeakBeam to 5O% Peak
63%58%32%
Beam (1 0% Peak)VerticalHorizontal
31'/35'2x39'
Beam (50% Peak)VerticalHorizontal
10'/17'2 x29"
-7r-6f-5d-¡rc-3d-2c-rf 0 +lü+2c+30+40p+5iop+6f+7d
The diagrams are all scaled to 1OO% of peak intensity, so to convert them into absolute intensitythe scale must be multiplied by the peak ¡ntensity in cdl100O lm and by
.. Lamp lumens.1000
sunace lllumrnance (lux)Surroundinos
Type Condition Hellectance Poorly lit Well lit Brightly litWhite brick
White mârble
Light-colouredconcrete or stoneYellow brick
Dark-colouredconcrete or stone
Red brick
Granite
Red brickConcrete
fairlycleanfairlyclean
fairlyclean
fairlycleanlatrlyclean
f airlyclean
fairlyclean
dirtyvery dirty
0.8
0 6-0 65
0.4-0 5
0.35
0.05-0 1
015
0.1-0.15
0.05
0.2
20
25
50
50
75
75
100
150
150
40
50
100
100
150
150
200
300
300
80
100
200
200
300
300
400
¡'
i iD\
I
518
For the example, with a 300W Halogen lamp:Peak intensity is 1 162 cd/1000 lm Lamp Flux is 5100 lmMaximum on scale becomes 1 .0 x 1 162 x 5100 : 5926 cd
For a scale reading of o.s the intensity ¡" o.s1"o??oz x sl oo = 2963 cd1 000
Thus for any of the four planes shown below, the intensity within that plane can be calculated
Planes used for Distribution Di ms
The method described in Part 6- Pointby PointCalculations is then used to determine theilluminance at a point.
i
!
i
il
]II
i
{t
B
D c
A
519
Part9ROADLIGHTING
ance. A road surface reflects neither specu-larlv (e.q. like a mirror) nor diffusely (e.9.likdbÌotìíng paper), but as a combination ofthe two. Bécause of this it is impossible todescribe the reflection characteristicsmdthematically. ln practice they are deter-mined bv measurement of an actualsamole cif road surface, and a reflectiontablé oroduced which uniquely describes aoarticular sample. The measurement of'road reflectanie is called the luminancecoefficient (qo) and is the relation betweenincident lighf ialling onto the surface (Lux)and the reïlected liéht or luminance comingoff of the surface (c-d m-'z) at a given point onthe road. This will be for a given set ofincident angles from the lantern and view-ing angles from the observer.
tion of Relative Movement).
This work has resulted in certain para-meters being set down which specify notonly the performance of the road lightinginstallation but also the level of comfortatforded to drivers. These are:-
PerformanceAveraoe LuminanceOveraÏ Uniformity (ratio of minimum toaveraoe luminance)ThresËold lncrimenÎ (Disability Glare)
ComfortAveraoe LuminanceLongit'udinal Uniformity (ratio of minimumto maximum luminance)Glare Control Mark (Discomfort Glare)
OthersAverage llluminanceKerb ratio
It is oossible to calculate all of these valuesso the characteristics of a particular instal-lation can be evaluated and compared withthe recommended limits.
9.2 Road SurfacesFor us to see the road surface, the light fromthe lantern will have to be reflected by it.This will create an impression of brightnessor luminance, and it is the level and patternof the road luminance that will effect thevisibility of objects on the road surface andthe comfort of the driver.
It is appropriate here to describe the reflec-tion characteristics of road surfaces, as thiswill affect all calculations of road lumin-
These anqles arelB and 7 as shorrvn in fig'9.1. For a typical viewing height and dis-tanceæ will be between 0.5'and 1.5'and isusually fixqd at 1'
a
Iy,
P
Fig. 9.1. Angles upon which the luminancecoeff icient is dependent:
a : angle of observation(from the horizontal)p : àngle between plane of incidenceand plane of observationy = angle of incidence
520
The lantern intensity (l) varies with C and 7,and the road reflection coetficient (qo) var-ies withB andT
The table of luminance coefficients is thentwo dimensional relating qo withß andy. Anexample of such a table is oiven in Aooen-dix f.i, reproduced trom Õ¡E puHiöàtionNo. 30, in this case a quantitv called thereduced luminance coétficierit is oiven.This is equal to the luminance coeflícient(qo) multiplied by the factor Cos 37. As willQg seen later, this term qo Cos.y is useddirectly in the evaluation <ii luminánce. Thetable also expresses the angle in terms oftan 7 rather than y in degrees.
Alternativelv the values mav be oiven in theform of a r-eflection indicairix dio. 9.2). lnthis figure the length of an arrovù ðrawn'in acertain direction ldefined bv the ß and vangles) gives the ìralue of luininan'ce coef'-ficient for that direction of light incidence.
The luminance coefficient q6 is measurertfor a particular point on the road surfaõeand will be used in determining the lumin-ance at that point. ln order to simplify theclassification of road surfaces, three q-uan-tities are selected from the qo table úhichdescribe the reflection characteristics of aparticular sample and can be easily meas-ured. These are used in the simpler calcula-tion of average luminance.
These are:-Qo-Averageluminance lqo.dw
coetficient: ldw(average of qo values over solid angle)
31 -Specularfactorl : goatÉ:0tanY:2 i
t'
'-I
Il
I
-¡iIL
;l
1i
52-Specularfactor2 =
Q6atp:Ql¿¡7:9Qo
Qe atB:Ql¿¡7:9
0'10'20
0
50"60'
7V
100"10"
130'140'B
Fig. 9.2. Luminance coetficient indicatrix showing:
Ç : luminance coefficientP : angle between plane of observation and light incidence7 : angle at which the light is incident (from thevertical)
P
7
521
Ilf a sinqle plane is taken through the reflec-tion inäicátr¡x, the influence of the s1,.s2and Qo values can be seen.
h
P
Fig. 9.3a. g-indicatrix through oneB-planewith differing Qs-values (volume) and con-stantSl and 52 values.
Fig. 9.4. llluminance at Point P.
Erample 1
For a'180W SOX lantern, calculate theilluminance at P where the peak intensityhits the road. From the lantern data sheetwe find the peak intensity is 274 cdl1000 lmat 70" elevâtion (y), 0'azi¡nuth (C)
Actuallntensity
274 x Lamp Flux
1000274x315OO
1000: 8631 cd
For a 12m mounting height
E : lCos"7 : 8631 . sssa 70. :2.4Luxh2 122
9.3.2 To calculate Luminance at a point.Luminance : llluminance x Luminancecoefficient (qo)(2) L: EQo
Putting (1)into (2) gives
(3) r_=çp.coExamole2To calöulatethe luminance at a point PwhenB:g ç=0: 70'(as in examPle 1)
From the table of road reflection values weobtain the "reduced luminance coetficient"which is equalto qe CosP7.
for B-0 t=7(f lan'/=2.7qoCoSY = '0247
forC:0 y:7û I :8631 cd
¡: lCotry .qo:8631 x.O2 47 = 1.5 cdm-eh2 1t
Havino calculated the illuminance andluminãnce at a point on the road surface,
c
Fig. 9.3b. q-indicatrix through oneB-planewith ditfering 51 and 52 values (shape) andconstant Qo-value (volume)
For the table shown in Appendix 1 thesevalues are:-
Qo:0'0751 :1.1152:2.38
ln the subsequent text it is important todifferentiate between the two quantities:-
qo Luminance coefficientQe Average luminance coefficient
9.3 Calculation Methodg9.3.1 To calculate illuminance at a point(inverse square law) (See section 6)
Wherè:E : I Cosy E is the horizontal
e illumination at Point P
dCosT:¡(l) E : I Cos 3y
I is the intensity ofh¿ light towards point P
\I
522
the process may be repeated for a numberof points set out in a grid over the roadsurface. From all these points the averageluminance and illuminance mav be calcu-lated together with the longittrdinal andoverall uîiformities. To obtaiñ vdues thatequate to the CIE recommendations it willbe necessary to specify variables such asobserver position and calculation grid spac-ing. There are however graphicaimetliodswhich may be used to calculate lhe averagevalues of illuminance and luminance.
9.3.3 Calculation of average llluminanceover the surface of the road using utilisationfactor curves.
The lumen method gives
(4)Eav: * ,WhereEav :Average llluminanceþ: Lamp Flux
Utilization factor (percentage of lampflux that reaches the road surface)A: Area.
For a road, the areA A is equal to the roadwidth (w) x spacing between lantern (s).Only one column spacing is used if we onlytake the lamp fluxó from one lantern.(4) then becomes
þrl(5)Eav: *"To calculate the average illuminance on aroad,@, w and s will be known and it is justnecessary to evaluate 4. This is obtainedfrom the utilization factor curves
The curves are drawn to a scale of mount-ing height and should be used in coniunc-tion with a plan of the road cross sectiondrawn to the same scale. The utilisationfactor is obtained by placing the lanternover the zero point of the diagram and pro-jecting the kerb edges onto it. The twocomponents for the roadside and kerbsideare read off and summed to give the totalutilisation factor.
Example 3Placing the scale plan of the road under theutilisation factor curve, positioning the zeroin line with the lantern. Reading otf wherethe kerb edges meet the curves.Road Side Component : 0.275Kerb Side Component : 0.08Total Utilization factor4 : 0.355Average llluminance Eav : 9t
wsFor a 12m height the scale plan gives
width (w):1.5h:18mFor a spacing (s) of 3.0h or 36m
i
l
I
Eav: 31500 x 0.355 17 Lux18x36
9.3.4 To calculate the average Luminanceover the surface of the road.For roadlighting we have to multiply thelight falling onto the road by the reflectionfactor for the road surface to give the lightcoming off i.e. luminance.(6) Lav : Eav QoWhereLav : Average luminance (cdm-'a)Eav: Average illuminance (lmm-'z)Qo: Average reflection factor for road
surface (cdlm-') sometimescalled average luminance coef-ficient.
Note that theaverage luminance coefficientis now used as we are calculating aveftrgeluminance.
The luminance yield 4¡ term is now intro-duced which is presented on the luminanceyield curves. These operate in the sameway as the utilisation factor curves, in con-junction with a scaled cross-section draw-ing of the road. The lantern is positioned atthe zero point of the diagram and the kerbedges projected onto the curve. The twocomponents for the roadside and kerbsideare read off and summed to give the totalluminance yield value. Aswith the table ofreduced luminance coefficients, the lumin-
I
523
4
\
Fig. 9.5. Utilisation factor curve
,_l
\ I i-.-
//r
ance vield curve applies only to the roadsurfac-e for which it was calculated. Thevalue obtained is used in the followingequation.
øi r-av : ?tÓ 9ows
Where nl : Luminance yieldw : road widths : column spacingO : lamp flux
The known values for an installation willbe:-
ówsThe Qo value will be known for a particularroad surface. This leaves 4¡ - luminanceyield which can be evaluated from theluminance yield diagram.
The diagram below shows a typical curvewhere the road widths are expressed asmultiples of the mounting heighls. Curve AB or C will be used depending on theobserver position; A being h metres on thekerbside of the lantern B being in line withthe lantern and C being h metres on theroadside of the lantern.
Fio. 9.6. Luminance vield diaoram in re-späct of observer on fine R a oi C for CIEclass CII road - Qo : 0.07
ExampleWith the scale plan of the road under thediagram, read otf where the kerb edgemeets the curve for observer position B.
Road Side Component 0.26Kerb Side Component 0.12TotalLuminanceyield4¡ 0.38
Average luminance Lav : ?lÕ 'Qow.s
For a 12m height the scale plan gives\ width: 1.5hw :18m
For a soacinq of 3.0h s = 36mAverag'e luminance coetficient for the roadsurfaceLav:
Qo:0.070.38 x 31500 x 0.07 : 1.29 cdm-z
18x36
Surround RatioThe ratio between the illuminance on two5m wide strips either side of the edge of thecarriageway.
Glare Control Mark GThis is an emoirical value which assessesthe amount of'discomfort glare. lts value isdetermined by from the lantern intensitydistribution, [he average road surfaceluminance and the installation geometry'G is given by the following formula.G: 13,84 - 3,31 log leo * 1,3 (logl'o/1")0'5- 0,08 log l"o/lee + 1,29 log F + 0,97 log L"u+ 4,41 log h' - 1,46 log p.Where
9.4 Evaluation of Design CriteriaThe Utilisation factor añd luminance yieldcurves may be used for evaluating averagevalues. More often the point by point cal-culation will be repeated many times by acomputer in order to obtain a grid of valuesof bôth illuminance and luminance, adja-cent to and on the road surface. With thiswe can calculate our original parameterswhich atfected the visibility of objects onthe road and the performance of the driver.
Average LuminanceThe avèrage of all the calculated luminancevalues on the road surface or part thereof-
Overall UniformityThe ratio of the minimum to average lumin-ance in the calculated grid.
Longitudinal UniformityThe ratio of the minimum to maximumluminance in a line in front of the observeralong the length of the road.
Average llluminanceThe average of all the calculated illumin-ance values on the road surface or partthereof.
524
L"u
hr
p
luminous intensity at an elevationangle of 80" in the direction parallelto the road axis (cd).ratio of luminous intensity at 80 and88'(runback ratio)
flashed (light emitting) area of theluminaires as projected in the 76'elevation direction (m,)
average road surface luminance(cd/m'?)distance between eye level and theluminaire mounting height (m)number of luminaires per km
Threshold lncrementDisability Glare is the reduction in visualperformance due to the introduction of aglare source to the field of view. When anobject is viewed, an image is formed on theretÏna of the eyô of thai object. lf a glaresource is introduced to the f ield of view. liohtis scattered within the eye which cauóeð aveil to be superimposed on the retinalimage. Experimenters have found that thisveiling luminance can be given by theemprncal lormulaLv:101E eYe
æWhereLv : equivalent veiling luminance
(cdm-')E eye : illuminance at.the eye produced
by glare sourCe, in a plane per-pendicular to the line of sight(lux).
6 : angle between direction of viewand direction of light incidencefrom glare source (degrees).
The veiling luminance has two effects:-(i) decreasing the contrast threshold(ii) decreasing the etfective contrast
As the positive efiect of (i) is insutficient tocompensate for the negative etfect of (ii),the net result is that an object which couldjust be perceived without a glare source,cannot be seen when the glare source isintroduced. This efiect forms the basis of ameasure of loss of visual performance dueto glare - Threshold lncrement. This isdefined as the amount of extra contrastrequired to just make the object visibleagain under glare conditions. ln practice,contrasts will not be increased to make theobject visible so the Threshold lncrementrepresents the loss in visual performance
due to glare. The calculation of thresholdincrement is possible without any addi-tional information being required abovethat needed for luminance calculations.
ExampleFor a given situation with a backgroundluminance of 1 cdm-'?the contrast thresholdis 0.081.lntroducing the glare source increases thebackground luminance to 3 cdm-', reducesthe contrast threshold to 0.061 and reducesthe effective contrast to 0.027.To compensate for the glare source andmake the object just visible, the contrast willhave to be increased lrom 0,O27 to 0.061i.e.1251o:Tl.ln the case of roadlighting we can use theaverage road surface luminance as ourbackground luminance, and for the range0.05 cdm-'¿to 5 cdm-'?the Threshold lncre-ment can be approximated to
Tl: 65 Lvr 0.8Lav
lso
lao
h"
F
Where TI:Lv:
Lav :
Threshold lncrement (%)equivalent veiling lumin-ance (cdm-') for an ob-server looking straightahead in a direction paral-lel to the road axis and 1"down from the horizontal.average road surfaceluminance (cdm-')
I
9.5 Otf icial RecommendationsThe standards that must be met by roadlighting installations are outlined in variousnational reconmendations. Several coun-tries base their recommendations on theinternational recommendations formulatedby the ClE.
The requirements that road lighting installa-tions must meet in order to provide ad-equate visual conditions for a smoothlymoving and safe traffic pattern, are depen-dent upon the intensity, speed and compo-sition of the traffic and upon the complexityof the road system. Road lighting recom-mendations must, therefore, state the dif-ferent requirements for the ditferentcategories of road. Fig. 9.7 gives thecategories of road, as defined by the ClE,for this purpose, while Fig. 9.8 summarizesthe values of the photometric parametersfor these different classes of road as
525
recommended in CIE Publication No' 12lsecond edition, 1977)'Recommendationslor the liohtinq of roads for motorized trafficiAs can be seén from Fig. 9.8, the CIE givesditferent recommendat-lons for bright anddark surroundings for the same class ofroad. This is becãuse great lum¡nance d¡f-ferences in thefield of view result in a lower-ing of the contrast sensitivity of the eye tothé darker parts (i.e. in thid situation, tneroad itself). To compensate for this loss ofcontrast sensitivity, the average road sur-face luminance level should be increased.The glare restriction under these circum-stancês may be somewhat less stringent,because of the higher adaptation level.
ln the reverse situation, dark surroundingsand a bright road surface, the driver's eyesbecome adapted to the road surface lumin-ance level, thus reducing perception in thedarker regions of the surroundings againstwhich objècts cannot therefore be seen.Therefore, in the case of roads with darksurrounds, more emphasis should be givento the liohtino of these surrounds and to thecontrol-of gÏare. CIE Publication No. 12states therefore, that it is desirable that astretch some 5m in width beyond thecarriaoewav is illuminated to an illuminancelevel ñ'ot leés than 50 per cent of that of theadjacent 5 metres of carriageway.
Mixed tratfic Motorized traffic
Category Type and density ofof road tratfic
Type of road Examples
A Heavy and high speedmotorized traffic
Road with separated carriage-ways, completely free ofcrossings at grade, completeaccess control
Motorway
Expressway
B
Heavy and moderate speedmotorized trafficorHeavy mixed tratfic ofmoderate speed
lmoortant traff ic road formótorized tratfic only, possiblyseparate carriageways fordowtraffic and/orpedestrians
lmportant, all-purpose,rural orurban road
Trunk road
Majorroad
Ring road
Radialroadetc.
c
D Fairly heavy mixed tratfic ofwhich a major part may beslow traffic or pedestrians
Roads in city or shoppingcentres, approach roads tooff icial buildings and areas,where motorized tratfic meetsheavy slow tratfic orpedestrians
Trunk road
Commercialroads
Shoppingstreets etc.
E Mixed traffic of limitedspeed and moderatedensity
Collector roads betweenresidential areas(residential streets)and Ato D-type roads
Collectorroad
Local streetetc.
Fig. Lz Road class¡lications (bassd on lhe CIE Recommendations).
526
Categçry Surrounds Luminancelevel
Uniformity ratios Glare restriction
Average- Overall Lengthwiseroadsurface uniformitv unifõrmitvluminance ratio - ratio
GlarecontrolmarkG
Thresholdincrement
Tt(o/o)L"u (cdmr) U o U1
6A
56
21
BL
56
2020
45
1
0,5EL
Fig'.9 S Recommended (maintainsd) values of lighting parameters for road lighting (According to CIE publ¡cat¡on No. 12, secondedition, 1977).
any 2 10
brightdark
o,7 1010
i
i
II
c 1
2brightdark
21
0,4 2010
D bright 2 0,5 4 20
briohtdaif<
Appsndix 9.1
Table of Reducsd Luminance Coêff¡cients (q.Cos4/)
X 0 2 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 165 '180
0 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 329 âto 329 329 329 329 325 329 .329o.2 371 364 357 351 349 428 312 299 292 2810,5 379 368 375 373 367 359 350 340 328 317 306 2AO 266 249 237 237 231 231 227 2350.75 380 365 351 275 256 235 '198 't78 175 176 175 176
72 375 372 354 277 243 221 205 192 't52 '134 't 30 125 124 12Ê 129 124 124'l.25 37s 373 352 318 265 221 189 166 150 't36 125 '107 91 93 91 91 88 94 97 971.5 354 352 336 271 170 140 't2'l 't 09 a7 76 65 68 71 71
333 327 '129 104 9C Âq 53 51 47 52 51 53 542 318 310 2AA 'i Âll 121 90 75 Ê2 5¿ 50 4A 4A 4i 3Â 3Â 38 4'l 41 432.5 268 262 205 119 72 50 41 36 33 29 2ã 25 23 24 2A 24 26 27 29 283 2)'l 217 '147 ¿) 29 25 23 2'l 1Q 1P '16 16 17 1R 17 19 21 21 233.5 194 164 106 47 30 22 17 14 13 12 12 '11 10 11 't2 13 15 14 tc 't44 168 '136 76 34 14 13 1t 10 10 10 I I I 10 I 1t 12 1t 1f4.5 14'l 11f 54 21 '14 11 I I õ I 7 7 8 I I 10 10 11
90 43 ö I 7 6 7 6 7 6 6 7 Â I ð 95.5 107 79 32 12 I 7 7 þ
6 56 E
5
4 44 Take for standard surface Cll
0o = 0.07
41 91 9-2
6 ô5 26 10 786 56 21 I 7
7 7A 7 57.5 7r. 14 7 4I 63 37 11 48.5 60 10 5 4I 56 32 I 5 49.5 53 28 I 4 4'10 52 7 5 4JO5 45 23 7 4 J
11 43 22 7 â 31 1,5 53 22 7 3 312 42 7 4 â
527
9.6Íhe orevious sections have described thewav in which roadlighting calculations can
be made, however in practice the evalu-ãtion-õiihe design criteria will requ.ire
m*äiv óalculation{and can only sensiblybe níade with the aid of a computer.ln or¿er to simplify these calculations soirrai tnev may bê uóed for everyday designòuroosés, a'BSl panel has developed a
ães¡gn method uding tables-published by
the lantern manufacturer. l-or eacn llgntdistribution available from a lantern,ã desiqn table is produced for mountingheiohtõ appropriate to the lanternItvoicallv 10m ánd 12m). These may beìiébO as shown below to evaluate all thedesign criteria required for planning aninstallation.
Steo 1
Estäblish the desiqn criteria for the instal-lation e.g. averagé luminance, uniformityetc.
Step 2Oeiide on the mounting height to be usedand the arrangement of lanterns in theinstallation. egétaggered, opposite etc.
Step 3Chdose the appropriate design table forthe chosen arrangement (these are avall-able separately).
Steo 4tne data for the road width concerned isdisplayed in the table as shown in fig. 9.7'
This is all the data that is now necessary todesign an installation.
Steo 5The Surround Ratio ensures that suffici-ent lioht is fallinq outside of the carriage-wav. Ïhis is givðn by SR in the table andshóuld be greater than 0.5.
Steo 6For' a reouired luminance level, thespacing is'calculated from the followingformula:-Spacing:Sl_x Lamp Flux x Maintenance Factor (8)
Required average luminance
Where Sl is the Spacing lndex and is ob-tained from the design table.
Alternatively, for an existing installation,the averaqé luminance can be calculatedby transpõsing formula (8).
Calculated Average Luminance :
SPacing
Steo 7The uniformitv levels should be checkedto ensure theV meet the required designvalue at the épacinq calculated spacingfrom (8) or at the exiéting spacing. This isdone'bú means of the data in the designtable headed Uo (Overall Uniformity) andU1 (Longitudinal Uniformity)' lf the.tableindicates that a reduced spaclng ls re-ouired to meet the uniformity require-rilents, the average luminance that willnow bô achieved õan be calculated fromformula (9).
Steo IThe olare resultinq from an installation isouanÏified bv terrñ Threshold lncrerhent(bee 9.4). Tñis is calculated by using theVeil Faitor (VF) from the design table'at the chosen spacing, in the followingformula.Threshold lncrement:
Slx Lamp Flux x Maintenance Factor (9)
Veil Factor x Flux
10x lated road luminance 0.8
Maintenance factor
lnstallations where Tl is between 0-15%are qenerallv equivalent to those using cutoff länterns.- lndtallations where Tl is be-tween 1 5Y" and3OTo are generally equiv-alent to those using semi cut-off lanterns'
Steo 9Whäre the road has a bend in it, a checkshould be made to ensure that the originaldesion oarameters are met. To start withthe õalòulated straight road spacing is
used around the bend. An isoluminancetemplate (which is supplied with thedesíon table) is then used to ensureadeo'uate cover of the road is achieved.The äbove is a brief summary of the waythe desiqn tables are used. For a moredetailed-exolanation of this new designsvstem the ieader should consult the draftBritish Standard document.
528
DESIGN TABLE - STANDAFìD PRESENTATION1OM MOUNTING HEIGHT
MA5O SCO135W SOX
STAGGERED
SISF
Etfect¡vew¡dth'
EtfectiveWidth 8m
s12.20sFì 0.80
Efect¡veW¡dth 9mst2,00sB 0.81
Etfectivewdth 10m
st2.00sR 0.82
EffectiveWidth 11m
st 1.95sR 0.84
Efect¡vew¡drh 12m
st 1.78sH 0.85
Effectivêwidlh 13m
sl 1.70sR 0.86
EtlectiveWidth 14m
st 1.6sR 0.88
Effectivewidth -
stSR
uo u1 uo u1 uo ut VF uo u1 VF uo u1 VF uo u1 uo u1 VF uo u1 uo ur
.90
.87
.83
.77
.74
.71
.68
.66
.62
.60
.59
.56
.54
.52
.50
.90
.90
.88
.87
.83
.u
.83
.81
.78
.77
.75
.70
.65
54J
22'I
1
'10
9.49.68.7
8.98.48.68.1
.47
.88
.85
.82
.78
.74
.71
.68
.65
.62
.60
.55
.u
.51
.50
.91
.93
.90
.88
.u
.84
.oJ
.80
.78
.77
.76
.74
.74
.74
.72
.68
't5
141312
1211
11
10
9,59.79.2o^
8.48.68.18.3
.85
.86
.82
.79
.77
.74
.71
.67
.64
.61ÃQ
.57
.il
.53
.49
.90
.93
.92
.89
.85
.u
.u
.80
.78
.76
.77
.76
.75
.73
.72
.71
54
2
,l
'1
0
9.79.29.48.5
8.78.18.27.6
.82
.83
.80
.76
.75
.72
.71
.67
.63
.60
.58
.57
.55
.53
.50
.49
.91
.92
.93
.90
.86
.85
.85
.81
.80
.77
.74
.78
.76
.74
.72
.71
14131211
11
101010
9.29.48.88.7
8.18.27.67.8
.79
.81
.74
.74
.72
.71
_þv
.66
.59
.56
.55
.54
.52
.50
.49
.92
.92
.93
.89
.87
.85
.86
.83
.82
.78
.79
.79
.76
.76
.74
IJ
121211
1l109.89.4
9.38.78.98.1
8.27.6
AQ
.77
.74
.76
.71
.69
.66
.64
.61
.58
.55
.54
.52
.50
.49
.48
.93
.93
.92
.89
.86
.8ô
.85
.83
.80
.81
.8'r
.77
.78
.74
'I
1
77
109.99.29.4
8.68.88.2
7.57.6
.75
.74
.7'l
.69
.67
.57
.54
.53
.52
.49
.48
.44
.62
.93
.95
.95
.89
.89
.86
.85
.87
.83
.83
.83
.44
.81
.79
.77
.75
21
0
.b
.7
.3
9.79.99.29.7
8.68.18.37.4
OPPOSITÊ
Efectivewidth 12m
st3.5sB 0.85
Effect¡vew¡dth 13m
s|3.4sR 0.86
EtfectiveWidth 14m
sr3.3sR 0.88
Efectivewidth 15m
S¡3.1sR 0.89
Efectivewidth 16m
st2.9sR 0.90
EtlectiveW¡dth 17m
st2.8sR 0.91
Effectivewidth 18m
st2.7sR 0.92
Effectivewidth 20m
s|2,5sR 0.94
SISR
Ëtfect¡vewidth'
uo u1 VF uo ur uo u1 uo u1 VF uo ul VF uo ur uo u1 uo u1 uo u1
;93.94.92
.89
.90
.91
.89
.86
.83
.84
.81
.81
.78
.76
.76
212019
18171716
151414
13'14
13IJ
.79
.79
.78
.76
.76
.74
.73
.75
.74
.74
.73
.72
.72
.94
.95
.93
.92
.89
.89
.91
.90
.86
.86
.86
.84
.83
.79
.78
.76
2221'19
18
17171615
151414IJ
13131212
.tÞ
.76
.74
.75
.74
.74
.71
.71
.73
.73
.72
.70
.70
.71
.96
.94
.92
.90
.90
.91
.91
.88
.87
.88
.87
.86
.82
.80
.78
2'l1918't8
17't6
1614
14141313
IJ't21212
.72
.72
.72
.69
.69
.71
.71
.7'l
.68
.ot
.96
.94
.93
.90
.90,90.90
.89
.89
.89
.89
.89,85.42.80
2019'18
17
16151514
1313
12
1211'11
'1 I
.70
.70
.þY
.69
7ñ
.70
.69
.69
.67
.68
.69
.69
.67
.66,Þ5
.97
.94
.93
.90
.90
.89
.90
.89
.91
.91
.89
.90
.87
.84
.83
18't716
16151414
13'13
1212
.68
.67
.66
.66
.67
.67
.66
.67
.66
.67
.67
.65
.64
.64
.97
.96
.94
.95
.92
.91
.89
.89
.90
.91
.91
.91
.91
.89
.87
.85
18181616
141313
't2
1211
12
11
10'11
10
.66
.66
.64
,oJ.64.64.u.64.u.63.64
.&1
.u
.62
.96
.95
.93
.94
.93,91
.91
.89
.90
.89
.90
.92
.91
.88
.85
.85
I6Þ
44a
2
1
1
1
1
00
9.9'10
.61
.61
.61
.59
.60
.59
.59
.60
.59
.58
.58
.57
.57
.58
.95
.94
.92
.91
.90
.91
.91
.90
.89
.90
.90
.90
,88.87.85.83
1616
14
14't2
11
11'10
109.9
9.59.59.09.2
.81
79
76757776
78tô74.74
529
Fig 9.7
530
PHILIPS LIGHTINGP.O. BOX 298 .CITY HOUSE . LONDON ROAD.'. CROYDON CRg 3QR
I
P,trilips Electronic and Associaled lndustries Limited,PL
